Katalog Lybold

General Catalogue Chemistry
Our quality is certified according to
DIN EN ISO 9001
Reg. No. 2998-01
by Leybold Didactic GmbH, 2000 We reserve the right to make changes in construction and design, and to correct errors, similarly all rights as regards to translation, publication of extracts and photomechanical or electronic reproduction are reserved. All trademarks acknowledged.
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GMBH Leyboldstrasse 1 D-50354 Hrth Phone +49 (0) 2233-604-0 Fax +49 (0) 2233-604-222 eMail: info@leybold-didactic.de Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany 11.001.02 7.5.03.00 lgh/DK Technical alterations reserved
Leybold Didactic serving our customers Leybold Didactic GmbH can do the whole job of equipping any school, university or other educational institution for programs in the areas of general education and occupational qualifications. Leybold Didactics range of products includes all teaching systems required for natural science instruction in physics, biology and chemistry, as well as electrical engineering and electronics - and our range grows with every project we complete. From individual materials to complete experiment apparatus - we offer everything you need to make your lessons come alive!
We stand ready to assist you in all phases: project planning, supply of products, financing and even training. We are constantly developing not only our products, but also our services, to better meet our customers changing needs. We are in constant communication with our customers to ensure that our performance is always best in class.
Firmly focused on customer satisfaction, we constantly strive to make our products and services best in class
Leybold Didactic
ii
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY
Leybold Didactic also provides complete equipment sets and apparatus for chemistry instruction. We offer the full range of apparatus, equipment sets, manuals and complete solutions you require to conduct modern, experiment-oriented chemistry lessons. We closely observe the latest trends and developments and adapt them so that they can be optimally integrated in modern teaching situations. In particular, take a look at our chapters on ecology and electrochemistry. Here you will discover a number of new devices and experiment assemblies pertaining to such current topics as fuel cells, ozone depletion and more. We hope you enjoy our catalogue!
Leybold Didactic GmbH
iii
Getting in touch with us

here you can By mail LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GMBH Leyboldstrasse 1 50354 Hrth Germany By telefax + 49 (0) 2233-604 - 193 By e-mail info@leybold-didactic.de
Place orders Request an expert
Place orders Request an expert We respond to all eMail within 24 hours.
Visit our Internet site at:: http://www.leybold-didactic.com Come in and look around! We have a lot to offer Read our instruction sheets and experiment descriptions Download the latest versions of our software Learn about our many events and seminars
And much more!
www.leybold-didactic.com
iv
chemistry
computer assisted experiments
81 171
basic apparatus
297
index
587
Have a question? Feel free to call us at any time!
Your service representatives are looking forward to hearing from you under the following telephone numbers
Europe: + 49 (0) 2233-604-130 Africa/Middle East: + 49 (0) 2233-604-149 and 120
South America: + 49 (0) 2233-604-128 Asia: + 49 (0) 2233-604-188 and 117
North America/Australia: + 49 (0) 2233-604-175
Telefax: +49 (0) 2233-604-200
vi
ecology
Ecology Electrochemistry Chromatography Photometry Further analysis methods Chemical engineering Chemistry Panel System (CPS) Biotechnology/biochemistry Special topics STM Illustrative media Literature
2 21 45 57 62 76 81 114 123 127 129 142
chemistry
ecology
Ecology
Leybold-Didactic provides teaching and experiment material for all types of schools and institutions from general secondary level on up to enable students to learn environmentally responsible behavior in a manner consistent with their skills and abilities.
Experiments on environmental pollution Experimental studies of ecosystems The effects of temperature on organisms Pollution of inland waters Study of habitats
Water testing The effect of light on plants Physical and chemical properties of various soil types
ecology
666 260 666 252
666 240
666 224
666 231
666 240
Scope of delivery
Case for environmental measurements The ideal kit for on-site recording of measurement data as part of ecological and environmental instruction. All four microprocessor-controlled measurement devices can be connected to the large digital display (666 250) with 26 mm high LED display. This allows the hand-held measurement devices to be used for demonstrations in class. Computers can be connected easily via the RS 232 serial interface. Recording measured values is easy using the user-friendly software CASSY Lab. In addition to the four hand-held measurement devices, the case contains all the required measurement probes, a manual, the necessary measurement and evaluation software, as well as the computer connection cable. There is space for two additional hand-held measurement devices. Dimensions: 380 x 275 x 100 mm Weight: 1.7 kg
1 1 1 1 1
Hand-held pH-meter . . . . . . . . . .666 221 pH single-rod electrode . . . . . . . .667 417 Temperature sensor Pt 1000 . . . .666 241 Hand-held conductivity meter . . .666 222 Conductivity measurement cell with intergrated temperature sensor . .666 242 1 Hand-held lux-UV-IR-meter . . . . .666 230 1 Lux sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 243 1 Hand-held photometer . . . . . . . . .666 225 1 Set of 100 rectangular cells, polystyrene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664 474 1 Experiment manual . . . . . . . . . . . .668 332 1 Storage case with foam base . . . .666 239 1 Computer connecting cable including software CASSY Lab (for hand-held measuring instruments only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 251 The reagent case (> 666 260) is required as an accessory.
The case for environmental measurements has been designed to make using the measuring instruments as uncomplicated as possible, both in the field and in the laboratory. All instruments come equipped with an RS-232 interface as standard to enable their connection to either a large digital display (in the classroom) or to a computer. When working in the field, it is possible to connect up to four instruments to the data logger. Measured values can be processed and evaluated using CASSY Lab, the user-friendly evaluation software powered by sophisticated, state-of-the-art software technology. In the standard version the set enables measurement of pH, temperature, conductivity of liquids, illuminance and fast, simple and precise measurement of pollutant concentrations in liquids using a photometer all in a single lowcost, high-tech, high performance measuring kit!
>
see the following pages for descriptions and technical date of meters and usefull accessories
ecology Microprocessor-controlled hand-held measuring instruments

Connections for sensors All-purpose hand-held instruments with a host of new features for fast, simple measuring. General features Microprocessor-controlled measurement, operation and evaluation Large, easy-to-read display with tendency indication (3 digit LED) User-friendly operation by means of splashprotected membrane keypad Ergonomically designed housing permits onehanded operation Extra low power consumption Automatic device cut-out when idle for more than 1/2 hour Interchangeable sensors and automatic sensor recognition Connection to external power supply possible via interface connector Can be connected directly to a computer via connection cable (> 666 251)no special interface device required! Dimensions: 210 x 85 x 37 mm Weight: 23 g Sensors not included Selector keys for switching measuring ranges and displaying min. and max. values All instruments shown here are described on the following pages Hold key freezes measured-value display Status indicator
Serial RS-232 interface for outputting data to a large display, computer or data logger
Measurement quantity indicator Large-format display with tendency indicator
>
Calibration key calibration data is retained in memory when battery is replaced On-off key Summary of operating instructions (on back) Power supply: 9 V battery (included in the scope of delivery)
Hand-held conductivity meter
Hand-held photometer
Hand-held sound level meter
Hand-held pH meter
Hand-held lux-UV-IR meter
Hand-held oxygen measuring instrument
Data logger
ecology
666 221
666 222
666 224
Hand-held pH meter For measuring pH, temperature and redox values. If a temperature sensor (666 241) is connected, temperature compensations are carried out automatically; otherwise the temperature is entered manually on the keypad. Measurement ranges: pH: 0 ... 14 pH 0.05 pH 1999 ... +1999 mV 5% Temperature: 199.9 ... +199.9 C 0.5 C (Pt 1000) 10.0 ... +110.0 C 0.2 C (NTC) Input resistance: 1019 ohm Inputs: pH DIN socket (DIN 19 262) DIN socket, 8 pins (for temperature sensor) Output: DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232) Power supply: 9 V battery
Hand-held conductivity meter For measuring the conductivity (conductance) of solutions. Temperatures are compensated automatically by the temperature sensor (integrated in the conductivity measurement cell) or manually by entering the values. This device can also be used to measure temperatures. The conductivity measurement cell is calibrated by entering the cell constant or with the help of the calibration solution. The measurement range can be selected manually or automatically. Measurement ranges: Conductivity: 0 ... 19.9 S 1% 0 ... 1.999 mS 1% 0 ... 19.9 mS 1% 0 ... 199.9 mS 2% Temperature: 10.0 ... +110.0 C 0.2C (NTC) 199.9 ... +199.9 C 0.5 C (PT 1000) Input: DIN socket, 8 pins Output: DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232) Power supply: 9 V battery
Hand-held oxygen meter This device is used for measuring the absolute content of oxygen in solutions and the relative saturation of oxygen. The displayed concentration of oxygen is corrected automatically for air pressure and temperature, which can also be displayed. Measurement ranges: 0 ... 19.99 mg/l oxygen concentration in aqueous solutions 0 ... 199.9 % relative saturation in liquids or air Temperature: 0 ... 45 C 0.5 C Air pressure: 800 ... 1100 hPa 10 hPa Input: DIN socket, 8 pins Output: DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232) Power supply: 9 V battery
667 417
667 458
pH single-rod electrode In unbreakable plastic shaft suitable for outdoor use, with DIN plug, 13 mm dia.
Oxygen electrode For measuring concentrations of oxygen and the relative saturation of oxygen. Complete with an integrated temperature sensor for automatic temperature compensation, zero-point and electrolyte solutions for calibrating the electrode.
666 242 666 241
Conductivity measurement cell Temperature sensor Pt 1000 For temperature measurement and automatic temperature compensation. With integrated temperature sensor for automatic temperature compensation
667 451
Accessory set for the oxygen electrode

667 415
Contains 5 spare caps with membranes.
Redox probe For oxidation-reduction measurements, with platinum pin and Ag/AgCl reference system; with DIN connector, 13 mm dia.
ecology
666 225 666 260
Hand-held photometer Specially designed for students' and field experiments, the hand-held photometer is used to measure levels of pollution and turbidity in samples of water. The various possible measurements (14 pollutants and turbidity) are programmed inside the device and can be accessed easily. 4 calibration values can be entered additionally. Measurement type: transmission [% T], extinction, concentration [mg/l] Wavelengths: 6 fixed values; 405 nm, 450 nm, 510 nm, 520 nm, 570 nm, 695 nm Measureable pollutants: Ammonium Chlorine Chloride Potassium Iron Silicic acid Nitrate Copper Nitrite Manganese o-Phosphate Zinc Sulphate Sulphide Turbidity Output: DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232) Power supply: 9 V battery
666 225
666 261
666 260
Set of basic reagents For replacing the contents of the reagent case (> 666 260).
Reagent case with a set of basic reagents Set of basic reagents (> 666 261) in case with foam inlay.
Scope of delivery 666 262
Scope of delivery
Chemicals for detecting: Ammonium (for 100 tests) Chloride (for 50 tests) Iron (for 80 tests) Nitrate (for 50 tests) Nitrite (for 100 tests) o-Phosphate (for 100 tests) Sulphate (for 100 tests) Sulphide (for 50 tests) Buffer solutions, pH 4 and pH 7, 50 ml each KCI solution, 3 mol/l, 50 ml
Supplementary set of reagents
Scope of delivery
1 Hand-held photometer 1 Book titled Ecology - Theoretical background and experiments with the environmental measurement case 666 240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668 332 1 Set of 100 rectangular cells, polystyrene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664 474
Chemicals for detecting: Chlorine (for 50 tests) Potassium (for 50 tests) Silicic acid (for 100 tests) Copper (for 80 tests) Manganese (for 40 tests) Zinc (for 50 tests)
Tests which can be conducted using the hand-held photometer and Set of basic reagents Supplementary set of reagents (> 666 261) (> 666 262)
Code Test Concentration [mg/l] Code Test Concentration [mg/l]
>
Detailed information about the large digital display: see page 9
C 01 C 02 C 03 C 04 C 05 C 06 C 07 C 08 C 09
Ammonium 0.12.0 Chloride 125 Iron 0.01.8 Nitrate 170 Nitrite 0.052.0 o-Phosphate 0.15.0 Sulphate 25400 Sulphide 0.052.0 Turbidity 5016000 FNU
C 10 Chlorine 0.14.0 C 11 Potassium 220 C 12 Silicic acid 0.11.5 C 13 Copper 0.14.0 C 14 Manganese 0.15.0 C 15 Zinc 0.25.0 C 16 - 19 user definable
Equipment list
Measurement example as demonstration experiment with large digital display

Quantity Description Cat. No.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Hand-held photometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 225 Reagents case with basic set of reagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 260 Large digital display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 250 Bunsen stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 502 Graduated pipette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 997 Pipetting ball (Peleus ball) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 003 Collecting vessel, 250 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 563 Test tube rack: plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 050 Test tubes, 16 x 160 mm, 10 pcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 043
ecology Measuring visible light, UV and IR radiations
Continuous measurement of the intensity of various types of radiation from artificial and natural light. Absorption of radiation by different materials and gases Absorption of UV-C radiation by ozone (ozone hole issue) Relationship between UV radiation and air pollution (smog) Measuring the thermal radiation of hot objects Absorption of IR radiation by gases (greenhouse effect)
666 265 Scope of delivery
UV-IR-VIS experiment kit Contains radiation sources and materials for conducting experiments with UV-A/B/C and IR radiation as well as with visible light. The tray is used both in setting up the experiments and for storing the apparatus. Power supply: 12 V AC / 580 mA (via enclosed plug-in supply unit) Dimensions: 510 x 370 x 195 mm Weight: 2.5 kg
Radiation sources: UV-A, UV-B, UV-C, IR/VIS lamps, switchable Filters: IR, UV, sunlight filters (chemical) Cuvettes: For measuring the absorption of gases, with spark gap for generating ozone; for holding liquids Materials: Various samples (glass, quartz glass, plastics, etc.) for demonstrating the different radiation absorption characteristics; cards for fluorescence and luminescence Miscellaneous: Holder for cuvettes and sensors, cover
666 2651
IR-CO2 experiment set For experiments on infrared (heat) radiation, particularly IR absorption and emission of carbon dioxide (greenhouse effect). The experiment set contains an IR radiator, a mirrored measuring cuvette and various holders, e.g. for temperature sensors and IR sensor. The tray (including cover) is used both for experiment setup and for storage. A power supply, e.g. > 667 827, is required to power the IR radiator. IR radiator Range: approx. 1000 8000 nm (temperature-dependent) Dimensions: 43 mm dia., 75 mm long Current: 6 A; voltage: 4 V Measuring cuvette with GL thread for attaching a temperature sensor Dimensions: 44 mm dia., 150 mm long Overall dimensions: 390 x 335 x 80 mm
666 230
Lux-UV-IR meter For measuring lux (visible light) as well as UV-A, UV-B, UV-C and IR radiation (in W/m2) without sensors. Measured quantities: lux, UV, IR Measuring ranges: 0 ... 199.9 lx 0 ... 19.99 W/m2 0 ... 1999 lx 0 ... 199.9 W/m2 0 ... 19.99 klx 0 ... 1.999 W/m2 0 ... 199.9 klx Automatic or manual range selection Input: 8-pin DIN socket Output: DIN socket, 6-pin serial interface (electrically isolated) and external power supply Supply voltage: 9 V block battery or rechargeable battery (automatic cut-out after 30 min.) Dimensions: 21 x 8.5 x 3.7 cm Weight: 240 g
Sensors for UV-IR-VIS experiment set

Cat. No. Description Range
666 244 666 245 666 246 666 243 666 247 666 248
UV-A-sensor UV-B-sensor UV-C-sensor Lux-sensor IR-sensor IR-CO2 sensor
320...400 nm 280...320 nm 220...280 nm 400...750 nm 750...1700 nm 4100...4300 nm
ecology
666 252
Hand-held data logger The data logger is used for storing values measured on-site with hand-held devices. Up to four hand-held devices can be connected simultaneously to the data logger, which stores up to eight measured values per measuring interval. The data logger can be powered by an external battery to permit measurement periods which exceed one week. The device records up to 6 measurement series, 8000 values each, plus time. Data logger operation is menu-driven via a 3-line alphanumeric display. It can be connected to the serial interface (RS 232) of a computer with the special connection cable (666 251). The stored measurement values can then be transmitted, displayed and processed with the help of the software CASSY Lab. The data logger can also be used as an on-line interface, enabling connection of up to four hand-held instruments to a single computer serial port for real-time measurement of up to eight parameters on the PC. Display: 3-line, 12-digit LCD allowing the display of stored data Data memory: 128 KB, for a maximum of 6 measurement series, 8000 values each, plus time Interface: serial, allowing the simultaneous connection of up to four measurement devices (on-line interface); serial output for PC (9600 bps) Power supply: 9 V battery or external power supply Integrated quartz clock With leads for 4 meters plus rechargeable battery
666 251
Computer connection cable with software This cable allows the hand-held measurement devices to be connected directly to the serial interface (9-pin) of a computer. The cable is supplied together with the software Cassy Lab for easy transmission, display and evaluation of measurement data.
666 231
Sound level meter For linear and aurally compensated (dBA) measurement of sound levels. The device can be matched to level variations by applying various time evaluations. The device can store up to 4000 measured values. The measurement data can be transmitted to a PC for further evaluation via a serial cable (666 251). Measuring range: 20 ... 135 dB Type of measurement: dB (linear) or dBA (aurally compensated) Time evaluation: slow (1 s), fast (0.125 s) Display accuracy: 0.1 dB Measurement accuracy: 1.5 dB Frequency range: 20 Hz ... 20 kHz Storage function: 4000 measured values Interface: serial (RS 232) for computer connection Voltage supply: 9 V battery Length of microphone lead: 1 m Dimensions: housing: 210 85 37 mm microphone: 100 mm x 12 mm dia. Weight: 0.3 kg
Scope of delivery
1 Sound level meter 1 Microphone 1 9 V battery
666 252
666 221
666 222
Data-Logger with hand-held instruments connected
ecology
666 250
Large digital display All microprocessor-controlled hand-held measuring devices can be connected directly to the large digital display via its serial input. The highly visible 26 mm LED display thus permits the hand-held meters to be used in demonstration experiments. The large display also has a printer and recorder output. The measurement values can be printed out at specified time intervals. A 1.5 m long connection cable for hand-held measurement devices is included. Input: serial for hand-held measurement devices with a voltage supply for hand-held measurement devices Output: 1 x analog -2 V ... + 2 V for a recorder, 2 mV resolution, 4 mV accuracy, 1 x Centronics (parallel) for a printer Display: 3 1/2 digits, 7 segments for measurement values (26 mm high), 4 x 14 segment display for measurement units (14 mm high) Adjustable printing time intervals: 1 s, 5 s, 10 s, 30 s, 60 s, 10 min, 30 min, 60 min Dimensions: 200 x 140 x 150 mm Weight: 0.8 kg
666 238
Storage case for hand-held measuring instruments For storage and safe transportation of a handheld measuring instrument with accessories (battery, sensors, etc.). With foam inlay. Dimensions: 270 x 200 x 65 mm Weight: 450 g
Sensors and electrodes for digital hand-held and demonstration measuring instruments
Cat.No.
Sensors, probes
pH-meter
Digital hand held measuring instruments Conductivity Luxmeter Oxygen meter meter 666 221 666 222 666 230 666 224
Digital demonstration measuring intruments pH-meter Conductivity Thermometer meter 667 420 667 439 666 209 666 450 666 451 666 454
Temperature
666 193 666 212 666 213 666 214 666 241
NiCr-Ni NTC Surface temperature probe, NiCr-Ni Temperature sensor, Pt 100 Temperature sensor, Pt 1000
Single-rod pH electrode
667 424 667 417 667 418 667 419 667 421 667 415 667 422 667 423
Single-rod pH-electrode, glass Single-rod pH-electrode, plastic shaft Single-rod pH-electrode, glass, conical diaphragm Single-rod pH-electrode, glass, flat diaphragm Single-rod pH-electrode, integrated temperature sensor Single-rod redox probe Ag/AgCl reference electrode Measurement electrode, platinum pin
Special sensors
667 426 666 242 666 243 666 244 666 245 666 246 666 247 667 458 666 248
Conductivity measurement cell Conductivity measurement cell, integr. temp. sensor Lux sensor UV-A-sensor UV-B-sensor UV-C-sensor IR-sensor Oxygen, integrated temperature sensor IR-CO2-sensor
ecology Environmental testing
666 329
666 326
Environmental analysis case A great number of substances which are important to the environment may be analysed with the aid of test sticks in a semi-quantitative manner. The test sticks may be used as an economical alternative, supplementing measurements made with electronic measuring instruments. The test sticks are easy to use and rapidly provide useful results. The analysis case offers a versatile selection of test systems, matched specifically to the treatment of ecological topics.
Analysis case for ecological tests This low-cost, portable analysis kit permits determination of the most important substances and parameters in water with adequate accuracy using colorimetric and titrimetric testing aids. The case can also be used by students or lay persons thanks to cards with pictogram representations. The concentrations of a sample can be found and read off easily by sliding the comparator. As measurements are conducted using two cells (sample cell and reference cell), turbidity and discolorations of the sample are compensated and thus cannot falsify the measuring results. An undiluted sample can be used in most cases. The set contains no toxic chemicals. The reagents are sufficient for 50 to 400 tests, depending on the type. Replacement testing aids are also available individually.
Scope of delivery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 2 2
Set of 100 pH test sticks, pH 4.5-10.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 280 Set of 100 water hardness rapid tests, 0-25 d. . . . . . . . . . . . 661 142 Set of 100 rapid tests nitrate: 10-500mg/lnitrite: 1-50 mg/l . . 666 281 Set of 100 iron rapid tests 2-100 mg/l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 282 Set of 100 sulphite rapid tests 10100 mg/l . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 283 Set of 200 chlorine rapid tests detection limit 1mg/l . . . . . . . 666 284 Set of 100 ammonia rapid tests 10-400 mg/l NH+4 . . . . . . . 666 294 Set of 100 petroleum products rapid tests 1-10 mg/l . . . . . . 666 286 Set of 40 lead rapid tests detection limit 0.05 g Pb or 5 mg/l Pb2+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 144 Set of 100 sulphate rapid tests 200-1600 mg/l . . . . . . . . . . . 666 287 Set of 100 phosphate rapid tests 0.1-1.5 mg/l . . . . . . . . . . . 666 292 Heavy metal test solution, summation parameter . . . . . . . . . 671 788 Beaker, 100 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 121 Snap-cap bottles, 20 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 251 Wide-neck bottles, 250 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 285 Syringes with exchangeable hollow needle, 10 ml . . . . . . . . . 665 958
The following tests can be conducted using the analysis case

Parameter Measuring range Number of tests Type of test
Ammonium Nitrate Nitrite Phosphate 0,25 mg/l P Total hardness 1 drop = 1 d Carbonate hardness 1 drop = 1 d pH 4,09,0
0,23,0 mg/l NH+ 4 2100 mg/l NO3 0,020,5 mg/l NO+ 2
50 120 150 100 ca. 100 ca. 100 400
Comparator Comparator Comparator Comparator Titration Titration Titration
Scope of delivery
4 comparator testers, each consisting of: Plastic syringe 5 ml for sampling 2 measuring jars, 20 mm dia. with screw cap Sliding comparator for measuring jars Reagent bottles, Measuring spoon 70 mm 3 titration testers, each consisting of: Plastic syringe 5 ml for sampling Sample jar with ring mark, Reagent bottles
10
ecology
666 325
Sampling case for chemical analysis of water and soil This case is intended as a supplement to the other environmental measurement cases; it contains all instruments which are required for taking of water and soil samples and preparing these for analysis on the sampling site. Specifically it is possible to prepare the test solutions on the spot needed for measuring pollutants in the water with the aid of the photometer (> 666 225) . A removable foam inlay in the case is used to hold the sample bottles, so that any spillage is effectively prevented when preparing the test solutions. Included in the case is also a wideneck polyethylene bottle for disposal of the chemicals used in connection with the photometer and the set of chemicals.
Scope of delivery
666 337
18 2 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1
Snap-cap bottles, 20 ml Measuring flasks, 50 ml Piston pipette Wide-neck bottles, 250 ml Wide-neck bottle, 1 l Wash bottle, 1 l Hand shovel, plastic Adhesive film for labelling Felt pen Foam inlay for holding the sample bottles
661 251 665 792 665 987 661 286 661 288 661 244 666 970 663 612 667 020
666 337
Scope of delivery
Case for soil analysis Case for analysing samples of soil and for determining soil nutrients (potassium, phosphorus, nitrogen), pH, lime requirement, soil moisture, type of soil and soil density. The semiquantitative analyses are conducted with the aid of test sticks or with the Visicolor-test system.
additionally recommended: Water sampling beaker with holding rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 340
1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
666 325
Balance Soil sieve, 2 mm mesh Wash bottle, 500 ml dist. water Spraying insert Sample beakers, 250 ml Shaking bottles, 300 ml Tin for storing samples of soil, 500 ml Graduated cylinders on base, 100 ml Plastic shovels Funnels, 80 mm dia. Double-ended spatula, metal Glass pestle HE comparator Sedimentation tube HE measurement tubes with screw-on cap HE colour disc, pH 4.0 to 10.0 HE colour disc, 1-20 mg P/100g Measurement tube 2-15 mg/l K Sample tube for potassium Sample tube for ammonia Syringe with hose, 10 ml Syringe, 5 ml Syringe with hollow needle, 1 ml Measurement spoon for potassium detection Pieces of cardboard, 240 x 320 mm CaCl2 solution, 1 l DL solution, 1 l CaCl2 concentrate, 100 ml DL concentrate, 100 ml pH test solutions, pH 4 to 10, 30 ml Reagent phosphorous 1, 30 ml Reagent phosphorous 2, 30 ml Reagent phosphorous-K, 30 ml Reagents ammonia 1, 30 ml Pyrophosphate solution, 30 ml Reagents potassium 1, 30 ml Reagent potassium 2, 30 ml pH test sticks, pH 2 to 9 (100 pcs.) Ammonia test sticks (100 pcs.) Nitrate test sticks (100 pcs.) Folded filters, 185 mm dia. (100 pcs.) Experiment manual, 48 pages
11
ecology
666 327
Sampling case for aquatic organisms The chemical and physical examination of bodies of water provides important information on their momentary condition. To obtain information on the long-term changes in a body of water, however, it is necessary to undertake a biological analysis as well. An investigation based on certain indicator organisms is highly suitable for determining the longterm, general condition of a body of water. The sampling case for aquatic organisms contains equipment for four groups, making it possible to take samples of water and examine them for the presence of organisms and to store the samples and the organisms they contain.
666 327
666 328
668 311
Evaluation of water quality based on biological indicators 73 pages, A4 size, in German By Dr. W. Xylander This book describes the way in which to take samples and hints are provided on the various methods of evaluation and frequently encountered indicator organisms; a simple key for determining the kind of organism is included which specifically meets teaching requirements.
Sampling case for ground and bush organisms For investigation of the ground and bush zones as to the presence (type and quantity) of organisms. With the equipment contained in this case it is possible to equip up to four groups with different collecting bottles. This case is an ideal supplement to the sampling case for aquatic organisms (> 666 327 ) as investigations making use of the equipment from both cases may cover areas close to the bodies of water, thereby enabling comprehensive insights as to the organisms living in a well-defined area.
668 391
1 1 4 15 15 10 4 4 4 1 10 1 5 1 1
Brush, size 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 335 Brush, size 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 341 Tweezers, blunt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 034 Pasteur pipettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 950 Dropper teats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 954 Block dishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 006 Preparation needles . . . . . . . . . . .662 011 Sieves, 1 mm mesh, 70 mm dia. . .666 350 Sieves, 2 mm mesh,160 mm dia. .666 351 Aquarium thermometer . . . . . . . . .662 295 Snap-cap bottles, 50 ml . . . . . . . .661 252 Wash bottle, 1l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 244 Wide-neck plastic bottles, 250 ml . .661 232 Plankton net, mesh, 105 m . . . .662 308 Selection dish, white, plastic . . . . .666 376
Investigation of all ground and bush-living organisms 39 pages, A4 size, in German By G. Stumpf The book describes the methods for investigating the areas in question and hints are given as to important organisms and methods of investigation.
Scope of delivery
1 1 1 1 1 1 15 3 1 1 1
Knock collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 370 Grazing catch net . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 371 Beetle sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 372 Suction exhaustor with nozzle . . .666 373 Sieve, plastic, 2 mm mesh, 160 mm dia. . . . . . .666 351 Selection dish, white, plastic . . . . .666 376 Snap-cap bottles, 50 ml . . . . . . . .661 252 Miniature separating tanks . . . . . .665 563 Folding pocket magnifier, 7 x magnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 128 Pair of tweezers, blunt . . . . . . . . .662 034 Plastic foil, white, 1 m2
additionally recommended: 1 Extension stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 309
additionally recommended: 1 Extension stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 309
12
ecology Composting and accessories

Equipment list
Observing the composting process

1 1 4 1
Compost trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 323 Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 209 Temperature sensor, NTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 212 Labjack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 583
Demonstration compost trunk with digital thermometer

662 323
Demonstration compost trunk For vivid demonstration and observation of the decomposition processes (compostation) of organic materials also in the laboratory. The compost trunk is made of a clear material and carries an imprinted cm scale suitable for writing on. The temperature within the compost may be measured through the holes which are provided on the sides. When filled correctly there will be no unpleasant smells. Dimensions: 650 mm high; 300 mm dia.
Various tools for ecology

666 343 666 181
Imhoff funnel Sedimentation vessel to DIN 12 672, with stopcock and continuous graduation to 1000 ml. Height: 560 mm
Soil thermometer With 30 cm long steel stake and two detachable handles for insertion into hard soil. Measurement range: -38 ... +50 C Graduations: 1C Length: 570 mm
666 345
Rain gauge after Hellmann Made of metal with clear polystyrene beaker. Catchment area: 100 cm2 Graduations: 0 ... 25 mm rainfall Increments: 0.5 mm Diameter: 12 cm Height: 35 cm
Sieves for soil investigations 4 sieves with catch tray, to ISO 3310/1. Frame material: brass Sieve material: stainless steel Mesh: 0.063; 0.2; 0.63 and 2.0 mm Durchmessser: 150 mm Hhe: 50 mm
1 Compost trunk 1 Trough made of black plastic (530 x 420 x 110 mm) 2 Plastic pads (350 x 70 x 35 mm) Comprehensive instruction sheet
662 308
Plankton net Mesh made of nylon, for casting or pole use. A detachable collecting vessel with bayonet catch is attached to the end of the net. With thread for extension stick (> 662 309). Mesh: 100 m Overall length: 580 mm Diameter at the top: 150 mm
666 330
Soil drill For taking samples of soil up to a depth of 35 cm. Length: 1 m approx.
666 335
Peha-meter after Hellige Tray with indicator liquid and colour scale for introductory student experiments on the determination of the pH value.
666 344
662 309 666 340
Elutriation cylinder after Atterberg With drain for separation of coarse and fine soil particles. Dimensions: 90 x 305 mm (d x h)
Extension stick For > 662 308; made of aluminium tubes with standard attachment screw. Overall length: 2,2 m
Sampling beaker For taking water samples. Volume: 1 l Rod length: 1,2 m
13
ecology Air pollution and waste gas purification

The catalytic converter Automobile exhaust emissions are a major source of air pollution today and are considered as a major factor for the forest's dying off. The catalytic converter model from LEYBOLD DIDACTIC may be used to demonstrate in the lab that it is possible to markedly reduce the amount of oxides of nitrogen NOx hydrocarbons CxHy, and carbon monoxide CO emitted by vehicles (although the oxidation of CO and CxHy results in an increased output of the greenhouse gas CO2). The untreated exhaust gases (from the cold engine) are first collected in an air bag and tested for pollutants with the aid of testing tubes. The results are clear: The exhaust gas from cars contains detectable concentrations of pollutants. After the exhaust gas has been made to pass over a heated catalytic converter (300 C) the same tests clearly demonstrate the effectiveness of the catalytic conversion process. Through calculation of the amounts of gas produced, it is possible to show that, in addition to reducing the primary pollutants, it is necessary to reduce fuel consumption if emissions of CO2 are to be meaningfully reduced.
Equipment list
CPS catalytic converter assembly

666 360
Catalytic convertor Type: Original Monolith 3-way catalytic convertor in quartz tube Active phase: Plated with platinum (palladium), rhodium and metallic oxides Overall length: 200 mm Overall diameter: 30 mm
1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 2
CPS Exhaust gas catalytic converter CPS Digital thermometer CPS Gas syringe Labjack Temperature sensor, NiCrNi Butane gas burner Butane cartridges Spare air bags set of 10 CPS glass connector Tube CO test, set of 10 Panel frame, C100, two-level CPS Blank panel, 200 mm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm
666 440 666 454 666 435 666 583 666 193 666 711 666 712 662 301 667 312 666 319 666 428 666 467 666 464
Test tubes Set of 10

Cat. No. Tube for Range/ sensitivity
666 309 666 310 666 311
Gas tester For rapid and accurate measurement of gas and vapour concentrations in air. The gas tester consists of a suction bulb and a holder for the testing tubes. The testing tubes are matched to the substance which is to be measured and change colour in a characteristic way in the presence of a particular substance. Comprehensive operating instructions are included.
CnHn test 0.002...0.3 Vol. % 0,17 Vol% CO2 test 666 312 CO test 5,01000 ppm 666 319 CO test 0,57 Vol% 666 317 formaldehyde test 0,22,5 ppm 666 315 alcohol test 0,13,5 Vol% 666 308 alcotest 0,8 %0 2,5 % 666 313 0,550 ppm NOx test 666 318 10,0300 ppm NOx test 666 316 * O test 5,023 Vol% 2 666 307 ozone test 0,0051,4 ppm 666 314 SO2 test 0,525 ppm
* = set of 8
14
ecology
Equipment list
Experiment assembly DENOX plant

1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1
CPS-DENOX-process CPS Gas syringe CPS glass connector Panel frame, C100, two-level CPS-wash bottle CPS Digital thermometer Temperature sensor, NiCrNi CPS Gas generator CPS Blank panel, 300 mm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm Butane gas burner Butane cartridges Labjack Chemicals Ammonia solution, 25% Copper, turnings Nitric acid, 65 % Sulphanilic acid Acetic acid Sodium hydroxide N-(Naphtyl)-ethylendiaminedihydrochloride
666 476 666 435 667 312 666 428 666 478 666 454 666 193 666 436 666 468 666 464 666 711 666 712 666 583 670 360 672 870 674 660 674 971 671 950 673 680 673 452
CPS experiment assembly DENOX process DENOX process This demonstration experiment for removing nitrogen oxides from flue gas (DENOX process) provides an insight into the mode of operation of largescale plants, thus familiarizing the students and trainees with practical procedures. The industrial-scale removal of nitrogen oxides from flue gas involves allowing NOx to react with atmospheric oxygen and either ammonium or urea as a reducing agent in the presence of a catalyst using the SCR method (selective catalytic reduction). The reactants react on the catalyst to form environmentally compatible substances.
666 477
SCR-DENOX catalytic convertor Replacement for the CPS module for DENOX process (> 666 476). Also suitable for CPS exhaust catalytic converter (> 666 440). Original SCR catalytic convertor for removing nitrogen from exhaust gas, 100 x 39 mm dia. in a quartz tube. For integration into experiment configurations, includes 2 silicon plugs with holes Length: 200 mm Internal diameter: 40 mm
>
For further information on the Chemistry Panel System CPS, see pages 81
Equipment list
Stack gas desulfurization

Quantity Description Cat.No.
1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS Gas washer CPS Gas collector CPS Woulff's bottle with manometer CPS Hose fastener CPS glass connector Evaporating dish, 75 mm dia. Panel frame, C100, two-level CPS Pedestal CPS Blank panel, 200 mm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm Vacuum rubber tubing, 1 m Water jet pump* Butane gas burner Butane cartridges Silicone gasket for 667 312, 10 pieces
666 430 666 432 666 438 666 449 667 312 664 442 666 428 666 441 666 467 666 464 667 186 375 56 666 711 666 712 667 306
CPS experiment assembly stack gas desulferization Stack gas desulfurization Stack gas desulfurization plants have now become virtually standard equipment for coal-fired power stations. The sulfur dioxide liberated when fossil fuels are burned, a major cause of acid rain, is precipitated as CaSO4. The process can performed quite simply in the experiments.
* The controllable aeration pump (**666 482) can be used as an alternative.
15
ecology Meteorology
606 040
Electronic radio weather station WS 2000 Compact electronic weather station for simultaneous measurement and display of 14 measurement quantities relevant to weather and climate: Indoor temperature Indoor humidity Outdoor temperature Outdoor humidity Wind speed Variation range of wind direction Total rainfall Rainfall over 24 hours Absolute barometric pressure Barometric pressure tendency Barometric history (24 hours) Weather pictures Super-accurate DFC time (radio-controlled clock) Date Enables connection of up to 9 temperature/humidity sensors. Measurement data is transmitted via radio-no cables or wiring! Sensors can be set up to 100 m from the base station. The following values can be displayed at a keystroke: Measured values Min./max. values Dew point Device permits programming of alarm values, e.g. frost danger. Display: 300 segment LCD display, for simultaneous display of measured values 160 x 83 mm Radio transmission: 433 MHz, for linking all sensors Temperature: two temperatures registered simultaneously; resolution 0.1 C, accuracy 1 C, for connnection of up to 9 sensors Relative humidity: simultaneous dislplay of two measured values, resolution 1 %, accuracy 8 %, for connnection of up to 9 sensors Wind speed: display in either km/h, m/s, knots, Beaufort; Resolution 0.1 km/h, Accuracy 2% Wind direction: graphical display with compass rose (resolution 22.5) with indication of variation in wind direction, digital display with resolution instead of wind speed possible Barometric pressure: Range 300...1100 hPa, Resolution 1 hPa, accuracy 1 hPa Barometric pressure tendency: indicated by 5 arrows (rising, rising sharply, falling, falling sharply, steady) Change in barometric pressure: bar diagram display, up to 24 h history Rainfall: measuring range 0...999 mm with simultaneous display of total (since last reset) and 24 h or 1 h precipitation; resolution 0.5 mm, accuracy 2% 1 mm Weather forecast: with wather symbols sunny, partly cloudy, cloudy, rainy Storage options: min/max with date and time Voltage supply: 6 x mignon-type batteries, (> 685 44, not included) Housing dimensions: 217 x 160 x 30 mm Weight: 0.6 kg
With the new radio-controlled weather station it is possible to record up to 14 parameters, both indoors and outdoors, with no wiring required. The sensors can be mounted virtually anywhere. The measurement signals are transmitted up to distances of 100 m. The outdoor sensors are powered by built-in solar cells. The measurement data can be displayed concurrently in the LC display and/or transmitted to a computer via a radio interface for storage and evaluation.
Outdoor temperature sensor (temperature, humidity)

Scope of delivery
1 1 1 1 1
Base station Indoor radio sensor (temperature, humidity, barometric pressure) Outdoor radio sensor (temperature, humidity, solar-powerd) Radio precipitation measuring system (solar powered) Radio wind sensor (solar powered)
Radio rainfall gauge
16
ecology
Radio wind sensor
666 346
Weather station (meteograph) For automatic registration of temperature, relative humidity and barometric pressure. In a stable die-cast aluminium housing with carrying handle. Glass surround for maximum visibility. Low-friction, corrosion-proof bearings for the internal measurement equipment. The electric chart drum drive is quartz controlled for extremely accurate timing of the charts. The drum rotation speed may be set for 1 revolution per 7 days or 1 revolution daily. Included is a battery (service life approx. 1 year) and a one-year supply of chart paper. Measurement ranges: Barometric pressure: 978 mbar to 1042 mbar Temperature: - 30 C to + 40 C Relative humidity: 10 % to 100 % R.H. Dimensions: 25 cm 13 cm 26.5 cm Weight: 3.1 kg
606 043
PC radio interface The PC radio interface and the corresponding Windows software enables all measured values from the sensors of the weather station WS 2000 to be recorded by radio and graphically evaluated on a PC. The radio interface is connected to the computer via a standard serial port COM1...COM4). Sensor data can even be stored for periods of up to one month when the computer is switched off. The data can be exported in ASCII format for evaluation using external programs. Radio transmission: from radio sensor to interface Range (in the open): up to 100 m PC port: RS-232 Windows evaluation softare: included with radio interface Harware requirements: IBM-compatible PC Voltage supply: 2 mignon-type batteries (not included) Dimensions: 100 5070 mm Weight: 0.15 kg
666 270
Digital thermometer/hygrometer For measuring relative humidity and temperature; automatic temperature compensation during measurement. Complete with combined moisture and temperature sensor. Display: LCD, 3 1/2 digit, 13 mm high Measuring ranges: rel. humidity: 5 ... 95% temperature: 0 ... 60 C 32 ... 92 F Accuracy: 2% of meas. value Voltage supply: 9-volt battery (included) Dimensions: 19.5 7.8 3.0 cm Weight: 0.2 kg
666 347
Chart paper For weather station (> 666 346)), 105 sheets.
Scope of delivery
1 1 1 1
PC-radio interface Connection lead 9-pin connector plug CD-Rom with WINDOWS evaluation software; system description
17
ecology
667 917
Anemometer Hand-held instrument for straightforward wind speed measurements. With pointer lock for fixing the measured value. Measurement ranges: 0 120 km h-1 0 35 m s-1 0 12 Beaufort 0 70 knots Cup wheel dia.: 10 cm Height: approx. 20 cm
667 917
Electrosmog
667 922
Noise pollution
666 231
Digital field meter For measurement of magnetic and electric alternating fields (electrosmog), e.g. under high voltage lines, in the vicinity of electric devices (monitor), in work rooms, close to railways, in the vicinity of electric coils, and for testing the effectiveness of electromagnetic screening (Faraday's cage). Fast response LCD display for reliable readings Automatic battery monitor Simple to use Detailed operating and experiment instructions in German are included with the instrument. Display: LCD 2 1/2 digits, 13 mm high Measurement ranges: Magnetic field: 200, 2,000, 20,000 nT Electric field: 20, 200, 2,000 V/m Accuracy (at 50 Hz): Magnetic field: 5% Electric field: 10% Frequencies: without filter: 16 Hz ... 100 kHz 1 dB with filter HP 50: 50 Hz - 100 kHz 1 dB with filter TP2K: 16 Hz - 2 kHz 1 dB Probe: 138 x 40 x 24 mm Power supply: 9 V battery (included) Dimensions: 158 x 85 x 45 mm Weight: 0.4 kg
Sound level meter For linear and aurally compensated (dBA) measurement of sound levels. The device can be matched to level variations by applying various time evaluations. The device can store up to 4000 measured values. The measurement data can be transmitted to a PC for further evaluation via a serial cable (> 666 251) Measuring range: 20 ... 135 dB Type of measurement: dB (linear) or dBA (aurally compensated) Time evaluation: slow (1 s), fast (0.125 s) Display accuracy: 0.1 dB Measurement accuracy: 1.5 dB Frequency range: 20 Hz ... 20 kHz Storage function: 4000 measured values Interface: serial (RS 232) for computer connection Voltage supply: 9 V battery Length of microphone lead: 1 m Dimensions: housing: 210 85 37 mm microphone: 100mm x 12 mm dia. weight: 0.3 kg
667 922
Scope of delivery
666 231
1 Sound level meter 1 Microphone 1 9 V battery
18
ecology Radioactivity
667 918
Geiger counter Compact instrument for measuring beta, gamma, x-ray and neutron radiation with a considerably higher sensitivity than conventional Geiger counters and probes. The flat shape of the counter makes it ideal for contamination measurements, similar to a surface counter. Pulses indicated via loudspeaker plus direct analog meter. Enables direct counting of individual events (i.e. including the background effect) in conjunction with the pulse counter (> 667 919 ). Complete with lead with 4-mm plugs for connection to counters with pulse input, e.g. counter P ( 575 45 ), Counter S (> 575 47 ) or CASSYpack E (> 524 007 ). Battery operated for portable, on-site use. Sturdy plastic housing. Comes complete with battery. Measuring ranges:0 to 3 mrem h-1 0-3 mR h-1 0 to 30 mSv h -1 Measurement accuracy: 30% Battery type: 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (> 685 45 ) Dimensions: 155 mm x 75 mm x 45 mm Weight: 350 g
667 920
667 919
667 918
667 920 667 919
Pulse counter For expanding the functionality of the Geiger counter (> 667 918) and counting individual events even at high pulse frequencies. Measure values displayed either constantly or with reference to a time interval (1 or 10 minutes). With quartz-stabilized time base. Power supply via the Geiger counter (> 667 918) Display: pulse count or rate Counting volume: 6 decades Digit height: 9 mm (7-segment LED) Power supply: via Geiger counter (> 667 918) Dimensions: 155 mm x 75 mm x 45 mm Weight: approx. 0.2 kg
Case for Geiger counter (> 667 918 ) and the pulse counter (> 667 919) Plastic case with foam inlay. Dimensions (W x H x D): 30 cm x 20 cm x 8 cm
Detection of microorganims
667 186
666 301
Membrane filtration unit For microbiological work, consisting of filtration unit (clear polycarbonate, suitable for autoclaving) and catch basin Filter diameter: 47 mm Working volume: 250 ml Operating press.: max. 2 bar overpressure Sterilization: 120C autoclave temperature Dimensions: 250 mm high, 100 mm dia. Weight: 0.3 kg
Vacuum tubing Inside diameter: 8 mm Thickness of wall: 5 mm Length: 1 m Material: rubber
667 026
Tweezers Pointed , nickel-plated steel Length: 130 mm
666 300
Membrane filtration set Especially for water and soil analysis, complete with aluminium carrying case. The case contains all the equipment, consumables and a manual necessary for the following biological and chemical investigations: Detection of microorganisms - in water, in air, in soil The effects of antibiotics Gas formation during alcohol fermentation Detection of yeast in foods Growth of bacteria at different temperatures
666 300
19
ecology Manuals
Ecology
668 332 668 652
Theoretical fundamentals and experiments using the environmenmental case 666 220 112 pages, DIN A4 by Engler, Breuer, Dr. Mller, Seithe This book describes the theoretical fundamentals of ecology and the measurement devices in the measurement case. A practical section describes the possible types of measurement and their resaults.
Ecology I: Experiments with water 93 pages, A4 size 33 experiments on the chemistry of water. The experiments are designed so that they can be carried out by the students themselves. Clean and polluted water from natural sources is compared. The effects of pollutants on plants and animals are evaluated using comparison tables.
668 311 668 662
Evaluation of water quality based on biological indicators 73 pages, A4 size, in German By Dr. W. Xylander This book describes the way in which to take samples and hints are provided on the various methods of evaluation and frequently encountered indicator organisms; a simple key for determining the kind of organism is included which specifically meets teaching requirements.
Ecology II: Experiments with air and soil 67 pages, A4 size 10 experiments on soil analysis and 14 experiments on air investigations. The experiments are aimed at comparing unpolluted samples with polluted samples so that in addition to the actual analysis of the material it will be possible to estimate the extent of the impact a particular pollutant has on the natural environment.
668 391
668 642
Investigation of all ground and bush-living organisms 39 pages, A4 size, in German By G. Stumpf The book describes the methods for investigating the areas in question and hints are given as to important organisms and methods of investigation.
Instructor's manual ecology - a study guide 57 pages, A4 size Instructor's manual for experiment manuals 668 652 und 668 662. The manual contains a number of recommendations for experiments and background information. Extensive tables are provided in which basic data for water, soil and air analysis are given for the two manuals this manual refers to.
Photosynthesis, botany
668 632
Photosynthesis principles and experiments 54 pages, A4, English by H. Breuer This manual explains the theoretical fundamentals of photosynthesis and the structure of the deciduous leaf and describes selected experiments, many of which use the factometer. With worksheets and model solutions.
Alternative energies
668 432
Fuel cells and air cells 57 pages, A4 size in English. The manual contains the theory and the experiment descriptions for all fuel cells, H202 cell, aluminium/air element and formiate cell.
20
electrochemistry
Electrochemistry
Using the electrochemistry demonstration unit (> 664 400) in the classroom.
Electrochemistry is a sub-discipline within the field of physical chemistry. Its attention is directed primarily to all those processes where chemical reactions involve the migration of electrical charges or the generation of electrical potentials. Physics is concerned with current as electrons move within solid conductors (metals, 1st-order conductors). Of special interest for the field of microelectronics is the differing response of the semiconductors. Also the unexpected, rapid advances in the field of superconductors implying low-loss transmission of electrical energy give reason to anticipate new and spectacular applications in the future. In contrast to the science of physics, chemistry
focuses on the transmission of electrical charges by means of ion migration in electrolytes, the so-called 2nd-order conductors. Electrochemistry first examines the parameters which determine the electrical conductivity of solutions: the type of material, the concentration, the degree of dissociation, ion migration speed, etc. One of the main chapters in the study of electrochemistry is the determination of the electrochemical potentials of various galvanic cells, right down to the fundamental realization that every reduction oxidation system can be assigned a certain standard potential. This makes it
possible to set up an electrochemical series of elements and compounds, giving essential information as to their inert or active properties and to their strength as oxidation or reduction agents. Application of this knowledge leads to various galvanic elements, such as the Leclanch cells, the lead accumulator battery, etc. The situation in the case of electrolysis, and its application in galvanizing, for example, or in copper refining, anodizing and the electrolysis of alkali metal chlorides, is just the reverse. Here a chemical reaction is initiated by the application of electrical energy. Corrosion and corrosion protection also involve electrochemical processes.
21
electrochemistry Demonstration
664 407
664 400
664 407
664 400
Electrochemistry demonstration unit With this demonstration equipment from LEYBOLD DIDACTIC, you now have available a universal power supply and measurement instrument which can be used to conduct a broad variety of experiments from the field of electrochemistry. Combining three functions in a single unit considerably reduces the required preparation time while at the same time simplifying the actual experiments. The measured voltages and currents are displayed simultaneously and independently of each other on a red LED display, the digits of which are 26 mm high. The numbers can be read clearly even from a distance of about 10 metres. The demonstration unit fulfils three purposes: It functions as a power supply, delivering AC and DC voltage It is equipped with two measurement instruments: a) for voltage measurements from 0 ... 60 V b) for current measurements from 0 ... 2 A. Thus it can also be used as a multimeter. The measurement unit and the power pack can be linked internally or can also be used separately. This unit serves as a current indicator and load using the built-in miniature motor with segmented display disk. Additional instruments (chart recorder, CASSY interface or oscilloscope, for example) can be connected to the the chart recorder outputs (one each for voltage and current Included as standard equipment for the demonstration unit is a tray with recesses for the vessels (e.g. battery tray from accessory set (> 664 401). The CPS version (> 664 407) requires the use of the table for electrochemistry (> 666 472) in addition. In both versions a white rear panel serves as the background to accentuate colour changes, precipitation reactions etc. The tray and the table each have sockets at the front, into which spring clips may be inserted for attachment of U-tubes. The demonstration unit (> 664 400) rests on two stable plastic feet; its height is adjustable. The CPS demonstration unit (> 664 407) is designed for use in a panel frame.
664 400 664 407
666 472
666 425
Electrochemistry demonstration unit, CPS version with table for electrochemistry (666 472) and panel frame (666 425)
Electrochemistry demonstration unit
Conductivity of solids and liquids Electrolytic dissociation Ion migration Electrochemical potentials Electrochemical series of metals and nonmetals Concentration potentials Corrosion and corrosion protection Ion product of water Electrolysis and electrolytic polarization Faraday's laws of electrolysis Galvanic cells: Leclanch cells, lead accumulator batteries, etc.
668 132
Fuel cells Galvanic processes Manufacture of printed circuit boards Anodizing process Copper refining Electrolysis of alkali metal chlorides A detailed listing of the experiments is given in the table of contents for the instructor's manual.
Demonstration experiments in electrochemistry (164 pages, A4 size) Instructions for the experiments using the electrochemistry demonstration units (> 664 400 and > 664 407) and the accessory set (> 664 401). The manual is supplied with the electrochemistry demonstration unit (> 664 400 and > 664 407).
Demonstration unit CPS demonstration unit
22
electrochemistry
Equipment list
Equipment list
Equipment list
Ion migration 2Separation and migration of CrO 4 ions and 2+ [Cu(NH3)4] ions in an electrical field.
Daniell cell Current and voltage measurements on a Cu/Zn cell under load
Copper refining Electrolytic recovery of pure copper from a brass alloy

1 1 1 1 1 3
Electrochemistry demonstration or CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit CPS-Table for 664 407 Double-U-tube Rod electrodes, pair, platinum sheet Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue Large clip plug
1 664 400 1 664 407 666 472 664 091 664 369 501 45 591 21 1 1 1
Electrochemistry demonstration or CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit CPS-Table for 664 407 Accessories set for electrochemistry Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue
1 664 400 1 664 407 666 472 664 401 501 45 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1
Electrochemistry demonstration or CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit CPS-Table for 664 407 Accessories set for electrochemistry alternatively to 664 401 Electrode holder Set of 10 brass plate electrodes Set of 10 copper plates Beaker, 400 ml, ts Base rail, 11 mm Stand tube, 150 mm Universal bosshead Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue
664 400
664 407 666 472 664 401 664 373 664 422 591 53 664 114 666 601 666 606 666 615 501 45
664 401
664 406
Electrochemistry accessories set

Adjustable load unit The adjustable resistance is used to apply a variable load to a current source (galvanic cell or battery). The capacitance, power curve, internal resistance and the recovery capacity of the cell can be evaluated on the basis of the voltage drop (load curve) in each case. Commercially available batteries can also be tested with this unit. Dimensions: 150 x 100 x 45 mm Weight: 0.3 kg
2 Plastic electrolysis cells, demountable,with plate, 125 x 70 x 55 mm > 664 403 1 Set of paper diaphragms > 664 405 24 Electrode plates, various metals and electrolytic carbon, 40 x 76 mm 1 Set of connecting leads (2 x 50 cm, 2 x 25 cm, 2 x 10 cm) 1 Set of 10 croc clips, polished 2 Abrasive stones 1 Pair of tweezers Various material samples for conductivity tests and experiments with electrolytes 1 Silicon disc for semiconductor experiments 1 Plastic storage tray
23
electrochemistry Practical experiments

664 394
Electrochemical potentials Daniell cell Voltage measurements on simple galvanic cells Standard potentials of metals and nonmetals Standard potential of the Fe2+/Fe3+ redox pair Nernst equation for concentration chains Influence of precipitation and sequestration on the voltage of a concentration cell Determining solubility products and dissociation constants
664 395
Determining the potential of a silver/silver chloride electrode pH values and redox potentials
664 395
664 394
Electrochemistry workplace
Measuring unit for electrochemistry workplace The measuring unit is inserted in the compartment of the workplace provided for that purpose to enable mesurement. The measuring unit can also be used independently of the electrochemistry workplace.
Measuring the pH values of various salt solutions Acid-base titration Redox titration Applied electrochemistry Leclanch cell Lead acid battery
Scope of delivery
2 Cell batteries made of chemical-resistant plastic. They can easily be unscrewed and disassembled for cleaning. Filter paper is used as the membrane between the cells. Four galvanic cells can be set up simultaneously 18 Plate electrodes (28 x 43 mm) which fit into the cell compartments described above, made of seven different materials: Cu (4 electrodes), Zn (4), Fe (2), Ag (3), C (graphite, 2), Pt (mesh electrode, 1), Ni (mesh electrode, 2). 2 Plastic plates and Mg tape for making Mg electrodes. 3 Storage containers for electrodes which must be kept submerged in liquid during storage. 1 Abrasive stone for cleaning the electrodes. 1 Set of paper diaphragms (100 sheets). 4 Droppers with rubber bulbs. 1 Manual (> 668 421)
Scope of delivery
Fuel cells Electrochemical corrosion of iron
1 Measuring instrument for virtually currentless voltage measurement from 1 mV to 10 V, switchable in 7 measuring ranges Internal resistance approx. 108 1 Motor with disk as current indicator (max. 3 V), for demonstrating flow of current in fuel cells 4 Connecting leads with croc-clips 1 Plug-in supply unit for connection to 230 V
Additionally recommended: (> 664 381) Clear PVC cover
668 111
668 422
Instructor's manual Introduction to Electrochemistry 112 pages, A4 size, in German. Instructor's manual for a complete course in electrochemistry, designed for advanced secondary education. It contains all the theoretical background and evaluations of the 17 experiments which can be conducted with the electrochemistry work place.
Experiment manual Experiments in Electrochemistry 32 pages, A4 size. This manual is to be used as a workbook and thus contains only those parts from the corresponding instructor's manual (> 664 111) which are relevant to the experiments themselves. The manual is included in the electrochemistry work place (> 664 395).
664 381
Clear PVC cover For dust-proof storage of the electrochemistry work place and for stacking in a cabinet.
24
electrochemistry Experiment examples

Equipment list
pH measurement The facility for connecting standard pH and redox electrodes makes it possible to measure pH and carry out acid-base and redox titrations.
1 1 1 1
Electrochemistry workplace Measuring instrument pH single rod electrode with plastic shaft Beaker, 100 ml, ts
664 395 664 394 667 417 664 411
Equipment list 664 394 667 063
Electrochemical voltage series Measuring the voltages between each of the maximum of eight half-cells which can be arranged makes it quick and easy to work out the relative voltage series for the metals. A simplified hydrogen electrode allows for determination of standard potentials of both metals and nonmetals.
664 395
1 1 1 10 4 1
Electrochemistry workplace
Electrochemistry workplace Measuring instrument Bottle tray Polyethylene bottle, 50 ml Polyethylene bottle, 100 ml Set of chemicals for electrochemistry
664 395 664 394 667 063 661 220 661 221 661 125
Accessories
667 417
pH single-rod electrode In unbreakable plastic shaft suitable for outdoor use, with DIN plug, 13 mm dia
661 125
Electrochemistry chemicals set Contains 17 of the most important chemicals for experiments in the field of electrochemistry. The contents are sufficient for about five groups (for a list of chemicals see appendix).
Cat. No. Description Quantity
667 063
664 382 664 383
Bottle tray for students' workplace Made of plastic. Ideal for holding ten 50 ml and four 100 ml polyethylene bottles, also suitable for beakers up to 100 ml.
Polyethylene bottle Narrow neck, with screw cap, natural colour.

661 220 661 221
664 387 664 389 664 388 664 390 673 100
50 ml 100 ml
Copper plate electrodes Zinc plate electrodes Carbon plate electrodes Silver plate elctrodes Nickel plate electrodes Platinum plate electrodes Magnesium, ribbon
10 10 5 2 5 2
25
electrochemistry Conductivity
667 429
667 430
Conductivity tester
591 501
Lamp socket With 2 sockets ( E 10 and E 14) , included are 2 bulbs (24 V/5 W and 6 V/0.3W), for use with the conductivity tester ( 667 429). The lamp socket is used for qualitative proof of the conductivity of stronger and weaker electrolytes. May be used as a stand-alone unit or in a laboratory stand arrangement. Dimensions: 120 x 120 x 65 mm Weight: 0.35 kg
Electrochemistry set For running all students' experiments in electrochemistry.
Scope of delivery
1 1 1 1 2 1 2
Shallow electrolysis cell Copper plate Zinc plate Iron plate Nickel plates Aluminium plate Electrolytic carbon plates
591 51 from 591 53 from 591 54 from 591 55 from 591 56 from 591 57 from 591 61
Used to measure the conductive properties of electrolytes. The unit is connected to 40 V AC max. (e.g. from the variable extra-low voltage transformer D, > 667 827) via two 4 mm plugs. A measuring instrument (e.g.> 667 908) is used to indicate the conductivity in qualitative measurements. The test cell consists of two parallel platinum plates and it is protected by a glass jacket. Included in the equipment is a stand rod, 100 mm long, 8 mm dia. Dimensions: 25 x 220 m Weight: 0.14 kg
Additionally required: Variable extra low voltage transformer S, 20 V DC, 5 A . . . . . . . 521 35 Set of 6 insulated croc-clips . . . . . . . . 501 83 Multimeter METRAmax 2 (2x) . . . . . . . 531 100 Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . 501 46
Differentiation of weak and strong electrolytes Verification of dissociation in solutions
664 355
Glass section With 2 GL 18 and 1 GL 14 screw threads for water electrolysis unit after Hofmann, with scale.
Electrolysis of water
664 350 664 369
Water electrolysis unit After Hofmann. To demonstrate the electrolysis of water; the gases bubbling off the electrodes are collected separately. The flexible design of the center branch makes it possible to establish pressure equilibrium when reading the volumes of the gas. This prevents measurement errors arising from differentials in the gas pressures.
Pair of platinum plate electrodes Fused in glass, with sockets for 4 mm plugs.
664 352
Topping-up reservoir
664 350
Scope of delivery
Equipment list
1 Glass section with 2 GL 18 and 1 GL 14 screw thread, with calibration marks 1 Topping-up vessel 1 PVC tube 1 Pair of platinum electrodes 1 Base plate with polarity designations 1 Stand
Quantity Description
Cat. No.
1 1 1
Water electrolysis unit Variable extra low voltage transformer D Pair of cables, 1 m, red and blue
664 350 667 827 501 46
26
electrochemistry
664 356
664 398 664 356 664 398
664 397
Corrosion set Equipment set for demonstrating the generation of electrochemical voltages as a cause for corrosion.
664 397
Leclanch cell Voltage: 1.5 V approx. Height: 225 mm Diameter: 110 mm Weight: 1.1 kg
Daniell cell Clear representation of an electrochemical cell, consisting of 1 zinc and 1 copper cylinder and a clay cell. The two metal electrodes are provided with 4 mm sockets; with glass cylinder. Dimensions: Height: 160 mm Diameter: 65 mm
Scope of delivery
Scope of delivery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Battery glass Clay cell Zinc electrode Carbon electrode Manganese (IV) dioxide, 250 g Croc clip Lid
1 Plastic dish (150 mm dia.) with seven openings 1 Set of seven electrodes 1 Set of cork halves on which to mount the electrodes 1 Crystallization dish, 140 mm dia.
664 020
664 021
Clay cell Used to assemble an electrochemical cell in a beaker.

664 020
670 401
664 021
dia. 30 mm, h 100 mm dia. 50 mm, h 150 mm
Ammonium chloride 250 g

664 358
Fuel cell
673 221
Manganese (IV)-dioxide 500 g
The fuel cell demonstrates the generation of electricity by direct conversion of the chemical energy released through the oxidation of a fuel into electrical energy. The electrical energy generated here can be used e.g. to drive a miniature motor (> 667 433). Hydrogen, methanol, glucose and hydrazine can all be used as fuels. The fuel cell consists of a U-tube with two lateral connections, a sintered disk and two rodshaped nickel-wire mesh electrodes. The Utube is mounted using spring clips on a holding plate, which can be mounted to a stand rod by means of a clamp on its rea.
Additionally required for palladium-coating of electrodes: Palladium (II) chloride, 1 g (> 674 040).
27
electrochemistry Fused-salt electrolysis

Salts become electrically conductive when the ions, the electrical charge carriers of which they are made up, become liberated. This is the case in solutions, and in fused salts as well. Fused-salt electrolysis demonstrates the conductivity and electrolytic dissociation of fused salts and permits its evaluation. As no solvents are used, there are no reactions with separated elements which can otherwise occur.
Experiment setup for fused-salt electrolysis
Equipment list
Fused-salt-electrolysis
664 085
Reactor tube for fused-salt electrolysis For fused-salt electrolysis, with 2 necks for SB 19 stoppers and 2 lateral nipples; complete with one pair of extra-length carbon electrodes, with silicon stoppers, SB 19, and sockets for connecting leads with 4 mm plugs. Length of arms: 200 mm
1 1 1 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1
664 089
Reaction-tube, V-shaped, quartz Glass section from > 664 085.
Reactor tube for fused-salt electrolysis, quartz Variable extra low voltage transformer D Digital multimeter Base rail, 55 cm Stand tube, 45 cm Universal bosshead Gas syringe, 100 ml Gas syringe holder 100 ml Butane gas burner Butane cartridges Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue Pair of cables, 1 m, red and blue
664 085 667 827 667 908 666 602 666 609 666 615 665 912 665 918 666 711 666 712 501 45 501 46
Ion migrationunit, after Nernst

667 457
Ion migration unit, after Nernst Used to determine the migration speed of coloured ions in an electrical field. The U-shaped tube is first filled about half-way with a colourless liquid electrolyte; the stopcock at the topping-up vessel is then opened to slowly introduce a layer of coloured solution from below. After applying a direct current one will observe that the phase boundaries between the colourless and coloured solutions are of different heights in the different branches as a result of ion migration.
664 072
Reaction-tube for fused-salt electrolysis V-shaped, arms 200 mm long, 2 side taps. SB grind: 2 SB 19 Type of glass: DURAN
Scope of delivery
1 U-shaped tube (arms 300 mm long), with two SB 19 and one standard ground joint 1 Topping-up vessel 1 PVC-tube
664 359
Carbon electrodes, 1 pair For use in connection with the reactor tubes for fused-salt electrolysis (> 664 072, > 664 085, > 664 089).
Experiment apparatus for fused-salt electrolysis
Additionally necessary: Rod electrode, carbon (2x) . . . . . . . . 664 433 Variable extra low voltage transformer S . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 35 Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . 501 46
28
electrochemistry
Fuel cells
Alternative energy sources
The use of alternative energy sources (sun, wind and water), when joined with more efficient storage and conversion methods (e.g. in fuel cells), represents a strong prospect for ultimately developing more environmentally friendly energy sources in future. Our experiment apparatus for this topic area reflect the current state of the art. They can be combined in a variety of ways and enable a realistic and quantitative treatment of the energy problem and possible alternatives. In the classical oxyhydrogen fuel cell, hydrogen gas and oxygen gas are combined at two separate electrodes to form water. During this process chemical energy is converted directly into electrical energy with high efficiency. The fuel cell can be reused indefinitely and supplies electricity as soon as the gases are supplied. The new proton-exchange membrane (PEM) fuel cell requires no electrolytes. The hydrogen (H2) is first broken down into atomic hydrogen at a catalytically active electrode. After losing an electron ( pole), the proton H+ migrates through the polymer membrane to the oxygen side, where an electron is acquired (+ pole) and water is created: O2 + 4 H+ + 4 e- 2H2O.
Equipment list
The experiment setup illustrates a complete electricity/hydrogen cycle: Electric current is produced e.g. from sunlight using a solar cell. The electrolysis apparatus uses this energy to break down the water into the higherenergy gases hydrogen and oxygen. The gases can be stored and used directly for heating or to drive a motor or, as shown here, converted back into electricity, a more easily exploited form of energy. This energy can be used to power motors (mechanical energy) or lamps (light energy). Once again, the end product is waterthe starting point of electrolysis. The result is a matter/energy cycle with virtually no environmental impact.
Fuel cells
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS-PEM fuel cell PEM electrolysis unit (CPS) Electric load (CPS) Console, 30 x 16 cm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm Panel frame, C50, two-level Solar cells on base Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue Pair of cables, 100 cm, red and blue
666 481 666 484 666 483 301 312 666 464 666 425 664 431 501 45 501 46
29
electrochemistry
Hydrogen technology: hydride storage

The problems entailed in storing hydrogen are solved most easily by means of hydride storage. At just a slight overpressure, certain metal alloys are able to take up extremely large quantities of hydrogen in their metal lattice structures. The gas is released when the storage is tapped (by reducing the pressure). As this process is reversible, the storage can be recharged again and again. The handy hydride storage apparatus used here can be easily integrated in a wide variety of setups and recharged again and again from inexpensive gas bottles. It is an ideal hydrogen reservoir for fuel cells. Atmospheric oxygen is supplied as the oxidant by means of an adjustable pump. The voltage and current of the fuel cell with various loads can be measured using a multimeter.
Equipment list
Hydrogen technology: hydride storage

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS-PEM fuel cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 481 CPS-metal hydride reservoir (H2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 479 Regulating valve for metal hydride reservoir (666 479) . . . . 666 4792 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 482 Electric load (CPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 483 CPS Digital multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 453 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467 Panel frame, C50, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 425 Connecting lead, 2.5 mm2 dia., 25 cm, red . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 20 Connecting lead, 2.5 mm2 dia., 50 cm, blue . . . . . . . . . . . 501 26 Connecting lead, 2.5 mm2 dia., 1 m, red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 30
Using a variety of adjustable loads, it is possible to record the characteristic curve of a fuel cell for comparison to other galvanic elements. The electrochemistry demonstration set permits the simultaneous measurement of voltage and current required to show this effectively. Conclusions as to the efficiency and energy density can be drawn by additionally measuring the volumes of the gases.
Characteristics and efficiency of fuel cells
Equipment list
Characteristics and efficiency of fuel cells

1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1
CPS-PEM fuel cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 481 Electric load (CPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 483 CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 407 CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 458 MINICAN gas can: hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 997 MINICAN gas can: oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 998 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 464 Panel frame, C100, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 428
30
electrochemistry Individual components

Even without the CPS system, the PEM fuel cell can be used with a wide variety of other apparatus. A solar cell module or wind turbine can be used to generate electricity. The hydrogen can be generated using the electrolysis cell or the electrolysis apparatus after Hofmann. Miniature motors or extremely low-power lamps can be used as loads.
Equipment list
Characteristic and efficiency of a fuel cell stack

1 1 1 1 1 1
PEM fuel cell Solar cells on base Electrolysis cell on base STE Micromotor 1.5 V Adapter plug with two pairs of 4-mm sockets Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue
667 401 664 431 664 432 579 37 666 486 501 45
You can measure the voltage and the current consecutively using the CPS-digital multimeter > 666 453. The characteristic of the fuel cell stack can be recorded using a variety of adjustable loads and directly to other galvanic elements.
Characteristic and efficiency of the fuel cell stack
Equipment list
Characteristic and efficiency of a fuel cell stack

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
CPS-PEM fuel cell stack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 4811 Electric load (CPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 483 CPS-digital multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 453 CPS-metal hydride storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 479 Regulating valve for metal hydride reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 4792 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 482 Panel frame, C50, two-level, with channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 425 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 464
31
electrochemistry
667 4011
PEM fuel cell stack The new PEM (proton exchange membrane) fuel cell stack enables up to four fuel cells to be connected either in series or in parallel. The fuel cell stack is operated with hydrogen H2 and oxygen O2 or air. The hydrogen and oxygen react at the polymer membrane to form water, releasing electrical energy in the process. When four fuel cells are connected in series, the fuel cell stack generates a no-load voltage of approx. 3.6 V and a maximum power of 5 watts. These high voltage and power values are sufficient to e.g. power standard lamp types (e.g. halogen lamps).
667 4011 667 401
667 401
666 481
666 4811
PEM fuel cell (H2/O2 cell) Membrane as electrolyte, no acid or base required. The supplied hydrogen and oxygen (e.g. from air) react to form water, producing electrical energy. No-load voltage: 0.9 V Max. current: 3 A Max. power. 1000 mW Area of electrodes: 20 cm2 Dimensions: 100 x 100 x 60 mm Weight: 0.7 kg
CPS PEM fuel cell (H2/O2 cell) For use in the Chemistry Panel System (CPS). With proton-conducting polymer membrane as electrolyte, no acid or base required. The supplied hydrogen and oxygen (e.g. from air) react to form water, producing electrical energy. No-load voltage: 0.9 V Max. current: 3 A Max. power. 1000 mW Area of electrodes: 20 cm2 Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 100 mm Chemistry panel: 300 x 297 mm Weight: 1.4 kg
CPS PEM fuel cell stack For use in the Chemistry Panel System (CPS). The new PEM (proton exchange membrane) fuel cell stack enables up to four fuel cells to be connected either in series or in parallel. The fuel cell stack is operated with hydrogen H2 and oxygen O2 or air. The hydrogen and oxygen react at a polymer membrane to form water, releasing electrical energy in the process. When four fuel cells are connected in series, the fuel cell stack generates a no-load voltage of approx. 3.6 V and a maximum power of 4 watts. This voltage is sufficient to e.g. power standard lamp types (e.g. halogen lamps). No-load voltage: 3.6 V Max. current: 3 A Max. power. 4 W Area of electrodes: 80 cm2 Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 100 mm Weight: 2.0 kg
Scope of delivery
1 PEM-fuel cell with 2 Safety sockets, 4 mm 4 Gas connections, 5 mm dia. Silicone tubing 4 mm i.dia, 1.5 m
Scope of delivery
1 2 4 4
PEM-fuel cell with Safety sockets, 4 mm Gas connections, 5 mm dia. Bubble counters Silicone tubing 4 mm i.dia, 1.5 m 1 Chemistry panel with mounting hardware Labels and spacers
CPS-PEM fuel cell (666 481)
Fuel cells
Cat. No. Description No-load voltage Max. current Max. power Area of electrode Dimensions Weight
667 401 666 481 667 4011 666 4811
PEM fuel cell (H2/O2 cell) PEM fuel cell (H2/O2 cell) CPS PEM fuel cell stack PEM fuel cell stack CPS
0.9 V 0.9 V 3.6 V 3.6 V
ca. 3 A ca. 3 A ca. 3 A ca. 3 A
ca. 1 W ca. 1 W ca. 4 W ca. 4 W
20 cm2 20 cm2 80 cm2 80 cm2
100 x 100 x 60 mm 300 x 297x 100 mm 165 x 165 x 40 mm 300 x 297x 100 mm
0.7 kg 1.4 kg 1.3 kg 2.0 kg
32
electrochemistry Obtaining hydrogen from methanol
Equipment list
Stack with reformer

In addition to the direct use of hydrogen (liquified or stored as a hydride), methanol is gaining increasing attention as a potential source of hydrogen, particularly in larger vehicles and electric passenger vehicles. This fuel source could be distributed using the existing network of filling stations, and no additional safety measures would be needed. The hydrogen is extracted from the methanol during vehicle operation by means of a reformer.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
PEM fuel cell stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 4811 Methanol reformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 4021 CO adsorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 4022 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 482 Electric load (CPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 483 Sensor box - 30 Amperes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 043 Sensor-CASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 010 CASSY Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 200 CPS Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 454 Temperature sensor, NiCrNi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193 Protective tube for 666193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 194 Heating mantle, 250 ml, 120W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 7521 CPS Pedestal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 441 Variable extra-low voltage transformer D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 827 Panel frame, C100, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 428 Pair of cables, 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 46 Pair of cables, 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 45 Connecting lead, 50 cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 25
667 4021
667 4022
Methanol reformer For producing H2, CO2 and CO from a methanol-water mixture. The methanol is broken down by means of a catalyst in an electrically heated reaction tube. Once the carbon monoxide is removed by the CO adsorber (> 667 4022), the mixture can be used to operate the fuel cells (> 667 401 and > 666 481) or the stacks (> 667 4011 and > 666 4811). A power supply with 4...5 A and approx. 20 V (e.g. > 667 827) is required for electrically heating the reaction tube. For heating the methanol-water mixture a heating mantle (> 666 752) is required. Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 280 mm Panel: 400 x 297 mm Weight: 2.0 kg
CO adsorber For adsorption of carbon monoxide, e.g. from the reaction gases of the methanol reformer (> 667 4021).The CO adsorber comprises three stages: 1. Condensate collection in a safety wash bottle 2. Drying of gas mixture using silica gel 3. Removal of carbon monoxide via the adsorber material As H2O and CO adsorption is reversible, the materials can be regenerated after use by reheating them. The capacity of the adsorber is sufficient for operating the fuel cell stack (> 667 4011 and 666 4811) for approx. 45 min. A CO testing tube indicates when the adsorber capacity is becoming exhausted. Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 130 mm Panel: 400 x 297 mm Weight: 1.5 kg
667 4021
Scope of delivery
1 Two-necked round-bottom flask, 250 ml 1 Reaction tube 230 x 12 mm dia. with heating filament and catalyst filling (+ approx. 70 g replacement catalyst) 1 Chemistry panel with mounting and connection fittings
Scope of delivery
667 4022
1 Wash bottle with safety insert 4 Plastic tubes for adsorber material Adsorber material 3 Testing tubes for CO 1 Chemistry panel with mounting and connection fittings 1 Silicone tubing l = 1 m; i.d. = 7 mm
33
electrochemistry Fuel cells and alternative energy sources
666 479
666 479
CPS-metal hydride reservoir (H2) For simple and safe storage and dispensing of hydrogen, e.g. for use in fuel cells. The hydride reservoir is refillable (see accessories). For use in the Chemistry Panel System (CPS).
666 484
PEM electrolysis unit For use in the Chemistry Panel System (CPS) and as benchtop unit. All that is necessary for generating current is to put distilled water in the reservoir vessel. The gases are collected in graduated containers. The electrical energy required for electrolysis can be provided using a solar cell module (e.g. > 664 431) or via a power supply (e.g. > 521 35). The gases produced can be channeled directly to a PEM fuel cell. Voltage: 1.8 ... 2.0 V Max. current: 2.0 A Gas generation: 20ml/min (H2) 10 ml/ min (O2) Connections: 5 mm dia. Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 100 mm Weight: 1.8 kg
Capacity: 20 l H2 (2 g) Max. filling pressure: 10 bar Discharge pressure: approx. 1.5 bar Connections: 3 hose adapters Dimensions: 105 x 30 mm dia. (without panel) 100 x 297 x 80 mm dia. (with panel) Weight: 0.5 kg
666 4791
Charging adapter for metal hydride reservoir For > 666 479 and > 661 005 for refilling with hydrogen gas. The hydrogen reservoir can be connected directly to the reducing valve of an H2 gas bottle (e.g. > 661 010 and > 661 015) via the charging adapter to enable recharging. A safety valve prevents the pressure from rising above 20 bar while recharging. Connection: counter-clockwise thread for H2reducing valve and threaded fitting for metal hydride reservoir, with safety valve 20 bar. Dimensions: 100 x 40 mm
661 005 666 4792
661 005
Metal hydride reservoir (H2) For simple and safe storage and dispensing of hydrogen, e.g. for use in fuel cells. The hydride reservoir is refillable (see accessories). Capacity: 20 l H2 (2 g) Max. filling pressure: 10 bar Connections: 3 hose adapters Dimensions: 105 x 30 mm dia. Weight: 0.23 kg
666 4792
Regulating valve for metal hydride reservoir

666 4791
For > 666 479 and > 661 005. for precise regulation of dispensed quantity, e.g. for operating a fuel cell. Hose connection: 5 mm dia. Dimensions: 60 x 40 mm
Metal hydride reservoir with charging adapter (666 4791) and regulation value (666 4792)
34
electrochemistry Accessories
579 37
Micromotor Very small motor with integrated transmission and cord wheel for the mechanical demonstration of small voltages and currents, e.g. from a photoelectric cell. Operating voltage: 0.5 to 1.5 V d.c. Gear reduction: 40 : 1 Size of plug-in elements: 2/19
666 486 666 487
666 487
Motor with propeller As indicator for low voltages Umax = 10 V Imax = 150mA
579 06 579 37
505 051 579 06
505 052
Lamp holder E 10, top STE 2/19 Lamp holder with screw thread E 10; the lamp is positioned at the top in the circuit diagram and emits light upwards, providing light effects and signal displays which are extremely easy to observe and compare.
505 051
Incand. bulb, 1.2 V/ 220 mA, set of 10
505 052
Halogen lamp 2.8 V/ 0.85 A
666 486
Adapter plug with two 4-mm socket pairs With side hole for connecting plug-in elements (e.g. motor or lamp) to the PEM fuel cells.
666 483
Electric load (CPS) For use in the Chemistry Panel System (CPS). Contains a motor with propeller, a lamp and two adjustable load resistors as electrical loads (consumers). These load elements permit a defined discharge of a component and the recording of characteristics. Load elements: adjustable resistor 5 , 4 W adjustable resistor 50 , 4 W Motor: Umax = 10 V Imax = 150 mA Lamp: Umax = 1.2 V Imax = 220 mA
666 483
35
electrochemistry The PEM fuel cell in combination with other apparatus

Loads
579 06
505 051
Lamp
666 483
Electric load (CPS)
666 487
Motor with propeller
666 479
CPS-metal hydride reservoir (H2)
H2
666 4811
666 482
Controllable aeration pump
660 997
660 998
MINICAN gas can: Hydrogen
Fuel cell stack (CPS)
MINICAN gas can: oxygen
667 4011
666 484
PEM electrolysis unit (CPS)
664 432
Electrolysis cell on base
667 401
666 481
PEM fuel cell (CPS)
666 446
CPS Electrolysis setup
O2
Measuring instruments
Eelectrochemistry demonstration unit
666 453
666 407
CPS digital multimeter
36
>
524 010
>
666 484
PEM electrolysis unit (CPS)
664 432
Electrolysis cell on base
666 446
CPS Electrolysis setup
Sensor-CASSY
electrochemistry Aluminum-air element formiate cell

Various metals and a sodium chloride electrolyte solution which are placed in the trough form a cell which is capable of generating a current. In this example current and voltage produced by the aluminum-air cell are measured with and without loading by the motor. In addition to experiments on optimizing the metal/air element, it is also possible to record load curves and characteristics.
Equipment list
Aluminum-air element
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Cell trough with air electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 408 Set of 10 aluminium plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591 57 Aluminium-zinc electrode, 65 x 40 x 3 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 423 Micro motor with blade wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 433 Multimeter, e.g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 100 Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 45 Pair of cables, 25 cm, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 44 Set of 6 croc-clips, polished. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 861 Sodium chloride, 250 g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673 570
Aluminum/air cell in students experiment

Equipment list 664 408 591 57
Formiate cell The inert electrode with catalytic action used in place of the metal electrode enables the conversion of formiate to carbonate. The electrolyte also serves as the fuel. The cell and the electrode can be reused indefinitely.
Cell trough with air electrode Basic unit; plastic, for plate electrodes (40 mm wide, 3 mm thick max.). Dimensions: 65 x 54 x 62 mm Weight: 0.06 kg
Set of 10 aluminium plates Dimensions: 76 mm x 40 mm
668 431
Fuel cells and air cells 1 1 Formiate electrode Formiate /KOH mixture, 280 g 664 424
591 54
672 055 Set of 10 zinc plates Dimensions: 76 mm x 40 mm
57 pages, A4 size. The manual contains the theory and the experiment descriptions for the H2/02 cell, aluminium/air element and formiate cell.
664 423
Aluminium-zinc alloy electrode Dimensions: 65 x 40 x 3 mm

591 57 664 424 664 424
Formiate electrode Dimensions: 65 x 40 x 3 mm
664 408
Aluminum/air element (664 408), formiate electrode (664 424)
37
electrochemistry Alternative energies

Wind and solar energy can be used to break down water into its constituents, hydrogen and oxygen, by means of electrolysis. The hydrogen produced in this process is a valuable energy resource which can be processed in a variety of ways for further exploitation. The burning of hydrogen produces pure water, which means that the use of hydrogen as a fuel has no environmental impact. Theoretically, its economic use as an energy source is possible wherever there is enough solar or wind energy, and competing energy sources are not subsidized. However, a great deal of work remains to be done in the areas of storage and transportation techniques.
Electrolysis using solar energy

Solar energy is available in virtually unlimited quantities, making it an ideal energy source for water electrolysis wherever extensive sunshine is the norm and no infrastructure for fossil fuels exists.
Cat. No
Equipment list
Electrolysis using solar energy

1 1 1
Solar cells on base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 431 Electrolysis cell on base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 432 Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 45
Electrolysis using wind energy

Like solar energy, wind energy is virtually unlimited. In areas where constant strong winds are common throughout the year (coastal regions, exposed foothill regions), energy generation using wind turbines is a viable alternative.
Equipment list
Electrolysis using wind energy

1 1 1
Windmill on base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 430 Electrolysis cell on base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 432 Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 45
38
electrochemistry
664 430
Windmill Generates electrical current when turned by wind energy. The air flow can be generated by a blower. The voltage thus generated is available at two sockets on the base of the stand. The windmill can also be operated as a motor (in conjunction with the solar cell > 664 431, for example). Wind generation by a blower (> 666 735, for example); distance between blower and windmill: 250 mm. Windmill operation Umax : 3 V Imax : 70 mA Motor operation Umax : 12 V Dimensions: 28 cm x 1 cm x 12.5 cm Weight: 630 g
664 431
Solar cells Generates electrical current from the sun's energy. The two solar cells are mounted on a rotating shaft, making it possible to adjust them for varying angles of incidence to the sun's light. The two cell arrays may be connected in parallel (for higher current) or in series (for higher voltage). The voltage is available at the sockets on the base plate. Angle of inclination: 0 ... 90 Dimensions: 25 cm x 16 cm x 25 cm Weight: 1.6 kg
664 432
Electrolysis cell For producing hydrogen (and oxygen) by applying electric current. The electrolysis cell is of a very compact design and is attached to the stand with spring clamps. The platinum electrodes are mounted in the glass section by means of threaded connectors to reduce the risk of breakage. The electrolysis cells may also be used as a water electrolysis unit after Hofmann. The required electrical energy can be supplied either from a power supply unit (> 667 826, for example), the solar cell (> 664 431) or the windmill (> 664 430 ). Operating voltage: >2 V Uop: 3 V I = 70 mA approx. Uop: 4 V I = 170 mA approx. Uop: 5 V I = 340 mA approx. Dimensions: 450 x 160 x 250 mm Weight: 2.3 kg
Light intensity [k|x]
U max [V]
I max [mA]
10 20 30 50
5.1 5.4 5.4 5.7
70 150 300 400
39
electrochemistry Electrodes
664 373
Electrode holder For two electrodes (rod electrodes up to max. 8 mm dia. or plate electrodes up to max. 3 mm thick). With 4 mm sockets for connecting leads and stand rod (10 mm dia.) for attachment to stand material.
Electrodes
Cat. No. Material Form Dimensions [mm] Other* Quantity Use** Contained in
591 57 664 376 664 436 591 591 664 377 664 437 591 55 664 385 664 379 664 439 591 61 664 387 664 370 664 433 664 359 591 53 664 382 664 374 664 434 664 422 591 56 664 416 664 388 664 375 664 435 664 368 664 420 664 390 664 369 664 421 664 389 664 372 591 54 664 383 664 378 664 438
Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Lead Lead Lead Iron Iron Iron Iron Carbon Carbon Carbon Carbon Carbon Copper Copper Copper Copper Brass Nickel Nickel wire mesh Nickel wire mesh Nickel Nickel Nickel wire mesh Platinum mesh Platinum mesh Platinum sheet Silver Silver Tungsten Zinc Zinc Zinc Zinc
Plate Rod Rod Plate Rod Rod Plate Plate Rod Rod Plate Plate Rod Rod Rod Plate Plate Rod Rod Plate Plate Plate Plate Rod Rod Stab Rod Rod Stab Plate Plate Rod Plate Plate Rod Rod
76 x 40 x 1 150 x 8 dia. 145 x 8 dia. 76 x 40 x 1 150 x 8 dia. 145 x 8 dia. 76 x 40 x 1 43 x 28 x 1 150 x 8 dia. 145 x 8 dia. 76 x 40 x 1 43 x 28 x 1 150 x 8 dia. 145 x 8 dia. 245 x 8 dia. 76 x 40 x 1 43x 28 x 1 150 x 8 dia. 145 x 8 dia. 76 x 40 x 1 76 x 40 x 1 76 x 40 x 1 43 x 28 x 1 150 x 8 dia. 145 x 6 dia. 145 x 8 dia. 55 x 40 x 1 43 x 28 x 1 135 x 8 dia. 55 x 40 x 0,5 43 x 28 x 1 340 x 3 dia. 76 x 40 x 1 43 x 28 x 1 150 x 6 dia. 150 x 6 dia.
Stopper and socket
Stopper and socket
Stopper and socket
Stopper and socket Extra long
Stopper and socket
Stopper and socket Stopper and socket
Socket
10 2 1 2 2 1 10 10 2 1 5 5 2 1 2 10 10 2 1 10 5 5 5 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 10 10 2 1
1,3, 8 8 1, 3, 8 8 1, 3, 8 2 8 1, 3, 8 2 8 4 1, 3, 8 2 8 1, 3, 8 1, 3, 8 1, 3, 8 2 8 7 3, 8 5, 6 3, 8 2 9 1, 3, 8 2 8
> 591 50, > 664 401
> 664 401
> 591 50, > 664 401 > 664 394
> 591 50, > 664 401 > 664 394
> 591 50, > 664 401 > 664 394
> 664 401 > 591 50, > 664 401 > 591 50, > 664 401 > 664 394
> 664 358 > 664 401 > 664 394 > 664 432, > 661 507, > 666 446 > 664 401 > 664 394 > 591 50, > 664 401 > 664 394
Stopper and socket
Stopper and socket
*Other: Stopper = 19 mm rubber stopper, Socket = for connection of 4 mm plug **Uses: 1 = with the glass tank (elektrolysis cell) (> 591 51); 2 = with the electrchemistry workplace (> 664 394); 3 = with the elecrochemistry (> 664 400, > 664 407); 4 = for fused-salt electrolysis (> 664 085); 5 = for water electrolysis (> 664 350); 6 = for electrolysis cell(> 664 432) and projection chemistry (> 661 507); 7 = for fuel cell experiment (> 664 358) with U-tube; 8 = suitable for mounting in electrode holder (> 664 373); 9 = for abiogenic amino acid synthesis (> 661 535)
40
electrochemistry U-tubes and clay cells
667 535
667 537
664 020
664 086 664 091
664 021 664 087
U-tubes and clay cells
U-tubes
Cat. No Length of arms [mm] Dia. of arms [mm] Filters Stopper seat SB Taps/other Application Contained in
664 088 664 086 664 087 664 093 664 090 664 091 667 535 667 537 667 538
160 160 160 160 160 160 85 85 105
22 22 22 22 22 22 12 12 12
1x G 4 1xG4 2xG4 1xG4 2xG4
2 x SB 19 2 x SB 19 2 x NS 19/26 2 x SB 19 3 x SB 19 -
2 side taps 2 side taps 2 side taps 2 side taps with ST drain cock with ST drain cock 3 side taps -
Electrolysis Gas drying Electrolysis Gas drying Galvanic elements Fuel cell Electrolysis Gas drying Fuel cell Voltage series, galvanic elements Ion migration Dilution series For projection chemistry For projection chemistry For projection chemistry
> 661 517 > 661 510
> 661 507 > 661 507 > 661 507
Clay cells for assembling an electrochemical element in a beaker

Cat. No. Diameter Hight Volume
667 455
Salt bridge 2 G4 filters, spacing between arms 50 mm. Filled with electrolyte solution, serves as connection between two galvanic elements. Length: 90 x 90 mm Diameter: 20 mm SB grind: 1 SB 19
664 020 664 021
30 mm 50 mm
100 mm 150 mm
ca. 45 ml ca. 195 ml
41
electrochemistry Literature
Sample text from 668 422
668 111
Instructor's manual Introduction to Electrochemistry 112 pages, A4 size, in German. Instructor's manual for a complete course in electrochemistry, designed for advanced secondary education. It contains all the theoretical background and evaluations of the 17 experiments which can be conducted with the electrochemistry work place.
668 432
668 132
668 422
Fuel cells and air cells 57 pages, A4 size. The manual contains the theory and the experiment descriptions for the H2/02 cell, aluminium/air element and formiate cell.
Demonstration experiments in electrochemistry 164 pages, A4 size. Instructions for the experiments using the electrochemistry demonstration units (> 664 400 and > 664 407) and the accessory set (> 664 401). The manual is supplied with the electrochemistry demonstration units > 664 400 and > 664 407.
Experiment manual Experiments in Electrochemistry 32 pages, A4 size. This manual is to be used as a workbook and thus contains only those parts from the corresponding instructor's manual (> 668 112) which are relevant to the experiments themselves. The manual is included in the electrochemistry work place (> 664 395).
42
electrochemistry
Classroom experiments with superconductors
Turbulent developments in the field of ceramic superconductors have followed in the wake of the Nobel Prize being awarded to J. G. Bednorz and K. A. Mller in 1987. The superconductor effect was discovered in 1908 by Kamerlingh Onnes while he was conducting systematic examinations of the conductivity of metals at low temperatures. He determined that mercury loses its electrical resistance entirely once it is cooled to below the critical temperature sometimes called the transition temperature. In the case of mercury this temperature is at 4.2 Kelvin or 269.0 C. This means that all the experiments required cooling with liquid helium. With the aid of ceramic superconductors it has in the meantime become possible to raise the transition temperature to above 100 K, which has alleviated many ot the difficulties otherwise encountered in expermental and industrial uses. One of the amazing things about the development of the recent years is the speed at which breakthrough experiments have been duplicated among lay persons. Just a few months after the publication of the scientific reports there were recipes in a variety of magazines, describing the production of the superconductors with simple technical facilities.
Equipment list
For determining the transistion temperature

1 2 1 1
Experiment kit for determining the transition temperature and electrical resistance . . . . . . . . . . 667 552 Multimeter METRAMax 2* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 100 alternatively Senor-CASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 010 CASSY Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 200
Determination of the transition temperature with the computer
43
electrochemistry
667 550
667 551
667 550
667 551
667 552
Experiment kit for producing a high temperature superconductor Also used to demonstrate the Meissner-Ochsenfeld effect (levitation experiment). Working with this experiment kit and a muffle furnace (> 666 781) or crucible furnace (> 666 786) in conjunction with the temperature measurement and control unit (> 666 198), it is possible to make up super-conductor pellets ready for use. The required mixture of metallic oxides has already been made up at the correct proportions and homogenized.
Experiment kit for the Meissner-Ochsenfeld effect This experiment kit makes it possible without undue effort to demonstrate the MeissnerOchsenfeld effect, which serves as a simple proof that a material is superconductive. Liquid nitrogen is used to cool the superconductor to 77 K. When the transition temperature is reached the special permanent magnet (high magnetic field strength at minimum weight) begins to levitate above the superconductor.
Experiment kit for determining the transition temperature and electrical resistance (4-point measurement) This experiment kit permits exact determination of the transition temperature, the temperature at which the resistance of the superconductor drops to zero.
Scope of delivery
Scope of delivery
Scope of delivery
1 Ready-to-use mixture of Y2O3, BaCO3 and CuO 1 Sintering vessel 1 Press form 1 Dish for liquid nitrogen 1 Plastic forceps 1 Permanent magnet, 8 mm diam. 1 Set of instructions for manufacturing superconductor pellets Materials
1 1 1 1
Superconductor pellet, 26 mm diam. Permanent magnet, 8 mm diam. Dish for liquid nitrogen Plastic forceps
Materials:
661 108
1 Measurement adapter with integral highstability current source. The adapter sends linearized signals - for voltage drop and temperature - to two chart recorder output ports. The measured values are registered on a dual-channel chart recorder or at a computer fitted with a suitable interface (> 524 010) and the software CASSY Lab (> 524 200). 1 Superconductor with four voltage-measurement contact points and integral temperature sensor, completely wired and ready for connection to the measurement adapter. 1 Aluminium tin. 1 Insulated vessel used to conduct the experiment; also serves as the storage case for the measurement adapter and the superconductor measurement module.
Ready-to-use mixture of Y2 O3 , BaCO3, CuO
44
chromatography
Chromatography
Environment analysis - food chemistry - dyes biochemistry - pharmaceuticals and drugs cosmetics - organic chemistry. When using thin-layer chromatography as an analytical method the mixture to be separated is applied to a glass or plastic plate which has been prepared by applying a thin layer of silica gel, for instance. The plate is then placed upright in a glass tank filled with liquid to a point just below that at which the liquid would come into contact with the spot of material to be analyzed. The liquid (the mobile phase) rises on account of the capillary action of the fine-grained silica gel (the stationary phase). The more soluble the components of the mixture in the mobile phase, the further they will be taken along by the mobile phase. Wide differences in the solubility of the components in the mobile phase will consequently result in greater separation on the thin-layer plate. In addition to the differing solubility, the separation of the mixture will also be brought about by the interactions between the silica gel (the stationary phase) and the components in the mixture. The better a component adheres to (is absorbed by) the silica gel, the more slowly it will be swept along with the mobile phase. The plate is removed shortly before the mobile phase reaches the upper edge; it is then dried. Colored materials will be identified immediately. Colorless substances can usually be made visible by spraying them with a color indicator (e.g. ninhydrin for amino acids). Viewing under ultraviolet light is often helpful; this will make visible those substances which fluoresce under UV light. Some thin-layer plates are additionally coated with a fluorescent indicator. This makes many colorless substances visible which do not fluoresce under the UV lamp.
661 055
Chromatography paper Medium propagation speed, 25 sheets Dimensions: 580 x 600 mm
661 052
Filter paper For tank saturation, 50 pcs. Dimensions: 190 x 580 mm
661 035
Round filter Diameter: 125 mm Quantity: 100
Paper and foils for chromatography
Prepared films for thin-layer chromatography - plastic backing material

Cat. No. Stationary phase Size [mm] Quantity Remark
661 049 661 059 661 060 661 061 661 062 661 065
Cellulose Cellulose Silica gel Cellulose Silica gel Silica gel
80 x 40 200 x 50 200 x 50 200 x 200 200 x 200 80 x 40
50 50 50 25 25 50
UV indicator UV indicator UV indicator
45
chromatography Thin-film chromatography

665 570
Application and RFvalue template after MAEY Combination template for reproductive application of the starting points and to evaluate the flow distance (RF-values).
664 183
Petri dish For round filter chromatography. Dimensions: 100 mm dia. Height: 20 mm
Equipment for thin layer chromatography

665 560 665 563 665 578
Separating tank With V-shaped bottom, ground glass lip and cover, for chromatograms up to 200 x 200 mm in size. Weight: 3.9 kg
Miniature separation tank With screw top, for chromatograms measuring up to 50 x 100 mm.
Reagent atomizer For atomization of reagents and dyes for chromatography without propellant gas
Ribbed clamps
665 565
1 Erlenmeyer flask, 100 ml, ST 19/26 1 Atomizer attachment made of glass
Support for paper chromatograms Used to suspend the chromatograms in the separating tank (> 665 560), glass, consisting of two side pieces and two cross pieces with glass hooks.
Used to fasten the filter paper for tank saturation and the prepared films in the separating tank (> 665 560) 1 pair
667 241
Rubber bulb Simple, for reagent atomizer (> 665 578)
665 568
Microcapillaries For applying the solutions which are to be examined: package of 250 pcs. Length: 100 mm
661 123 665 635 665 635
Chromatography of amino acids Chemicals and equipment required for chromatographic identification of amino acids, can be used, for instance, in experiments dealing with: Merrifield synthesis Stanley-Miller experiment Food analysis
Analysis lamp
665 634
665 634
For short- and long-wave UV radiation, for examination of the fluorescent properties of many inorganic and organic substances and in chromatography to differentiate among oils, dyes, minerals, nutrients, textiles etc. on the basis of their fluorescent colour. Wavelengths: 254 nm and 366 nm Power: 4 watts each Power supply: 230 V, 50 Hz Dimensions: 205 x 70 x 55 mm Weight: 1.0 kg
Stand For analysis lamp (> 665 635) Dimensions: 110 x 230 x 240 mm Weight: 1.0 kg
Scope of delivery
1 1 1 1
Dansyl chloride, 1 g Set of 10 micropolyamide films Set of 250 microcapillaries Set of 100 disposable gloves
663 970 661 064 665 568 667 606
46
chromatography Column chromatography

Separation of pigments, protein mixtures, nucleic acids, introductory experiments in HPLC and MPLC A glass column with a filter and one-way stopcock attached at the bottom is filled with a solid medium (stationary phase) which is then moistened entirely with the solvent. The mixture to be separated is applied to the material. Then the stopcock is opened slightly so that solvent can drain. Additional solvent drawn from a supply vessel can be added at the top to keep the column packing from running dry. Depending on the selection of the stationary phase, the separation of the mixture is effected in accordance with one of several different principles. A suitable ion exchanger is used as the carrier medium for ion exchange chromatography. The mixture of substances is dissolved and applied to the column. The components are bound (heteropolar) to the carrier medium. This bond is reversible; the reversal can be effected with high-concentration saline solutions, for instance. If solutions of rising concentrations are flushed through the column, the components which are most weakly bound to the ion exchanger will be extracted first. Stronger bonds will be dissociated only with higher-concentration eluates. In the gel filtration process the carrier medium is an agar gel which, after chemical treatment, is in the form of small, spherical particles of differing pore sizes. The components of a mixture of substances will now diffuse into these particles at varying speeds. The diffusion speed will depend on the size of the components. Small molecules will diffuse quickly into the particles, while the larger molecules will be flushed past, running through the column more quickly
665 590 665 074
665 592 665 593
Chromatography columns with P1 filter

Cat. No. Length Diameter Material Remark
665 590 665 592 665 593
400 mm 235 mm 170 mm
20 mm 20 mm 10 mm
Annealed glass Annealed glass Borosilicate glass
With stopcock With stopcock With sleeve and 3 GL screw connections
Chromatography columns/dropper funnels
665 074
666 443
Drip funnel for column chromatography 500 ml, graduated, with GL 45 and ST stopcock.
CPS chromatography column Module for the > 665 590 glass column.
666 444 666 437
CPS-gel filtration CPS flow-through photometer The CPS flow-through photometer is intended for use as a detector, e.g. Module for column > 665 592 used for experiments in gelfiltration, ion exchange chromatography and adsorption chromatography.
Column material for chromatography

Cat. No. Material Weight
661 057 661 058 670 291 674 829 674 830 672 366 671 383 671 793 672 361 672 362 671 382
Cellulose powder Silica gel Aluminum oxide Sephadex G 25 Sephadex G 75 IRA 93 CM cellulose 23 DOWEX 1 x 2 (200 to 400 mesh) Ion exchanger strongly acidic Ion exchanger strongly alkaline Carboxymethyl cellulose
500 g 500 g 250 g 25 g 25 g 100 g 100 g 25 g 100 g 50 g 100 g
Separating chlorophylls on silica gel
47
chromatography HPLC in Education and Training

A further result of the higher operating pressures is, that extremely fine-grained carrier materials can be used. This increases the exchange between the stationary and mobile phases (the number of theoretical plates increases substantially). An inexpensive low-pressure system (max. 10 bar) has been designed especially for educational use. HPLC is recommended for use in advanced secondary science courses, as well as in occupational training. The eluent (the mobile phase) is transported from the liquid reservoir through the pump and the separating column (containing the stationary phase). The sample to be analyzed is transported to the column via the column head. The end of the column is connected to a detector, and this signal is registered by recorder. Alternatively, using a computer makes for more efficient recording and evaluation of measurements. The LEYBOLD DIDACTIC HPLC system is based on a new concept for fast column chromatography using pressures of up to 6 bar. It comprises individual functional modules which, depending on necessity, can easily be assembled to create the entire HPLC system. All components are mounted on training panels. A wide variety of separating columns is available. An aeration pump with highly constant pumping capacity serves as the pump for this system. A UV/VIS-photometer with flow-through cell, or even more effective, the CPS flow-through photometer can be used as the detector. Control and regulation of the entire system is carried out using the CASSY interface device. Comprehensive instructions enable easy installation of the system. Experiment instructions for HPLC in education and training can be found in the manual Biochemistry II (> 668 102).
HPLC experiment setup using the CPS system High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) is one of the latest chromatographic separation processes, which, due to its versatility, is currently enjoying increasing popularity. HPLC can be used in a variety of areas and analytical problems in biology, environment protection and chemistry. Natural products, organic polymers and biopolymers, pharmaceuticals, dyes, antioxidants, insecticides, protein mixtures, nucleic acid fragments, fatty components, pheromones or plant pigments, are just some of the substances suitable for analysis using HPLC. HPLC is capable of far higher separation than traditional column chromatography. The higher pressures substantially reduce the time required for analytical separation. In routine measurements, separation requires only a few minutes, no longer hours or days.
Equipment list
HPLC-chromatography
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS HPLC pump CPS-HPLC column support Separating column Sl RP-18 CPS HPLC reservoir HPLC basic kit Set of hoses and septa for HPLC CPS Flow-through-photometer for HPLC CPS mains distributor Connecting lead, 2.5 mm, yellow/green, cm long Reagent and shipping bottle: 500 ml Set of hoses and septa Sensor-CASSY CASSY Lab Panel frame, C50, two-level additionnally required: PC with Windows 95 or 98 or NT
665 485 665 481 665 4791 665 487 665 4801 665 488 665 486 665 497 501 41 661 203 665 488 524 010 524 200 666 425
48
chromatography HPLC modules
665 478
665 481
665 486
665 485
665 481
CPS flow-through photometer The CPS flow-through photometer is intended for use as a detector, e.g.: for determining substrate or product concentrations in biotechnology in preparative organic and biochemical analysis with HPLC The detector utilizes the radiation of a lowpressure mercury discharge lamp with a UV component of over 90% at a wavelength of 254 nm. The photosensitive semiconductors respond selectively to this wavelength, so that a monochromator is not necessary. To compensate for variations in the intensity of the light source, differential measurements are carried out on two light beams. One beam is passed through a quartz-glass cell containing the sample which is to be measured, while the other is used as the reference beam. The differential amplifier allows recording of the differential signal with the standard measuring ranges provided by most chart recorders or via a computer. Beam source: Hg discharge lamp Measurement wavelength: 254 nm Detector: photocell Cell: quartz, optical path length 2 mm Recorder output: 0 ... +2 V Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 143 mm Weight: 2.4 kg
HPLC pump Short-stroke electromagnetic pump with Teflon membrane mounted on a CPS training panel; stainless steel head with special Teflon diaphragm. The only limitation for the liquid to be transported is that it may not contain any dispersed and coarse impurities. Connections for Teflon tubing with 1.4 mm diameter. The pump can be externally controlled via a TTL input. Pumping capacity: 60 ... 1300 ml/h Operating pressure: max. 10 bar Diaphragm: with steel core and PTFE coating Connections: for 1.4 mm Teflon tubing Power rating: 11 W Mains supply: 230 V/50 Hz Signal input: TTL, 2 sockets 4 mm Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 150 mm Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm Weight: 3.5 kg
HPLC support for chromatography columns CPS training panel for accommodating HPLC columns (> 665 478 - > 665 4791).Mounting the columns is extremely easy. They are simply mounted to the CPS system panel using clamping devices. Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 140 mm Panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 0.5 kg
665 478
Separating column SI 60 Preparative column, silica gel, particle size 40-63 m, max. 6 bar/90 psi, for adsorption chromatography. Length: 240 mm Inside diameter: 10 mm
665 4791
RP-18 separating column Preparative column, reversed phase for distribution chromatography, particle size 40 63 m, max. 6 bar/90psi. Length: 240 mm Inside diameter: 10 mm
665 488
Set of hoses and septa for HPLC 1 Teflon hose (0.8 x 1.5 mm), 2 m long 25 Viton septa (10 x 1 mm) 25 silicone septa (10 x 4 mm)
49
chromatography
524 010
Sensor-CASSY Cascadable interface for measured-value recording. For connection to the RS232 serial interface of a computer, another CASSY module or the CASSY Display 4-fold electrical isolation (inputs A and B, relay R, voltage source S). Cascading of up to 8 CASSY module possible (to expand the inputs and outputs) Up to 8 analog inputs per Sensor-CASSY retrofittable using sensor boxes Automatic sensor box detection by CASSY Lab (plug and play) Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY operating system (complete with software update functionality for fast, easy performance enhancements) Can be set up as a benchtop, console or demonstration unit (also suitable for CPS/TPS panel frames) Voltage supply 12 V AC/DC via cannon plug or an adjacent CASSY module.
665 487
524 010
665 487
668 102
HPLC reservoir Mounted on CPS training panel, serves as a reservoir for liquid. Glass bottle 500 ml made of extra strong borosilicate glass. A stopcock for extracting gas from liquid is integrated into the screw-on top. The glass vessel is inserted into the clamping device and thus firmly attached to the panel. Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 115 mm Panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 0.5 kg
Biochemistry SII 85 pages, A4. The main techniques of biotechnology are discussed in 10 sections. Ideal for use in a vocational context or in advanced secondary education.
524 200
CASSY Lab Software for Windows 9x/NT for recording and evaluating measurement data from the CASSY-S Family, with comprehensive integrated help features.
>
665 4801
For further information on the CASSY system see pages 144 ff.
HPLC accessories kit Set with all accessories needed for performing HPLC experiments. Including two column heads, septa, Teflon tubing, 1 microliter syringe for sample application, preparation jars and more. The set is designed to additionally permit connection of Merck LOBAR columns.
Scope of delivery
665 4801
2 40 20 40 40 40 1 1 1 1 1 2 5 1 1
Teflon injection heads with needle guide Viton septa, 12 x 1 mm Viton septa, 10 x 1 mm Silicone septa, 10 x 4 mm Preparation jars Perforated covers Roll of Teflon tape Teflon tubing, 1.7 x 0.9 mm, 2 m Pin Steel wire, 10 cm Sheet of sandpaper Nickel tube Disposable syringes, 1 ml Microliter syringe, 10 l Instructions for use
50
chromatography Gas chromatography

In gas chromatography a mixture of substances is heated inside the injector until all components are present in a gaseous state. A uniform gas flow (the mobile phase) drives the mixture through a helical tube (column). The tube is packed with a solid carrier material such as Al2O3 loaded with a liquid, such as paraffin, which has a high boiling point (the stationary phase). The components in the gas mixture will pass throughthe column at varying rates, depending on the carrier material or the solubility in the stationary phase. Evidence of the presence of the components is given with the aid of a sensor which responds to particular characteristics in the gases. Often the thermal conductivity properties of gases are used as a differentiating characteristic (heat conductivity sensor). The sensor registers the thermal conductivity of the gas and outputs an electrical signal which is either applied to a chart recorder or processed by a PC. At a controlled temperature and a constant carrier gas flow rate, the dwell time (retention time) in the column can be used to identify the substance (qualitative analysis). The surface area below the peaks is a measure of the quantity for the individual components (quantitative analysis).
Demonstration gas chromatograph CPS 490 This equipment system is an inexpensive and reliable demonstration model for gas chromatographic separations at room temperature; the system has been developed for introducing the method of gas chromatography with simple means.
The separating columns can also be used in the gas chromatograph > 665 531
Equipment list
Equipment list
Gas chromatography
Gas chromatography, alternative with heat conductivity detector

1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Demonstration gas chromatograph, basic unit . . . . . . . . .665 490 DC 550 column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 533 Gas sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 495 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 482 Silicon tubing, 1 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 432 CPS power supply, 24 V AC/3 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 824 Panel frame, C50, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 425
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
>
For more columns: see page 54
1 1 1 1 1
Demonstration gas chromatograph, basic unit . . . . . . . . .665 490 DC 550 column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 533 Heat conductivity detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 496 CPS holder for gas cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 492 Disposable cartridge N2O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 491 or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disposable cartridge CO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 493 Silicon tubing, 1 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 432 CPS power supply, 24 V AC/3 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 824 Panel frame, C50, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 425 as carrier gas also helium can be used, e. g. from a Minican gas can MINICAN gas can: Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .660 984 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans . . . . . . . . . . .660 980 Fine regulating valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .660 980 Silicon tubing, 1 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 432 CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 458
51
chromatography Gas chromatography modules

665 495
665 496 666 482 665 492
665 490
666 482
665 495
Base panel demonstration chromatograph Injection block made of stainless steel with connection for carrier gas, separating column and detector module, mounted on a CPS training panel. Fixing clips are used for mounting the detectors (> 665 495 or > 665 496). Voltage supply to detector, integrated amplifier and signal output via DIN cable. The analog signals of the detector can be transmitted to a single-channel recorder (e.g. > 575 702) via the recorder output. At the same time there is the possibility of evaluating the signals on a PC with the aid of the Sensor-CASSY interface (> 524 010). Power supply: 24 V AC via power supply unit (> 667 824) Fuse: 150 mA Chart recorder output: analog, 0 ... +2 V Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 100 mm Panel: 300 x 297 mm Weight: 1.5 kg
CPS aeration pump, controllable For continuous aeration. The pump can also be used to create a partial vacuum. The flow rate can be controlled either manually (via a control knob) or externally (by means of a control voltage 0...10V). Pump capacity: 0...3 l/min, manually set or externally controllable Max. pressure: 2 bar Partial vacuum: min. 380 mbar Supply voltage: 13 V/1.3 A via enclosed plug-in supply unit (230 V/50 Hz) Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 130 mm Weight: 1.3 kg
Gas sensor with amplifier The gas sensor has excellent sensitivity regarding organic and some inorganic gases. Because the semiconductor oxide of the sensor is designed for operation in atmospheric oxygen, the sensor is ideally suited for operation with air as the carrier gas. Type of sensor: Taguchi sensor Semiconductor material: mixed oxide Power supply: 5 V DC Gain: 100x Weight: 0.2 kg
665 496 665 492
Heat conductivity detector with amplifier This detector is designed particularly for operation in connection with the demonstration gas chromatograph. Special tungsten filaments allow it to be used in conjunction with He, N2O or CO2 as the carrier gas. Type of sensor: heat conductivity detector, metal filament made of tungsten Power supply: 5 V DC Gain: 100x Weight: 0.2 kg
CPS Gas cartridge holder For supplying the CPS demonstration chromatograph (> 665 490 ) with CO2 or N2O as carrier gases. Disposable cartridges are used for gas supply. Manometer: 0 ... 4 bar for N2O and CO2 Valve: pressure reducing valve, can be regulated Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 120 mm Training panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 1.1 kg
667 824
CPS power supply unit 24 V For supplying power e.g. to the CPS-gas chromatograph (> 665 490). Power supply: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Output: 24 V DC/3 A Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 110 mm Panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 1.7 kg
Scope of delivery
1 1 1 1 1
Pressure vessel Manometer Fine regulating valve Tubing Training panel with mounting hardware
52
chromatography
The Technochem gas chromatograph enables precise temperature control up to 250 C. This two-column device enables rapid switching between e.g. non-polar and unipolar columns for optimum separation of the sample constituents. The furnace is easily accessible behind a hinged cover, in order to make explanation of the design of a chromatograph clearer and to permit easy column changing. Complete gas chromatography analysis assembly
Equipment list
Gas chromatography analysis

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Dual column gas chromatograph TECHNOCHEM 277 Gas chromatography (German manual for 665 530/531) Flow meter for gas chromatographs Microliter syringe Replacement cannula, set of 3 Gas bottle, 10l: Nitrogen Pressure reducing valve for 661 013, N2 Trolley for 1 gas bottle Silicon tubing, 1 m For recording the gas chromatogramm: Connecting lead, dia. 2.5 mm2, yellow/green, 50 cm long Sensor-CASSY CASSY Lab Alternative to the computer Yt recorder, single channel Graph chart paper, 5 rolls
665 531 668 681 665 553 665 615 665 616 661 013 661 018 661 019 604 432 501 41 524 010 524 200 57 570 686 23
Gas Chromatogram of a mixture of n-alkanes C6 to C10
53
chromatography
Accessories
Columns for 665 531 and 665 490; all columns made of copper. Length: 110 cm Diameter: 6 mm
665 537
APL column 10 % apiezon grease L Chromosorb P/AW, 80 - 100 mesh; for separating non-polar substances (contained in > 665 531). Working temperature: up to 250 C
665 531 665 615
Two-column gas chromatograph TECHNOCHEM 277 With APL column for separating non-polar substances and PEGA column for separating semi-polar substances. Supplied with 2 separating columns and 230 V power lead. Gas supply: connection via quick-coupling to standard industrial gas bottle with pressure reducing valve 1-2 bar (secondary), preferably He or H2; fine regulation via separate needle valve for both columns; gas consumption 20 to 50 ml/min Heating: resistance heating with temperature selection potentiometer, temperature range +30 to 250C; furnace is protected against overheating; heater on/off switch separate from bridge current on/off switch; display accuracy: 1C. Detector: 2 heat conductivity detectors in bridge circuit. Power 12 V, 140 mA, adjustable zero point, switched on separately from heater. Recorder output: sensitivity 100 mV Separating columns: 1 APL separating column, 1 PEGA column, column length 1100 mm each, copper columns
Microliter syringe
665 532
With stainless-steel scale and replaceable needle, gas- and liquid-tight, especially for metering small quantities for gas chromatography, capacity 10 .
PEGA column 10 % polyethylene glycoladipat on Chromosorb P/AW, 80 - 100 mesh; for separating semi-polar substances (contained in > 665 531). Working temperature: up to 210 C
665 616
Spare needles For > 665 615, set of three.

665 533
DC 550 column
665 553
Flow meter For gas chromatograph, for reproducible adjustment of the carrier gas flow.
DC 550 methyl-phenyl silicone oil with 25% phenyl-group component on Chromosorb T; for separation of highly polar substances. Working temperature: up to 230 C
665 534 665 536
Chromosorb column Set of septa and seals 50 silicone septa 10 x 5 mm 10 Teflon seals 10 x 6 mm. Backing of high-molecular weight cross-linked polyacrylate (Chromosorb 108) without coating; for separating gases and highly polar substances with low molecular weights. Working temperature: up to 200 C
661 116
Set for micropreparations

665 535 668 681
With all small equipment for working with > 665 531.
Empty column
Instruction sheet and experiment manual for TECHNOCHEM gas chromatographs 88 pages, A4, ring binder, in German Application examples: Separation and analysis of complex mixtures Qualitative and quantitative analysis of minute sample quantities or trace components Conducting and observing chemical reactions, analysis and detection of reaction products Conducting known reactions on a micro-scale
661 118 661 119
Set of chemicals for gas chromatography I 26 reference substances (particularly alkanes), mixtures and other chemicals, created especially for use with experiment manual > 668 681 and the set of micropreparations > 661 116.
Set of chemicals for gas chromatography II 22 reference substances (particularly aromates), mixtures and other chemicals, created especially for use with experiment manual > 668 681 and the set of micropreparations > 661 116.
54
chromatography Professional gas chromatography

665 600
Analytical gas chromatograph with packed column and heat conductivity detector Main features: Integrated operating system and software Graphical user interface with mouse control for parameter input and conducting measurement and evaluations: determination of retention times and peak areas comparison of two chromatograms referencing, i.e. comparison of reference peaks and measurement peaks for determining absolute quantities report generator Automatic baseline calibration before every measurement Excellent separation performance with packed columns 2 m long (1/8); OV-1 Carrier gas supply via steel gas bottles Gas chromatograph Oven chamber: with motor-driven air circulation Heating power: max. 40 W Temperature sensor: Pt 500 Temperature control: closed-loop PID control, 4 programmable via integrated computer, complete temperature program with heating speeds between 1 and 10 K/min Accuracy: 1 K Separately heated injector and detector block Carrier gas: helium Computer CPU: 16 bit, 20 MHz clock speed RAM: 1 MB, EEPROM 512 KB Video adapter: VGA-compatible, resolution 640 x 480 pixels Mouse, keyboard and printer connectors Disk drive: 3,5, 1,44 MB Mains voltage: 220 ... 240 V/50 ... 60 Hz Dimensions: 330 x 420 x 340 mm Weight: 19 kg
This new generation of professional gas chromatographs offers incredible performance in a compact design. These modern, easy-to-use devices are designed for educational use in schools, universities and company-internal programs and represent excellent value for money.
The gas chromatograph, computer and measuring and evaluating software are combined in a single unit. Together with user-definable temperature programs and automatic gain switching, this allows you to perform precise, reproducible analyses. This device is available in two versions: one with a packed column and heat conductivity detector, and one with a capillary column and flame ionization detector. Samples are injected manually using a microliter syringe.
Scope of delivery
Equipment list
1 Gas chromatograph with heat conductivity detector and integrated computer 1 Packed separating column 1 Soap-bubble flow meter (for adjusting the carrier-gas flow) 1 Mouse 1 Gas connector set, with Teflon tubing and crimp connectors 1 Power lead for gas chromatograph 1 User's manual 1 Working diskette
Analytical gas chromatography with packed column and heat conductivity detector
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Analytical gas chromatograph with packed column and HCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 600 Pressure reducing valve for Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 017 Gas bottle, 10l: Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 014 VGA monitor with connecting cable Trolley for 1 gas bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 019 Microliter syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 615 recommended accessories Replacement cannula for 665 615, set of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . .665 616 Keyboard
55
chromatography
Peak assignment and determination of absolute mass by means of graphical evaluation The integrated software is extremely user-friendly and intuitive to use. It enables not only determination of retention times and integration of peaks, but also direct comparison with other measurements, e.g. standards. In this way, measurement peaks can be assigned and absolute masses determined easily. The measurements can be saved to a file and stored an a database for later evaluations, or exported for processing with other programs, e.g. Excel or Word for Windows, on a separate PC.
665 601
Analytical gas chromatograph with capillary column and FID Main features: Flame ionization detector (FID), with high sensitivity, low dead volume and high stability Integrated operating system and software Graphical user interface with mouse control for parameter input and conducting measurement and evaluations: determination of retention times and peak areas comparison of two chromatograms referencing, i.e. comparison of reference peaks and measurement peaks for determining absolute quantities report generator Automatic baseline calibration before every measurement Excellent separation performance with capillary columns, 25 m long, inside diameter 0.32 mm, granular size 0.6 m, OV-1 Carrier gas supply via steel gas bottles Gas chromatograph Oven chamber: with motor-driven air circulation Heating power: max. 400 W Temperature sensor: Pt 500 Temperature control: closed-loop PID control, programmable via integrated computer, complete temperature program with heating speeds between 1 and 10 K/min, Accuracy: 1 KFID gas supply Separately heated injector and detector block Carrier gas: H2, He or N2 Detector FID, with thermostat, electrically isolated microprocessor-controlled evaluation electronics, 12 bit resolution, built-in supply with purified combustion air, cleaned by replacement of activated-charcoal filter Computer CPU: 16 bit, 20 MHz clock speed RAM: 1 MB, EEPROM 512 KB Video adapter: VGA-compatible, resolution 640 x 480 pixels Mouse, keyboard and printer connectors Disk drive: 3.5", 1.44 MB Mains voltage: 220...240 V/50...60 Hz Dimensions: 330 x 420 x 340 mm Weight: 19 kg
Peak assignment and determination of absolute mass by means of graphical evaluation Temperature program configurable via graphical user interface When the boiling points of several components differ greatly, separation at a constant temperature is often virtually impossible. In such a case, the reproducible, continuous temperature increase in the form of a temperature program is the prerequisite for optimum separation of the sample constituents. The two gas chromatographs > 665 600 and > 665 601 enable temperature programs up to 280 C with heatup speeds of between 1 and 10 C/min.
Equipment list
Gas chromatography with packed column and flame ion detector

Scope of delivery
1 Analytical gas chromatograph with capillary column and FID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 601 1 Pressure reducing valve f. H2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 015 1 Gas bottle, 10l: Hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 010 1 Trolley for 1 gas bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 019 1 Microliter syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 615 VGA monitor with connecting cable recommended accessories 1 Replacement cannula for 665 615, set of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 616 1 Keyboard
1 Gas chromatograph with flame ionization detector and integrated computer 1 Capillary separating column 1 Soap-bubble flow meter (for adjusting the gas flow) 1 Mouse 2 Gas connectoin sets, wtih Teflon tubing and crimp connectors 1 T-connector (for connecting a single gas bottle when using hydrogen as the carrier gas and FID supply gas) 1 Power lead for gas chromatograph 1 User's manual 1 Working diskette
56
photometry
Photometry
Photometry is one of the most important methods used in chemical analysis. In instruction as well, it is used: in water examinations (quantitative analysis of individual ions, determining the chemical oxygen requirement, etc) in biochemical analysis (detecting enzyme activities, measuring sugar concentrations etc.) in plant physiology (measurement of absorption spectra of chlorophyll, for example). There are two different types of photometer: spectral photometers and filter/LED photometers. Measurements with spectral photometers can be run either at a defined wavelength (quantitative analysis) or register the spectra for a substance over a broad band of wavelengths. LED photometers and filter photometers may only be used to carry out quantitative measurements since they operate only at a few, fixed wavelengths, determined by the selection of the LEDs or the spectral filters. All the photometers offered here are equipped with a chart recorder output, which can also be connected to a PC by means of an interface for convenient data logging and processing. To understand how photometry works, students must first learn the basic concepts of transmission and absorption. The spectral set is ideal for this purpose, as it permits a clear, understandable presentation of these phenomena.
Application of the spectral set With the aid of the spectral set for overhead projectors (> 452 11)or for the FANTEX projector (> 443 10) it becomes possible to present the principles of transmission and absorption within a short period of time. continuous spectrum is created with the aid of the diffraction grating (> 471 23). Filters (included), solid objects or colored liquids may be placed in the beam so as to create their respective absorption spectra. The samples are placed in the slit in such a way that only one half of the created spectrum is changed by the sample. Thus by way of comparison with the reference spectrum one may then explain details of the absorption spectrum. The transmission curves are shown together with the filter spectra simply by folding out.
471 23
667 547
667 546
Copy of a Rowland grating High resolution grating for quantitative experiments on spectrometry. On a foil between two glass plates, in slide tubes. Area of grating: 35 mm x 25 mm Number of lines in cm-1: 6000 Grating constant in m: 1,75 Dimensions in mm: 50 x 50
Spectral set for FANTEX projector
Spectral set for overhead projector
Scope of delivery
Scope of delivery
1 Cell holder with slit 3 Transparencies (red, blue, yellow) 3 Cells
1 Cover plate with three filters (red, blue, yellow) and three transmission curves 1 Holder for the diffraction grating 3 Cells with stoppers
57
photometry Spectrophotometer
667 347
Digital diode array photometer The diode array photometer permits fast, precise recording of spectra and photometric concentration determinations. The apparatus can be connected to a computer using the retrofittable data output module (> 666 211 ) and connection cable for computer (> 667 931 ). The Windows software supplied with the instrument enables control of the photometer, as well as graphical display and evaluation of measured values. However, the device can also be used as a standalone unit or with a chart recorder. Wavelength range: 380 ... 750 nm Resolution: 2 nm Wavelength inaccuracy: 1 nm Diode array: 256 elements Electrical resolution: 10 bit Scan rate: 1 measurement run/2 s Cell holder: 12 x 12 mm outside, square; 16 mm outside dia., round Display Measured value: LED, 4 digits, 26 mm high, numeric Measured quantity: LED, 4 digits, 13 mm high, alphanumeric Measurement range Transmission: 0 ... 100 % T Extinction: 0 ... 1.999 abs. Concentration: 0 ... 99.99 mg/l 0 ... 999.9 mg/l Resolution Transmission: 0.1 % T Extinction: 0.001 abs. Concentration: 0.01 mg/l or 0.1 mg/l Analogue output (standard) 0 to 2 V, 10 bit D/A conversion, recording of a complete spectrum in 37 s (1 s ~ 10 nm) Data output module (for retrofitting) Power supply: via plug-in power unit, 13 V/1.3 A Dimensions: 200 x 140 x 230 mm Weight: 2.0 kg
Special features of the diode array spectrophotometer High stability and very reliable since there are no moving parts Zero compensation for all wavelengths by pressing of a single pushbutton Display switchable to transmission, extinction or concentration Direct readout of concentration after entry of a specific factor 26 mm high digital display for readings from greater distances Instrument is operated via a protecting and chemically resistant membrane key pad Suitable for retrofitting of a data output module (for computer and printer connection). All functions of the instrument can be controlled conveniently through WINDOWS software; evaluation of spectra and concentration measurements, 3-D display of spectra among others. Taking a spectrum requires only about 2 seconds (computer) or 37 seconds (delayed for chart recorder) Round cell quick tests may be used besides highly cost-effective rectangular cells A flow-through cell may be used to monitor processes which take place in reactors
>
For sets of reagents for photochemical determinations, see page 6 Cuvettes: see page 61
666 211
Data output module

667 931
For connection of meters to a printer and PC. 1 Parallel interface (Centronics) 1 Serial interface (RS 232): 8 data bits, selectable 2400/9600 bps, 1 stop bit, no parity. Output intervals: continuous, 1 s, 10 s, 1 min, 10min, 30 min, 60 min; selectable via pushbuttons, time interval displayed on front panel of module Alphanumeric data output (ASCII characters) together with the unit of measurement. Dimensions: 90 x 42 x 95 mm Weight: 0.3 kg
Connecting lead for computer (RS 232, serial), female pin connector, pins 2 - 3, 4 - 5, 6 - 20 crossed.
Scope of delivery
Included with each photometer is a highly convenient measurement and evaluation program (use of this program requires the presence of the data output module (> 666 211 ) and WINDOWS 3.1 or higher; without data module only simulations are possible.
667 932
Adapter cable RS 232, 9 to 25 pin, for serial interface.
58
photometry
667 351
Digital grating spectrophotometer Microprocessor controlled single beam spectrophotometer with grating monochromator, chart recorder output and holder for rectangular cells. The wavelength is selected via pushbuttons. Automatic self-test and calibration. Wavelength: 325 ... 1000 nm Spectral bandwidth: 8 nm Wavelength accuracy: <1 nm Reproducibility: better than 0.1 nm Monochromator: holograph grating, 1200 lines/mm Display: 7 segment LED, extinction, transmission, concentration Photometric ranges: -0.3 ... 3.0 E; 0 ... 200%; 0 ... 9999 K Output: chart recorder output: 100 mV Dimensions: 480 x 340 x 205 mm Weight: 15 kg
667 3531
Analog grating spectrophotometer S104 Inexpensive, easy-to-use apparatus for student use. This device uses standard cuvettes, enabling easy switching between reference and sample cuvettes. The wavelength is varied using a color-coded tuning controller. The measured value is output in analog form as transmission and extinction. An analog output is provided for further processing of the signals (e.g. for kinetic experiments). Wavelength range: 380 ... 900 nm Accuracy: 3 nm / 0.02 E Spectral bandwidth: 5 nm Analog display: 0 ... 100 % T 0 ... 2 E Recorder output: 2 V / 100 % T Compensation: manual Number of cuvettes: 2 (10 mm, rectangular) Dimensions: 125 x 350 x 300 mm Weight: 3.0 kg
>
Cuvettes: see page 61
59
photometry
667 349
Digital spectral photometer The digital spectral photometer is an economical, easy-to-operate single beam photometer. The digital display allows the simultaneous indication of transmission and absorption or concentration and factor. The wavelength can also be indicated in both cases.The filter wheel contains 4 filters each of which covers a different range of wavelengths. Specific wavelengths are selected manually after the appropriate filter has been positioned in the beam. The integrated interface allows connection to the RS 232 interface of a computer. The software which is accompanying the computer connection cable (> 667 352 ) allows the recording of the absorption as a factor of the concentration, time or wavelength. The function of a large digital display can be called up on the monitor. Wavelength range: 340...900 nm Resolution: 2.5 nm Wavelength accuracy: 1.0 nm Photometric stability: 0.1 %T Photometric linearity: 0.1 %T Measurement ranges: Transmission: 0...100 % Absorption: 0...1.999 Concentration: 0...199 Factor: 0.1...999 Display: LED, 4-digit, 7 mm high Cells: Round cells, 15 mm external diameter, 100 mm high Cell holder: 15 mm Data output: Serial, 9-pin Voltage supply: 115/230V, 50/60 Hz, switchable Dimensions: 410 x 210 x 220 mm Weight: 5.8 kg
667 349
667 352
Scope of delivery
1 Digital spectral photometer, including RS 232 interface 2 Round cells
Determination of the absorption characteristic of an untreated chlorophyll solution By simple means it is possible to produce an alcohol extract from crushed leaves. This untreated chlorophyll solution may then be subjected to photometric analysis. With the aid of the digital spectrophotometer (> 667 349) it is possible to record a continuous absorption spectrum; in spite of the presence of contamination the existence of absorption peaks in the blue and red ranges can be detected.
Equipment list
667 352
Determination of the absorption characteristic of an untreated chlorophyll solution

Computer connection cable This cable allows the digital spectral photometer (> 667 349 ) to be connected directly to the serial interface of a computer. DOS software is also included in the scope of supply
1 1 1
Digital spectral photometer . . .667 349 Computer connection cable with software . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 352 Personal computer
60
photometry Filter photometer

666 250
Determination of nitrate The nitrate content is an important parameter when investigating the quality of tap water. In the body nitrate can be converted to poisonous nitrite (a poison affecting cells). Moreover, nitrite may be converted to nitrosamines which can cause cancer. In Germany the limit for nitrate water is 50 mg/l. When making use of the large digital display unit (> 666 225) the measurement results obtained with the hand-held photometer (> 666 250) may be presented to a large audience.
666 225
Equipment list
Determination of nitrate
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Hand-held photometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666225 Reagents case with basic set of reagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666260 Large digital display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666250 Bunsen stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666502 Graduated pipette, 10 ml: 0.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665997 Pipetting ball (Peleus ball) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666003 Collecting vessel, 250 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665563 Test tube rack: plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667050 Test tube, 16 x 160 mm, 10 pcs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664043
666 225
Hand-held photometer Specially designed for students' and field experiments, the hand-held photometer is used to measure levels of pollution and turbidity in samples of water. The various possible measurements (14 pollutants and turbidity) are programmed inside the device and can be accessed easily. Calibration curves can be entered additionally. Measurement type:transmission [% T], absorbance, concentration [mg/l] Wavelengths: 6 fixed values; 405 nm, 450 nm, 510 nm, 520 nm, 570 nm, 695 nm Measureable pollutants: Ammonium Chlorine Chloride Potassium Iron Silicic acid Nitrate Copper Nitrite Mangane se o-Phosphate Zinc Sulphate Sulphide Turbidity Output: DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232) Power supply: 9 V battery
Cuvettes
664 470
Rectangular cell Ordinary glass, suitable for measurements in the visual range. Layer thickness: 10 mm
664 474
Rectangular cell
664 471
Disposable cells, polystyrene, set of 100. Layer thickness: 10 mm Rectangular cell Quartz glass, suitable for measurements in the UV-VIS range. Layer thickness: 10 mm
664 475
Flow-through cell Rectangular cell, suitable for measurements in the visual range, two hose connectors (outer diam.. 5 mm). Layer thickness: 10 mm Length of edge: 12.5 x 12.5 mm Height: 56 mm
664 477
Scope of delivery
Round cell, set of 10 Layer thickness: 12.9 mm Height: 100 mm Outer diameter: 1.5 mm
1 Hand-held photometer 1 Book titled Ecology - Theoretical Fundamentals - Experiments with the Environmental Measurement Case (> 668 332) 1 Set of 100 rectangular cells, polystyrene (> 664 474)
61
analysis methods Optical activity
Measurement of the optical activity of a sugar cane solution Measurement of the optical activity of a sugar cane solution The experiment assembly is used to measure the angle of rotation of polarized light passing through a sugar cane solution and to determine direction of rotation. The angle of rotation depends on the concentration of the sugar solution.
657 590
657 590
Polarimeter P 1000 For determining concentrations of solutions of optically active substances. Polarimetric determinations can be carried out quickly, precisely and reliably. The polarimeter P 1000 comprises a sturdy metal housing with a slightly tilted magazine for round cuvettes of up to 220 mm in length. A sodium lamp with integrated filter holder is built in, the optical zero-point is determined with a three-part field of view. Central ocular with focus correction and two small magnifying glasses for improved reading of the divisions. With 2 round cuvettes, one 100 mm and one 200 mm long Cuvettes: 15 mm dia. length up to: 220 mm Divisions: 2 x 0 -180 division: 1 Vernier scale to: 0.05 Power: supply: 230V/50 Hz, 20 W Dimensions: 20 x 36 x 45 cm Weight: 10 kg
Equipment list
Measurement of the optical activity of a sugar cane solution

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Lamp housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 60 Lamp, 6 V/30 W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 51 Aspherical condensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 20 Iris diaphragm in holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 26 Pair of polarization filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 40 Round cuvette, 35 mm dia., 100 mm long. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 371 Round cuvette, 35 mm dia., 200 mm long. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 372 Holder for round cuvette, for 667 371/372. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 373 Translucent screen, 300 x 300 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 53 Lens in holder, f = - 500 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 07 Variable extra low voltage transformer S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 35 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615
62
analysis methods Refractive index

Applications for refractometers Determining the concentrations of aqueous and alcohol-based solutions and of ethereal oils Quantitative analysis of two-component mixtures Quality control in wineries and breweries Monitoring of intermediate products in the pharmaceutical and cosmetic industries Measuring the sugar and fat content of solutions Examining bodily fluids in clinical laboratories Measuring refractive indices of solid materials such as glass, minerals and plastics.
667 355
Laboratory refractometer (Abb refractometer) For measurement of the refractive indices of liquids and solid objects using light at a wavelength of h = 589.3 nm and for determination of mean dispersion nc-nF. The prisms are illuminated by daylight or the supplied illumination unit. Measurements can be made using both transmitted and reflected light. The prism housing is provided with connector for a thermostat for keeping the samples at a constant temperature. The temperature of the prisms can be read from a thermometer mounted on the side of the prism housing. Complete with transformer, illumination unit, thermometer, tool for alignment, calibration object with engraved refractive index and contact liquid. Measurement ranges: Refractive index: nD =1.3 ... 1.7 Scale divisions: 0 ... 95% Scale divisions: Refractive index: 0,0005 nD Solids content: 0.25 % Measurement inaccuracy: Refractive index: 0.0002 nD Solids content: 0.1 % Dimensions: Refractometer: 115 x 222 x 263 mm Protective housing: 160 x 240 x 325 mm Weight: 4.5 kg (without protective housing)
667 357 667 355
667 356 667 356
Universal table-top refractometer For coverage of the full measuring range for liquids and solids which have a flat surface (e.g. minerals). With built-in interference filter (for maximum contour definition) and with polarization filter for measuring birefringence. Measuring range: 1.331.81 nD Scale divisions: 0.01 nD Dimensions: 45 x 85 x 130 mm Weight: 0.5 kg
Universal hand-held refraktometer With range selector switch for all measurement ranges. Direct and incident light admittance for examination of translucent or opaque substances. The sliding set of prisms permits extremely sharp contour lines. Three-step range selector switch. With correction thermometer. Measurement range: 1.333...1.517 nD Scale divisions: 0.0005 nD Dimensions: 35 x 40x 200 mm Weight: 0.7 kg
63
analysis methods Viscosity
Substances differ one from the other not only according to their viscosity, but also because of differences in their structures and flow properties. The widespread view that the viscosity is a value typical for a particular substance, independent of shear load is only true for Newtonian fluids. The greater majority of all materials, however, demonstrates non-Newtonian flow properties, characterized by the dependency of the viscosity on shear load and shear duration. Among these flow anomalies are the structural viscosity, dilatancy, plasticity, thixotropy and rheopexy. The flow curve - the graphic representation of the relationship between shear rate and shearing strain -describes the flow properties in a clear and complete manner. Precise measurements on transparent Newtonian liquids can be made using a falling ball viscometer.
665 906
Falling ball viscometer after Hppler The falling ball viscometer is used for precise measurement of the viscosity of transparent Newtonian liquids and gases. It complies with the requirements set forth in DIN standard 530 15 and has been approved by the German Physical Technical Bureau for official calibration purposes. Measurement principle Rolling, sliding movement of a ball in an inclined, cylindrical tube filled with the fluid which is to be examined. The time is taken which the ball requires to travel a defined measurement distance. The test cylinder can be turned upside down for additional measurement of the return of the ball. The measurement results are given as dynamic viscosity in the internationally standardized absolute unit of measure, millipascal-second [mPa s] Temperature control Since viscosity is highly dependent on temperature, provision has been made for exact control of the sample temperature. This can be done, for example, with the recirculation thermostat (> 666 7701) or the recirculation cooler (> 666 766). The temperature is monitored using a thermometer which has been built into the viscometer (standard -1 C to 26 C, 0.1 K graduations). Typical application examples The falling ball viscometer is used primarily for low-viscosity substances, such as): oils, liquid hydrocarbons (petroleum industry), solvents, solutions of plastics and resins as well as inks (chemical industry), glycerine, raw materials (pharmaceutical industry), gelatines, sugar solutions (food industry). Viscosity range: 0,5 ... 105 mPa s (cP) Temperature range: -20 ... +120 C Repeatability: better than 0.5 % Comparability: better than 1 % Material: cylinder and balls 1, 2 and G are made of borosilicate glass; balls 3 and 4 are made of nickel/iron, balls 5 and 6 are made of steel Dimensions: 335 x 200 x 265 mm Weight: 5.7 kg
64
analysis methods Melting point

667 500 661 085
Melting point determination device After Thiele, with GL 18 screw fitting for thermometer, with two side tubes, glass
Melting point tubes One fused end, set of 100, for > 667 500 Dimensions: 80 mm long, 2 mm dia.
661 095
382 48
Paraffin oil, 1 l 1000 ml, high-boiling, for use with the melting point apparatus > 667 500
Thermometer Thermometer with mercury filling and glass eyelet. Range: - 10+ 255 C Graduation: 1 K Length: 30 cm Diameter: 7 mm
Surface tension
367 46
Apparatus for measuring surface tension Light-alloy ring with knife edge and suspended from three threads. When the edge is dipped into a liquid the surface tension can be determined when withdrawing the ring again. The force at which the ring loses contact with the surface is equivalent to the surface tension of the liquid. Ring diameter: 6 cm
Equipment list
Measuring the surface tension

1 1 1 1 1 1
Apparatus for measuring surface tension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 46 Precision dynamometer, 0.1 N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 111 Laboratory stand II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 76 Stand rod for Bunsen stand, 750 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 525 Stand base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 02 Clamp with hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 08
Apparatus for measuring surface tension, complete setup
65
analysis methods Electrophoresis

The method of electrophoresis is used to separate mixtures of substances in an electrical field. Separation occurs either due to differing electrical charges of the components involved or due to the action of the separating matrix and the size and structure of the components which are to be separated. The most important application of electrophoresis lies in the separation of biopolymers. The method of separating proteins and nucleic acids by way of gel electrophoresis has today become one of the standard methods used in molecular biology. The many and varied applications have led to a multitude of different separation matrices and chambers for electrophoresis. With the development of the All-Agarose ProSieveTM gel system and the SepBloc (> 665 509) electrophoresis chamber by LEYBOLD DIDACTIC, it is now possible to experimentally investigate the principles of modern electrophoretic separation methods in analytical and preparative protein and nucleic acid chemistry. The SepBloc is a flatbed chamber for electrophoresis as it is commonly used today in many diagnostics and molecular biology labs for basic research.
667 821 668 732
665 509
The SepBloc is a low-cost flatbed electrophoresis chamber which is ideally suited for separation of protein and nucleic acid mixtures whereby the composition, quantity and concentration of individual components in the mixture may be determined. Up to six samples may be applied simultaneously. The All-Agarose ProSieveTM system which is employed makes it possible to produce protein gels also in the presence of oxygen. Thus the complicated process of pouring gel between two plates of glass, the ends of which have to be sealed is no longer required. The agarose is simply heated up and poured into the open SepBloc. Its own flattener ensures that a collecting or a separating gel may be produced for protein gels. As opposed to the components in the polyacrylamide gels which are normally used to separate protein, the specially derived agarose materials are non-toxic and are thus ideally suited for educational purposes in connection with the lowcost SepBloc.
SepBloc chamber for electrophoresis (665 509) with power supply unit (667 821) and manual (668 732)
668 732
Electrophoresis - Experiments with the flatbed electrophoresis chamber (665 509) 30 pages, A4 size, by Dr. H. Schaal Describes the principles and function of the electrophoresis chamber. Experiments on separating proteins from different sources are presented, explained and evaluated. Topics: Separation of pancreatine Separation of proteins of egg proteins Separation of serum proteins a) Identification of serum proteins by comparing their size with purified proteins b) Determination of the concentration of a serum protein by comparison with standard quantities Separation of seed proteins Separation of fish proteins Separation of saliva proteins
66
analysis methods
665 509
Flatbed electrophoresis chamber SepBloc Especially for electrophoretic separations of proteins in connection with non-toxic agarose gels. Production of the gels is straightforward and is run directly in the separation chamber. The voltage is applied via high tension safety sockets. The safety leads which are required are included. Max. operating voltage: 300 V DC Max. current: 100 mA Dimensions: 180 x 120 x 60 mm Weight: 0.95 kg
665 509
665 635
665 635 661 109
Analysis lamp For short- and long-wave UV radiation, for examination of the fluorescent properties of many inorganic and organic substances and in chromatography to differentiate among oils, dyes, minerals, nutrients, textiles etc. on the basis of their fluorescent colour. Wavelengths: 254 nm and 366 nm Power: 4 watts each Power supply: 230 V, 50 Hz Dimensions: 205 x 70 x 55 mm Weight: 1.0 kg
667 821
Set of chemicals for electrophoresis For production of agarose gels in the SepBloc separating chamber (> 665 509) and for the experiments described in the manual (> 668 371).
Scope of delivery
150 g Antibody, goat, in 150 g 1 x SDS sample buffer 10 ml `-mercaptoethanol 10 ml Bromophenol blue (0.1 %) 500 mg Coomassie brilliant blue 250 ml Acetic acid, conc. 50 ml Glycerine 50 g Glycine 500 g Lysozyme in 50 l 1 x SDS samplebuffer 200 l Marker protein, 40 l filled to 200 l with 1 x SDS sample buffer 1000 ml Methanol 50 g Ovalbumin, goat, in 50 l 1 x SDS sample buffer 30 ml Collecting agarose 200 g Serum, goat, in 50 l 2 x SDS sample buffers 120 g Serum albumin, goat, in 120 l 1 SDS sample buffer 25 ml Sodium duodecylsulphate solution (10 % w/v) 120 ml Separating agarose 10 g Tris base 5 ml 0.5 M tris HCI pH 6.8
667 821 665 634
Electrophoresis power supply unit For supplying power to the flatbed electrophoresis chamber (> 665 509). The output voltage is electrically isolated from the mains and may be tapped off at high tension safety sockets. The output is continuously variable and a pointer-type meter is provided. Complete with mains cable. Output voltage: 270 V DC Output current: 40 mA max., continuously variable Meter: 0 ... 1000 mA, pointer type Fuses: sec.: T 0.1 A, pri.: M 0.1 A Power consumption: 25 W Mains supply voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Dimensions: 220 x 140 x 150 mm Weight: 1.3 kg Stand For analysis lamp (> 665 635) Dimensions: 110 x 230 x 240 mm Weight: 1.0 kg
665 510
Pipetting kit for set of chemicals for electrophoresis
Additionally required: Dried yeast
Scope of delivery
1 100 100 30
Pipetting aid (graduated) 0.5 -125 ul pipetting tips (with volume measuring tabel) self-supporting reaction vessels srew-on caps for reaction vessels
67
analysis methods Calorimetry
Determining the heat of combustion for crisp bread The term calorimetry covers a number of methods used to determine quantities of heat. Here the quantities of thermal energy liberated or consumed during physical processes can be measured (heat of mixing or solution, evaporation cooling), as can the energy absorbed or produced as heat during chemical reactions (reaction enthalpy, heat of combustion, calorific value). In addition, calorimetry delivers important thermodynamic data for substances and reactions (Hess's law, for example). A quantity of heat is measured in a calorimeter and ultimately is determined indirectly from the change in the temperature of a calorimetric fluid. Due to their high price alone, the use of scientific calorimeters for educational purposes can hardly be considered. In addition, the processes which transpire inside these calorimeters cannot be observed since they usually take place in a closed steel vessel. The calorimeters offered by LEYBOLD DIDACTIC represent a logical simplification: being made almost exclusively of glass, the apparatus is transparent; all the reactions can readily be observed. The various types of calorimeter which are available make it possible to determine the reaction enthalpies of solid, liquid and gaseous substances, the cooling effect resulting from evaporation, and the heat of mixing. Since the metabolic processes in the body are essentially nothing but an oxidation of the nutrients, combustion may be used to simulate metabolism and the amount of energy liberated during combustion can be measured. This process is used to determine the energy content - the physiological calorific values - of the nutrients. The type of calorimeter required is indicated below with Roman numerals, the meanings of which are as follows: I Calorimeter for solids and liquids (> 667 325) II Calorimeter for gases (> 667 326) III Calorimeter for measuring evaporation cooling (> 667 322)
Measuring combustion enthalpies of carbon, sulfur, mineral oil, sugar, bread, fats, etc. (I). Determining the molar combustion enthalpy of chemically defined compounds. (I). Determining the reaction enthalpy of gases (II). Determining the reaction enthalpy during the formation of carbon dioxide by applying Hess's law (I and II). Determining the evaporation cooling for media with low boiling points, e.g. alcohol, ether (III). Measuring the heat of solution for solids, e.g. salts in water (III). Measuring the heat of neutralization, e.g. of 5-mol hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide solution (III). Measuring the temperature effects during precipitation reactions or when mixing two liquids (III). Demonstrating the operating principle of an absorber refrigerator (III).
68
analysis methods
Equipment list
Measuring the heat of reaction of gases

1 2 1 3 1 7 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
Calorimeter for gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 326 Gas syringe with 1-way stopcock, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 913 Gas syringe with 3-way stopcock,100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 914 Gas syringe holder 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 918 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615 Stand tube, 50 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 605 Stand tube, 150 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 606 Stand tube, 400 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 607 Spark-gap supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 818 Magnetic stirrer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 845 Temperature sensor, NTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 212 Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 209
Equipment list
Measuring the evaporation cooling, heat of solution and neutralization heat

1 1 2 1 1 2 1 8 1 4 1 1
Calorimeters evaporation cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 322 Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 209 Temperature sensor, NTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 212 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603 Magnetic stirrer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 845 Stand tube, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 609 Stand tube, 150 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 606 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615 Support table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 617 Universal clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 555 Gas scrubber bottle, bottom section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 800 Gas scrubber bottle insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 805
Equipment list
Determining molar combustion enthalpies, calorimetric values of foodstuffs

2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 or 1 1 1
CPS Gas washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 430 CPS Calorimeter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 429 CPS Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 454 Temperature sensor, NTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 212 Stirring top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 819 Panel frame, C100, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 428 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 464 CPS glass connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 312 Rubber tubing, 1 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 180 Variable extra low voltage transformer D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 827 optional CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 458 MINICAN gas can: Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 998 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980 Fine regulating valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980 Gas bottle, 10l: oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 011 Pressure reducing valve f. O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 016
69
analysis methods
667 325
667 326
667 322
Calorimeter for solids and liquids Used to measure the enthalpy of reaction when burning solid or liquid substances. The unit is made principally of glass. The lower section of the calorimeter is equipped with a glass inlet nipple for continuous supply of oxygen, the holder for the porcelain crucible with the product being oxidized, and the electrical lead for the incandescent wire coil required for ignition. The course of the reaction can be observed from the outside through the glass section, thus allowing for continuous control. The hot combustion gases are cooled in the double-helical heat exchanger, warming the calorimeter liquid (e.g. water) by several degrees Kelvin. The double-helical design of the heat exchanger minimizes the amount of heat lost in the form of residual heat in the combustion gases. This calorimeter is suitable not only for determining the molar combustion enthalpy of chemically defined compounds; it is just as good for measuring the calorific value of foods. There are two incandescent coils of differing diameters available, the choice depending on the ignition temperature and incineration period for the material being tested. Replacement to calorimeter 667 325: 667 324 ignition coils , set of 2
Calorimeter for gases Used to determine the enthalpy of reaction for gaseous substances. Two gases are caused to react inside this calorimeter and the heat of reaction is measured, e.g. hydrogen and oxygen hydrogen and chlorine carbon monoxide and oxygen. The gases are forced out of two gas syringes and through two capillary tubes into the path of an electric arc. Continuous combustion takes place here. The combustion gases and the excess of one of the reaction gases flow through a helical heat exchanger, where the heat of reaction is transferred to the calorimetric fluid, and thence into a third gas syringe (e.g. > 665 914). The amount of fluid in the heat exchanger is kept small since gas reactions using gas syringes allow only small quantities of a substance to be burned. In addition we recommend that the calorimetric liquid used be a substance of low heat capacity, e.g. trichloromethane. The temperature rise is measured with a precision thermometer (> 666 176) or temperature sensor (> 666 193) connected to the temperature measurement instrument > 666 190 or > 666 210. The unit is made entirely of glass. This gives the following advantages: All the processes are visible. Heat losses are low, particularly as the unit is not in any direct contact with any metal parts (stand components). We recommend using the spark gap power supply > 667 820 to supply the arc. When using other high voltage sources please bear in mind that excess power can cause the platinum wire to melt. Complete with 5 GL 18 threaded connectors used to attach three gas syringes and the thermometer and to vent the system.
Calorimeter for measuring evaporation cooling Every change in state of matter requires conversion of energy. This can be measured as a change in temperature. The effect can be demonstrated and analysed quantitatively with the calorimeter. Included with the unit is a detailed description of the experiments and calculations for the calorimetric data. Advantages: Clarity for students - the unit is made of glass Resistance to chemicals Short reaction times Low heat losses
Determining the heat of solution and neutralization Determining the evaporation cooling of media with low boiling points (e.g. alcohol, ether, water) Determining the heat of solution of gaseous ammonia in water and reversal of this reaction Demonstrating the function of a compressor refrigerator and a heat pump
Measuring the combustion enthalpy of carbon sulfur sugar fats (e.g. vegetable oils) bread
70
analysis methods Calorimetry

667 320
Dewar flask Silver finish, with protective casing, for maintaining a constant temperature, e.g. in calorific experiments. Capacity: 500 ml Diameter: 70 mm Height: 210 mm Weight: 1.0 kg
667 319
All that is needed to conduct simple experiments in calorimetry is an insulating flask (Dewar flask) which reduces to a minimum the exchange of thermal energy with the environment, a plastic insert with a lid that holds the thermometer and the stirrer used for manual agitation. A magnetic stirrer may also be employed when using the special, flat-bottomed version of the Dewar flask. Application examples for a calorimeter which is assembled using > 667 321 along with > 667 319 or > 667 320 include: Measuring the heat of solution Measuring the heat of neutralization Measuring the heat of reaction in solutions
667 321
667 320
Dewar flask Silver finish, with protective casing, for experiments using the magnetic stirrer. Capacity: 500 ml Diameter: 70 mm Height: 210 mm Weight: 1.0 kg
Stoichiometry The subject of stoichiometry deals with the quantitative description of chemical reactions. It is based on the realization that chemical elements will react one with another only in certain, constant proportions (law of constant proportions). Consequently the final product of the reaction - the chemical compound - always consists of a constant share of the initial substances, regardless of the quantities which were available. Based on this fundamental law, conclusions can be drawn regarding the relative masses of the reactants involved, allowing us, for instance, to calculate the yield factor for a reaction. One of the elementary experiments in stoichiometry is the quantitative synthesis of water, the complement to the water analysis experiments using Hofmann's electrolysis setup. This experiment demonstrates that the reactants, hydrogen and oxygen, join in a precise stoichiometric ratio of 2:1 to form water (H2O). Gravimetric examination of the water thus formed allows us to derive information on the molar mass of water. The reaction vessel for stoichiometry also permits the determination of the relative atomic mass and the valence of metals.
667 321
Plastic lid With stirrer and borehole for a thermometer, fits the Dewar flasks (> 667 320 and > 667 319). The lid serves as a holder for a thermometer and reduces the exchange of heat energy with the surroundings. Diameter: 85 mm Weight: 0.2 kg
664 097
664 097
Stoichiometric reaction vessel Metals react with water or acids in the stoichiometric reaction vessel, developing hydrogen while doing so. The atomic weight and the chemical valence of the metal can be determined on the basis of the volume of the gas collected in a gas syringe and the preweighed metal mass. The lower portion of the vessel is first filled with water or acid, the vessel is then purged with a non-reactive gas (N2) and, after a gas syringe has been attached to the reaction vessel, the reaction is started by lowering the plunger. The reaction then proceeds calmly, without flames being produced. Glass with lateral connection (GL 18) and three-way stopcock at the lower end Height: 225 mm Diameter: 60 mm Weight: 0.22 kg
668 802
Chemistry demonstration experiments General chemistry 216 pages, DIN A 4 Demonstration experiments from the area of general chemistry based on the Chemistry Panel System. The equipement list of the experiments also takes account of conventional stand material
71
analysis methods
With the aid of this experiment assembly it is possible to determine the atomic mass and the chemical valence of many metals. The metals react quantitatively with water or diluted mineral acids. The volume of the hydrogen which is liberated is measured in a gas syringe.
668 802
Chemistry demonstration experiments General chemistry 216 pages, DIN A 4 Demonstration experiments from the area of general chemistry based on the Chemistry Panel System. The equipemt list of the experiments also takes account of conventional stand material
CPS experiment assembly for stoichiometry

Equipment list
Stoichiometry
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2
CPS Gas syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 435 CPS Stoichiometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 455 CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . 666 470 Stand ring, 70 mm dia.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 572 Topping-up reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 352 Silicone tubing, 1 m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 194 Panel frame, C100, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 428 CPS Blank panel, 300 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 468 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 464
Equipment list
Determination of the relative atomic mass and the chemical valence of metals
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 7 1 1 1 1
Stoichiometric reaction vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 097 Gas syringe with 3-way stopcock,100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 914 Gas syringe holder 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 918 Submerged-coil manometer after Schiele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 936 Topping-up reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 352 Minican gas can, nitrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 000 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980 Base rail, 55 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 602 Stand tube, 400 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 607 Stand tube, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 609 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615 Stand ring, 70 mm dia.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 572 Universal clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 555 Universal clamp, 0 ... 120 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 72 PVC tubing, 5 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 191
Stand arrangement for stoichiometry
72
analysis methods
Synthesis of water A capillary tube is used to direct the hydrogen to the arc, where it burns in the atmosphere of oxygen. The gases used here are introduced into the reaction vessel under slight pressure by means of gas syringes, thus permitting quantitative analyses. The water created here condenses on the chamber wall and is clearly visible. The combustion chamber itself is so light in weight as to allow for gravimetric determination of its mass. When 50 ml of H2 and 25 ml of 02 are consumed you will detect here an exact increase in weight by 20.0 mg (at standard conditions).
CPS experiment assembly for synthesis of water

Equipment list Equipment list
Synthesis of water, CPS assembly

Synthesis of water, stand arrangement

1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
CPS combustion chamber, water synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 439 CPS Gas syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 435 CPS 3-way valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 463 CPS glass connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 312 Spark-Gap supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 818 Pair of cables, 1 m, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 46 Panel frame, C100, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 428 Equipment platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726 21 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 464
For the additionally required gases (H2 and 02).
1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 5 3 1
Combustion chamber for water synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 400 Gas syringe, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 912 Gas syringe with 3-way stopcock,100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 914 Gas syringe holder 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 918 Stopcock, 3-way valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 255 Submerged-coil manometer after Schiele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 936 Spark-gap supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 818 MINICAN gas can: oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 998 MINICAN gas can: hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 997 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980 Electronic analytical balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 788 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603 Stand tube, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 609 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615 Bosshead S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 09 Universal clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 555 PVC tubing, 5 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 191
Stand arrangement for synthesis of water
73
analysis methods
Combustion chambers All the combustion chambers supplied by LEYBOLD DIDACTIC are made of glass. They have GL 18 screw thread connectors at both ends for connecting gas syringes. The platinum wires, fused into the glass, are given additional protection against detachment with the lateral supports. The entire course of the experiment remains transparent -in the truest sense of the word Advantages: Quick and easy setup on the laboratory stand Quantitative statements regarding volumetric ratios are possible Non-corroding platinum electrodes and coils Platinum pins cannot break away from their attachments Butane gas analysis by thermal decomposition
Equipment list
Butane gas analysis by thermal decomposition

667 400
667 403
1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 1 1 1
Combustion chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 403 Gas syringe, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 912 Gas syringe with 3-way stopcock,100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 914 Gas syringe holder 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 918 Variable extra low voltage transformer D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 827 Pair of cables, 1 m, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 46 Set of 6 croc-clips, polished. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 861 MINICAN gas can: n-Butane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 989 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980 Submerged-coil manometer after Schiele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 936 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603 Stand tube, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 609 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615 Bosshead S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 09 Universal clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 555 Universal clamp, 0 ... 120 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 72 PVC tubing, 5 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 191
667 400
667 403
667 818
Combustion chamber for quantitative synthesis of water A capillary tube is used to direct the hydrogen to the arc, where it burns in the atmosphere. The gases used here are introduced into the reaction vessel under slight pressure by means of gas syringes, thus permitting quantitative analyses. The water created here condenses on the chamber wall and is clearly visible. The combustion chamber itself is so light in weight as to allow for gravimetric determination of its mass. When 50 ml of H2 and 25 ml of O2 are consumed one can detect an increase in weight of exactly 20.0 mg (at standard temperature and pressure). Application examples Synthesis of water from the constituent elements (continuous combustion, the inverse of water electrolysis) Synthesis of HCI from the constituent elements
Combustion chamber with incandescent wire The chamber is equipped with a platinum filament which is heated electrically to the point at which it glows. The chamber is connected by two GL 18 screw thread connectors to two gas syringes from which the gases are introduced under slight pressure. The electrical heating of the platinum coil allows for simple, nonhazardous generation of elevated temperatures. Reverse reactions are largely inhibited since the area inside the combustion chamber itself remains cold. Application examples Dissociation of butane into its constituent elements Elementary organic analysis and detection of oxygen in organic compounds, using dimethyl ether as an example Model experiments for a thermal conductivity detector
Spark gap supply unit Current-limited to 2 mA, thus no contact hazard according to VDE 0105; for generating a brief ignition spark or a constant spark gap with contact-safe high-voltage sockets and additional ground socket. Mains connection: 230 V, 50 Hz Output: DC, approx. 10,000 V/2.0 mA Dimensions: 20 x 14 x 23 cm Weight: 3.0 kg
Scope of delivery
1 Pair of connecting leads 50 cm, 1 Pair tapping terminals, 1 Power lead.
74
analysis methods Determination of molar mass

667 496 667 497
Apparatus for determining molar mass, boiling method The molecular weight of the dissolved material is determined using the increase in the boiling point of the solution over that of the pure solvent.
Apparatus for determining molar mass, freezing point method The molecular weight of a substance is determined from the drop in the freezing point of a solution with respect to a pure solvent
Scope of delivery Scope of delivery
667 496
667 497
1 1 1 1 1 1
Boiling tube with 2 ST 19/26, 1 ST 14.5/23 ST 7/16 Air jacket Immersion cooler with ST 19/26 Drying tube with ST 7/16 Beckman thermometer with ST 19/26, zero point at the bottom, range 5 K:1/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 173 1 Stopper ST 14.5/23
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Base Cooling vessel with PVC lid Freezing tube with air jacket and ST 45/40 Adapter piece with ST 45/40 and 2 ST 19/26 Metal stirrer for cold bath Metal stirrer for solution Tongs Thermometer for the cooling vessel, -50 ... + 35 C Beckmann thermometer with ST 19/26, zero point at the bottom, range 5 K: 1/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 173
Equipment for determining molar masses according to Beckmann
Determination of molar mass according to Victor Meyer and Gay Lussac's law When determining the molar mass according to Victor Meyer, the substance to be analyzed is vaporized in a gas syringe, and the gas volume which the substance subsequently assumes is measured. As pressure and temperature are known, the molar mass is determined using the ideal gas equation on the basis of the assumption that the substances behaves like an ideal gas.
665 296
Adapter
Equipment for determining molar masses according to Victor Meyer
Equipment list
Determination of molar mass according to Victor Meyer

With 2 GL 14; using this device, a temperature sensor (> 666 193) can be inserted into any gas syringe to enable measurement of the exact temperature of the gas in the gas syringe. When used in conjunction with the heating mantle for gas syringe (> 667 491), the volume of the gas can be determined as a function of the temperature. Application examples: Determining the absolute zero point Gay-Lussac's Law Joule-Thomson Effect
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Base rail, 55 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 602 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615 Heating mantle for gas syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 491 Silicon stopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 494 Gas syringe, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 912 Flask with 2 GL 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 493 Variable extra low voltage transformer D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 827 Pair of cables, 1 m, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 46 Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 209 Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193
667 493
Flask for determining molar mass With 2 GL 14; the substance to be analysed is heated by a heating mantle for gas syringes (> 667 491).
75
chemical engineering/applied chemistry Industrial processes made understandable!
Vacuum rectification apparatus CE 4 Basic operations Chemical engineering processes are widely used in industry today. Consequently, chemical engineering is an important aspect of education in universities, technical colleges and company-internal training programs. An understanding of the basic operations is particularly critical. With its line of chemical engineering products, LEYBOLD DIDACTIC presents an educationally optimized, clearly structured plant concept in laboratory scale. All important basic operations of chemical engineering are explored using apparatus with a maximum capacity of 2 l. All components have been designed to be transparent and comprehensible to promote better understanding of the processes. Measured-value registration and plant control is realized using the proven CASSY-S interface device in conjunction with the Windows-based software CASSY Lab. The use of the Chemistry Panel System CPS enables fast and easy setup and dismantling. Many components of this modular system can be used for a variety of applications, helping to minimize costs. Comprehensive manuals are available for all plants. In addition to the theoretical principles, these contain detailed information on preparing, conducting and evaluating the experiments, as well as tables of measured values.
76
chemical engineering/applied chemistry
Complete three-stage CPS stirrer reactor cascade CE 7
Transparent laboratory-scale chemical engineering systems for optimum learning success

For further information, please request any of the following brochures Thermal separating methods Reaction technology Extraction technology Applied process information technology Biotechnology Measurement, sensor and control technology Chemical engineering hotline: Mark Metzbaur: (+ 49 2233) 604 269 Telefax: (+ 49 2233) 604 222 e-mail: > info@leybold-didactic.de > http://www.leybold-didactic.com
77
chemical engineering
NEW
Extraction technology
Liquid-phase extraction apparatus CE 9 Liquid-phase extraction apparatus CE 9 Apparatus for extraction from liquid phases in multiple extraction stages. Controlled via the CASSY interface using the Windows software CASSY Lab. Solid-phase extraction CE 10 Apparatus for extraction of components from solids in multiple extraction stages.
78
chemical engineering
Rebirth of a classic
Setup for filling level control Filling level control For measuring and controlling the flow quantity and filling level of liquids.
Further controlled systems include flow control of gases and temperature control.
Fascinating, practically relevant insight into applied instrumentation and process control technology. Compact for fast setup Multi-purpose pump and reservoirs can be used in other setups Modular integration of external sensors Expandable Additional holders for altered characteristic of controlled system
79
chemical engineering/applied chemistry
Chemical engineering model (controlled using SIMULOG components)
The following plant models are available: Thermal separating methods Equilibrium apparatus CE 1 Rectification apparatus CE 2 Rectification apparatus with two packed columns CE 3 Vacuum rectification apparatus CE 4 Carrier rectification apparatus CE 5 Continuous rectification apparatus
Reaction technology CPS batch reactor CE 6 Three-stage CPS stirrer reactor cascade CE 7 CPS flow-through reactor CE 8 Extraction technology CPS liquid-liquid extraction CE 9 Solid-liquid extraction CE 10
Biotechnology CPS-biological reactor Applied process information technology Chemical engineering model (PLC-controlled)
80
chemistry panel system
Chemistry Panel System (CPS)
Principles Inorganic chemistry Organic chemistry Technical chemistry Physical chemistry Electrochemistry
82 87 90 92 94 95
Analytical chemistry Measuring instruments Interface Individual modules Accessories Literature
96 98 101 102 111 113
81
The Chemistry Panel System (CPS) is a new system for the assembly of demonstration experiments in chemistry which offers a wide range of advantages: Clear and easily comprehendible experiment assemblies without distracting stand material. Simple and fast assembly process based on standardized modules which are inserted into the CPS panel frames within seconds. No more tedious adjustment of glass items due to standardized spacings. Assemblies may be set up and modified within the shortest possible time even while the demonstration is in progress. Shortest possible preparation time.
GL-type screwed glass joints ensure leak tight and secure joints between the individual modules no seized joints any more - no problems with hose connections which are too tight. Secure installation of glassware on the experiment panels - reduced danger of breakage. Flexible clamping system for rapid removal and replacement of glassware for cleaning. Safe and convenient storage.
Basic assembly process

First step: The experiment panels are inserted into the CPS frame. Second step: A GL-screw cap (silicone seals are enclosed) is slid onto the glassware to be connected (e.g. three-way stopcock) and is secured in place with the aid of a glassware connector . Third step: The second experiment panel is placed next to the first panel, and the second experiment panel is screwed to the CPS glass connector with the aid of the GL-type screwed glass joint . Since the spaces and the heights are standardized the glass components will fit exactly into the CPS glass connector.

Placing the panels in the CPS panel frame. This connects the glass components on the two experiment panels firmly and tightly to each other. To disassemble (for cleaning purposes, for example) proceed in the reverse order: 1. Unscrew the screw connectors. 2. Slide the panels apart 3. Lift the panels out of their frames. 4. Dismantle the glassware as much as possible for cleaning.
Connecting the glass components with the CPS glass connector
82
chemistry panel system Example: assembly of a stack gas desulfurization plant
Easy to assemble Rapid and reliable assembly based on modules. Rapid installation and removal of glass items through flexible clamping system. Simple adjustment by standardized spacings. Set up and modification of assemblies within the shortest possible time.
CPS frame and gas collector
Gas washer module
CPS frame, gas collector and gas washer
Woulff's bottle, glass connector and attached tubing
Completed assembly
83
chemistry panel system Writing fields pictograms

Labeled experiment panels for very clear experiment assemblies A good looking experiment assembly can make a major contribution to successful learning. A good visual ap-pearance is an inherent feature of all assemblies which are based on the chemistry panel system (CPS). Magnets on the rear of the experiment panels permit the addition of labeling panels, which may be used to indicate the type of chemical in the reaction vessel, for example. In addition to this, labeling plates may be included in the panel frame. Imprinted pictograms are used to provide additional information and to simplify setting up of the experiments.
>
Accessories: see page 111
Pictograms The pictograms which are printed on the experiment panels simplify arrangement and setting up of the experiments. Labeling panels These panels can be inserted into the panel frames and are suitable for writing on with a felt tip pen. Labeling plates These metal plates may be placed directly on the experiment panels with the aid of magnets so that they can be placed exactly where required within any experiment assembly. They are suitable for writing on with a felt tip pen.
CPS panel frames

All panel frames are made of rectangular steel tube and aluminum profile sections with brush strips. The frames with L- or K-base may be attached to a bottom cabinet with the aid of two M8 wing screws. In the case of the versions with conduit (K) an
installation energy may be run under the lowermost aluminum profile, or this space may be used for placement of a burner or a magnetic stirrer. The spacings between the aluminum profile sections are the same on all panel frames, Besides the CPS panel frames, further panel frames for accepting SIMULOG panels, the
programmable control unit and the control unit for the process technology model (PTM) among others, are available. Please ask for our specific brochures.
301 312
Console To be attached to the profile rails, e.g. on the demonstration experiment frame (> 666 425 or > 666 428), e.g. for serving as a surface for placing measuring instruments, solar cells etc. in front of the profile rails. Dimensions: 30 cm x 16 cm
666 426
666 428
726 21 726 21
Equipment platforms
726 22
For supporting bench-top devices which are to be integrated into the experiment assemblies. Dimensions 350 x 440 mm (W x D) Weight: 1.3 kg
726 22
Equipment platform
666 425
All frames have been designed to accept any type of experiment panel (297 mm high) and they are made from aluminum profiles with an integrated brush strip. The painted steel stand members with T-bases provide the stability.
For supporting bench-top devices which are to be integrated into the experiment assemblies. Dimensions: 500 x 440 mm (W x D) Weight: 1.5 kg
84
chemistry panel system Panel frames

1-level Frame with L-base without conduit
Cat. No. Height Width Depth
Frame with K-base with conduit
Frame with T-base without conduit
726 01 726 02
39.5 39.5
145 175
15 15
2-level
Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No. Height Width Depth
666 403 726 03 726 04 726 05
73.0 73.0 73.0 73.0
80 124 145 175
15 15 15 15
726 063 726 073 726 083
86.0 86.0 86.0
124 145 175
15 15 15
726 09 726 10 726 11
73.0 73.0 73.0
124 145 175
30 30 30
With conduit
Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No. Height Width Depth
666 428 666 425
86.0 84.0
93 56
30 30
3-level Without conduit

Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No.
With conduit
Height Width Depth Cat. No.
With conduit
Height Width Depth
726 12 726 13 726 14
106.5 106.5 106.5
124 145 175
15 15 15
726 153 726 163 726 173
119.5 119.5 119.5
124 145 175
15 15 15
666 426
116.0
93
54
All dimensions in mm
85
chemistry panel system Storage

Storage cabinets with special grooved profiles permit safe, compact and clearly organized storage of all CPS modules.
724 800
Cabinet Storage cabinet with full-length doors. Dimensions: 110 x 203 x 57 cm
724 831
Shelf with grooved mat Shelf with grooved mat on one side. Dimensions: 106 x 51 cm (W x D) Thickness: 29 mm
724 832
Shelf with grooved mats Shelf with grooved mats on both sides. Dimensions: 106 x 51 cm (W x D) Thickness: 39 mm
200 26440
Grooved mat For attachement to already existing shelves. Dimensions: 935 x 449 mm Thickness: 10 mm
Cabinet for storing CPS modules
666 461
CPS-storage box Hard PVC box with special grooved inserts for storage and transportation of the experiment panels of the CPS system (297 mm wide). Boxes can be stacked and have carrying handles. Wider panels may also be accommodated and transported; however these panels will protrude over the top edges of the box. Dimensions: 620 x 400 mm Weight: 0.7 kg
CPS storage box (666 461)
86
chemistry panel system Inorganic chemistry

Gas generation The CPS gas generator after MAEY makes it possible to generate all gases required in school instruction quickly and safely. The chemistry panel integrates both the gas generator and the dropping funnel. Adhesive magnetic panels allow labeling of the chemicals used and the respective gases generated. When used in conjunction with the CPS gas washer, it is also possible to integrate this setup in a number of experiments.
CPS experiment assembly for gas generation
Equipment list
Equipment list
Experiment assembly for gas generation

Experiment assembly for air analysis

1 1 1 1 2 3 1
CPS Gas generator CPS Gas syringe CPS glass connector Panel frame, C100, two-level CPS Blank panel, 300 mm CPS Blank panel, 200 mm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm Chemicals Calcium carbonate, 50 g Hydrochloric acid, 1 mol/l, 500 ml
666 436 666 435 667 312 666 428 666 468 666 467 666 464 671 230 674 690
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1
CPS Gas syringe CPS Gas syringe, with 3-way valve CPS Air analysis Labjack Butane gas burner Butane cartridges Panel frame, C100, two-level CPS Blank panel, 300 mm CPS Blank panel, 200 mm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm
666 435 666 480 666 433 666 583 666 711 666 712 666 428 666 468 666 467 666 464
Air analysis Quantitative determination of the amount of oxygen in the air can be realized with a very simple experiment configuration, A defined volume of air is passed through a heated copper mesh inside a quartz tube. The copper oxidizes. The reduction in volume corresponds to the oxygen content.
668 802
Chemistry demonstration experiments General chemistry 216 pages, DIN A 4 Demonstration experiments from the area of general chemistry based on the Chemistry Panel System. The equipment list of the experiments also takes account of conventional stand material
CPS experiment assembly for air analysis
87
Synthesis of water The hydrogen is passed through a capillary tube to an electric arc; there it burns in the oxygen atmosphere. Gas syringes are used to pump the gases into the reaction area; these syringes make it possible to determine the quantities consumed. The water which is produced condenses as a clearly visible film on the walls of the chamber. The chamber itself is so light that the water's weight can be determined gravimetrically. Where 50 ml of H2 and 25 ml of 02 are consumed one will find that (under normal conditions) the weight will have increased by exactly 20.0 mg.
CPS-experiment assembly for synthesis of water

Equipment list Equipment list
Experiment assembly for synthesis of water

Experiment assembly for stochiometry

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
CPS combustion chamber, water synthesis CPS Gas syringe CPS Gas syringe 3-way valve Spark-gap supply unit Pair of cables, 1 m, red and blue Panel frame, C100, two-level Equipment platform CPS Blank panel, 200 mm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm additonnally required: Gases H2 and O2
666 439 666 435 666 480 667 818 501 46 666 428 726 21 666 467 666 464
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2
CPS Gas syringe CPS Stoichiometry CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable Stand ring, 70 mm dia. Topping-up reservoir Silicone tubing, 1 m Panel frame, C100, two-level CPS Blank panel, 300 mm CPS Blank panel, 200 mm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm
666 435 666 455 666 470 666 572 664 352 667 194 666428 666 468 666 467 666 464
Stoichiometry This experiment assembly may be used to determine the atomic masses and valences of many metals. The metals react quantitatively with water or diluted mineral acids. The volume of hydrogen liberated is measured in the gas sampling syringe.
668 802
CPS-experiment assembly for stochiometry
88
chemistry panel system Distillation
666 442
CPS-distillation Complete with standardized spacers and attachment components. Suitable for: Standard-pressure distillation Vacuum distillation (after addition of some components) Dimensions: 400 mm x 297 mm x 185 mm Experiment panel: 400 mm x 297 mm Weight: 1.6 kg
Scope of delivery
1 Round-bottom flask, ST 29, 500 ml 1 Distillation bridge after Claisen, 2 GL 18, cooling jacket with 2 nipples for the water connection, 1 nipple for the vacuum connection. 1 Round-bottom flask, ST 29, 250 ml 1 Experiment panel Attachment components
Complete CPS distillation assembly with CPS panel frame and accessories
668 802
Equipment list
Complete CPS distillation assembly

1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2
CPS Distillation plant Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W Chemical thermometer Panel frame, C50, two-level CPS Pedestal Joint clip Rubber tubing, 10 m CPS Blank panel, 200 mm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm
666 442 666 753 666 161 666 425 666 441 665 392 667 181 666 467 666 464
89
chemistry panel system Organic chemistry
Complete setup for CPS-crude oil distillation with panel frame and accessories
Fractional crude oil distillation This setup provides excellent didactic possibilities for effectively teaching the production process of fractional distillation by experimental means. A number of gasoline fractions are derived from the crude oil mixture; these fractions are collected individually. The special bubble cap column allows for the separation of fractions where there are only small differences in their boiling points. Temperature sensors in the assembly enable direct determination of the boiling points of individual fractions. This feature permits continuous process monitoring.
Equipment list
CPS-fractional crude oil distillation

668 222
From crude oil to fuels and lubricants 74 pages, DIN A4 Six experiments and a detailed theoretical discussion on the composition and processing of crude oil. All experiments are closely related to practical matters and replicate to a large part the industrial processes which would take place in a refinery, for instance. The descriptions of the experiments are backed up by ten pre-printed work sheets which can be used to amplify the material. These pages may be photocopied and passed out to the students. The same sheets then follow for the teachers's use; here the solutions have been entered. Crude oil distillation in a bubble-cap column Vacuum distillation of medium-weight and heavy oil fractions Thermal cracking of higher paraffins to hydrocarbons with shorter molecular chains Boiling point analysis for a gasoline blend (quality analysis for gasoline) Determining the flash point and burning point Determining the conditions required for a mixture of fuel and air to explode
1 1 2 4 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CPS Crude oil distillation Sensor-CASSY Temperature-box (NiCr-Ni/NTC) Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni Protective tube for 666193, set of 5 Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W Panel frame, C100, two-level Equipment platform Crude oil, 1 l Labjack Rubber tubing, 10 m CPS Blank panel, 200 mm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm CASSY Lab additionally required: PC with Windows 95/98 or NT. The temperature can also be measured with the digital thermometer with 4 inputs (> 666 454 CPS).
666 447 524 010 524 045 666 193 666 194 666 753 666 428 726 21 661 099 666 583 667 181 666 467 666 464 524 200
90

Crude oil distillation This experiment variant uses the digital thermometer to display the temperature. The temperatures in the sump, the bubble caps and in the transition can be displayed automatically at user-definable intervals.
Equipment list
CPS-setup crude oil distillation

1 1 4 1 1 5 1 1 3 1 1 1
CPS Crude oil distillation CPS Digital thermometer Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W Panel frame, C100, two-level Protective tube for 666 193, set of 5 CPS Blank panel, 300 mm CPS Blank panel, 200 mm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm Crude oil, 1 l Labjack Rubber tubing, 10 m
666 447 666 454 666 193 666 753 666 428 666 194 666 468 666 467 666 464 661 099 666 583 667 181
CPS-setup crude oil distillation with digital thermometer with four inputs
>
Equipment list
Literature: see page 113
CPS-setup fermentation
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 3 2
CPS-Biological reactor, basic kit Controllable aeration pump Plastic tubing, 6 mm int.dia., 1 m CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable Stirrer motor, 60 to 700 rpm Stirrer, 370 mm with Teflon shaft and Teflon blades CPS ethanol sensor for 666 410 CPS-Metering unit CPS Voltage supply, switchable through programmable control signal, TTL signal or contact thermometer CPS mains distributor Sensor-CASSY pH box pH single rod measurement cell (glass electrode) Temperature-box (NiCrNi/NTC) Temperature sensor, NTC CASSY Lab Connection lead, 50 cm, red Connection lead, 50 cm, blue Connection lead, 50 cm, black CPS Blank panel, 300 mm CPS Blank panel, 200 mm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm additionnally required: PC with Windows 95 or 98 or NT
666 410 666 482 307 641 666 470 666 821 666 826 666 411 666 413 666 471 665 497 524 010 524 035 667 424 524 045 666 212 524 200 500 421 500 422 500 424 666 468 666 467 666 464
CPS-setup crude fermentation
Biotechnology The goal of biotechnology is to use microorganisms, plant or animal cells and their components in industrial processes. The fascination of biotechnology is also due to the fact that this new field of technology promises the key to solving crucial problems of the present and the future.
>
For further experiments in biotechnology see page 114
91
chemistry panel system Technical chemistry
The catalytic converter for exhaust gas Automobile exhaust emissions are a major source of air pollution today and are considered as a major factor for the forest's dying off. The catalytic converter model from LEYBOLD DIDACTIC may be used to demonstrate in the lab that it is possible to markedly reduce the amount of pollutants emitted by cars (nitrogen oxides NOx, carbon monoxide CO and hydrocarbons CxHy).
Equipment list
Equipment list
Catalytic converter for exhaust gas

Synthesis of sulfuric acid based on the contact process

1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
CPS Exhaust gas catalytic converter CPS Digital thermometer CPS Gas syringe Labjack Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni Butane gas burner Butane cartridges Spare air bags set of 10 Tube CO test, set of 10 Panel frame, C100, two-level CPS Blank panel, 200 mm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm
666 440 666 454 666 435 666 583 666 193 666 711 666 712 662 301 666 319 666 428 666 467 666 464
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 1 1
CPS Gas collector CPS Contact process CPS Gas washer CPS Woulff's bottle with manometer CPS Hose fastener Butane gas burner Butane cartridges CPS glass connector, with nipple CPS glass connector CPS Blank panel, 300 mm CPS Blank panel, 200 mm Panel frame, T130, two levels, T-Base Chemicals: Sulphur, cryst.
666 432 666 457 666 430 666 438 666 449 666 711 666 712 667 313 667 312 666 468 666 467 726 09 674 750
Synthesis of sulfuric acid based on the contact process Sulfuric acid is manufactured industrially from sulfur trioxide which is derived by catalytic oxidation of SO2 (contact process). Since SO2, is very difficult to dissolve in water, it is introduced into concentrated sulfuric acid.
92
Equipment list
Experiment assembly DENOX plant

1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS-DENOX-process CPS Gas syringe CPS glass connector Silicone gaskets for 667 312 Panel frame, C100, two-level CPS-wash bottle CPS Digital thermometer Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni CPS Gas generator Butane gas burner Butane cartridges Labjack Chemicals Ammonia solution, 25% Copper, turnings Nitric acid, 65 % Sulphanilic acid Acetic acid Sodiumhydroxide pellets N-(Naphtyl)-ethylendiamdihydrochloride
666 476 666 435 667 312 667 306 666 428 666 478 666 454 666 193 666 436 666 711 666 712 666 583 670 360 672 870 674 660 674 971 671 950 673 860 673 452
CPS experiment assembly DENOX process DENOX process This demonstration experiment for removing nitrogen oxides from flue gas (DENOX process) provides an insight into the mode of operation of largescale plants, thus familiarizing the students and trainees with practical procedures. The industrial-scale removal of nitrogen oxides from flue gas involves allowing NOx to react with atmospheric oxygen and either ammonium or urea as a reducing agent in the presence of a catalyst using the SCR method (selective catalytic reduction). The reactants react on the catalyst to form environmentally compatible substances.
666 477
SCR-DENOX catalytic convertor Replacement for the CPS module for DENOX process (> 666 476)). Also suitable for CPS exhaust catalytic converter (> 666 440). Original SCR catalytic convertor for removing nitrogen from exhaust gas, 100 x 39 mm dia. in a quartz tube. For integration into experiment configurations, includes 2 silicon plugs with holes. Length: 200 mm Internal diameter: 40 mm
Equipment list
Stack gas desulfurization

1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS Gas washer CPS Gas collector CPS Woulff's bottle with manometer CPS Hose fastener CPS glass connector Evaporating dish, 75 mm dia. Panel frame, C100, two-level Vacuum rubber tubing, 1 m Water jet pump Butane gas burner Butane cartridges Silicone gaskets for 667 312, 10 pieces
666 430 666 432 666 438 666 449 667 312 664 442 666 428 667 186 375 56 666 711 666 712 667 306
CPS experiment assembly stack gas desulferization Stack gas desulfurization Stack gas desulfurization plants have now become virtually standard equipment for coal-fired power stations. The sulfur dioxide liberated when fossil fuels are burned, a major cause of acid rain, is precipitated as CaSO4. The process can performed quite simply in the experiments.
*The controllable aeration pump (> 666 482) can be used as an alternative.
93
chemistry panel system Physical chemistry
Equipment list
Experiment assembly for calorimetry

2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS experiment assembly for calorimetry Calorimetry This experiment assembly makes it possible to determine molar enthalpies of combustion and calorific values of foods.
CPS Gas washer CPS Calorimeter CPS Digital thermometer Temperature sensor, NTC Stirring top Panel frame, C100, two-level CPS Blank panel, 200 mm CPS Blank panel, 100 mm CPS glass connector Rubber tubing, 1 m CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans MINICAN gas can: oxygen Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans or Gas bottle, 10l: oxygen Pressure reducing valve O2 additionally required: Variable extra low voltage transformer D
666 430 666 429 666 454 666 212 666 819 666 428 666 467 666 464 667 312 667 180 666 458 660 998 660 980 661 011 661 016 667 827
668 802
Chemistry demonstration experiments General chemistry 216 pages, DIN A 4 Demonstration experiments from the area of general chemistry based on the Chemistry Panel System. The equipment list of the experiments also takes account of conventional stand material.
Equipment list
Experiment assembly for general gas laws

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1
CPS experiment assembly for general gas laws
General gas laws With the aid of a single experiment assembly it is possible to derive all general gas laws (Boyle's Law, Amonton's Law and Gay-Lussac's Law).
CPS-basic unit for gas laws CPS-gas syringe for gas laws (> 666 474) CPS-Displacement transducer for > 666 473 Spring manometer, measurement range: 200 ... + 200 hPa P/U Converter Stab. power supply 15 V DC CPS Digital thermometer NiCr-Ni-temperature sensor Demonstration meters Magnetic stirrer Stirring bar Beaker, 1000 ml, ss, hard glass Connection lead, 100 cm, black Connection lead, 100 cm, red Connection lead, 100 cm, blue Connection lead, 50 cm, red Connection lead, 50 cm, blue Set of 10 bridging plugs Panel frame, C100, two-level CPS Blank panel, 200 mm
666 474 666 473 666 475 665 944 734 83 726 86 666 454 666 216 727 41 666 847 666 854 664 107 500 444 500 441 500 442 500 421 500 422 501 511 666 428 666 467
94
chemistry panel system Electrochemistry

Daniell element For measuring the potential difference in a copper/zinc element and also monitoring the change in voltage current when driving a motor.
Equipment list
Electrochemistry experiment setup

1 1 1 1
CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit CPS-Table for 664 407 Panel frame, C50, two-level Accessories set for electrochemistry
664 407 666 472 666 425 664 401
668 132
Demonstration experiments in electrochemistry 164 pages, A4 size Instructions for the experiments using the electrochemistry demonstration units (> 664 400 and > 664 407) and the accessory set (> 664 401). The manual is supplied with the electrochemistry demonstration units > 664 400 and > 664 407.
CPS-electrochemistry experiment setup
Equipment list
Experiment assembly with H2O2 fuel cell

1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1
CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit CPS-Table for 664 407 Large clip plug Bubble counter Oxyhydrogen cell (H2O2 cell) made of acrylic glass Connection lead, 25 cm, red Safety connection lead, 2.5 mm2, 10 cm, blue Connection lead, 50 cm, red Connection lead, 50 cm, blue CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans MINICAN gas can: hydrogen MINICAN gas can: oxygen Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans Silicone tubing, 1 m Panel frame, C100, two-level CPS Blank panel, 200 mm Potassium lye, 30%, 100 ml
664 407 666 472 591 21 664 812 664 409 500 411 500 602 500 421 500 422 666 458 660 997 660 998 660 980 667 194 666 428 666 467 672 438
CPS experiment assembly with the H2O2 fuel cell H2O2 fuel cell
668 432
Fuel cells and air cells 57 pages, A4 size in English. The manual contains the theory and the experiment descriptions for all fuel cells, H2/O2 cell, aluminium/air element and formiate cell.
In this classical type of fuel cell, hydrogen gas and oxygen gas are combined at two separate electrodes to form water. During this process chemical energy is converted directly into electrical energy with high efficiency. The fuel cell can be reused indefinitely and supplies electricity as soon as, and for as long as, the gases are supplied.
>
For further experiments on fuel cells see pages 29 ff
95
chemistry panel system Analytical chemistry

Separation methods Most of the substances we encounter daily are mixtures of various pure substances. In order to separate these mixtures and to isolate the pure substances, suitable separation methods are used which specifically exploit the different chemical and/or physical properties of the individual components. In terms of energy expenditure, a distinction is drawn between mechanical and thermal separation methods.
Equipment list
Experiment assembly for column chromatography

1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS Chromatography column CPS Drop funnel CPS Pedestal Beaker, 600 ml, ss Panel frame, C100, three-level, with conduit Silica gel, 500 g
666 443 666 437 666 441 664 105 666 426 661 058
CPS-experiment assembly for gel filtration
CPS-experiment assembly for extraction after Soxhlet

Equipment list
CPS-experiment assembly titration stand
Equipment list
Equipment list
Experiment assembly gel filtration

Experiment assembly extraction after Soxhlet

Experiment assembly titration stanad

1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
CPS Gel filtration CPS Drop funnel Sephadex G-25, 25 g Bromthymol blue Detrane blue Beaker, 400 ml, ss, hard glass Panel frame, C50, two-level Labjack
666 444 666 437 674 829 671 070 671 598 664 104 666 425 666 583
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS Extraction setup after Soxhlet Joint clip, ST 29/32, plastic Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W Rubber tubing, 10 m Extraction thimble, diam. 33 mm, set of 25 Labjack Panel frame, C50, two-level
1 666 445 665 392 666 753 667 181 661 051 666 583 666 425 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS Burette holder (with burette) CPS Digital pH-meter pH single rod measurement cell (glass electrode) CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable Miniature clamps, 0 ... 25 mm dia. Beaker, 400 ml, ss, hard glass Labjack Magnetic stirrer Stirring bar Panel frame, C50, two-level
666 448 666 450 667 424 666 470 666 551 664 104 666 583 666 845 666 851 666 425
96
CPS demonstration gas chromatograph 490 A low-cost, reliable demonstration unit for gas chromatographic separation at room temperature.
Equipment list
CPS-experiment assembly gas chromatograph

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Demonstration gas chromatograph, basic unit Gas sensor DC 550 column Controllable aeration pump CPS power supply, 24 V AC/3 A Panel frame, C50, two-level Silicon tubing, 1 m Set of 10 bridging plugs
665 490 665 495 665 533 666 482 667 824 666 425 604 432 501 511
CPS demonstration gas chromatograph 490
668 802
Chemistry demonstration experiments General chemistry 216 pages, DIN A 4 Demonstration experiments from the area of general chemistry based on the Chemistry Panel System. The equipment list of the experiments also takes account of conventional stand material.
HPLC system This HPLC system is based on a new concept for rapid column chromatography which operates at pressures of up to 6 bar.
Equipment list
HPLC system
>
For more information see page 48
1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS HPLC pump 665 485 CPS-HPLC column support 665 481 Separating column Sl RP-18 665 4791 CPS HPLC reservoir 665 487 HPLC basic kit 665 4801 CPS Flow-throughphotometer for HPLC 665 486 CPS mains distributor 665 497 Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue 501 45 Sensor-CASSY 524 010 CASSY Lab 524 200 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428 additionnally required: PC with Windows 95/98 or NT
97
chemistry panel system CPS measuring instruments
666 450
666 451
CPS-digital pH meter Display: LED, 3 1/2 digits, 26 mm high, (7 segment numeric) LED, 2 digit, 14 mm high, (14 segment alpha-numeric) Inputs: 1 pH standard socket, 13 mm dia., 1 DIN socket, 8 pin Measurement ranges: pH 0.00 ... 14.00 0 ... +1000 mV NTC: -20 ... +120 C PT 100: -50 ... +200 C Resolution: 0.01 pH; 1 mV; 0.1 C Measurement accuracy: pH: 0.02 pH NTC: 0.1 C or 0.3 % of measured value (>70 C) Pt 100: 0.2 C Internal resistance: 1012 Temperature compensation: 0 ... 140 C (automatic or manual) Slope matching: 40 ... 80 mV (pH) Zero point matching: pH 5 ... pH Analog output: 12 bit conversion, 1 digit ^ = 1 mV Data outputs: Via plug-in module (data output module, > 666 211), for retrofitting Serial interface: (RS 232) Parallel interface: (Centronics) Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm Weight: 1.5 kg
CPS-digital conductivity meter Display: LED, 3 1/2 digits, 26 mm high (7 segment numeric) LED, 2 digits, 14 mm high (alpha-numeric) Inputs: 2 x sockets, 4 mm dia. 1 x DIN socket, 8 pin Measurement ranges: 0 ... 200 S/cm 0 ... 2 mS/cm 0 ... 20 mS/cm 0 ... 2000 mS/cm NTC: -20 ... +120 C PT 100: -50 ... +200 C Resolution: 0.1 - 1 - 10 - 100 S/cm - 1 mS/cm 0.1 C Measurement inaccuracy: Conductivity: 2 % (<200 mS/cm) NTC: 0.1 C or 0.3 % of measured value (>70 C) PT 100: 0.2 C Measurement range: selection automatic or manual Cell constant: 0.7 ... 1.3 cm-1 Temperature coefficient: 0 ... 6 % K Temperature compensation: 0 ... 150 C (automatic or manual) Analog output: 12 bit conversion, 1 digit ^ = 1 mV Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA, via plug-in power supply unit Data outputs: via plug-in module (data output module > 666 211 ), for retrofitting Serial interface (RS 232) Parallel interface (Centronics) Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm Weight: 1.5 kg
General features User operation via LEDs and membrane keyboard Membrane keyboard is resistant to most liquids and solvents which are used in laboratories 31/2 digits, 26 mm high LED display, can be read easily even from a distance Simple retrofitting of a data output module therefore easy connection to computer or printer No resolution loss via the data output module All functions can be activated from the computer (bidirectional interface) Automatic/manual calibration or automatic/manual temperature compensation (selectable, depends on the measuring instrument) Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA via plug-in mains supply unit (included) Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm Weight: 1.5 kg All CPS measuring instruments are also available with another housing for use on the benchtop.
>
98
For further information and accessories see page 196
667 909
Data output module For connection of the multimeters > 666 453 and > 667 908 to a chart recorder, printer or computer 1 Analog output: 1 digit ^ = 1 mV (12-bit conversion) 1 Parallel interface (Centronics) 1 Serial interface (RS 232): selectable 2400/9600 bps for connection to a computer. Output intervals: continuous, 1 s, 10 s, 1 min, 10 min, 30 min, 60 min; selectable via pushbuttons, time interval displayed on front panel of module, alphanumeric data output (ASCII characters) together with the unit of measur-ement. Dimensions: 90 x 42 x 95 mm Weight: 0.3 kg
666 453
666 454
Digital multimeter, CPS version (for use in panel frames) Display: LED, 4 1/2 digit, 26 mm high (7-segment, numerical) for measured values LED 2 digits, 14 mm high (alphanumeric) for unit of measurement automatic negative indication Inputs: V DC /2 A/20 A Internal resistance: 1M (in voltage measurement range) Data outputs via insertable module (data output module, > 667 909) which may be retrofitted: serial interface (RS 232) parallel interface (Centronics) analog (chart recorder) output All outputs are electrically isolated from the inputs. Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm Weight: 1.6 kg
CPS digital thermometer Display: 4 1/2 digit red LED display, 26 mm high, 7 segments (numerical), 2-digit, 18 mm high (alphanumeric), automatic negative sign Inputs: 4 DIN sockets, 8-pin Measuring ranges: NiCr-Ni: -200 ... +1200C NTC: -20 ... 120C Resolution: -200 ... +1200 C: 0.1 K, 0...199.9 K: 0.01 K (relative temperature measurement with NTC) Accuracy: 0.2 C resp. 0.2 % of measured value Analog output: 12-bit conversion, -200 ... +200C : 0.1 K (1 digit corresponds to 1 mV) >200 C : 1 K (10 digits correspond to 1 mV), resolution switchable Serial output: RS 232 Data logger function: Storage of up to 14,400 measured values Supply voltage: 12 V AC/580 mA, via plug-in supply unit Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm Weight: 1.5 kg
666 211
Data output module For connection of meters > 666 450, > 666 451, > 666 452, > 667 420, > 667 439, > 666 210 and > 667 347 to a printer and computer. 1 Parallel interface (Centronics) 1 Serial interface (RS 232): selectable 2400/9600 bps, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity. Output intervals: continuous, 1 s, 10 s, 1 min, 10 min, 30 min, 60 min; selectable via pushbuttons, time interval displayed on front panel of module, alphanumeric data output (ASCII characters) together with the unit of measurement. Dimensions: 90 x 42 x 95 mm Weight: 0.3 kg
>
Meas. quantity/number of ranges
For further information and accessories see page 193
Measuring range
Resolution
Overload protection
Voltage DC 5 ranges Voltage AC 5 ranges DC and AC current 6 ranges Resistance 6 ranges
200 mV 1000 V 200 mV 600 V 200 A 20 A 200 20
10 V 0,1 V 10 V 0,1 V 10 1 nA mA
1200 700 1200 700 2,5
V DC V AC V DC V AC A Fuse insert
10 m 1 k
300 270
V DC V AC
99
chemistry panel system CPS-Measuring instruments

664 407
CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit With this demonstration equipment from LEYBOLD DIDACTIC, you now have available a universal power supply and measurement instrument which can be used to conduct a broad variety of experiments from the field of electrochemistry. Combining three functions in a single unit considerably reduces the required preparation time while at the same time simplifying the actual experiments. The measured voltages and currents are displayed simultaneously and independently of each other on a red LED display, the digits of which are 26 mm high. The numbers can be read clearly even from a distance of about 10 metres. The demonstration unit fulfils three purposes: - It functions as a power supply, delivering AC and DC voltage. - It is equipped with two measurement instruments a) for voltage measurements from 0 ... 60 V b) for current measurements from 0 ... 2 A Thus it can also be used as a multimeter. The measurement unit and the power pack can be linked internally or can also be used separately. This unit also serves as a current indicator and load using the built-in miniature motor with segmented display disk. Additional instruments (chart recorder, CASSY interface or oscilloscope, for example) can be connected to the two chart recorder outputs (one each for voltage and current). Included as standard equipment for the demonstration unit is a tray with recesses for the vessels (e.g. battery tray from accessory set (> 664 401). The CPS version (> 664 407) requires the use of the table for electrochemistry (> 666 472) in addition. In both versions a white rear panel serves as the background to accentuate colour changes, precipitation reactions, etc. The tray and the table have sockets at the front, into which spring clips may be inserted for attachment of U-tubes.The CPS demonstration unit (> 664 407) is designed for use in a panel frame. Dimensions (W x H x D): 40 cm x 29.7 cm x 17 cm Experiment panel: 40 cm x 29.7 cm Weight: 5.4 kg
Application examples: Conductivity of solids and liquids Electrolytic dissociation Ion migration Electrochemical potentials Electrolysis Fuel cells
>
For further electrochemistry experiments see page 21
A complete experimental manual is delivered with the demonstration unit (> 668 132)
Experiment: characteristics and efficiency of fuel cells.
100
chemistry panel system CPS-Interfaces

524 010
Sensor-CASSY Cascadable interface for measured-value recording For connection to the RS 232 serial interface of a computer, another CASSY module or the CASSY display 4-fold electrical isolation (inputs A and B, relay R, voltage source S). Cascading of up to 8 CASSY modules possible (to expand the inputs and outputs) Up to 8 analog inputs per Sensor-CASSY retrofittable using sensor boxes Automatic sensor box detection by CASSY Lab (plug and play) Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY operating system (complete with software update functionality for fast, easy performance enhancements) Can be set up as a benchtop, console or demonstration unit (also suitable for CPS/TPS panel frames) Voltage supply 12 V AC/DC via cannon plug or an adjacent CASSY module 5 Analog inputs (any two inputs A and B usable simultaneously) 2 Analog voltage inputs A and B on 4-mm safety sockets Resolution: 12 bits Measuring ranges: 0.3/1/3/10/30/100 V Measurement error: 1 % plus 0.5 % of range end value Input resistance: 1 M Scanning rate: max. 200,000 values/s (= 100,000 values/s per input) Memory: max. 32,000 values (= 16,000 values per input) 1 Analog current input A on 4-mm safety sockets Measuring ranges: 0.1/0.3/1/3 A Measurement error: voltage error plus 1 % Input resistance: < 0.5 (except under overload) See voltage inputs for further data 2 Analog inputs at sensor box connector sites A and B (all CASSY sensor boxes and sensors can be connected) Measuring ranges: 0.003/0.01/0.03/0.1/ 0.3/1 V Input resistance: 10 k. See voltage inputs for further dat. The technical data will change depending on a connected sensor box. In this case CASSY Lab automatically detects the possible measurement quantities and ranges when a sensor box is attached 4 Timer inputs with 32-bit counters at sensor box sites A and B (e.g. for BMW box, GM box or timer box) Counting frequency: max. 100 kHz Time resolution: 0.25 s Measuring time between two events at same input: min. 100 s Measuring time between two events at different inputs: min. 0.25 s Memory: max. 10,000 time points (= 2,500 values per input) 1 Changeover relay (switching indication via LED) Range: max. 100 V / 2 A 1 Analog output (PWM output) (pulse-width modulated, switchable voltage source, LED switching state indicator, e.g. for holding magnet or supplying experiment) Variable voltage range: max. 16 V / 200 mA (load 80 W) PWM range: 0% (off), 5-95% (1% resolution), 100% (on) PWM frequency: 100 Hz 12 Digital inputs (TTL) on sensor box sites A and B (at present only used for automatic sensor box detection) 6 Digital outputs (TTL) on sensor box sites A and B (at present only used for automatic switching of a sensor box measuring range) 1 Serial interface RS232 subD-9 for connection to a computer 1 CASSY bus For connecting additional CASSY modules or the CASSY display Dimensions (WxHxD): 115 mm x 295 mm x 45 mm Weight: approx. 1 kg
pH and conductivity titration
524 200
CASSY Lab Software for Windows 95/98/NT for recording and evaluating measurement data acquired using the CASSY-S family, with comprehensive integrated help functionality.
>
For further information on CASSY see page 144
101
chemistry panel system CPS full-system modules

The full-system modules contain a complete experiment setup with all necessary apparatus no additional modules are required. They merely need to be set up in a suitable panel frame, and supplied with electricity and/or water where necessary.
666 442
666 447
666 446
CPS-distillation Complete with standardized spacers and attachment components. Suitable for: Standard-pressure distillation Vacuum distillation (after addition of some components) Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 185 mm Experiment panel: 400 x 297 mm Weight: 1.6 kg
CPS-crude oil distillation Complete with standardized spacers and attachment components. Suitable for experiments on: Petrochemistry Fractional distillation Dimensions: 400 x 620 x 170 mm Experiment panel: 400 x 620 mm Weight: 3.8 kg
CPS-electrolysis For hydrolysis of water after Hoffmann. Complete with standardized spacers and attachment components. Suitable for experiments on: Hydrolysis of water Hydrolysis of aqueous acids, bases and salt solutions Dimensions: 300 mm x 620 mm x 140 mm Experiment panel: 300 mm x 620 mm Weight: 2.2 kg
1 Round-bottom flask, ST 29, 500 ml 1 Distillation bridge after Claisen, 2 GL 18, cooling jacket with 2 nipples for the water connection, 1 nipple for the vacuum connection. 1 Round-bottom flask, ST 29, 250 ml 1 Experiment panel Attachment components
1 Double-neck round-bottom flask, 500 ml, ST 29 with side tapping point GL 18 1 Bubble cap column with 2 trays, 280 mm long, with two cocks for tapping the fractions, two GL 18 threaded connectors for temperature sensors 1 Distillation bridge, 200 mm, two ST 29, with GL 18 threaded connector for temperature sensor 1 Return-flow cooler after Dimroth, 300 mm long, two ST 29 with lateral hose nipples for cooling water 1 Vacuum stopper, two ST 29 fittings, straight, with straight tube, with nipple 1 Round-bottom flask, 250 ml, ST 29 5 Joint clips, plastic 1 Experiment panel Attachment components
Scope of delivery
1 Two-armed glass vessel with graduation and type GL 18 threaded fittings for electrodes and GL 14 threaded fitting with nipple for connection of the topping-up reservoir 1 Pair of Pt electrodes in glass jacket 1 Topping-up reservoir in adjustable-height metal holder, for regulating the fill level to ensure exactly reproducible measurements 1 PVC hose for connecting the topping-up reservoir to the glass vessel 1 Experiment panel Attachment components
102
chemistry panel system Experiments with gases

CPS individual modules CPS individual modules (such as the gas syringe module) can be combined to conduct a broad range of experiments. Because they can be quickly set up and combined as required, only a minimum of apparatus need be purchased. Often, new experiments can be created simply by changing just one or two modules.
665 492
CPS Gas cartridge holder For supplying the CPS demonstration chromatograph (> 665 490) with CO2 or N2O as carrier gases. Disposable cartridges are used for gas supply. Manometer: 0 ... 4 bar for N2O and CO2 Valve: pressure reducing valve, can be regulated Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 120 mm Training panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 1.1 kg
CPS holder with MINICAN gas can
CPS-Extraction unit after Soxhlet Complete with standardized spacers and mounting hardware. Suitable for experiments on: Extraction of caffeine from tea Extraction of cocoa powder Determining the fat content of foods Extraction of etherial oils Dimensions: 300 x 620 x 160 mm Experiment panel: 300 x 620 mm Weight: 2.5 kg
1 1 1 1 1
Pressure vessel Manometer Fine regulating valve Tubing Training panel with mounting hardware
666 458
CPS-holder for pressurized gas cans

665 493
Substitute cartridge CO2 Contents: 7 g (= 6 l at standard temperature and pressure)
For accepting Minican gas cans. For easy and safe experimenting with gases. The disposable aluminium cans are much easier to handle compared to steel cylinders. This experiment panel enables integration of the gas cans into the experiment assembly. Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 180 mm Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm Weight: 0.6 kg
Scope of delivery
665 491
1 Round-bottom flask, 500 ml, ST 29 1 Extractor, 70 ml, ST 29 (bottom) and ST 40 (top) 1 Reflux cooler after Dimroth, ST 40, cooling jacket 200 mm with 2 GL 14 screw threads for cooling water 2 Labelling plates 1 Experiment panel Mounting hardware
Substitute cartridge N2O Contents: 6 g (= 6 l at standard temperature and pressure)
666 436
CPS-gas generator Complete with standardized spacers, attachment components and glass connectors. Suitable for generating small volumes of gas. Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 200 mm Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm Weight: 1.2 kg
661 051
Extraction thimbles 25 pieces, suitable for extractor according to Soxhlet > 665 454 33 mm dia. 100 mm high
Scope of delivery
1 Gas generator 1 Drop funnel (rear) 1 Experiment panel Attachment components
103
666 432
666 430
666 478
CPS-gas collector Complete with standardized spacers, attachment components and glass connectors. Suitable for experiments on: Stack gas desulfurization Combustion of organic materials such as wood or charcoal Stack gas analysis Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 180 mm Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm Weight: 1.1 kg
CPS-gas washer Complete with standardized spacers, attachment components and glass connectors. Suitable for experiments on gas generation, calorimetry, stack gas desulfurization, DENOX system and reduction of metallic oxides Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 150 mm Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm Weight: 1.0 kg
CPS-Wash bottle Complete with standardized spacers, attachment components and glass connectors. Suitable for experiments on: Gas generation, DENOX system and reduction of metallic oxides Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 150 mm Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 0.7 kg
Scope of delivery
1 1 1 1 1 1
Special funnel, borosilicate glass, 100 mm dia Gas wash bottle Glass tube insert for washing bottles Joint clamp Glass connector Experiment panel Attachment components
2 2 2 1 1 1
Wash bottles Joint clamps Glass tube inserts for wash bottles Glass connector Experiment panel Labelling plate Attachment components
1 Wash bottle 1 Glass tube insert for wash bottle 1 Experiment panel Attachment components
666 463
CPS-Three-way stopcock Complete with standardized spacers and attachment components. Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 150 mm Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 0.3 kg
666 438
CPS-Woulff's bottle With spring manometer; complete with standardized spacers, mounting hardware and glass connectors. Suitable for experiments on: Vacuum distillation Stack gas desulfurization Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm Weight: 1.0 kg
Scope of delivery
1 Three-way stopcock, plug, 2.5 mm hole 1 Experiment panel, Attachment component
666 438
666 482
CPS aeration pump, controllable For continuous aeration. The pump can also be used to create a partial vacuum. The flow rate can be controlled either manually (via a control knob) or externally (by means of a control voltage 0...10V). Pump capacity: 0...3 l/min, manually set or externally controllable Max. pressure: 2 bar Partial vacuum: min. 380 mbar Supply voltage: 13 V/1.3 A via enclosed plug-in supply unit (230 V/50 Hz) Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 130 mm Weight: 1.3 kg
Scope of delivery
1 Woulff's bottle, 2 GL 18, and 1 GL 25 screw thread 1 Spring manometer 0 ... 1013 mbar. 2 Glass tubes, bent, 8 mm dia., with glass nipples 1 Experiment panel Mounting hardware
666 463
666 482
104
666 435
666 433
666 439
CPS-gas syringe Complete with standardized spacers and atta-chment components. Suitable for experiments with defined volumes of gas: Air analysis, stoichiometry experiments, catalytic conversion of exhaust gases, combustion of gases. Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 160 mm Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm Weight: 1.0kg
CPS air analysis Complete with standardized spacers and mounting hardware. Suitable for experiments involving quantitative measurement of atmospheric oxygen. Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 125 mm Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm Weight 0.5 kg
CPS combustion chamber, water synthesis Complete with standardized spacers and mounting hardware. Suitable for experiments on the synthesis of water from the constituent elements (continuous combustion, reversal of the electolysis of water after Hoffmann). Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 185 mm Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm Weight 0.8 kg
Scope of delivery Scope of delivery Scope of delivery
1 Gas syringe, 100 ml 1 Experiment panel 1 Labelling plate. Attachment components
1 Reaction tube, 160 mm, GL 18 quartz 1 Roll copper mesh wire 2 DURAN rods, L= 200 mm, 15 mm dia. (for reducing the internal volume) 1 Experiment panel, mounting hardware
666 480
CPS gas syringe with 3 way valve
1 Combustion chamber with platinum wire, 2 GL screw connections, DURAN 1 Magnetic plate, suitable for labeling 1 Experiment panel 2 Safety sockets, 4 mm 2 Safety clamps, mounting hardware Additionally recommended: Spark gap supply unit (> 667 818).
1 Gas syringe with 3 way valve, 100 ml 1 Experiment panel 1 Lablelling plate. Attachment components
CPS-Combustion chamber with incandescent wire Complete with standardized spacers and attachment components. Suitable for experiments on: Breaking butane down into its components, organic elementary analysis and detection of oxygen in organic compounds using dimethyl ether as an example, decomposition of ammonia and model experiments using the thermal conductivity detector.
666 460
666 457
CPS-contact process Reaction tube for filling with vanadium pentoxide granulate catalyst. Complete with standardized spacers and mounting hardware. Suitable for: Production of sulphuric acid based on the contact process. Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 170 mm Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm Weight 0.5 kg
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 185 mm Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm Weight 0.8 kg
Scope of delivery
Scope of delivery
1 Reaction tube with 2 GL18 thread connectors 1 Experiment panel. Mounting hardware
666 457
1 Combustion chamber, electrically heated, with incandescent coil, 2 GL threaded fittings, DURAN 2 Sockets 4-mm, for connecting a power pack (667 827, for example) 1 Magnetic labelling plate 1 Cover 1 Experiment panel, Attachment components
105
chemistry panel system Laws of gases

666 474 666 475
CPS-electronic displacement transducer Highly linear potentiometer for the conversion of linear displacements into voltages. Complete with standardized spacers and mounting hardware. Suitable for experiments on gas laws of: Boyle-Mariotte, Amontons, Gay-Lussac Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 170 mm Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm Weight: 0.8 kg
CPS-basic unit for general gas laws Special bottle with connections for manometer, temperature sensor and volumeter; complete with standardized spacers and attachment components. Suitable for experiments on general gas laws. Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 205 mm Experiment panel: 200 mm x 297 mm Weight: 1.8 kg
666 474
1 Glass bottle, 500 ml, 1 GL 45, 3 GL 18, DURAN 3 Screw caps with hole seal, GL 18 1 Screw cap, solid, GL 18 1 Glass connector, angled, GL 18 1 Brass support with thread 1 Experiment panel Attachment components
666 475
1 Potentiometer, 0-10 V output, power consumption 0.1 VA 1 Pulley, 50 mm dia. 1 Weight, 50 g 1 Cord, 1 m 1 Clamp for attaching holder of syringe 1 Experiment panel Mounting hardware
666 473
CPS-gas syringe for general gas laws Gas tight gas syringe for determination of the volumes of gases; complete with standardized spacers and attachment components. Suitable for experiments on: general gas laws. Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 120 mm Experiment panel: 400 x 297 mm Weight: 1.2 kg
666 473
Scope of delivery
1 Gas syringe, 100 ml with three-way cock 1 Experiment panel Attachment components
666 434
CPS-submersion tube manometer with three-way valve Complete with connector, standardized spacers and mounting hardware.Suitable for experiments: With gas syringes, on stoichiometry, on the combustion of gases Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 140 mm Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 0.5 kg
665 944 734 83 734 83
CPS-P/U converter
665 944
Spring manometer Pressure gauge with capsule spring. Because of the zero point correction facility this gauge may be used for deriving the general gas laws. Measurement range: - 200 ... + 200 hPa Connection: 1/2" Readout: Analogue Scale diameter: 80 mm
Pressure/voltage converter for the determination of the pressure using a piezoresistive pressure transducer, complete with 2 m long hose and reducing plug nipple. The P/U converter is firmly attached to an experiment panel. Pressure range: 1000 hPa ( 1 bar) relative Output voltage: - 10 V ... + 10 V (10 mV/hPa) Hose connection: 4 mm outside diameter Supply voltage: 15 V DC Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 62 mm Weight: 1.8 kg
Scope of delivery
1 1 1 1
Three-way stopcock CPS-glass connector, GL 18 Submersion tube manometer after Schiele Experiment panel, mounting hardware
106
chemistry panel system Catalytic converters Calorimetry

666 819
666 440
666 476 666 429
CPS-exhaust gas catalytic converter Complete with standardized spacers and mounting hardware. Suitable for experiments on: catalytic conversion of exhaust gases. Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 120 mm Experiment panel: 400 x 297 mm Weight: 1.3 kg
CPS-DENOX process Complete with standardized spacers and attachment components. Suitable for experiments on: removing nitrogen oxides from stack gas. Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 120 mm Experiment panel: 400 x 297 mm Weight: 1.3 kg
666 429
CPS calorimeter For solids and liquids. Complete with standardized spacers and mounting hardware. Suitable for experiments on Measuring the reaction enthalpy in the combustion of solids or liquids Measuring the calorific values (calories) of foods Measuring the heat of combustion (combustion enthalpy) of carbon, sulfur, sugar, fats (e.g. cooking oil). Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 135 mm Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm Weight: 1.6 kg
Scope of delivery
Scope of delivery
1 Catalytic converter in quartz tube, 200 mm x 30 mm with 2 silicone stoppers (> 666 360) 2 Three-way stopcocks 1 Heat protection panel 1 Experiment panel Mounting hardware
1 SCR-DENOX-catalytic converter in quartz tube,with 2 silicone stoppers (> 666 477) 1 Three-way stopcock 1 Glass tube 1 Heat protection panel 1 Experiment panel, Attachment components
additionally recommended: Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni . . . . . . . 666 193 Measuring instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 454
additionally recommended: Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni . . . . . . . 666 193 Measuring instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 454
Scope of delivery
Stochiometry
666 455
1 Double-walled glass vessel with GL screw connections DURAN 1 Mount with glass inlet fittings and porcelain crucible 1 Experiment panel, mounting hardware
CPS-stoichiometry Complete with standardized spacers and mounting hardware. Suitable for experiments on: Determining relative atomic masses Determining the chemical valency of metals. Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 120 mm Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm Weight: 0.7 kg
666 819
Stirring top with GL 32 screw thread For calorimeters 666 429 and 667 325, for mixing the calorimeter liquid or as stirrer for other vessels with GL 32 thread. With two 4 mm sockets. A suitable power supply (e.g. 521 35) is required for operation. Operating voltage: 5 ... 6 V max. voltage: 10 V Max. current: 40 mA Dimensions: 210 x 40 mm Weight: 110 g
Scope of delivery
1 Reaction vessel with three-way stopcock, 1 GL 25 screw connector, 1 GL 18 connector, 1 glass plunger 1 Experiment panel Mounting hardware
107
chemistry panel system Liquid pumps

666 418 665 498
CPS flow-through reactor Complete with standardized spacers and mounting hardware. Using the column reactor can help to clarify biotechnological processes which take place in a fluid-bed reactor or in which continuous recirculation of liquids is necessary. Examples here include: Enzyme breakdown of lactose Manufacture of invert sugar Microbiological recovery of copper from excavated material (leaching of ore) Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 140 mm Weight: 0.7 kg
666 420
666 420
665 498
Peristaltic pump For continuous pumping of liquids. The flow volume is varied using three different silicone hoses. Maximum back pressure: 0.357 bar Flow volume: 0.75; 2.0; 4.0 [ml/min] Hose inside diameters: 1.0; 2.5; 5.0 [mm] Supply voltage: 230 V/50 Hz Dimensions: 100 mm x 297 mm x 100 mm Experiment panel: 100 mm x 297 mm Weight: 0.7 kg
Peristaltic pump PM 2 Hose pump with controllable capacity, switchable to control via external clock generator (e.g. computer). The pump capacity is designed for long-term constant operation! Fast replacement of hose section which is subject to wear via a quick release coupling. Pump capacity : 0 ... 2 l/h Supply voltage: 230 V/50 Hz Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 140 mm Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 2.2 kg
Scope of delivery
1 Column reactor, 200 mm, with cooling jacket, 3 GL 14, 2 with nipples for connecting to a thermostat 1 3-neck round bottom flask, 250 ml, 3 GL 18 1 Labelling plate 1 Experiment panel 1 Book: Biotechnology Mounting hardware
Measuring and metering liquids
666 413
CPS-metering unit For metering of liquids via a solenoid valve; the valve may be operated manually or via a computer. With two sockets for connection to the relay output of a computer interface, 1 pushbutton for manual operation, 1 LED for operation monitoring. Intended, for example, to maintain the pH value in the bioreactor during fermentation. Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA via plug-in power unit (included) Dimensions: 150 x 297 x 240 mm Experiment panel: 150 x 297 mm Weight: 1.1 kg
Scope of delivery
1 Reservoir vessel, 250 ml, with built-in scale, GL 45 screw thread and GL 14 screw thread 1 Solenoid valve, 12 V, resistant to alkalis and acids, with hose nipple 1 Experiment panel Mounting hardware
108
666 448
CPS-burette holder (with burette) Complete with standardized spacers and mounting hardware. Used in conjunction with the CPS-pedestal (> 666 441) to form a complete titration stand. Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 55 mm Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm Weight: 0.7 kg
Scope of delivery
1 Magnetic labelling plate 1 Experiment panel 1 Burette with lateral stopcock, 10 ml (> 665 843) Mounting hardware
Column chromatography
666 437
666 443
666 444
CPS-drop funnel Complete with standardized spacers and attachment components. Suitable for experiments on: column chromatography, gel filtration, ion exchange chromatography. Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 150 mm Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm Weight: 1.2 kg
CPS chromatography column Complete with standardized spaces and attachment components. Suitable for experiments on separation of pigments and dyes, separation of chlorophylls, adsorption chromatography, ion exchange chromatography. Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 120 mm Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm Weight: 1.0 kg
CPS-gel filtration Complete with standardized spacers and attachment components. Suitable for experiments on gel filtration, ion exchange chromatography, separation of chlorophylls on silica gel, separation of dyes on aluminium oxide and immobilization of biocatalysts. Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 120 mm Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm Weight: 1.0 kg
Scope of delivery
1 Drop funnel, 500 ml 1 Experiment panel 1 Labelling plate Attachment components
1 Chromatography column, 400 mm with P1 filter and stopcock 1 Labelling plate 1 Experiment panel Attachment components
1 Glass column, 235 mm with P1 filter and one-way stopcock 1 Labelling plate 1 Experiment panel Attachment components
109
chemistry panel system Power supplies

665 497 667 824
Sensors
666 471
665 497
665 486
CPS-mains distributor On the rear of the mains distributor panel there are three safety mains sockets which may be used to supply the mains voltage to connected equipment. The connected equipment may be switched on and off through switches on the front panel. Rating: 250 V AC / 16 A Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 115 mm Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 1.0 kg
CPS flow-through photometer Is intended for use as a detector in biotechnology in preparative organic and biochemical analysis with HPLC Measurement wavelength: 254 nm Detector: photocell Cell: quartz, optical path length 2 mm Recorder output: 0 ... +2 V Pump connection: via DIN sockets Control connection: via DIN sockets Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 143 mm Weight: 2.4 kg
666 471
666 411
CPS-mains supply switchable Mains outlet socket on experiment panel, switchable via bridging plugs, PLC signal, TTL signal or contact thermometer. Switching capacity of the relay: 1200 VA max. Fuse: 6.3 A Mains voltage: 230 V AC Dimensions: 100 x 300 x 65 mm Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 0.8 kg
CPS ethanol sensor Used to measure ethanol either in solution or in the gas collection chamber. Applications: Process monitoring in the manufacture of ethanol or fermented acetic acid Determining the ethanol concentration in liquids Determining the ethanol content in the breath Sensor with sintered ceramic plate in a stainless steel housing; the sensitivity can be adapted to suit the particular measurement task by adjusting the amplifier gain. The electronics are located in a separate housing on the rear. Analog output, 0 to 2V, for connecting an analog chart recorder or computer interface. Can be connected to the CASSY interface device. With O-ring and special membrane (two). Sensor Length: 350 mm Dia.: 20 mm Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm Length of lead: 1700 mm (coiled cord, stated length appiles to fully extended cable) Weight: 0.8 kg
666 470
667 824
CPS power supply unit 24 V For supplying power e.g. to the CPS-gas chromatograph (> 665 490). Power supply: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Output: 24 V DC/3 A Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 110 mm Panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 1.7 kg
CPS-holder with clamp, height-adjustable For attachment of equipment using a universal clamp or devices with stand rod (e.g. stirrer motor). The holder is height-adjustable along a slot for adjustment to different spacings. Panel can be secured against movement. Dimensions: 10 cm x 29.7 cm x 12 cm Weight: 0.5 kg
110
666 472
CPS-table for electrochemistry For use in connection with the CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit (> 664 407). The table is used to accept cells and U-tubes (with clip plugs > 591 21) when conducting demonstration electrochemical experiments. Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 160 mm Experiment panel: 400 x 297 mm Weight: 1.8 kg
666 421
666 449
CPS universal glassware holder CPS holder for glassware with different radii and outlet positions. Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm Metal base with spring clip: depth 250 mm Weight: 1.8 kg
CPS-hose fastener panel Fastening component for vacuum hoses and for simple and secure connection of hoses to Woulff's bottles. Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 120 mm Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 0.5 kg
Accessories Holders and pedestals

666 462 666 465
666 462
CPS-metal labelling plates Metal plate with grip ledge; polyurethane coated. The plates are resistant to most chemicals; for writing on with felt-tip pens. The plates may be attached to the experiment assemblies by means of magnets (on the rear of the experiment panels). Set of six. Dimensions: 80 x 90 mm Weight: 0.3 kg
666 410
666 441
CPS-biological reactor Complete with mounting hardware. Suitable for experiments on all fermentation processes based on the batch method Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 280 mm Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm Weight: 10.0 kg
CPS-pedestal For accommodating burners, stirrers, beakers and conical flasks of various sizes. The platform is height-adjustable along a vertical slot, so that the pedestal can be adjusted to fit various experiment setups and different sizes of glassware. Metal plate with non-slip rubber coating. Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 180 mm Metal plate: 180 x 180 mm Weight: 0.8 kg
666 465
CPS-plastic labelling plates Polystyrene plates with grip ledge for attachment to the cross bars on the CPS panel frames. For writing on with felt-tip pens. Set of ten. Dimensions: 80 x 40 mm Weight: 0.1 kg
>
For further information on biotechnology, see page 144
111
Literature
668 802
Biotechnology - theory and experiments

667 293
667 313
667 312 667 293
CPS-glass connector, angled CPS-blank panel For mounting in any empty spaces in experiment assemblies to ensure a uniform appearance of the entire assembly. The plates are not equipped with any mounting hardware.
Cat. No. Height x Width
Angled glass tube for vertical connection of glass CPS parts on experiment panels which extend over two levels. Short arm with GL 18 thread with silicone seal (8 mm int. dia.) and flange-mounted Tefllon seal. Length of arms: 55 mm and 140 mm Diameter: long arm: 7 mm short arm: 16 mm
666 468 666 467 666 464
29.7 cm x 30 cm 29.7 cm x 20 cm 29.7 cm x 10 cm
157 pages, A 4, English. by C. D. Paul and U. Maerz. The manual provides an introduction to the subject of biotechnology. A total of 45 experiment descriptions are presented. Most of these can be carried out in schools or vocational education programs and are designed to accompany the biotechnology equipment series. The manual lists up-to-date further sources, defines important topics (glossary) and contains suggestions for integration in instruction and training. The manual covers the following topics: Biotechnological production processes Biotechnology and environmental protection Immobilization of biological catalysts Controlling and monitoring of reactions in fermentation processes Classical biotechnology processes The biotechnological experiments are complemented by a comprehensive introduction to microbial and biochemical working techniques. The experiments are designed to that they can be carried out in either a vocational context or in general secondary education.
667 312
668 102
Silicone gasket, ISO thread GL 18 Set of 10, with PTFE sleeve.

Cat. No. Dimensions for tube
CPS-glass connector With two GL 18 threads with silicone seal (8 mm int. dia.) and flange-mounted Teflon seals. Length: 90 mm Diameter: 16 mm
Biochemistry SII 142 pages, DIN A 4 83 experiments; the book contents following topics: Isolation and chemical analysis of nucleic acids synthesis of peptides after MERRIFIELD Gel filtration Ion exchange chromatography Liquid chromatography HPLC Separation and identification of proteins by SDS-gel electrophoresis Enzymatic determination of glucose with glucose oxidase and peroxidase Modern methods of analysis - Biological sensors
667 306 667 295 667 296
dia 5.5 - 6.5 mm dia 7.5 - 9.0 mm dia 9.0 - 11.0 mm
667 313
CPS-glass connector with nipple With one GL 18 thread with silicone seal (8 mm int. dia.) and flange-mounted Teflon seal, 1 glass hose nipple. Length: 90 mm Diameter: Nipple: 7 mm Tube: 16 mm
112
668 802
Worksheets from 668 802

668 082 668 222 668 432
Biotechnology - theory and experiments 157 pages, A 4, by C. D. Paul and U. Maerz. The manual provides an introduction to the subject of biotechnology. A total of 45 experiment descriptions are presented. Most of these can be carried out in schools or vocational education programs and are designed to accompany the biotechnology equipment series. The manual lists up-to-date further sources, defines important topics (glossary) and contains suggestions for integration in instruction and training. The manual covers the following topics: Biotechnological production processes Biotechnology and environmental protection Immobilization of biological catalysts Controlling and monitoring of reactions in fermentation processes Classical biotechnology processes The biotechnological experiments are complemented by a comprehensive introduction to microbial and biochemical working techniques. The experiments are designed to that they can be carried out in either a vocational context or in general secondary education.
From crude oil to fuels and lubricants 74 pages, DIN A4 Six experiments and a detailed theoretical discussion on the composition and processing of crude oil. All experiments are closely related to practical matters and replicate to a large part the industrial processes which would take place in a refinery, for instance. The descriptions of the experiments are backed up by ten pre-printed work sheets which can be used to amplify the material. These pages may be photocopied and passed out to the students. The answer sheets then follow for the teachers's use; here the solutions have been entered. Crude oil distillation in a bubble-cap column Vacuum distillation of medium-weight and heavy oil fractions Thermal cracking of higher paraffins to hydrocarbons with shorter molecular chains Boiling point analysis for a gasoline blend (quality analysis for gasoline) Determining the flash point and burning point Determining the conditions required for a mixture of fuel and air to explode
Fuel cells and air cells 57 pages, A4 size. The manual contains the theory and the experiment descriptions for the H2/02 cell, aluminium/air element and formiate cell.
668 132
Demonstration experiments in electrochemistry 164 pages, A4 size Instructions for the experiments using the electrochemistry demonstration units (> 664 400 and > 664 407) and the accessory set (> 664 401). The manual is supplied with the electrochemistry demonstration units > 664 400 and > 664 407 .
113
biotechnology
The LEYBOLD biotechnology system
Reactors
Measuring and control modules
Computer assistance
Measuring modules Ethanol sensor Oxygen sensor Digital thermometer Digital conductivity meter Digital pH meter CASSY-sensor boxes PC (WINDOWS 95/98/NT) Software: CASSY Lab (> 524 200)
Batch reactor Biological reactor Flow-through reactor
Control modules Aeration pump Peristaltic pump Metering unit Switchable voltage supply
CASSY-S-module (> 524 010)
CPS-Panel frame C 100
Biotechnological production processes Recovering copper with microorganisms Manufacturing isosyrup Production of citric acid Production of invert sugar Biotechnology and environmental protection Microbial desulfurization of coal Biotechnological use of whey Immobilization of bio-catalysts Binding invertase to non-organic base materials Inclusion of yeast in alginate Inclusion of enzymes in plastic films
Control and regulation of fermentation processes Manufacture of biomass Fermentation of E. coli Manufacture of bakers' yeast Classical processes in biotechnology Manufacturing curds Manufacturing yogurt
The goal of biotechnology is to use microorganisms, plant or animal cells and their components in industrial processes. Biotechnology makes it possible to exploit the metabolic functions of these biological systems for production, analysis or disposal purposes. The fascination of biotechnology is also due to the fact that this new field of technology promises the key to solving crucial problems of the present and the future. This is a topic which should not be missed in any course of science instruction which lays claim to being topical.
114
biotechnology
Control and reaction monitoring in fermentation processes Microorganisms can be used in biological reactors, e.g. for the production of enzymes or in the preparation of drugs. However, this involves extensive measurement and control equipment to maintain optimal conditions for growth of the microorganisms used (e.g. baker's yeast). A relatively simple and completely safe example of this is the production of ethanol from baker's yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae). This is a biochemical means of preparing alcohol from sugar using yeast cells. The process is controlled and monitored by the CASSY-S module and the software CASSY Lab. Experiment setup for fermentation
Equipment list
Control and reaction monitoring in fermentation processes

Quantity Description Catalog No.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 1 1 1 1
CPS-Biological reactor, basic kit Controllable aeration pump Plastic tubing, 6 mm int. dia., 1 m CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable Stirrer motor, 60 to 700 rpm HWS -turbine stirrer Stirring seal Stirrer coupling CPS ethanol sensor for 666 410 CPS-metering unit CPS voltage supply, switchable through programable control signal, TTL signal or contact thermometer CPS mains distributor Sensor-CASSY pH box pH single rod measurement cell (glass electrode) Temperature-box (NiCrNi/NTC) Temperature sensor, NTC CASSY Lab Connection lead, 50 cm, red Connection lead, 25 cm, blue Connection lead, 50 cm, black CPS blank panel, 100 mm CPS blank panel, 200 mm CPS blank panel, 300 mm Adapter for flat ground cover 664 346 Schuko socket strip, 5 sockets (Safety mains sockets) additionnally necessary: PC with Windows 95 or 98 or NT Yeast Sterile sugar solution
666 410 666 482 307 641 666 470 666 821 661 361 661 366 661 367 666 411 666 413 666 471 665 497 524 010 524 035 667 424 524 045 666 212 524 200 500 421 500 412 500 424 666 464 666 467 666 468 664 347 663 615
Anaerobic yeast fermentation monitor plot from CASSY Lab
115
biotechnology
Microbial desulfurization of coal Alternative desulfurization methods rely on removing the sulfur from the coal before it is burned. Besides chemical methods, the method of leaching by microorganisms is being investigated, a method familiar in ore mining operations. Microbial desulfurization primarily uses Thiobacillus ferrooxidans and T. thiooxidans. The former are capable of obtaining the energy to maintain their metabolism by oxidizing pyrite directly. The Fe3+ ions formed in this process also oxidize the pyrite by purely chemical means. T. thiooxidans then oxidizes the released elementary sulfur to sulfuric acid.
CPS experiment assembly for microbial desulfurization of coal

Equipment list
Microbial desulfurization of coal

Quantity Description Catalog No.
1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
CPS-biological reactor, basic kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 410 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 482 CPS digital pH-meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 450 Redox probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 415 pH single rod measurement cell (glass electrode) . . . . . . . . 667 424 Stirrer motor, 60 to 700 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 821 Stirrer, 370 mm with Teflon shaft and Teflon blades, 370 mm, matching to 666 824/825 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 826 CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . 666 470 Bacteria strains: Thiobacillus ferrooxidans Thiobacillus thiooxidans
>
668 082
For more information on computer-assisted measured-value recording see page 144
Biotechnology 157 Pages, A 4
*available from Deutsche Sammiung von Mikroorganismen (German Microorganism Collection), Brunswick, Germany
Microbial desulfurization of coal; monitor plot from CASSY-Lab
The values for pH and redox potential are plotted in a diagram against the time. The redox potential has increased considerably. This can be taken as an indication that the sulfur and Fe(II) have been oxidized. The pH remains virtually unchanged.
116
biotechnology
666 410
666 482
666 413
CPS-biological reactor Complete with mounting hardware. Suitable for experiments on: all fermentation processes based on the batch method. Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 280 mm Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm Weight: 10.0 kg
CPS aeration pump, controllable For continuous aeration. The pump can also be used to create a partial vacuum. The flow rate can be controlled either manually (via a control knob) or externally (by means of a control voltage 0...10V). Pump capacity: 0...3 l/min, manually set or externally controllable Max. pressure: 2 bar Partial vacuum: min. 380 mbar Supply voltage: 13 V/1.3 A via enclosed plug-in supply unit (230 V/50 Hz) Dimensions: 100 mm x 297 mm x 130 mm Weight: 1.3 kg
CPS metering unit For metering of liquids via a solenoid valve; the valve may be operated manually or via a computer. With two sockets for connection to the relay output of a computer interface, 1 pushbutton for manual operation, 1 LED for operation monitoring. Intended, for example, to maintain the pH value in the bioreactor during fermentation. Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA via plug-in power unit (included) Dimensions: 150 x 297 x 240 mm Experiment panel: 150 x 297 mm Weight: 1.1 kg
Scope of delivery
1 Beaker with ground lip, 2000 ml 1 Ground glass cover, 2 ST 29, 2 GL 32, 2 GL 18 2 Adapters for standard electrodes (GL 18 and GL 25) 1 Aeration ring 1 Heating rod, 100 W, ST 29 1 Universal holder for glassware 1 Stirring sleeve, ST 29/32 1 Three-level panel frame (C 100) Mounting hardware
Scope of delivery
666 416
Aeration ring To supply oxygen to aerobic fermentation processes in the biological reactor. For use with CPS aeration pump > 666 482. Stainless steel. Length: 300 mm Diameter: 120 mm
1 Reservoir vessel, 250 ml, with built-in scale, GL 45 screw thread and GL14 screw thread 1 Solenoid valve, 12 V, resistant to alkalis and acids, with hose nipple 1 Experiment panel Mounting hardware
666 418
CPS flow-through reactor Complete with standardized spacers and mounting hardware. Using the column reactor can help to clarify biotechnological processes which take place in a fluid-bed reactor or in which continuous recirculation of liquids is necessary. Examples here include: Enzyme breakdown of lactose Manufacture of invert sugar Microbiological recovery of copper from excavated material (leaching of ore)
666 418
666 411
CPS ethanol sensor Used to measure ethanol either in solution or in the gas collection chamber. Applications: Process monitoring in the manufacture of ethanol or fermented acetic acid Determining the ethanol concentration in liquids Determining the ethanol content in the breath Sensor with sintered ceramic plate in a stainless steel housing; the sensitivity can be adapted to suit the particular measurement task by adjusting the amplifier gain. The electronics are located in a separate housing on the rear. Can be connected to the CASSY interface device. With O-ring and special membrane (two). Analog output: 0 2V Sensor length: 350 mm, dia.: 20 mm Length of lead: 1700 mm Weight: 0.8 kg
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 140 mm Weight: 0.7 kg
Scope of delivery
1 Column reactor, 200 mm, with cooling jacket, 3 GL 14, 2 with nipples for connecting to a thermostat 1 3-neck round bottom flask, 250 ml, 3 GL 18 1 Labelling plate 1 Experiment panel 1 Book: Biotechnology Mounting hardware
117
biotechnology
666 420
665 498
Peristaltic pump For continuous pumping of liquids. The flow volume is varied using three different silicone hoses. Maximum back pressure: 0.357 bar Flow volume: 0.75; 2.0; 4.0 [ml/min] Hose inside diameters: 1.0; 2.5; 5.0 [mm] Supply voltage: 230 V/50 Hz Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 100 mm Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 0.7 kg
665 420 665 498
Peristaltic pump PM 2 Hose pump with controllable capacity, switchable to control via external clock generator (e.g. computer). The pump capacity is designed for long-term constant operation! Fast replacement of hose section which is subject to wear via a quick release coupling. Pump capacity : 0 ... 2 l/h Supply voltage: 230 V/50 Hz Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 140 mm Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm Weight: 2.2 kg
666 847
666 821
666 824
607 096
666 823
666 826
666 195
666 847
666 821
666 195
Magnetic stirrer with hotplate Stainless steel hotplate, heating control via relay. Wth fitting for attaching the M 10 stand rod. Temperature is automatically limited to 350 C, so that the unit cannot be destroyed if accidentally left on for long periods of time. The unit is equipped with connector sockets for contact thermometers (e.g. > 666 195), making possible external control of heating power. The status of the heater and stirring motor is indicated by LEDs. Complete with power cord and plug. Rotation speed: 0 to 1250 rpm (continuous) Plate: stainless steel, 14.5 cm dia. Heating power: 600 W, relay control Temperature constancy: 1 K Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz Weight: 3.2 kg
Stirring motor High-torque design for mechanical mixing of solutions with low and medium viscosity. Mechanical drive with friction wheel gearing. Switch with indicator lamp. Thermal overload protection. Rotation speed: 40 ... 2.000 min1 Chuck: for round rods,0.5 ... 8 mm dia. Power consumption: 50 W Power supply: 230 V Dimensions: 60 x 180 x 160 mm Weight: 3.0 kg
Contact thermometer Used for temperature regulation in baths, etc. Rod-shaped, with milk glass scale. Set-point temperature can be set with rotary magnet. Mercury filled. Range: -10 ... 250C Length: 460 mm Rod diameter: 9 mm approx.
607 096
KOMET magnetic stirrer bar

666 823
Stirrer With adjustable stainless steel paddles. Length: 400 mm Diameter: 7.5 mm
Stirrer bar made of high-energy magnet material for medium to large stirring quantities. Octagonal shape. Length: 50 mm Diameter: 21 mm
666 824
Stirrer sleeve, 100 mm With ST 29/32 standard ground joint core, 10 mm nominal width.
666 825 666 826
Stirrer sleeve With ST 29/32 standard ground joint core, 10 mm nominal width. Length: 175 mm
Stirrer
>
118
With PFTE shaft and paddles, fitting the > 666 824 sleeve, KPG tube.
For more stirrers see pages 231
Length: 370 mm
biotechnology
664 321
Flat ground cover Nominal width 150 mm, 4 sockets 29/32 ST.
664 346
Flat ground cover Nominal width 150 mm, two sockets ST 29/32, 3 screw connections GL 45, 1 GL 18 screw connection and two adaptors for standard electrodes /GL 18 and GL 25).
664 340
664 326
Flat ground beaker Duran, nominal width 150 mm.
O-ring For flat ground beakers, 150 nominal width.
664 347
Adapter for electrodes For use in connection with standard electrodes in the biological reactor (> 666 410). Length: 200 mm Screw connection: GL 25
Contents: 2000 ml Flange O.D.: 18 mm Beaker dia.: 154 mm Height: 200 mm Weight: 2.0 kg
664 325
Quick closure For flat ground beakers, 150 nominal width.
666 756
Quartz heating element, 1000 W With ST 29, fitting the flat ground beaker > 664 340. Length: 30 cm.
666 757
Quartz heating element, 100 W With ST 29, fitting the flat ground beaker (> 664 340). Length: 300 mm
666 426
CPS panel frame C 100 For holding equipment on CPS panels, three levels, with wiring tunnel. Dimensions: 1160 x 930 mm (W x H) Weight: 7.5 kg
666 421
>
For more accessories: see the Chemistry Panel System, pages 81
666 421
Equipment platforms For supporting bench-top devices which are to be integrated into the experiment assemblies.
726 21 726 22 301 312
CPS universal glassware holder CPS holder for glassware with different radii and outlet positions. Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm Metal base with spring clip: depth 250 mm Weight: 1.8 kg
35 cm x 44 cm 50 cm x 44 cm 30 cm x 15 cm
726 21 666 470
CPS-holder with clamp, height-adjustable For attachment of equipment using a universal clamp or devices with stand rod (e.g. stirrer motor) The holder is height-adjustable along a slot for adjustment to different spacings. Panel can be secured against movement. Dimensions: 10 cm x 29.7 cm x 12 cm Weight: 0.5 kg
666 426
119
biotechnology Biochemistry
Constituents of foodstuffs Protein separations Modern analysis methods Important and spectacular scientific discoveries, e.g. in the areas of protein synthesis, pharmaceuticals, genetic technology or biological technology, make biochemical knowledge in natural science instruction more important than ever. Until recently, biochemistry teaching was limited to describing the relative material classes such as proteins, carbohydrates or fats. The experiment setups shown here prove that the equipment of a school laboratory can be used to do a great deal more.
Equipment list
Separation of chlorophylls
1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS chromatography column CPS drop funnel Silica gel, 500 g Beaker, 600 ml CPS pedestal Panel frame, C100
666 443 666 437 661 058 664 132 666 441 666 426
Equipment list
Extraction after Soxhlet

1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS extraction setup after Soxhlet Joint clip, ST 29/32, metal Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W Rubber tubing, 10 m Extraction thimble, diam. 33 mm, set of 25 CPS pedestal Panel frame, C100
666 445 665 398 666 753 667 181 661 051 666 441 666 426
Equipment list
Gel filtration
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CPS gel filtration CPS drop funnel Sephadex G-25 Bromthymol blue Dextran blue Beaker, 600 ml CPS pedestal Panel frame, C100
666 444 666 437 674 829 671 070 671 598 664 132 666 441 666 426
120
biotechnology
Creating primitive membranes Proteinoids in classroom instruction Using a simple experiment setup, it is possible to create amino-acid membranes, the so-called proteinoid microspheres. The reaction takes place under protective gas, resp. nitrogen.
Equipment list
Creating primitive membranes

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Double-necked round-bottom flask, 500 ml, ST 29/32, GL 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 316 Suction part, ST 19/26 with ST cock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 304 Stopcock, single-port, with ST stopcock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 251 Joint clip, ST 19/26, metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 397 Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 753 Chemicals: Asparaginic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670 681 Glutamic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672 118 Glycine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672 131
Sugar membranes Enzymes can easily be embedded in membranes. Thus, it is possible to create a model organism in the classroom which can be used to explain the metabolism of a cell. This experiment additionally requires an enzyme which catalyzes the reaction to a colored product, e.g. peroxidase [substrate: 3,3,5,5-tetramethyl benzidine (> 675 074)].
Equipment list
Sugar membranes
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Beaker, 50 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 100 Erlenmeyer-flask, 250 ml, nn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 233 Syringe, plastic, 20 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 21 Magnetic stirrer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 845 Stirring bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 850 Glass stirring rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 212 Chemicals Sodium alginate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673 494 Calcium chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 242
>
Isolating nucleic acids Nucleic acids can be isolated from wheat germ and their components identified in a simple school experiment
For detailed experiment descriptions refer to the manual Biochemistry SII (> 668 102).
121
biotechnology Tools for biochemistry experiments

665 950 668 082
Pasteur pipettes Length: 150 mm, diameter: 7 mm, set of 250.

666 012
Biotechnology - theory and experiments 157 pages, A 4, English. by C. D. Paul and U. Maerz The manual provides an introduction to the subject of biotechnology. A total of 45 experiment descriptions are presented. Most of these can be carried out in schools or vocational education programs and are designed to accompany the biotechnology equipment series. The manual lists additional up-to-date sources, defines important topics (glossary) and contains suggestions for use in instruction and training. The manual covers the following topics: Biotechnological production processes Biotechnology and environmental protection Immobilization of biological catalysts Controlling and monitoring of reactions in fermentation processes Classical biotechnology processes The biotechnological experiments are complemented by a comprehensive introduction to microbial and biochemical working techniques. The experiments are designed so that they can be carried out in either a vocational context or in general secondary education.
665 954
Rubber bulbs Fitting the pipettes, set of 10.
666 010
666 010
Microliter pipette 100 l, with interchangeable tip, for simple and fast metering of minute volumes.
665 950
666 012
Microliter pipette 1000 l, with interchangeable tip, for simple, fast metering of minute volumes.
665 954
668 102
Biochemistry SII 142 pages, DIN A 4, 83 experiments; the book covers the following topics: Isolation and chemical analysis of nucleic acids Synthesis of peptides after MERRIFIELD Gel filtration Ion exchange chromatography Liquid chromatography HPLC Separation and identification of proteins by SDS-gel electrophoresis Enzymatic determination of glucose with glucose oxidase and peroxidase Modern methods of analysis Biological sensors
Tips for microliter pipettes 50 pieces

Cat. No. Color Volume
666 011 666 013
yellow blue
100 l 1000 l
Syringes With Luer fitting

665 957
Cat. No. Volume Graduation
665 957 665 955 665 955 665 958 375 21
1 ml 5 ml 10 ml 20 ml
0.1 ml 0.5 ml 0.5 ml 1.0 ml
665 958
665 956
Disposable needles With Luer fitting. 10 pieces. Dia.: 0.8 mm Length: 38 mm
122
special topics Osmosis
Osmosis/diffusion Osmosis is a special instance of diffusion in which the molecules of a solvent (water in the simplest case) diffuse through a (semipermeable) membrane. If such a membrane separates two solutions of differing concentrations, solvent molecules will migrate through the membrane toward the higher-concentration solution
until the concentrations have reached equilibrium. This process increases the hydrostatic pressure in the solution which had previously been more concentrated. The pressure which prevails at the conclusion of this process is referred to as the osmotic pressure. Osmotic pressures are of great significance, above all in biological systems (across the cell walls).
The chemical crystalline garden shown on this page is an impressive example of such osmotic processes. The surface of metallic salts reacts with sodium silicate (water glass), forming silicates and at the same time creating a semipermeable skin at the surface which allows water to penetrate. A hydrostatic pressure develops inside this skin, causing the skin to rupture. Concentrated salt solution is discharged, again reacting with the sodium silicate. This process repeats itself continuously. In this way a collection of rapidly growing chemical plants is created.
Accessories and spares 662 403 667 501
Osmosis apparatus/lens model The osmosis apparatus is used for quick and easy demonstration of osmotic pressure. It is supplied ready for use; cleaning is simple. Two liquids of differing concentration are separated by a large semipermeable membrane; the size of the membrane causes an especially rapid rise in hydrostatic pressure which is indicated by the capillary tube with the scale behind it.
Scale for osmosis apparatus With mm divisions and 5 cm marking. Length: 300 mm
667 503
Pig bladder To demonstrate the permeability of a natural membrane.
Scope of delivery
2 2 4 3 5 2 2 2
Mounting frames Osmosis vessels (transparent) Mounting rods with 8 knurled nuts Films Semipermeable membranes Capillary tubes, 300 x 8mm Rubber stoppers, SB 19 with hole Rubber stoppers, SB 19 for electrodes
667 512
Membranes Semipermeable, set of five.
667 513
Cation-permeable membrane To demonstrate the principle of an ion pump.
123
special topics
667 199
667 509
Dialysis tubing Replacement for the osmosis demonstration apparatus (> 667 509 ). Diameter: 18 mm Length: 1 m
Osmosis demonstration apparatus For demonstration and measurement of osmotic pressure. The inner section of the apparatus is filled with a saline or sugar solution, the outer part with distilled water. The water diffuses into the inner container through the semi-permeable dialysis tubing, making the solution rise in the capillary until the hydrostatic pressure generated equals the osmotic pressure.
Scope of delivery
1 1 1 1 1
Test tube SB 29, with side arm Capillary tube, 400 mm long, 8 mm dia. Rubber stopper, SB 29 with 1 hole Rubber stopper, SB 19 with 1 hole Dialysis tubing, attached to glass nozzle, with stopper seating and tubing clamp 2 Replacement dialysing tubing
Osmosis apparatus with stand material
Diffusion
667 495
Gas diffusion apparatus For demonstrating the various rates of diffusion of different gases (e.g. hydrogen, CO2 or air) using a clay cylinder. Light gases, such as hydrogen or helium (e.g. from Minican gas cans), diffuse through a ceramic cylinder quickly and cause an overpressure in the Erlenmeyer flask, which is indicated by a small jet of water. Without stand material.
Scope of delivery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Erlenmeyer flask Rubber stopper with two holes Glass angle tube with nozzle Glass tube 180 x 8 mm Rubber stopper with one hole Beaker, 600 ml Ceramic cylinder
664 244 667 269 665 238 664 132
Diffusivity is the ability of a substance to permeate another medium even through porous materials. This process is particularly noticeable for gases, as the mobility of gas molecules is far greater than the molecular motion of solids or liquids; diffusion can, however, also take place in solids and liquids. In diffusion, all molecules in the observation area eventually mix and the composition becomes uniform; the time required for complete mixing depends on the temperature and the molecular density of gases concerned. Diffusion is faster at higher temperatures and low molecular densities than at lower temperatures and high molecular densities. In the area of biology diffusion is of great importance to the exchange of gases in breathing organs.
>
124
See pages 280 for gases
special topics Chemistry of plastics

Plastics have influenced and changed our lives and environment considerably. These materials, once described as substitute materials and disposable materials, have acquired considerable influence on modern technical processes, which would be inconceivable or impossible without these plastics. Therefore, it is no surprise that the topic plastics is an integral part of modern, environment-related chemistry instruction. Chemistry instruction in the Federal Republic of Germany has adapted its curriculum to incorporate the chemistry of plastics.
661 122
664 700
664 700
Set of plastic samples For differentiating the physical and chemical characteristics of altered natural substances and plastics. The set consists of a storage tray with approx. 50 samples made of 8 different types of plastic. Dimensions: 300 x 300 x 50 mm Weight: 1.0 kg
Reel For winding up synthetic fibres produced by precipitation polymerization, interfacial polymerization or produced in a precipitation bath. The spool can be attached to a stand without difficulty. Length: 310 mm Diameter: 140 mm Weight: 0.5 kg
664 701
664 701
Spinning nozzle For the production of synthetic fibres by means of precipitation reaction. The substance is filled into the container and pressed through the nozzle into the precipitation bath. Complete set, comprising material container, nozzle plate and seal. Length: 150 mm Diameter: 20 mm Weight: 0.1 kg
664 703
Miniature plastic press A small-scale press used to manufacture plastic laminates. The press may be used to make metal-coated boards from phenol resin plastics, similar to those used as printed circuit boards in the electronics industry.
664 703
664 704
664 704
Casting mould Negative mould for preparing a plastic model. This mould can, for example, be used to produce samples of artificial glass from methacrylic acid methyl ester polymers.
664 705
Plastic processing and vacuum forming device

664 705
667 6451
The plastics school, transparency files DIN A4 volume of transparencies with explanations and master copies for students work-sheets. 18 three coloured basis transparencies without text which illustrate the technologies and production methods for the manufacture of plastics. 18 Overlays with text giving solutions. 18 Master copies for students work-sheets. 2 Transparencies "Polymerisation, Polycondensation and Polyaddition". 2 Transparencies "The Chemical Structure of the most important Plastics".
Combination device used to process plastics (e.g. cutting, bevelling, bending, turning and deep drawing). The compact design keeps material consumption to a minimum. It is possible nonetheless to cut expanded polystyrene ("Styrofoam") parts up to 190 mm high and 370 mm wide, for instance. When bevelling thermoplastics, parts up to 190 mm long and 3 mm thick may be used. The heating zone permits flexibility in bending, allowing for free-hand shaping. The unit also makes it possible to turn mouldings and balls. The vacuum moulding unit included in this set makes it possible to deep draw polystyrene panels up to 1 mm thick. Dimensions: 720 x 410 x 610 mm Weight: 10.4 kg
125
special topics Industrial processes

Producing sulfuric acid with the contact process Sulfuric acid is produced industrially from SO3, which is derived form SO2 by means of catalytic oxidation (contact process). Since the solubility of SO3 in water is extremely low, it is introduced into concentrated sulfuric acid. The process: Sulfur is burned. The gaseous products of combustion are drawn into the first washing flask with the aid of a water jet pump, The dye is removed from the solution by a small portion of the gasses (primarily SO2). The larger volume passes into the combustion tube and is oxidized by catalytic means, One sees white clouds of SO3 in the second washing bottle, which is filled with water. Concentrated sulfuric acid is present in the third washing bottle, where S3 is dissolved in the form of H2S2O7
Equipment list
Producing sulfuric acid with the contact process

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 1 1
CPS Gas collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 432 CPS Contact process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 457 CPS Gas washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 430 CPS Woulff's bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 438 CPS Hose fastener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 449 Butane gas burner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 714 Butane cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 715 CPS glass connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 313 CPS glass connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 312 CPS Blank panel, 300 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 468 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467 Panel frame, T130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726 09 Vandiumpentoxide granulate catalyst, 50 g . . . . . . . . . . . . 675 290
661 540
661 541
661 540
Blast furnace model This simplified but fully functional model produces an impressive demonstration of the reduction of iron ore. It comprises a stainless steel body and a glass attachment (> 661 542), so that the progress of the reaction can be observed. The following are required for operation of the blast furnace model: Activated charcoal, granulated, 250 g (> 670 201). Iron ore (hematite, Fe2O3 > 661 139 Electric mini compressor (> 664 752). A compressed air cylinder with pressure reducing valve may be used as an alternative.
Thermite experiment Joining two metals using the thermite welding process is of great importance both industrially and chemically. The reduction of iron oxide in the presence of aluminium induces extremely high temperatures. The reduced iron fluxes and thus can form a high strength weld between two pieces of metal.
Scope of delivery
661 541
661 543 661 542
Safety tapes Used to attach the glass section (> 661 542) to the blast furnace model (> 661 541), set of 5. Glass shaft attachment (throat) Spare part for the blast furnace model, made of Duran glass. Length: 250 mm; Diameter: 50 mm at the top
2 Refractory crucibles 1 Tripod 1 Base plate filled with sand to protect the supporting surface 4 Packages of ready-to-use reaction mixture 1 Package of starter to promote igniting the reaction mixture 1 Cover plate
126
stm
STM Chemistry
The STM chemistry system at a glance
The Science Teaching Modules (STM) are designed to be used by students. They consist of simple, sturdy equipment, easily understandable experiment literature and all necessary chemical sets. Proven, space-saving storage systems are available for all apparatus. The system covers all important areas of chemistry with interesting, proven experiments.
Group of topics
Equipment sets
Chemical sets
Experiment literature
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Inorganic chemistry Organic chemistry Analytical chemistry Physical chemistry Chemical processes Ecology Chemistry of foodstuffs Chemistry of soaps and detergents Other topics 9.1 Electrochemistry
+ + Stand set + Stand set + Stand set +

Stand set Stand set Stand set Stand set
Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic
+ +
Distillation
Chromatography
+ + + + + + +
IC/OC IC/OC AN PC CP LC CSD
Chemical set IC Chemical set OC Chemical set AN Chemical set PC Chemical set CP Chemical set LC Chemical set CSD
STM- IC STM- OC STM- AN STM- PC STM- CP STM- LC STM- CSD
+ +
Distillation
Chromatography
STC 1 Inorganic chemistry Basic methods/separation Water Air and gases and their properties Acids and bases Salts Metals and non-metals STC 2 Organic chemistry Preliminary tests Hydrocarbons Alcohols, aldehydes and ketones Carboxylic acids and esters STC 3 Analytical chemistry Preliminary tests Anion and cation detection Chromatography STC 4 Physical chemistry Electrochemical processes Particle motions and energy
STC 5 Chemical processes Inorganic key chemicals Building materials Glass and ceramics Ores - metals Black and white photography Fertilizers
Changes in food Food additives Water Analysis of foodstuffs STC 8 Chemistry of soaps and detergents Production of soaps Washing and cleaning effects of soaps Disadvantages and limitations Modern washing agents Washing agents and the environment STC 9 Other topics Electrochemistry: Measuring potentials Concentration chains and solubility products pH measurement and titration Applied electrochemistry
STC 6 Ecology Water Soil Air Radiation Energy STC 7 Chemistry of foodstuffs Fats Carbohydrates Proteins Active and inactive substances Stimulants and intoxicants
127
stm
Equipment storage
There are two basic storage systems: storage by set or block storage. Both systems have the following advantages: Quick inventory checking before and after experimenting Illustrated storage charts with equipment lists and catalog numbers Recessed bottoms for non-sliding stacking capability
Block storage
Identical apparatus are stored in a storage unit in groups of five. Convenient collection of frequently used components in a single tray. Issue only the equipment necessary for a particular experiment. Time-saving equipment distribution and collection. Quick inventory checking before and after experimenting Front panels with illustrated labels with storage suggestions and numbering. Space-saving storage in standard cabinets.
Set storage
All equipment for a single module is stored in one or more preformed storage trays. Clear equipment storage for one working group each. Convenient equipment distribution and collection. Easy-to-recognize preformed slots Storage in standard cabinets.
128
illustrative media
The atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb serve to illustrate the true steric configuration of molecular models with covalent bonds - primarily in the field of organic chemistry. Being spatial components reflecting in correct proportions the distances between the atoms, these models are of significance both inresearch and in school instruction at the upper grade levels. The atomic models illustrate the sphere of action of the individual atoms in covalent bonds at magnification of 1.5 x 108. A distance of 15 cm in a molecule assembled from the atomic thus corresponds to a distance of 10 = 1 nm = 10-9 m in the actual molecule. The shapes and dimensions of the models have been selected in accordance with the latest findings and have been chosen so as to represent the various methods for calculating these values; they compensate for deviations which may appear in the internuclear spacings and in the valence angles in ring compounds, for instance. The possibilities for assembling organic compounds are virtually unlimited ranging form the simple ethanol model through to representation of the haemin-iron complex.
Illustrative media
Atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb
660 782
660 788
660 782
Set of atomic models, S, for schools

660 788
Set of atomic models, C, for larger organic structures Sufficient to satisfy most requirements in regard to the structures to be illustrated.
Used to represent more than 150 aliphatic, aromatic and cyclic compounds.
Cat. No.
Description
Color
660 788 660 782
Cat. No.
Description
Color
660 788 660 782
660 700 660 701 660 705 660 706 660 707 660 708 660 710 660 711 660 712 660 713 660 714 660 715 660 718 660 719 660 730 660 731
Hydrogen Hydrogen bridge Fluorine Chlorine Bromine Iodine C-aliphatic C-ethylene C-aromatic C-aromatic, condensed
white white dark yellow green brown violett black black black black
14
30 10 4 4 4 4 12 8 10
660 732 660 733 660 735 660 750 660 751 660 755 660 756 660 764 660 765
6 4 6
Nitrogen aromatic Nitrogen group Nitrogen -5 ring, unsaturated Oxygen, carbonyl Oxygen, ether Sulfur, sulfane Sulfur, thiophene Phosphorus, tetrahedral Phosphorus-oxygen group Sulfone group Metal, planar, covalent Aluminium
blue red/blue blue red red yellow yellow light brown
1 2 6
2 2 2 4 6 2 1
660 766
2 5
660 770 660 776
C-5 ring, saturated black C-5 ring, unsaturated C-allene C-acetylene Nitrogen amino Nitrogen azo black black black blue blue 4 2 2 2 2
red/light brown red/yellow silver-bronze silver-bronze
Accessories 660 790 660 791 660 796
Set of 10 dual bonds (metal) Set of 10 clamping springs Ejector for dual bonds connectors 2 2 1 11 3 1
129
illustrative media Overview of the atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb
Cat. No. and description
660 700 *
660 701 *
660 705
660 706
H-bridge
Cl
Atomic symbol
Sectional view
Use
For hydrogen bridge bonds
Effective radii rm and r/ Calotte height h
rm = 1.5 cm h = 1.8 cm (in bond direction)
rm = 1.5 cm h = 1.2 cm (with spring)
rm = 1.9 cm h = 2.9 cm
rm = 2.3 cm h = 3.8 cm
Valance angle _; `; a; b Color
white
white
dark yellow
green
* Connector permanently attached in calottes > 660 700 and > 660 701
660 707
660 708
660 710
660 711
Br
C-aliph.
C-ethylene
Atomic symbol
Sectional view
Use
Carbon for aliphatic hydrocarbons, also f or saturated rings with 6 or more atoms
Carbon for ethylene double bonds in open chains chains and ring systems, for double bonds in six-membered rings, for cyclooctatetraene and quinones as well as carbonyl groups, etc. rm = 1.9 cm r/ = 2.4 cm h1 = 3.1 cm h2 = 4.8 cm _ = ` = a = 120 black
rm = 2.6 cm h = 4.3 cm
rm = 2.7 cm h = 4.7 cm
rm = 1.9 cm h = 3.1 cm
_ = ` = a = b = 110 brown violett black
130
illustrative media
Cat. No and description
660 712
660 713
660 714
660 715
C-arom.
C-arom, kond.
C-5 ring, sat.
C-5 ring, unsat.
Atomic symbol
Sectional view
Use
Carbon for aromatic compounds
Twin model as intermediate piece for assembling condensed aromatic ring systems
Carbon for saturated five-membered rings
Carbon for unsaturated five-membered rings, also for use in condensed ring systems
rm = 1.9 cm r/ = 2.4 cm h1 = 3.1 cm h2 = 4.8 cm _ = ` = a = 120 black
rm = 1.9 cm r/ = 2.4 cm h1 = 3.1 cm h2 = 4.8 cm _ = 120 black
rm = 1.9 cm h = 3.1 cm
rm = 1.9 cm r/ = 2.4 cm h1 = 3.1 cm h2 = 4.8 cm _ = 106, ` = 120, a = 134 Black, side faces between _ and a yellow
_ = 108, ` = 110, a = 110 Black, side faces between _ and a yellow
660 718
660 719
660 730
660 731
C-allene
C-acetylene
N-amino
N-azo
Atomic symbol
Sectional view
Use
Carbon for making allene compounds and ketenes
Carbon for acetylene
Nitrogen for amino groups, hydrazines, hydroxylamines, hydrazide
Nitrogen for azo and diazo compounds, imidoether, amidines, guanidines, oximes, imines
rm = 1.9 cm r/ = 2.4 cm h1 = 3.1 cm h2 = 4.8 cm _ = 180 black
r/ = 2.4 cm h = 2.0 cm
rm = 2.0 cm h = 3.0 cm
rm = 1.9 cm r/ = 2.4 cm h1 = 3.1 cm h2 = 4.8 cm _ = 120 blue with slot and eyelet for hydrogen bridge bond
_ = 180 black
_ = ` = a = 110 blue
131
illustrative media Overview of the atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb
660 732 * N-aromatic
660 733 *
660 735
660 750
NO2
N-5 ring, unsat.
O-carbonyl
Atomic symbol
Sectional view
Use
Nitrogen for six-membered rings like pyridine, quinoline, pyrimidine, pyrazine etc.
Nitro-group
Nitrogen for double bonds in unsaturated five-membered rings like pyrazole, imidazole, purin etc.
Oxygen for combining carbonyl groups in ketones, aldehydes, chinones and carbonic acids
rm = 1.9 cm r/ = 2.4 cm h1 = 3.1 cm h2 = 4.8 cm _ = 120 blue with slot and eyelet for hydrogen bridge bond
rN = 1.0 cm rN = 0.9 cm
rm = 1.9 cm r/ = 2.4 cm h1 = 3.1 cm h1 = 4.8 cm _ = 106 blue, side faces yellow
rm = 1.8 cm r/ = 2.4 cm h1 = 2.6 cm h1 = 4.8 cm
_ = 127 red and blue
red with slot and eyelet for hydrogen bridge bond
660 751
660 755
660 756
660 764
O-ether
S-sulfane
S-thiophene
P-tetr.
Atomic symbol
Sectional view
Use
Oxygen for hydroxyl group, ethers, esters and heterocyclic rings rings with 5 or more atoms, also lactones
Sulfur for sulfide hydricles and sulphicles
Sulfur for inclusion in five-membered rings of thiophene type
Organic phosphate esters and their metal chelates
rm = 1.9 cm h = 2.9 cm
rm = 2.2 cm h = 3.7 cm
rm = 2.0 cm h = 3.2 cm
rm = 2.3 cm h = 3.7 cm
_ = 109 red
_ = 100 yellow
_ = 116 yellow, side faces brown
_ = ` = a = b = 110 light brown
132
illustrative media
660 765
660 766
660 770
660 776
P=O-group
SO2 group
Metal, planar, covalent
Aluminum
Atomic symbol
Sectional view
Use
In organic phosphate groups
In sulfone groups
For constructing models of plane metal chelates with covalent d s p2-bond, e.g. di-salicyl-aldehyde ethylene diimine-CoII
In organic and in coordination compounds
rm = 1.9 cm r/ = 2.3 cm hP = 3.7 cm hP=O = 6.4 cm _ = 105 red
rm = 1.9 cm r/ = 2.1 cm hS = 3.6 cm hS=O = 6.4 cm _ = 110 red and yellow
rm = 2.5 cm h = 3.9 cm
rm = 2.5 cm h = 4.4 cm
_ = ` = a = b = 90 silver-bronze
_ = ` = a = 120 silver-bronze
133
illustrative media Molecular models

667 757
Molecular building system MINOR For the assembly of ball/stick and calotte models. The 31 different molecule elements (atoms) made of impact-resistant plastic in the standard international colours (10) have holes in them to accommodate the short and long connecting pieces (bonds). The angles of these holes have been chosen in such a way that toscale molecules can be assembled either with sticks or calottes. The building system is suitable for presentation of the spatial structures particularly of larger molecules and their specific characteristics, in both demonstrations and students' exercises. The wooden box with 12 compartments and removable lid contains 171 atom models, 134 bonding elements and a calotte detachment tool.
667 757
Ball, stick and calotte model of ethanol
Scope of delivery
Colour
40 36 18 6 1 1 1 14 4 2 8 2 4 1 2 1 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 60 14 68
667 758
Molecular building system Ball and stick model - particularly suitable for spatial demonstration of molecules and crystals in general secondary education. Due to its great clarity, the good size and its robust design, this set is particularly suitable for elementary introduction to chemical bonding.
667 758
Scope of delivery
Quantity Shape
Size
Colour
Element
28 2 4 4 4 2 6 12 12 8 4 20 30 6
Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Stick Stick Spring
30 mm dia. 40 mm dia. 40 mm dia. 40 mm dia. 40 mm dia. 40 mm dia. 40 mm dia. 40 mm dia. 40 mm dia. 40 mm dia. 40 mm dia. 8 mm dia. x 80 mm 8 mm dia. x 50 mm 8/10 mm dia. x 130 mm
natural, polished gray green yellow violet brown black black red yellow blue natural natural
Hydrogen Metal Chlorine Fluorine Iodine Bromine Carbon Carbon Oxygen Sulphur, fluorine Nitrogen Cross-slits Cross-slits Bonds
Hydrogen calotte white Hydrogen white Carbon tetrahedral black Carbon aromatic black Carbon double bond ethane skeleton black Carbon triple bond ethyne skeleton black Benzene skeleton black Oxygen red Oxygen red Sulphur, tetrahedral yellow Sulphur yellow Phosphorous, trigonal pyramidal orange Nitrogen, pyramidal blue Nitrogen, planar blue Nitrogen, aromatic blue Nitrogen, ammonium tetrahedral blue Flourine violet Chlorine green Bromine brown Metal green Metal gray Metal gray Metal, pyramidal gray Metal, tetrahedral gray Metal, planar gray Metal, trigonal pyramidal gray Metal, octahedral gray Single bonds dark gray Multiple bonds dark gray Calotte bonds black
134
illustrative media Molecular model sets

Illustrating molecule and crystal structures using models makes it easier to impart knowledge of chemical interrelationships. In many cases, it is the only way to teach the structures of molecules and crystal lattices. The molecular building systems are intended for various topic areas in chemistry; thus, they comprise different arrangements of atoms and binding sticks. All models described on this page have the same scale (30 mm = 10-10 m = 1 ), so that they can be combined with each other. The atoms are represented using colored plastic centers; the color and the angle of the bond sticks have a great variety. This permits even complicated structures to be accurately reproduced. The molecule models are supplemented by a student's set, which allows the students to practice using the system outside of the classroom. Thus they learn to recognize the typical bond and structured forms of organic chemical molecules.
667 759
DNA model Consisting of 880 atoms, bond sticks, as well as two circular wooden plates and plastic strings for suspending the model in the room. The model shown displays the DNA code for the enzyme lysozyme. It is highly suited for group project work. Described on the enclosed cards is the way in which to assemble the model and the process of transcription. The model is supplied fully separated.
667 754
667 750
667 753
Molecular model set for biochemical structures With 400 atoms and 400 bond sticks, for assembling peptides, nucleic acids, steroids etc. Set includes detailed instructions.
Students' model set system With 63 atoms and 70 bond sticks. For representing about 150 standard compounds of organic chemistry. Set includes detailed instructions.
Molecular model set for inorganic and organic chemistry With 540 atoms and 400 bond sticks. For assembling organic and inorganic structures up to carbohydrates or polymers. Set includes detailed instructions.
667 751
Set of 700 bond sticks Fits molecular sets > 667 750 , > 667 753 and > 667 754 , consisting of 500 green bond sticks and 200 red bond sticks, each 30 mm long.
135
illustrative media
Orbital models
Orbital model of ethene
667 641
667 642
Orbital model set The orbital model set enables the ground states of the carbon atom, its hybridization, double bond, triple bond, protonation and other interesting reaction mechanisms to be explained in an easily understandable manner. The storage box includes a description. Dimensions: 325 x 220 x 55 mm Weight: 2020 g
Fullerene-C-60 In addition to graphite and diamond, a further form of carbon has been discovered in recent years: the fullerene family. The most important representative of this family is the C-60 molecule. This model is fully assembled and made of 100% plastic. Diameter: approx. 140 mm Weight: 44 g
136
illustrative media Crystal lattice models

667 760
Set of 14 Bravais lattices According to Bravais, contains the seven primitive translation lattices, which correspond to the seven translation lattices which build on the first seven lattices in a face-centered or bodycentered fashion. These 14 lattices form the basic types from which almost all natural crystals are derived. The lattice models have an edge length of about 15 cm. They are assembled using 9 to 14 balls with a diameter of 25 mm, connected by metal rods.
667 760
667 763
Set of 9 crystal lattices Basic series of the nine most important structural types, contains crystal lattice models for copper, magnesium, diamond, rock salt, graphite, cesium chloride, wurtzite, calcite and a general triclinic translation lattice. The crystal lattice models are made of balls 20 mm in diameter and connected with metal rods.
667 765
667 763
Crystal lattice graphite I Diameter: 120 mm Height: 300 mm

667 767 667 769
667 766
Crystal lattice diamond Diameter: 180 mm
667 767
Crystal lattice rock salt Dimensions: 250 x 250 x 250 mm
667 769
Crystal lattice ice Diameter: 400 mm

667 765 667 766
137
illustrative media
667 678
Periodic table of the elements Transparency for use with the overhead projector. The table makes it possible to illustrate the electron configuration for elements in the first to fifth periods, including the subgroup elements. With term diagram in wich the electron configurations can be illustrated by inserting plastic plugs; elements can be marked using plastic disks. Dimensions: 250 x 250 mm
Scope of delivery
1 Acrylic glass plate 5 Coloured disks 60 Plastic pins

667 678
667 7062
Isotope chart By G. Schuster and U. Lamberts. Wall chart, four-colour offset, mounted on linen with rolling staves at the top and bottom. The isotope chart contains all the stable and unstable isotopes of the elements. They are shown in a neutron-proton coordinate system. Dimensions: 195 cm x 138 cm
667 712
667 7102
667 7112
Periodic table of the elements Wall chart; 4-color print on flexible plastic. Representation in accordance with the international Union for Pure and Applied Chemistry (I.U.P.A.C.). Long period with detailed information as to the electron configuration in all shells in the normal state. Atomic masses are referenced to 1 /12 of the atomic mass of the carbon 12 C isotope. Detailed explanatory literature is included with the chart. Dimensions: 195 cm x 138 cm
Spectrum chart Multicolour offset print wall chart, on cloth backing with roller rods at the top and bottom. This chart shows twelve different spectra in the form of prismatic spectra, all at identical total dispersion in a range from 380 nm <= l <= 800 nm. The scale divisions clearly display the increase in dispersion from the red to the violet end of the scale. The various thicknesses of the lines correspond to various intensity levels. Detailed explanatory literature is included with the chart. Dimensions: 85 x 119 cm
Spectrum chart for student use, corresponding to wall chart > 667 710. A4 format.
667 713
Periodic table of the elements Set of 15, for student use, corresponding to the wall chart > 667 712, A 4 format. Detailed explanatory text on the rear of the sheet. Dimensions: 319 x 219 mm.
138
illustrative media Geoscience sets
Geoscience sets Designed to improve understanding of the structure of the earths crust. Each collection is organized and arranged in a sturdy storage box. All samples are numbered and described precisely in the enclosed list. The occurrence, chemical composition as well as the technical use of the individual samples is discussed in particular detail.
667 654
667 651
667 654
667 653
Rock collection, basic collection Basic set containing the 20 most important types, wooden box 260 x 480 mm. The rocks of this collection provide a systematic representation (e.g. deep-seated rock, igneous rock, sediments etc.) for an introduction to the structure of geological formations.
Minerals Collection of the 30 minerals most commonly used in industry, in a wooden case 260 x 380 mm, with plastic inserts measuring 45 x60 mm. The collection demonstrates clearly that many of the minerals used in daily life must be recovered from minerals which are found in nature and then refined for use. All the essential raw materials for metals production (e.g. for lead, copper, aluminium), for insulation materials, ceramic products, lubricants etc., are included. The minerals are taken from the classical mining regions and have been selected as typical and especially easily remembered samples of the mineral.
Metal ores Collection of 40 industrially important ores, wooden box 260 x 495 mm, with plastic inserts 45 x 60 mm. The collection contains the world's most important raw materials for metals production, e.g. for the metals: aluminum, antimony, beryllium, lead, chrome, iron, cobalt, copper, magnesium, manganese, nickle, mercury, tantalum, zinc, tin. All samples have been selected from extremely rich deposits. The collection is supplied complete with explanatory booklet which describes the chemical composition, world-wide deposits and areas of application.
Scope of delivery
Sand Loess Quartz conglomerate Alkali basalt Quartz trachyte Lignite (Common) Chalk Lithographic sheet limestone Posidonien slate Biotite granite
Shell lime Brownstone Halite Liparite Anthracite Coral lime Clay slate Graptolitic slate Phyllite slate
Apatite Phosphorite Chile saltpeter Magnesite Dolomite Sassoline Sulfur Gypsum Anhydrite Barite Fluorite Limestone Chalk Corundum Sillimanite
Andalusite Cyanite Quartz Quartz sand Diatomite Amazonite Stilbite Muscovite Vermiculite Graphite Lardite Kaoline Montmorillonite Halite Sylvite
Magnetite Hematite Siderite Limonite Psilomelanite Braunite Rhodonite Skutterudite Chromite Descloizite llmenite Molybdenite Scheelite Chalcopyrite Copper schist Azurite Galenite Sphalerite Smithsonite Cassiterite
Cinnabar Auripigment Antimonite Quartz Bauxite Magnesite Dolomite Beryl Pyrite Pyrrhotite Calcite Strontianite Celestite Barite Lepidolite Halite Sylvine Carnallite Pandermite
139
illustrative media
667 652
Pig-iron production A collection of 15 samples in a wooden case 230 x 280 mm, with plastic inserts measuring 45 x 60 mm. The collection contains 15 selected, typical samples of raw materials, intermediate stages and final products in steel production. The collection is particularly suitable for explaining the blast furnace process and steel refining, since the progress from the raw ore to the ultimate steel products is shown quite clearly. The chemical compositon is indicated for all specimens.
Scope of delivery
Coke Limestone Hematite Limonite Magnetite LD sinter LD-AC sinter LD furnace dust
LD-AC furnace dust LD slay Metallurgical sand Foamed sand Mineral concrete Gray pig iron Steel
667 650
Mohs hardness scale Collection of minerals in a wooden case 230 x 130 mm. The determination of a mineral's hardness is based on an internationally recognized standard set of minerals of increasing hardness. All these minerals are present, using specimens which were especially selected for use in hardness testing. The diamond chip is mounted in a steel stylus. A magnetic pin, cleavage knife and streak plat are provided for additional classification experiments.
Scope of delivery
Talcum Gypsum Calcite Fluorite Apatite
Feldspar Quartz Topaz Corundum Diamond
140
illustrative media
667 655
Crystals Collection of 25 pieces, housed in a case 170 x 245 mm, with plastic inserts measuring 45 x 30 mm. The crystalline form specific to each mineral reflects the molecular or atomic structure. With the use of appropriate ancillary equipment it is thus possible to demonstrate the physical and chemical characteristics of the crystals which are dependent on the structure. In addition, knowledge in the field of crystallography is one of the prime requirements for understanding mineralogy. The collection contains examples of all seven classes of crystals. The Miller indices for the major facets are noted on the labels.
Scope of delivery
Fluorite Garnet Galena Magnetite Pyrite I Pyrite II Apatite Vanadinite Corundum Calcite Tourmaline Quartz
Rutile Copper pyrite Scapolite Aragonite Topaz Staurolite Gypsum Augite Hornblende Adularia Orthoclase Copper
141
illustrative media
Chemistry manuals at a glance

Cat. No. Title
668 082 668 102 668 132 668 222 668 332 668 422 668 432 668 642 668 652 668 662 668 732 668 802
Biotechnology Biochemical methods, biochemistry S II Demonstration experiments in electrochemistry (manual for 664 400/407) From crude oil to fuels and lubricants, manual (manual for 661 501) Ecological experiments with the case for environmental measurements 666 220 Electrochemistry, students' experiments (manual for 664 380/396) Fuel cells and air cells Ecology, teacher's manual Ecology I, water analysis, student's manual Ecology II, soil and air analysis, student's manual Electrophoresis, experiments with the flat-bed electrophoresis chamber 665 509 Demonstration Experiments Chemistry: General chemistry
142
computeruntersttztes experimentieren
CASSY-S family with software Sensor boxes and accessories Order lists Popularly priced packages
144 150 160 162
computer-assisted experimenting
143
Bring state-of-the-art computer-based measuring into your natural-sciences classroom

CASSY-S family The new generation of our popular CASSY computer-assisted measuring system provides the most complete range of functionalities ever for recording measured values in physics, chemistry, biology and electrical engineering/electronics instruction. The various new CASSY-S modules can be combined in a variety of ways. Up to eight modules can be cascaded for complex demonstration experimentsor alternatively, each unit can be used as a stand-alone measuring station. The connectivity capabilities of each module or module array via the serial RS 232 interface makes possible mobile deployment on multiple computers. The CASSY Display module lets you evaluate your measurements independently of a computer. The result: equipment that can be adapted to meet individual classroom needs and optimized equipment collections at an affordable price. The unique physical design enables the modules to be used in a flexible manner in the classroom. The folding feet allow you to set up the device in any one of three different angles. The top and bottom edges have been formed so that they fit securely in the experiment frame systems (CPS/TPS System). And with its sturdy aluminum housing and scratch-resistant front membrane, CASSY-S is tough enough to stand up to daily use in real classrooms.
chemistry biology
cassy
physics
Cascadable Flexible
the unique physical design enables versatile deployment of equipment in lessons. Devices can be inclined at different angles or used in panel frames
Compatible
...all CASSY sensor boxes and sensors can be used with CASSY-S
up to eight modules can be connected to one serial interface or to CASSY-Display
144
524 200
CASSY Lab The high-performance CASSY Lab software immediately detects which CASSY modules are connected to the serial interface, as well as all connected sensor boxes. Just click on the sensor box in the display and the software automatically configures the corresponding hardware for the experiment. The software is supplied with detailed experiment examples, including complete setup instructions. When these examples are opened, CASSY Lab loads all settings required, so that the software is ready to run the measurement immediately. In addition to the CASSY-S devices, the software also supports other instruments with serial interface (e.g. hand-held measuring instruments, balances, etc.). The state-of-the-art 32-bit software is designed to run under Windows 9x/NT. It is available as a single-user license or as a school site license - equip your entire school at once!
Titration of common vinegar
Quantity
Description
Cat. No.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1
Sensor-CASSY CASSY Lab pH box pH single-rod electrode Conductivity box Conductivity measuring cell Magnet stirrer Beaker, 250 ml, ts Stand tube Double bossheads Universal clamps Burette, 50 ml Burette funnel Pipette, 10 ml Pipetting ball PC with Windows 95/98/NT
524 010 524 200 524 035 667 424 524 037 667 426 666 845 664 113 666 607 301 09 666 555 665 847 665 816 665 975 666 003
Plug and play

...automatic detection and configuration or CASSY and sensor boxes.
Updates available for download free of charge at our website: http://www.leybold-didactic.com
524 202
Software manual for CASSY Lab All information on using CASSY Lab, plus all experiment examples, in a single ring binder.
>
This same information is provided with the software in electronic form, and can be printed out.
145
524 010
Sensor-CASSY Cascadable interface for measured-value recording. For connection to the RS232 serial interface of a computer, another CASSY module or the CASSY Display 4-fold electrical isolation (inputs A and B, relay R, voltage source S). Cascading of up to 8 CASSY module possible (to expand inputs and outputs) Up to 8 analog inputs per Sensor-CASSY retrofittable using sensor boxes Automatic sensor box detection by CASSY Lab (plug and play) Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY operating system (complete with software update functionality for fast, easy performance enhancements) Can be set up as a benchtop, console or demonstration unit (also suitable for CPS/TPS panel frames) Voltage supply 12V AC/DC via cannon plug or an adjacent CASSY module 5 analog inputs (any two inputs A and B usable simultaneously) 2 analog voltage inputs A and B on 4-mm safety sockets Resolution: 12 bits Measuring ranges: 0.3/1/3/10/30/100 V Measurement error: 1 % plus 0.5 % of range end value Input resistance: 1 M Scanning rate: max. 200,000 values/s (= 100,000 values/s per input) Memory: max. 32,000 values (= 16,000 values per input) 1 Analog current input A on 4-mm safety sockets Measuring ranges: 0.1/0.3/1/3 A Measurement error: voltage error plus 1 % Input resistance: < 0.5 (except under overload) See voltage inputs for further data. 2 analog inputs at sensor box connector sites A and B. (all CASSY sensor boxes and sensors can be connected) Measuring ranges: 0.003/0.01/0.03/0.1/0.3/1 V Input resistance: 10 k See voltage inputs for further data. The technical data will change depending on a connected sensor box. In this case CASSY Lab automatically detects the possible measurement quantities and ranges when a sensor box is attached. 4 timer inputs with 32-bit counters at sensor box sites A and B. (e.g. for BMW box, GM box or timer box) Counting frequency: max. 100 kHz Time resolution: 0.25 s Measuring time between two events at same input: min. 100 s Measuring time between two events at different inputs: min. 0.25 s Memory: max. 10,000 time points (= 2,500 values per input) 1 changeover relay (switching indication via LED) Range: max. 100 V / 2 A 1 Analog output (PWM-output) (pulse-width modulated, switchable voltage source, LED switching state indicator, e.g. for holding magnet or supplying experiment) Variable voltage range: max. 16 V / 200 mA (load 80 ) PWM range: 0% (off), 5-95% (1% resolution), 100% (on) PWM frequency: 100 Hz 12 digital inputs (TTL) on sensor box sites A and B (at present only used for automatic sensor box detection) 6 digital outputs (TTL) on sensor box sites A and B (at present only used for automatic switching of a sensor box measuring range) 1 serial interface RS232 (subD-9) for connection to a computer 1 CASSY-bus for connecting additional CASSY modules or CASSY Display Dimensions (W x H x D): 115 mm x 295 mm x 45 mm Weight: approx. 1 kg
Sensor-CASSY is equipped with two electrically isolated voltage/sensor box inputs as well as one alternative current input with switchable measuring ranges. The built-in adjustable voltage source supplies a holding magnet or electronic experiment no external power supply required. The powerful switchover relay is a useful tool in numerous experiments.
Scope of delivery 1 Sensor-CASSY 1 CASSY Lab software, without activation code, for Windows 95/98/NT with comprehensive help function (20 full-functionality sessions free, then usable as demo version) 1 Installation manual 1 Serial cable (subD-9) 1 Plug-in supply unit 230 V / 20 W
146
524 011
Power-CASSY Cascadable interface device as programmable current or voltage source (power function generator) with integrated current or voltage measurement For connection to the RS232 serial interface of a computer, another CASSY module or the CASSY Display Electrically isolated Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY operating system (complete with software update functionality for fast, easy performance enhancements) Can be set up as a benchtop, console or demonstration unit (also suitable for CPS/TPS panel frames) Voltage supply 12 V AC via cannon plug 1 programmable voltage source with simultaneous current measurement (e.g. for recording characteristic curves) Resolution: 12 bit Output range: 10 V Measuring range: 0.1/0.3/1 A Voltage error: 1% plus 0.5 % maximum range value Current error: voltage error plus 1 % Sampling rate: max. 200,000 values/s (= 100,000 values/s current and voltage) Memory: max. 32,000 values (= 16,000 values for current and voltage) 1 programmable current source with simultaneous voltage measurement (can be activated alternatively to voltage source) Output range: 1 A Measuring range: 1/3/10 V See voltage source for additional data 1 Serial interface RS232 (subD-9) for connection to a computer 1 CASSY bus for connecting additional CASSY modules or the CASSY Display Dimensions (W x H x D): 115 mm x 295 mm x 45 mm Weight: approx. 1 kg
Scope of delivery 1 Power-CASSY 1 CASSY Lab software, without activation code, for Windows 95/98/NT with comprehensive help function (20 full-functionality sessions free, then usable as demo version) 1 Installation manual 1 Serial cable (subD-9) 1 Plug-in supply unit 230 V / 20 W
Power-CASSY is a programmable voltage and current source. This means that you can also use Power-CASSY in place of a power function generator. The module automatically measures current when operated as a voltage source, so that an input on a second CASSY module is not required. Thus, a single Power-CASSY unit is all you need e.g. to record the characteristic of a two-terminal network.
147
524 020
CASSY-Display 2-channel display for displaying measured values without a computer Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY operating system (complete with software update functionality for fast, easy performance enhancements) Can be set up as a benchtop, console or demonstration unit (also suitable for CPS/TPS panel frames) Supports up to 8 Sensor-CASSYs (equivalent to 16 measuring channels) Measurements are carried out using SensorCASSY or a sensor box connected there (see specifications of respective device for measurement quantities and ranges) Measured values can be switched and calibrated individually. The measuring range and unit are matched automatically when plugging and swapping sensor boxes With integrated real-time clock and data logger. The data memory for up to 32,000 measured values retains its contents even when the device is switched off so that it can be subsequently read out to a computer via the serial interface. Voltage supply 12 V AC/DC via cannon plug. Measured value recording also possible independently of mains with portable power supply unit (12 V) Dimensions (W x H x D): 215 mm x 295 mm x 45 mm Weight: approx. 1.8 kg
The CASSY Display module shows the current measured values of all connected SensorCASSY units. The device automatically displays the quantity which matches the currently connected sensor box. As a result, it replaces a computer for simple measuring tasks, and can be used in conjunction with a Sensor-CASSY module in place of conventional demonstration measuring instruments (e.g. voltmeter, ammeter, tesla meter, newton meter, barometer). And the integrated CASSY Display data logger stores your measurement data for subsequent computer-based evaluation with CASSY Lab.
148
Updates available for download free of charge at our website: http://www.leybold-didactic.com
524 200
CASSY Lab For the demo software automatically provided on data media with the devices > 524 010 and > 524 011, the activation code is supplied. Software for Windows 95/98/NT for recording and evaluating measurement data acquired using the CASSY-S family, with comprehensive integrated help functionality Supports up to 8 CASSYs on one serial interface Supports all CASSY sensor boxes Additionally supports numerous devices via the serial interface (e.g. IRPD, balance, hand-held measuring instruments, thermometer) Plug and play enabled for easy use: the software automatically detects the connected CASSYs and sensor boxes and displays these graphically, inputs and outputs are activated simply by pointing and clicking and typical experiment parameters are automatically loaded (depending on the connected sensor box) Measurement data can be displayed in the form of analog/digital instruments, tables and/or diagrams (with user-definable axis assignment) Measured values can be recorded manually (at keystroke) or automatically (choice of time interval, measured time, trigger or additional measurement condition); measures up to 1,600,000 values/s (for 8 Sensor-CASSYs) Multiple measurement series can be recorded in a single diagram for comparison Powerful evaluation functions including various fits (straight line, parabola, hyperbola, exponential function), integrals, diagram labeling, calculation of user-definable formulas, differentiation, integration, Fourier transforms Convenient exporting of measurement data and diagrams via the clipboard Logbook function lets you briefly document other experiment information in the experiment file Complete with numerous experiment examples from physics, chemistry and biology with detailed descriptions Graphical display of CASSY, sensor box and connector allocation when the experiment file is loaded
149
computer-assisted experimenting Sensors/sensor boxes chemistry
667 426
667 424
524 035
pH Box For measurement of pH and redox potentials in aqueous media. With DIN socket. Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
524 037
Conductivity box For measurement of electrical conductivity with conductivity measurement cell (> 667 426). Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200 additionally required: for example single-rod pH electrode . . 667 424
667 424
Single-rod pH electrode
667 426
Glass electrode for pH measurements, with DIN connector, 13 mm dia.
Conductivity measurement cell Measurement cell in plastic holster with cable and plug for connection to the conductivity box (> 524 037). Cell constant: 1.0 1/cm
Reaction kinetics
150
524 045
Temperature box For temperature measurement with up to two NiCr-Ni or NTC temperature sensors (> 666 193 or > 666 212). Measuring ranges: NiCrNi: -200 C to +1100 C NTC: -20 C to +120 C Connections: DIN sockets recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
666 193
Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni Including connecting lead (1.5 m) with DIN plug Measuring range: -200 C to + 1100 C
524 036 529 036
KTY box
666 212
Temperature sensor NTC

666 193 666 212
Including connecting lead (1.5 m) with DIN plug. Measuring range: -20 C to +120 C
For measuring temperatures in the air and in non-aggressive liquids using the KTY-sensor (> 529 036) and for temperature compensation with the pH-box (> 524 035) and the conductivity box (> 524 037) Temperature measuring range: -50 C to +150 C/0.1 K Measurement error: 1 K Connection: 2.5 mm jack socket recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
529 036
KTY sensor NTC temperature sensor for KTY-box > 524 036: including connecting lead with jack plug 2.5 mm.
524 057
Climate box For measuring humidity, temperature, illuminance and barometric pressure in conjunction with Sensor-CASSY > 524 010. The pressure sensor is integrated in the climate box; external sensors are required for measuring all other quantities.
529 057
Measuring ranges: With humidity sensor > 524 057: relative humidity: 0 100 % Temperature: -40 + 80 C With NTC sensor > 666 212 Temperature: -20 + 120 C With lux sensor > 666 243: Illuminance: 0 200 klx Internal: barometric pressure 800 .. 1500 hPa Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
Humidity sensor For measuring relative humidity in conjunction with the climate box > 524 057. The integrated temperature sensor additionally enables measurement of the atmospheric temperature. Measuring ranges: Relative humidity: 0 100 % Temperature: -40 + 80 C Connection: 8-pin DIN socket
151
computer-assisted experimenting Sensors/sensor boxes chemistry
666 243
667 458
524 051
666 243
Lux box For measuring illumination using the lux sensor (> 666 243). Calibration of the sensor and switchover of the measurement range are carried out via software. Measuring ranges: 0 to 100 lx 0 to 10 klx Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200 0 to 1 klx 0 to 100 klx
Lux sensor For measuring illumination. The photometer probe consists of an Si-photo element equipped with VCO-filter to match the photo element to the spectral sensitivity of the human eye. The sensor is also made watertight so that it is also suitable for immersion in water samples (e.g. for measuring turbidity). Measuring ranges: 0 to 200 klx Connection: 5-pin DIN plug
524 052
Oxygen box This box is used for measuring the oxygen content in liquids or in air. In addition to this, temperature measurements can be made through the temperature sensor which is integrated into the oxygen electrode (> 667 458). Measurements ranges: 0 to 200% rel. oxygen saturation 0 to 20 mg/l oxygen concentration 0 to 50 C temperature Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
667 458
Oxygen electrode The oxygen electrode after Clark is used to measure the oxygen content in liquids or in the air. In addition to this, temperature measurements can be made through the temperature sensor which is integrated into the oxygen electrode. Measurement rages: 0...20 mg/l oxygenconcentration in H2O 0...45C Connection: 8-pin DIN connector
Illuminance and lamp power
152
computer-assisted experimenting Sensor boxes/sensors biology

662 148
Push-button For connection to the reaction test box (> 524 043); including cable with 6-pin-plug.
662 148
662 149
Foot switch For connection to the reaction test box (> 524 046); including cable with 6-pin-plug.
524 046
Reaction test box For measurement of the reaction time via a hand or foot push-button (> 662 148/149) and for determining the speed at which nerve pulses travel. Connection: two DIN sockets Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
662 149
524 048
Skin resistance box For measurement of the change of the skin resistance of the test person in relation of the physical and mental condition. Two electrodes are attached to the finger tips; electrically isolated from the interface. Recommende software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
524 047
Pulse box For measurement of the pulse frequency with the aid of an infrared sensor which is attached to the ear lobe or the finger tip; the sensitivity is adjusted automatically; electrical isolation from the interface. Recommende software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
Measuring reaction times with CASSY
153
computer-assisted experimenting Sensor boxes/sensors biology

524 049
ECG/EMG box For measurement of the electrical processes at the heart muscle (ECG, electrocardiogram) or skeletal muscles (EMG, electromyogram). The tension of the muscles is recorded with aid of silver electrodes, which are strapped to the extremities. In case of the ECG measurement all three standard measurements after EINTHOVEN can be run. The sensors are electrically isolated from the measurement input of the CASSY interface. Cable length: 1 m (screened) Dimensions: 92 x 92 x 30 mm Weight: 0.3 kg Recommend software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
524 050
Blood pressure box For blood pressure measurements according to the oscillatory method without stethoscope and microphone, including arm collar with Velcro fasteners and with pump-up bulb, automatic valve and connector. Pressure range: 375 mm Hg (500 hPa) Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
524 056
Spirometer box For measurement of various tidal volumes, the flow-volume curve and the forced expiratory volume per second. measurement principle: pneumotachographic.
524 056
Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
662 381
Consumables for spirometer 100 cardboard mouthpieces/10 spare filters
662 383
Accessories for spirometer Used for examining the oxygen consumption in conjunction with the Oxygen box (> 524 052) and the oxygen electrode (> 667 458).
154
computer-assisted experimenting Sensor boxes/sensors physics

529 034
337 461
337 46
501 16
524 034
337 46
337 461
Timer box Sensor box with two TTL and light barrier inputs for CASSY (see Sensor-CASSY timer inputs for technical data). Input E can be used as a counter, timer and frequency input. The two inputs E and F can be used as timer inputs for measuring the time between selected edges (e.g. measuring the transit time from E to F, measuring the obscuration time at E and/or F) Connections: two 6-pin sockets (for 501 16) and three 4-mm-sockets
Forked light barrier Precision light barrier with infrared light source for time measurements; connection to timer box > 524 034. Connection: 6-pin socket (for > 501 16) Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
Spoked wheel Smooth-running deflection pulley on rod with thread groove, for measuring distances with the light barrier (> 337 46).
required accessory: 1 Multi-core cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 16

529 031
529 034 529 031 524 031
g ladder Falling body for determining gravitational acceleration g through measurement of the falling times of all ladder rungs through a light barrier in a single measuring run. With two holes for attaching additional weights for proving that gravitational acceleration is independent of mass. Number of rungs: 21 Rung spacing: 1 cm Dimensions (WxH): 75 mm x 205 mm Displacement sensor Potentiometer, in housing, with turning wheel for registering displacement via a thread; connection to current supply box (> 524 031); for mounting with stand material or on a plug-in-board. Measuring ranges: 0-15 cm/150 cm Current supply box For operating any sensor in which the resistance changes as a function of the physical quantitiy, e.g. LDR, NTC, PTC resistors. Measuring ranges: 100 1, 1 k1, 10 k1, 100 k1, 1 M1 Saturation voltage: 10 V Connections: 4-mm sockets Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
586 26
Multi-purpose microphone Battery-operated probe microphone for all acoustic experiments in the audible frequency and ultrasonic ranges; with built-in amplifier and switchable rectifier for direct connection to Sensor-CASSY. Connection: Cable with 4-mm-sockets Recommened software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
579 43
DC motor tachogenerator For use as a driving motor, tachogenerator and an oscillation exciter. For direct connection to Sensor-CASSY (as motor via Power-CASSY).
155

314 261
Force sensor For measuring force with the bridge box (> 524 041) and senor CASSY (> 524 010) or with newton meter (> 314 251). 2 flection elements arranged in parallel with 4 strain gauges in bridge configuration with support clip, for plugging in (> 314 04). Force measurement range: 3 N Lift: approx. 0.5 mm/N Resolution: 0.1 mN Output voltage: 1 V/1N 0.5 % Connection: 6-pole socket
524 041
501 16
Bridge box For voltage measurements at sensors with measurement resistors connected in bridge configuration, e.g. force sensor (> 314 261). Differential amplifier input: 1x, 10x, 100x with damping on/off Measurement accuracy of the amplification: 1% Input resistance: 1 k1 Output for external compensation: 2.5 V (digital generation) Connection: 6-pin socket (for > 501 16) Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
314 261
501 16
Multi-core cable, 6-pole, 1.5 m
Uniformly acceterated motion on the students track for experiments
337 631
337 16 501 16 337 16 524 032 337 631
Pair of recording pulleys For measuring the time and instantaneous speed along the path on the student's track; determination of acceleration from the velocitytime diagram; for connection to the motion transducer box (> 524 032). Connection: 6-pin socket (for 501 16) Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
Motion transducer box For direct application of the motion sensing element (> 337 631) or the pair of recording pulleys (> 337 16) at Sensor-CASSY. Connections: two 6-pin sockets (for 501 16) Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
Motion sensing element For simultaneous registration of transit time, distance, speed and acceleration of a body in motion under consideration of direction of motion; for connection to the motion transducer box (> 524 032). Connection: 6-pin socket (for 501 16) Recommended software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
156
559 01
524 038
559 01
524 033
B box For measuring magnetic flux densities using the tangential or axial B probe (> 516 60/61), for pressure measurements using the pressure sensors (> 529 038 /039/040). Differential amplifier input: 1x, 10x, 100x (without attenuation) Input resistance: 1k1 Output for external compensation: 2.5 V (analog generation, can be switched off) Connection: 6-pin socket (for 501 16) Recommend software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
End-window counter for _, `, a and x-rays Self-quenching Geiger-Mller counter tube with a very thin mica end-window which also allows the registration of soft `-radiation. With a permanently attached cable.
GM box For measuring radioactive radiation using a Geiger-Mller counter tube (> 559 01/05). The high voltage for the counter is generated and the counter-tube pulses are converted into suitable signals in the sensor-box. Counter tube voltage: 500 V via 1 M1 Connection: coaxial socket Recommend software: CASSY Lab > 524 200
157

529 038
Pressure sensor For differential pressure measurements using the B box (> 524 038). Measuring range: 20hPa, 200hPa, 2000hPa Compensation: up to 2000 hPa Measurement error: < 1% Connection: 6-pin socket (for > 501 16) Hose connections: overpressure connection P1: dia. 2.5 mm low-pressure connection P2: Schott-connectionfor 4-mm-tubing
529 038
529 040
529 042
Absolute pressure sensor For absolute pressure measurements using the B box (> 524 038). Measuring range: 15 hPa, 150 hPa, 1500 hPa Compensation: up to 1500 hPa Measurement error: < 1% Connection: 6-pin socket (for > 501 16) Hose connections: small flange DN 16 KF
529 040 529 042
Pressure sensor
501 16
For differential pressure measurements using the B box (> 524 038). Measuring ranges: 0.7 hPa, 7 hPa, 70 hPa Compensation: up to 70 hPa Measurement error: < 1% Connection: 6-pin socket (for> 501 16) Hose connections: overpressure connection P1: dia. 2.5 mm low-pressure connection P2: Schott-connection for 4-mm-tubing
Pressure measurement: recording and evaluating a pV diagram
158
516 60
Sensor boxes/sensors physics
Tangential B probe For measuring tangential magnetic flux density; connection to Teslameter (> 516 62) or to Sensor-CASSY via the B box (> 524 038). Data with B box: Measuring ranges: 10 mT, 100 mT, 1000 mT Compensation: up to 1 T Measurement error : 2 % Connection: 6-pin socket (for 501 16)
516 61
501 16
516 61
Axial B probe For measuring axial magnetic flux density; connection to Teslameter (> 516 62) or to Sensor-CASSY via the B box (> 524 038). Data with B box: Measuring ranges: 10 mT, 100 mT, 1000 mT Compensation: up to 1 T Measurement error : 2 % Connection: 6-pin socket (for 501 16 )
516 60
501 16
Multi-core cable, 6-pole, 1.5 m
>
524 040
B box Description page 157
524 054
V box For measuring very low voltages (e.g. thermocouples, induction coils) using Sensor-CASSY Measuring ranges: 1 mV, 3 mV, 10 mV, 30 mV, 100mV Resolution: 0.05 % of max. range value Measuring accuracy: 2.5 % including Sensor-CASSY error Offset error: < 0.5 % Input resistance: 100 K1 Cutoff frequency: >1 Hz Max. overvoltage: 100 V Connection: 4-mm sockets
Electrometer box Used in electrostatic experiments for measurements of high resistance voltages with respect to earth; can be connected to capacitors and resistors. Max. input voltage: 8 V Max. overvoltage: 100 V Input impedance: 1011 1 Measurement error: 1.5 % Frequency range: 0 Hz to 1 kHz Connection: 4-mm-sockets
524 043
30 A box For electrically isolated current measurement in extra-low voltage circuits; indirect measurements via a magnetic field using a Hall sensor. Contact resistance: < 0.01 1 Measuring ranges: 1 A, 3 A, 10 A, 30 A Measurement error: 1.5 % Connection: 4-mm-sockets
Recommend software for 524 043 / 054 / 040: CASSY Lab > 524 200
159
computer-assisted experimenting Order list for physics experiments

Topic Ca. No. Sensor
Cat. No.
Sensor box
Acoustic oscillations and beating Recording motions Collision experiments Coupled pendulums
586 26 337 631* 337 462* 337 464 337 46 337 462* 337 46 337 461 337 462* 337 464 337 16* 579 43 529 031
Multi-purpose microphone Motion sensing element alternatively Combination light barrier Combination spoked wheel Light barrier alternatively Combination light barrier Light barrier Spoked wheel alternatively Combination light barrier Combination spoked wheel alternatively Pair of recording pulleys on rider
524 032 524 032
BMW box BMW box
524 034 524 034 524 034
Timer box Timer box Timer box
524 034
Timer box
524 032
BMW box
STE motor and tacho generator Displacement sensor End-window counter for _, `, a and x-ray radiation alternatively Geiger counter Pressure sensor Absolute pressure sensor Pressure sensor 70 hPa Tangential B probe Axial B probe Force sensor
524 031
Current supply box
Radioactivity
559 01
524 033 524 034 524 038 524 038 524 038 524 038 524 038 524 041 524 043 524 054 524 040
GM box Timer box B box B box B box B box B box Bridge box 30 A box Electrometer box V box KTY box Temperature box Temperature box Lux box Current supply box
667 918
Pressure measurements
529 038* 529 042* 529 040*
Magnetic field Electromagnetism Induction Electrostatics
516 60* 516 61* 314 261*
Temperature measurements
529 036* 666 193 666 212
KTY sensor Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni alternatively Temperature sensor NTC Lux sensor
524 036 524 045 524 045 524 051 524 031
Illuminance Resistance measurements
666 243
* additionally required: multi-core connection cable (> 501 16)
Order list for biology experiments

Topic
Pulse Resistance of the skin ECG (standard leads acc. to Einthoven) EMG (action potential of muscles) Blood pressure measurement & pulse frequency Determining reaction times
Respiratory volume, respiratory frequence Photosynthesis, illuminance Oxygen content (absolute and relative)
Present in collection
To be added to collection.
160
computer-assisted experimenting Order list for chemistry experiments

Topic Ca. No. Sensor
Cat. No.
Sensor box
ph, titration
667 424 667 417 667 418 667 419
pH single rod electrode pH single rod electrode pH single rod electrode pH single rod electrode Redox probe Conductivity measuring cell
524 035
pH box
Redox potentials Conductivity mesurement, titration Determining concentrations Reaktion kinetics Temperature measurement/calorimetry
667 415 667 426
524 035 524 037
pH box Conductivity box
666 193 666 212
Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni Temperature sensor NTC KTYsensor Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni Surface temperature sensor NiCr-Ni Paddle surface Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni Oxygen electrode Ethanol sensor Lux sensor UV flow-through photometer for HPLC
524 045
Temperature box
Thermometic titration Differential thermal analysis Surface temperature measurement
529 036 666 193 666 213 666 217
524 036 524 045
KTY box Temperature box
524 045
Temperature box
Oxygen content (absolute and relative) Ethanol content Illuminance Photometry
667 458 666 411 666 243 665 486
524 052
Oxygen box
524 051
Lux box
Titration of common vinegar
Cat. No.
Sensor
Cat. No.
Sensor box
524 047 524 048 524 049
Pulse box Skin resistance box ECG/EMG box
524 050 662 148 662 149
Blood pressure box Reaction test box
Push button Foot switch
524 046
524 056 666 243 667 458
Spirometer box Lux box Oxygen box
Lux sensor Oxygen electrode
524 051 524 052
Send us your checklist. We will be happy to prepare an individual quotation
161
computer-assisted experimenting Specially priced sets in the CASSY-S family

We would be happy to provide a quotation to your specifications. Tell us what you require and we will put together a low-cost equipment set specially designed to meet your individual needs.
Starter package
524 010 S
CASSY-Starter This set enables you to perform a number of measuring tasks in the lesson (all measurements in which electrical voltages or currents are registered) sensors and sensor boxes expand the specific measuring capabilities in physics, biology and chemistry teaching.
Cat. No. Description
524 010 524 200
Sensor-CASSY CASSY Lab
The comfort packages

524 010 K1
Comfort package K1 The all-purpose system for measuring with or without a computer, consisting of one Sensor-CASSY, one CASSY-Display and the software CASSY Lab.
524 010 524 020 524 200
Sensor-CASSY CASSY-Display CASSY Lab
524 010 K2
Comfort package K2 Cascade your hardware and expand your horizons! Consisting of two Sensor-CASSY units and the software CASSY Lab.
524 010 524 010 524 200
Sensor-CASSY Sensor-CASSY CASSY Lab
524 010 K3
Comfort package K3 The ultimate power-user solution!

524 010 524 011 524 200
Sensor-CASSY Power-CASSY CASSY Lab
162
measuring equipment
Measuring equipment Length, time, mass, force Electricity Recorders Pulses, frequencies, rates Temperature, pH, conductivity Energy supply Electrical aids Stand material Heating, stirring, laboratory equipment Glass, plastic and porcelain ware Tools and aids Consumables Safety Laboratory gases Storage Illustrative media Chemical sets 164 176 187 189 191 202 211 218 224 237 265 268 274 280 282 283 285
basic apparatus
163
measuring equipment length Instruments for length measurement

311 02
Metal scale With alternating white and red background for easy reading from a distance.
311 02
Length: 1 m Graduation: cm, mm easily estimated, dm indicated by colours Width: 25 mm approx.

311 22
311 22
Vertical scale With cursors, for use in experiments on falling objects and spring pendulums, with stand rod at one end for vertical mounting to stand bases. Length: 1 m Graduation: mm, cm, dm (indicated by colours) Width: 25 mm approx.
311 03
311 77
460 97
Additionally required: Saddle base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 11
311 77
460 97
Steel tape measure With automatic rewind.
Scaled metal rail, 0.5 m long With clearly graduated scale which is well visible even from a larger distance; dm graduation by red and white fields. Scales: mm, cm and dm divisions Width: 25 mm
311 03
Wooden ruler With double scale on either side. Can be clamped in base > 300 11. Length: 1 m/39 inches Graduation: cm, mm, 1 /8 inch Width: 25 mm approx.
Graduation: cm and inch Range: 2 m divided in cm and mm 78 inches subdivided in 1 /16 Diameter: 50 mm
311 86
311 86
Spherometer For measuring thicknesses and determining radii of curvature, e.g. of lenses. Range: 0 to 25 mm ( - 10 mm to + 15 mm) Distance between feet: 50 mm Pitch of micrometer screw: 0.5 mm Micrometer head divisions: 250 (1 scale div. corresp. 0.002 mm) Inaccuracy: 0.001 mm
164
measuring equipment length/time
311 27
Model of vernier To demonstrate vernier reading on numerous length and angle measuring instruments. With retrograde and direct vernier graduation. Main scale: 1 m, graduated in units of 5 cm Vernier length: 45 cm resp. 55 cm
311 27
311 83
Precision micrometer With constant-torque thimble and locking device, high-quality steel. Range: 0 to 25 mm Reading: 1/100 mm
311 52 311 54 311 83
311 54 311 52
Precision vernier callipers Vernier callipers For measuring inside and outside diameters and depths, plastic. Measuring range: 120 mm/5 inches Graduation: mm with vernier reading to 1/10 mm 1/16 inch with vernier reading to 1/128 inch With instant-action locking device for internal, external and depth measurements, stainless steel (all hardened). Measuring range: 150 mm and 6 inches Graduation: mm with vernier reading to 1/20 mm 1/16 inch with vernier reading to 1/128 inch
Timing and timekeeping
313 05
Stop-clock Adding stop-clock with start, stop and reset button. Spring work. Range, 360 turn: 60 mins. Inaccuracy of reading: 1 s Max. running time: 20 h Graduations: 60 and 100 divs. Diameter: 21 cm
313 05
313 07
313 17
313 12
313 12
Digital stop-watch Stop-clocks Adding stop-clocks with start, stop and reset buttons. With unbreakable watch glass, shock-proof, and unbreakable spring. Including cord and protective pouch.
Range, 360turn Inaccuracy of reading
Quartz-controlled stop-watch with LCD display with start, stop, split and reset. Including cord and protective pouch, without battery. Range: 9 h 59 min 59 s 99/100 s Resolution: 0.01 s Display: 7-segment LCD, 7 digits Heigth of digits (h, min, s): 8 mm Battery: 1.5 V, type IEC R 6 (> 685 44 ) Dimensions: 8.5 x 6 x 2.5 cm
Cat. No.
Graduations
Diameter
313 07 313 17
15 mins 30 mins
0.1 s 0.2 s
30 s/15 min 60 s/30 min
5.5 cm 5.5 cm
165
measuring equipment time
666 095
Time switch For programmed switching of electrical devices, e.g. hot plates, heating hoods, furnaces, thermostats, stirrer motors, etc. Switch-on time: from 0.25 h at constant operation in 24-hour cycle, 3 on-off phases per 24-hour period can be programmed Switching capacity: max. 16 A Power supply: 230 V (for direct connection to a mains socket) Dimensions: 70 x 70 x 80 mm
666 096
Timer Forwards and/or backwards counter (two-channel counter) or time; buzzer alarm (1minute) when the timer has counted down to zero; each counter channel can be read out separately. Display: LCD, 6 digits Timer range: 99 h 59 min 59 s Clock interval: 1 s Dimensions: 75 x 65 x 10 mm Weight: 65 g
313 031
Electronic stop-clock P For measuring short time intervals, with quasi-analogue 0.01 second display consisting of 100 LEDs arranged in a circular array. Full seconds indicated on luminous digital display, with overrun indicator LED. Timing started and stopped either dynamically, i.e. the inputs (START and STOP) respond to rising and failing edges (edge-sensitive) or statically, i.e. the input (START/STOP) responds to the state (state-sensitive). This enables timing of either intervals between two events of the duration of an event. Timing can also be started and stopped manually using the integrated rocker switch. Switches or electrical pulse generators can be used for external control, e.g. a light bar-rier at a DIN socket or a contact plate or microphone at the 4-mm sockets. The electronic stop-clock P can either be used as a bench-top unit or inserted in the demonstration experiment frame. Measuring range: 99.99 s (overrun indicator when exceeded) Reading accuracy: 0.01 s Time base: quartz, 16 MHz Dial: LED ring, 17 cm diameter Numeral height: 18 mm (7-segment display) Signal inputs: three 4-mm socket pairs, as well as three DIN sockets with built-in voltage supply for light barriers (5 V DC for photodiode and 6 V DC for light source) Reset input: 4-mm socket pair Power supply: 230 V, 50/60 Hz via mains cable (115 V available on request) Power consumption: 10 VA Fuses: 230 V - T 0.125 B; light barriers - T 0.315 B Dimensions: 20 cm x 30 cm x 12 cm Weight: 1.4 kg
166
measuring equipment mass Mechanical balances and accessories

315 31
Set of weights 10 mg to 200 g In hardwood box with lid, complete with forceps.
590 27
Set of weights, 1 g to 50 g In plastic box.

315 34 590 27 315 31
315 34
Weight 10 mg 20 mg 50 mg 100 mg 200 mg 500 mg 1g 2g 5g 10 g 20 g 50 g 100 g 200 g 500 g 1000 g

* Material : brass
Material aluminium aluminium German silver German silver German silver German silver German silver German silver German silver German silver German silver German silver cast iron cast iron cast iron cast iron
590 27
315 34
315 31
Set of weights 1 g to 1000 g In wooden block without lid.
1 2 1 1 2 1
1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2* 1*
315 22
Laboratory balance Two-pan balance with scale on top. Made from sheet steel. Knife-edges and bearing made from special hardened steel. Weighing range: 5 kg Sensitivity: 1 g Pan areas: each 18 cm x 18 cm Dimensions: 18 cm x 45 cm x 18 cm Weight: 5.6 kg
315 22
Additionally required: Set of weights, 1 g to 1000 g . . . . . . . 315 34 Set of 7 weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 36
388 24
315 36
315 36
Set of 7 weights Preferably for use with laboratory balance (> 315 22). Additionally, they can be used either as loads or weights e.g. in experiments on extension of helical springs and wire, simple machines and the conversion of energy.
Weights Each weight has a suspension hook, and at the bottom a transverse bar for the attachment of additional weights; made of cast iron
Set of 7 Weights 315 36
Cat. No.
Weight
Dimensions
362 351
683 10 683 11 315 38 315 39 315 40 388 24
0.1 kg 0.2 kg 0.5 kg 1 kg 2 kg 5 kg
7.5 cm x 1 cm dia 8.5 cm x 4 cm dia 10.5 cm x 5 cm dia 13.5 cm x 6.5 cm dia 17cm x 8 cm dia 21 cm x 11 cm dia
1 2 1 2 1
Lead shot (not shown) For use as a tare weight and for measuring specific heat. Shot diameter: 3 mm Total mass: 100 g
167
measuring equipment mass
315 05 315 06
315 24
315 23
315 25
School and laboratory balances Main Features: Non-removable captive sliding weights, i.e. a separate set of weights is not required. Quick operation due to magnetic damping and notches for arresting the sliding weights. Graduated beam, decimal notches and parallax-free equilibrium indication make for very accurate instruments. Reasonably priced due to straightforward construction.
315 05
Type System
315 06
315 23
315 24
311 Single-pan suspension balance 311 g 10 mg 0.01 to 1 g 1 to 10 g 10 to 100 g 100/200 g x 10 cm 37 x 14 x 28 cm 1.7 kg
T 310 Single-pan suspension balance scale on top 310 g 10 mg 0.01 bis 10 g (with vernier reading) 10 to 100 g 100/200 g x 10 cm 37 x 14 x 31 cm 1.9 kg
610 Tara Single-pan suspension balance scale on top 610 g 2610 g 0.1 g 0.1 to 10 g 10 to 100 g 100/500 g 225 g 15 cm 47 x 16 x 17 cm 2.5 kg
T 610 Tara Single-pan suspension balance scale on top 610 g 2610 g 0.1 g 0.1 g to 10 g 10 to 100 g 100/500 g 450 g 15 cm 47 x 16 x 17 cm 3.0 kg
Weight range Weight range with additional weights Sensitivity Torsion spring adjustmant range Sliding weight range
Tare range Load platform, height-adjustable Pan diameter Dimensions Weight
315 25
Set of 3 additional weights For top-pan balances (> 315 23 /24) for range extension up to 2610 g Weights: 1 x 147.5 g, 2 x 295 g
Precision slidings-weight balances for demonstration and practical experiments and laborarory use
168
362 01
315 01
315 31
Hydrostatic balance Suitable for the determination of densities, the demonstration of Archimedes' Principle and the weighing of air with a sphere. With stand rod for height adjustment. Three removable balance pans of equal weight, one with a short stirrup and hook for hydrostatic measurements. Max. load: 200 g Sensitivity: 8 mg Pan diameter: 100 mm each Dimensions: 18 cm x 35 cm x 43 cm
Lifting force in fluids (Archimedes Principle) with 315 01
667 360
Student's balance Beam balance with non-removable sliding weights. Removable, bright chrome-plated balance pan with handle and 2 spouts. Test tube holder with frame. Attachment fittings for hydrostatic weighing and flush weighing. Weighing range: 301 g Sensitivity: 50 mg Sliding weight range: 0-100 g/1 g 0-1 g/50 mg Attachment weights: 100 g and 200 g Pan diameter: 90 mm Dimensions: 14 cm x 34 cm x 23.5 cm
Additionally required: Set of weights 10 mg to 200 g . . . . . . 315 31
667 360
315 07
Single pan balance With removable pan. Ranges/graduation: 100 g range, 1 g divs. 500 g range, 10 g divs. Max. load: 500 g Pan diameter: 11 cm Dimensions: 22 cm x 26 cm x 19 cm
169
Sartorius Basiclite
The right balance for any task and any budget. Now even for analytical weighing tasks
In designing this series, our primary aim was to create a program of measuring instruments that would meet all the many needs of modern educational use. The balances had to be precise yet sturdy, easy to use but still with all necessary features. And all this for a price that fits in with todays tight educational budgets. And the incredible success of our new BL series shows just how well weve succeeded. Now with new models, even for demanding analytical applications! Innovation and quality from Sartorius. Sturdy balance mechanism, high-quality workmanship and excellent value for money are key characteristics of each and every Basiclite unit Basiclite instruments prove themselves in actual practice thanks to their highly readable display, short measuring times and ease of use The sturdily designed balance housing, the use of stainless-steel balance pans and a protected membrane keypad ensure reliability and weighing accuracy even under the most demanding use The full glass draft protection of the analysis balances with smoothly turning doors enables a constant unobstructed view of the sample The balances are ideal for mobile use, because in addition to mains operation (plug-in power supply included), the balances can also be powered using batteries (except models BL150S, BL1500S and BL120S, BL210S) Integrated application routines for maximum flexibility in use: Counting, net total recipe, percent weighing, toggling between two units of weight
667 7788 667 7784
Basic models
Cat. No. Model Range Resolution Pan
667 7781 667 7782 667 7785 667 7780 667 7788 667 7783 667 7784 667 7787 667 7786
BL600 BL1500 BL3100 BL310 BL610 BL1500S BL 150S BL120S BL210S
600 g 1500 g 3100 g 310 g 610 g 1500 g 150 g 120 g 210 g
0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.001 g 0.0001 g 0.0001 g
174 x 143 mm 174 x 143 mm 174 x 143 mm 116 mm dia. 116 mm dia. 174 x 143 mm 100 mm dia. 80 mm dia. 80 mm dia.
Accessories for basic models

667 7790 667 7791 667 7793 667 7794 667 7795
External battery pack RS-232 data interface, retrofitting kit Testing/calibration weight for BL 310 Testing/calibration weight for BL 600 Testing/calibration weight for BL 1500 and BL 3100
170
measuring equipment - mass
Sartorius Basic plus

The standard of excellence for industry, research and education
The new Sartorius Basic plus balances combine state-of-the-art balance technology, comfortable features and ergonomic design to create a new balance standard. The innovative monolith technology ensures excellent balance data and breathtakingly short measuring times. A reduction in the number of parts of more than 70% additionally makes for extremely high reliability and low downtimes. The RS 232 interface, together with easy-to-use application routines, enables incredible flexibility. And user-oriented design makes using these balances childs play! Innovation and quality from Sartorius State-of-the-art monolithic balance-system technology for lifelong maximum precision Internal motor-driven calibrating/adjusting weight built into the analytical balances Integrated bidirectional RS232C data interface. Ultra-high contrast display with large numerals Full glass draft protection of analysis balances with roomy, smooth-turning doors and optimum cleanliness of balance chamber 4 digital filter stages for optimum adaptability to ambient site conditions ISO/GLP-compliant logging of balance values, calibration and adjustment via optional measured-value printer Large rectangular balance pan with extremely sturdy 4-point support on models with 0.01 g resolution Simple and intuitive to use thanks to key with palpable pressure point and 2 ergonomically situated tare keys (for left-handed and righthanded users) Integrated user routines for percent weighing, counting, net total recipe Flush-mounted balance mechanism, e.g. for simple determination of density
>
Basic plus models
Cat. No. Model Range
Now with extended measuring ranges!
667 7799
Resolution
Platform
667 7798 667 7799 667 7881 667 7797
BP4100S BP410S BP121SP BP221S
4100 g 410 g 120 g 220 g
0.01 g 0.001 g 0.0001 g 0.0001 g
180 x 180 mm dia. 115 mm dia. 80 mm dia. 80 mm
Accessories for all Sartorius models with data interface 232

667 397 667 7796
Overhead display, 7-digit display Interface cable (serial) for connection to computer
667 7797
171
measuring equipment - mass
Electronic balances CS Universal compact balance Modern, easy-cleaning design Fast and easy single-key operation High-contrast, easily readable LCD display Power supply via battery or mains Tare range: full weighing range, subtractive
Dimensions: 193 x 135 x 39 mm Weight: 0.47 kg
Cat. No.
Model
Range(s) [g]
Reading [g]
Balance platform
667 793 667 794 667 793
CS 200 CS 2000
200 2000
0.1 1.0
133 x 108 133 x 108
Additionally recommended: Mains adaptor 230 V AC, 1050 ml container, 9 V block battery
School balances, ScoutTM Large, high contrast LCD display for great visibility Easy to use with simple two button operation Multiple weighing units and parts counting Weigh below hook Operated by battery or adapter Large stainless steel pan
Dimensions: 171 x 210 x 61 mm (W x L x H) Weight: 1.6 kg
Cat. No.
Model
Capacity [g]
Readability [g]
Plattform
605 010 605 011 605 012 605 012
ScoutTM 200 ScoutTM 400 ScoutTM 600
200 400 600
0.01 0.1 0.1
102 dia. 127 x 146 127 x 146
Additionally recommended: Security device, Carrying case, 9 V block battery
Accessories for Scout and CS-Series

685 45 605 030 605 031 605 032 605 033
Block battery 9.0 V (block type) AC power Adapter for LS-series Transportkoffer Security device for Scout-series Polycontainer (1000 ml) for LS-series
172
Portable Precision Balance Navigator Compact precision balance for a variety of applications Intuitive keypad layout and high contrast display Stainless steel pan and a rugged composite housing RS232 bidirectional interface included Menu and calibration lock-out switch Parts counting, percent weighing, animal weighing, checkweighing One programmable custom weighing unit specific to your application Integral weigh below hook Programmable auto shut-off Operated by battery or adaptor
Cat. No.
Model
Capacity [g]
Readability [g]
Platform [mm]
605 070 605 071 605 072 605 073 605 074 605 075
N20330 N22120 N24120 N28110 N2B110 N2D110
32 210 410 810 2100 4100
0.002 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
60 120 120 140 x 150 140 x 150 140 x 150
Precision Balance Aventurer Economically priced Simple three-button operation Contoured for easy cleaning Multiple weighing units including parts counting RS232 interface standard Weigh below hook Draft shield on 150, 310 and 410 models
Cat. No.
Model
Capacity [g]
Readability [g]
Platform [mm]
AR1530 ARRV70 605 044 AR5120 605 045 ARA520 605 046 ARC120 605 047 ARD110 * Moveable FineRangeTM
605 043
605 042
150 100*/410 510 1500 3100 4100
0.001 0.001*/0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.1
100 100 180 180 180 180
Accessories for Navigator und Adventurer

605 056 605 057 605 058 605 059
Security device Carrying case for Navigator In-use cover for Adventurer Draft shield for Adventurer
173
measuring equipment mass Mettler Toledo College-balances
667 795
667 7961
667 7962
Electronic analytical balances Balances specially designed for educational needs Stable enough for daily classroom and teaching laboratory use Easy to use All models switchable between gram (g) and newton Built-in serial interface (RS 232) Connectable at serial interface using interface cable
Scope of delivery
Complete metal housing Protective shielding Glass wind screen (for 0.1 mg and 0.001 g balances) Flush-mounted weighing mechanism Adjusting weight for > 667 7962
Cat. No.
Model
Maximum load capacity[g] Readable increment[g] Platform[mm]
667 7962 667 7961 667 795
B154-S B203-S B502-S
151 210 510
0.0001 0.001 0.01
dia 80 dia 100 dia 180
729 769
Computer connecting cable RS 232, serial, sub-D connector, 9-pin
174

314 45 314 47 314 02 LDS00002
Measurement of force
314 44
314 46
314 01
314 04
Spring balance (With excessive strain protection for the spring.) With scale on transparent tube for good visibility of the spring balance construction, suitable for projection on the overhead projector. Inaccuracy: 3 % of max. scale value Length of scale: 7 cm
Cat. No. Range Division Length
Support clip, for plugging in For securing e.g. dynamometers, helical springs etc. to stand equipment with 4 mm bore, e.g. clamping block (> 301 25), perfo-rated stand rod (> 590 12) etc. Plug diameter: 4 mm Total length: 3.5 cm Width: 1 cm
314 44 314 45 314 46 314 47
1N 2N 5N 10 N
50 mN 50 mN 0.25 N 0.5 N
20 cm 20 cm 20 cm 20 cm
Dynamometers, tension and compression (Without compression rod.) With scale on transparent tube and protection against overloading the spring. Support ring swings to side for compression measurements.
341 13
314 01 314 02
1.5 N 3.0 N
0.1 N 0.1 N
16 cm 16 cm
Set of 3 spring balances for parallelogram of forces Including 60 cm of string and 5 large drawing pins.
LDS00002
Set of 6 dynamometers Scale on transparent sleeve in g/kg and N to reveal the design, with stop to prevent overextension of the spring. With zero-point adjuster. (Not for commercial use, as these instruments cannot be gauged by trade authorities!) 250 g / 2.5 N; 500 g / 5 N;1 kg / 10 N; 2 kg / 20 N; 3 kg / 30 N und 5 kg / 50N
Length: 25 cm approx. Spring constant: 0.33 N/cm each Max. load: 10 N
Precision dynamometer In strong plastic sheath, with stop to prevent excessive extension of the spring. With zero-point slide adjustment to compensate for the weights of accessories required for the experiment, e.g. balance pans or pulleys. The scale is easily readable, as it consists of alternative red and white divisions, each containing 10 marking divisions.
669 040
314 081 314 111 314 141 314 151 314 161 314 171 314 181 669 040 314 201*
0.01 N 0.1 N 1.0 N 2.0 N 5.0 N 10.0 N 20.0 N 50.0 N 100.0 N
0.1 mN 1 mN 10 mN 20 mN 50 mN 0.1 N 0.2 N 0.5 N 1.0 N
19 cm 19 cm 19 cm 20 cm 21 cm 21 cm 22 cm 23 cm 23 cm
Precision: 0.5 % of max. value Length: 10 cm approx. Zero-point displacement: up to 2 cm
* without zero-point adjustment
175
measuring equipment electricity
Demonstration multimeters
Handle
Selector switch for measuring-range scale
Selector switch for current (A, mA, A) voltage (mV, V, kV) resistance (, k) Automatic Blocking System (ABS) makes it impossible to connect measuring leads to the wrong sockets (safety sockets).
Selector switch for type of measurement (AC, DC, ) battery test manual battery switch-off Rear panel but not a blank panel! Complete information including Selected measuring mode (A/V/) Set scale (1-3-10-30-100-300/100+1) Measured value (via analog instrument)
176
measuring equipment electricity The Original:
Leybold Demo-Multimeter
531 900
Demo-multimeter Electronic pointer instrument for current, voltage and resistance. This device is equipped with a patented automatic socket blocking system to prevent unintentional switching of measurement types. This instrument is ideal for demonstrations thanks to the extremely large display scale and the controls provided on both the front and rear. Analog instrument with scale for monitoring measured value and battery on rear of device. Direct display of measured values on seven switchable scales in 1 3 gradation; including zero-point-middle scale. Large display fields for type and range of measurement. Moving-coil meter (core magnet) with built-in battery-powered measurement amplifier and effective overload protection in all measuring ranges. Low amplifier power consumption and automatic battery cut-out when left on for longer periods (approx. 55 min.) without scale change. Includes carrying handle, batteries and hook for mounting the instrument in the demonstration-experiment frame (> 301 300). Measuring ranges: 1/3/10/30/100/300 mV AC/DC 1/3/10/30/100/300 V AC/DC 1/3/10 kV AC/DC 1/3/10/30/100/300 A AC/DC 1/3/10/30/100/300 mA AC/DC 1/3/10/30 A AC/DC Currents > 30 A to 300 A DC/200 A AC with clip-on ammeter (> 531 901) DC voltages up to 300 kV with high-voltage probe (> 531 93) 10 A/ 10 mA/ 10 A 10 mV/ 10 mV/ 10 kV 1/3/10/30/100/300 k Internal resistances: 100 k for measuring function mV 10 M for measuring function V 1 G for measuring function kV, without probe 30 G for measuring function kV, with probe Voltage drops: 120 mV for measuring function A, mA 200 mV for measuring function A Accuracy: class 1.5 7 different scales: 1/3/10/30/100/300 division 1x scales: 105 scale divisions 3x scales: 66 scale divisions Zero-point middle scale: 42 scale divisions Length of scale arcs: 200 mm each Numeral height: 25 mm Overload capacity (sustained): 250 V in mV range (AC/DC) 600 V in V range (DC), 400 V in V range (AC) 15 kV in 10 kV range 20 A in range up to 300 mA (AC/DC) 30 A in 30 A range (AC/DC) Power supply: 3 batteries 1.5 V type IEC R 20 or rechargeable battery 1.2 V IEC HR 20. Automatic battery cut-out after 50...60 minutes Battery life for Ni-MH rechargeables: approx. 100 h Dimensions: 34 cm x 39 cm x 23 cm Weight: 5.1 kg
Adjustable scales
531 901
Clip-on ammeter Accessory for connection to demo-multimeter > 531 900. Measuring ranges: I DC 0-30 A / 0-300 A; Uout max 3 V DC I AC 0-20 A / 0-200 A; Uout max 2 V AC Frequency: DC - 400 Hz (20 kHz) Error: (1 % from mean + 0.03 A @ 20 A resp. + 0.3 A @ 200 A) Working temperature 0 - 50 C Temperature sensitivity: 0.1 % / C
531 93
High-voltage probe High-voltage proof series resistor with insulted handle for measuring nonharzardous DC voltages from high-voltage sources normally used in schools. Measuring ranges: 30/100/300 kV DC Internal resistance: 30 Accuracy: class 5 Output: 4-mm safety plug Length of probe: approx. 32 cm Length of cable: 2 m
177
measuring equipment electricity Digital multimeter

No loss of resolution via serial and parallel interface of data output module All device functions can be controlled from the computer by means of the data output module
666 453
Measures voltages up to 1000 V DC and 600 V AC and currents up to 20 A RMS measurement for AC Fully automatic, semiautomatic or manual range switchover Separate inputs for current and voltage measurement User-friendly operation via ergonomically laid out membrane keypad 26 mm high LED display for excellent readability
667 908
Digital multimeter The demonstration multimeter from LEYBOLD DIDACTIC for all natural science subjects: versatile, accurate and sturdy. This microprocessorcontrolled instrument is characterized by high accuracy, enhanced resolution and extreme ease of use. The menu-driven user set-up is actively supported by the display and LEDs. The measuring range is displayed alphanumerically. A plug-in power supply and two measuring leads with safety plug and test probe are included in the scope of delivery. Using the separately available data output module (> 667 909), these meter can be connected directly to a printer, computer or chart recorder. This unit is also supplied with a software program which enables computer-supported measured value recording and evaluation in conjunction with the data output module (> 667 909) Display: LED, 41/2 digit, 26 mm high, (7-segment, numeric) for measured value, LED 2-digit, 14 mm high (alphanumeric) for unit of measure, automatic negative indicator Measuring ranges: 200 mV ... 1000 V DC / (10 V ... 0.1 V) 200 mV ... 600 V AC / (10 V ... 0.1 V) 200 A ... 20 A AC/DC / (10 nA ... 1 mA) 200 Ohm ... 20 M (10 m ... 1 k) Overload protection: 1200 V DC / 700 V AC 2.5 A fuse 300 V DC / 270 V AC (-range) Inputs: V - /2 A/20 A Internal resistance 1M (in voltage measuring range) Measuring range selection: automatic, semiautomatic or manual Voltage supply 13 V AC/1.3 A via plug-in power supply (included in scope of delivery) Dimensions: 200 x 140 x 150 mm (> 667 908) 200 x 297 x 160 mm (> 667 453) Weight: 1.1 kg (> 667 908) / 1.5 kg (> 667 453) Data outputs retrofittable via plug-in unit (data output module, > 667 909): serial interface (RS 232), parallel interface (Centronics), analog (recorder) output All outputs are electrically isolated from the inputs.
667 908 667 932 666 453
667 909
Data output module For connection to a chart recorder, printer or computer.
728 069
PC printer cable With 25 pin sub-D-plug for the connection of a printer with parallel (Centronics) interface to the PC.
667 931
Digital multimeter Digital multimeter, CPS version
Adapter cable RS 232, 9 to 25 pin, for serial interface.
Recommended accessories: Data output module for connecting a recorder, printer and/or computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 90 PC printer cable (Centronics, parallel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728 069 Connection cable for computer (RS 232, serial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 931 Adapter lead (RS 232, serial; 9-pin to 25 pin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 932
178
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC has the right instrument for all your electrical measuring needs
Have a question? - Send us a fax: (+49) 22 33 / 604-200 - Or send us an email: info@leybold-didactic.de
179
Bench-top measuring instruments

Hands-on meter for students
Mirror for parallax-free readings
Scales for zero point left black
Scales for zero point center red
Off Zero point left Zero point center
Zero point adjuster
Battery monitor (automatic cut-out after 45 min) 5 AC voltage measuring ranges 3 V300 V 6 AC current measuring ranges 0.1 mA3 A
8 DC voltage measuring ranges 0.1 V300 V Current measurements up to 10 A via shunt
6 DC current measuring ranges 0.1 mA3 A
Rotary switch for all measuring ranges
Device shown here in actual size Zero point left-zero point centerswitchable in one unit
180
METRAmax 2 in students experiment with plug-in system for electricity and electronics
531 100
Multimeter METRAmax 2 High overload-capacity measuring instrument with integrated protection against damage due to improper handling; specially designed for student's and practical experiments. The moving coil instrument is protected against damage with two anti-parallel diodes. Automatic battery cut-out after approx. 45 min. DC voltage ranges: 0.1 ... 300 V (8 ranges) AC voltage ranges: 3 ... 300 V (5 ranges) DC current ranges: 0.1 mA ... 3 A (6 ranges) AC current ranges: 0.1 mA ... 3 A (6 ranges) Input resistance: 10 M Voltage at meter movement: 0.1 V Accuracy: class 2 DC/3 AC Zero point: center/left (switchable) Mirror scale: yes Overload capacity in current ranges: 3 A/250 V Fuses: F 3.16 A/250 V Battery: 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (> 685 45 ), included in scope of delivery Dimensions: 9.2 cm x 13.7 cm x 3.5 cm Weight: 320 g
531 109
Shunt resistor For extending the measuring range to 10 A Accuracy: class 0.5
181
531 712
531 51
531 57
531 51
531 712
531 57
Multimeter MA 1H For quick routine measurements of general and investigative nature, not requiring exceptionally high accuracy; limited overload capacity.
Multimeter METERAmax 3 Sturdy moving-coil measuring instrument with automatic overload protection relay and easily readable scale division. Contains no fuses which can blow - the ideal school measuring instrument.
Multimeter METRAport 3E Multimeter with high overload capacity and special built-in protection against damage resulting from incorrect use; with integrated measuring amplifier for accurate measurements. Control and display fields are each located in different halves of the hinged housing. Closing the housing automatically switches off the battery. The user can tilt the hinged meter display to achieve the optimum viewing angle.
531 51
Instrument DC voltage ranges AC voltage ranges DC current ranges AC current ranges Resistance ranges Other measuring ranges
531 712
531 57
Multimeter MA 1H 9 ranges: 0.15 V to 1000 V 6 ranges: 1.5 V to 500 V 6 ranges: 50 A to 5 A 5 ranges: 0.5 mA to 5 A 4 ranges: 1 to 1 M Capacitance: 2 to 200,000 F Level (dB scale) 20 k/V DC 4 k/V AC Class > 5 left yes 1.5 V/IEC R 6 (685 44) limited 9.2 cm x 12.5 cm x 4.5 cm 250 g
Multimeter METRAmax 3 3 ranges: 3 V /300 V / 600 V 3 ranges: 3 V /300 V / 600 V 3 ranges: 0.3 A /3 A /15 A 3 ranges: 0.3 A /3 A /15 A 3 ranges: 1 to 500 k
Multimeter METRAport 3E 9 ranges: 0.1 V to 1000 V 9 ranges: 0.1 V to 1000 V 7 ranges: 10 A to 10 A 7 ranges: 10 mA to 10 A 5 ranges: 1 to 20 M Level (dB scale)
Internal resistance Accuracy Zero point Mirror scale Battery (scope of delivery) Overload capacity
1 k/V Class 2.5 left yes 1.5 V/IEC R 6 1.2 x max. range value, except for current ranges Circuit breaker, 15 A/250 V 10 cm x 16 cm x 3.5 cm 350 g
10 M (const.) Class > 1.5 DC , class 2.5 AC left yes 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (685 45) all ranges up to 250 V FF 1.6 G/250 V 14.6 cm x 11.8 cm x 4.4 cm 450 g
Fuses Dimensions Weight
182
531 581
Multimeter METRAport 32 Folding digital multimeter with adjustable reading angle for optimum measuring True RMS measurement even for non-sinusoidal quantities such as V-AC and A-AC, with evaluation of DC and AC components (AC + DC) Diode tester and acoustic continuity tester.
531 090
Multimeter METRAmax 12 With digital and analog display in LCD field, measured-value storage, acoustic warning signal when range end value is exceeded, automatic battery cut-out after approx. 30 min.
531 581
Instrument Voltage measuring ranges Voltage resolution in lowest range Current measuring ranges Current resolution in lowest range Resistance measuring ranges Resistance resolution in lowest range Internal resistance Diode/continuity tester Display Battery (scope of delivery) Inherent deviation for V DC Overload capacity
531 090
Multimeter METRAport 32 200 mV / 2 / 20 / 200 / 650 V AC/DC 100 V 2 / 20 / 200 mA / 2 / 10 A AC/DC 1 A Lo: 2 / 20 / 200 k1/ 2 M1 Hi: 200 1 / 2/20/200 k1 / 2/20 M1 0.1 1 10 M1 (const.) yes 3 1/2 digit/18 mm LCD 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 ( 685 45 ) 0.1 % of mes. value/+ 1 digit Voltage: (200 mV) 250 V (2 V-650 V) 780 V Current: (2 mA-200 mA) 1 A (2 A) 2.4 A (10 A) 12 A Resistance: all ranges 250 V FF 2.0/250 G 14.5 cm x 11.5 cm x 4.5 cm 450 g
Multimeter METRAmax 12 400 mV to 600 V AC/DC 100 V 40 mA/400 mA/10 A AC/DC 10 A 400 1 / 4/400/4000 k1 / 40 M1 100 m1 10 M1 (> 20 MW ) yes 3 1/2 digits/10 mm LCD 2 x 1,5 Mignon (> 685 44 ) 0.5 ...1.5 % of mes. value/ + 5 digit Voltage: 720 V
Current: (40 mA - 400 mA) 480 mA 10 A 12 A 5 min. Resistance: all ranges 420 V 10 min FF 1.6A/500 V 9.2 cm x 15.4 cm x 2.5 cm 250 g
183
531 281
531 291
Features: Automatic socket blocking to prevent plugging of leads into the wrong sockets Automatic and manual battery cut-out Warnings for fuse breaks and overloads Automatic and manual range selection Measured-value storage DATA HOLD, MIN/MAX and current value True RMS measurement for 25 S: TRMS AC up to 1 kHz for 26 S: TRMS AC/AC+DC up to 20 kHz
Infrared data interface 4 3/4 digit display/ 30,000 digits Analog display, 35 scale divisions Automatic scaling of analog display (18 S) Pulse and square-wave generator, 1 Hz...1 kHz EMC-compliant design Measures levels, events, time Rubber coating with stand and carrier strap Set of safety leads
531 301
531 281
Designation DC voltage ranges AC voltage ranges DC current ranges AC current ranges Resistance measuring ranges Capacitance Frequency Temperature Resolution Event counter, duration Continuity/diode test DATA storage function MIN/MAX storage function TRMS Fundamental error, V DC Battery (included) Overload capacity
531 291
531 301
Digital-analog multimeter METRAHit 24 S 300 mV ...1000 V 300 mV ...1000 V 300 A ...10 A 3 mA / 300 mA / 10 A 300 1...30 M1 3 nF...30mF 300 Hz .... 100 kHz - 200 C (- 100 C) ...+ 850 C 10 V; 10 mA; 10 mW;1 pF; 0.1 Hz; 0.1 C yes yes yes yes 0.05 % of measured value / 1 digit 2x 1.5 V/IEC R6 Voltage ranges: 1200 V 300 A - 300 mA: 360 mA 3 A, 10 A: 12 A (5 min), 16 A (30 s) FF (UR) 16 A/ 1000 V AC/DC 8.4 cm x 19.5 cm x 3.5 cm 350 g
Digital-analog multimeter METRAHit 25 S 300 mV ...1000 V 300 mV ...1000 V 300 A ...10 A 3 mA / 300 mA / 10 A 300 1...30 M1 3 nF...30mF 300 Hz .... 100 kHz - 200 C (- 100 C) ...+ 850 C 10 V; 10 mA; 10 mW ; 1 pF; 0.01 Hz; 0.1 C yes yes yes yes AC 0.05 % of measured value / 3 digits 2x 1.5 V/IEC R6 Voltage ranges: 1200 V 300 A - 300 mA: 360 mA 3 A, 10 A: 12 A (5 min), 16 A (30 s) FF (UR) 16 A/ 1000 V AC/DC 8.4 cm x 19.5 cm x 3.5 cm 350 g
Digital-analog multimeter METRAHit 26 S 300 mV ...1000 V 300...1000 V 300 A ... 10 A 300 A ... 10 A 300 1...30 M1 3 nF ... 30 000 mF 300 Hz ...100 kHz 200 C (- 100 C) ...+ 850 C 10 V; 10 mA; 10 mW ; 1 pF; 0.01 Hz; 0.1 C yes yes yes yes AC/AC + DC 0.05 % of measured value / 3 digits 2x 1.5 V/IEC R6 Voltage ranges: 1200 V 300 A - 300 mA: 360 mA 3 A, 10 A: 12 A (5 min), 16 A (30 s) FF (UR) 16 A/ 1000 V AC/DC 8.4 cm x 19.5 cm x 3.5 cm 350 g
184
531 16
531 17 531 16 531 17
Analog multimeter C.A 406 For quick routine measurements of general and investigative nature, not requiring exceptionally high accuracy; limited overload capacity. Color-coded display for clear and unmistakable correspondence between the scales and the selected measuring ranges. Mirror scale for parallax-free readings.
Digital multimeter C.A 5220 Compact multimeter with large digital display and analog bar-graph type indicator for fast recognition of changes in the measured value. Automatic display of function symbols and low battery indicator; illuminated display. Automatically switches off after 30 minutes without a measurement.
531 16
Instrument DC voltage ranges AC voltege ranges DC current ranges AC current ranges Input resistance Resistance ranges Capacitance Frequency Continuity/diode tester Measured value storage HOLD MIN/MAX storage Accuracy for V DC/AC for A DC/AC Battery (scope of delivery) Overload capacity Fuses Dimensions Weight
531 17
Analog multimeter C.A 406 100 mV 1000 V (8 ranges) 3 V 1000 V (6 ranges) 1 mA 1 A (4 ranges) 0,3 mA 3 A (5 ranges) DC: 20 k1/V; AC: 6,32 k1/V 0.5 11 M1 1.5 % / 2.5 % of max. scale value 2.0 % / 2.5 % of max. scale value (except 3 A AC) 1.5 V/IEC R 6 (685 44) V: 600 Vrms. F 3.15 A (6.3 x 32 mm), F 0.16 A (6.3 x 32 mm) 16.5 cm x 10.5 cm x 5 cm 500 g
Digital multimeter C.A 5220 400 mV 600 V (5 ranges) 400 mV 600 V (5 ranges) 40 mA 10 A (3 ranges) 40 mA 10 A (3 ranges) DC: 10 M1/V; AC: 270 k1/V bzw. 10 M1/V 400 140 M1 4 nF 40 F 100 Hz 200 kHz yes yes yes 1 % / 1.5 % of meas. value / 1 digit 1.5 % of meas. value / 2 digits 2x1.5 V/IEC R 6 (685 44) V, Hz: 600 Vrms. 1, cap.: 500 Vrms. F 0.4 A (6.3 x 32 mm), F 12 A (10.3 x 38 mm) 6.4 cm x 17.7 cm x 4.2 cm 350 g
185
531 18
531 18
531 19
Analog/digital multimeter C.A 5010 Conventional multimeter for RMS value measurements of sinusoidal signals. Large analog scale and digital display in small window. Indication of polarity, of values exceeding measuring range and for low battery. Fuse test with acoustic signal.
Digital multimeter C.A 5120

531 19
High-performance analog/digital multimeter for true RMS (TRMS) measurements on all signal forms. Automatic switchover for AC and DC signals. Large-format LCD display, acoustic and optical self-test for overload, battery and fuses. Automatic cut-out after 10 minutes without a measurement.
531 18
Instrument DC voltage ranges AC voltage ranges DC current ranges AC current ranges Input resistance Resistance ranges Capacitance Frequency Temperature Continuity/diode tester Measured value storage HOLD MIN/MAX storage Accuracy for V CD/AC for A DC/AC Battery (scope of delivery) Overload capacity Fuses Dimensions Weight
531 19
Analog/digital multimeter C.A 5010 200 mV 1.000 V (5 ranges) 200 mV 1.000 V (5 ranges) 200 A20 A (5 ranges) 200 A20 A (5 ranges) V DC: 100 M1/10 M1 / V AC: 1 M1 200 120 M1 yes 0.5 %/1 % of meas. value 1 %/1.7 % of meas. value 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (685 45) V: 1000 Vrms. 1: 380 Vrms. F 0.315 A (6.3 x 32 mm), F 16 A (6.3 x 32 mm) 10.5 x 6.6 x 5 cm 500 g
Digital multimeter C.A 5120 300 mV 1.000 V (5 ranges) 300 mV 1.000 V (5 ranges) 30 mA 10 A (3 ranges) 30 mA 10 A (3 ranges) 2 M1 300 130 M1 300 Hz 30 kHz yes yes yes Max 0.5 %/1 % of meas. value 0.5 %/1 % of meas. value 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (685 45) V: 1100 Vrms 1: 380 Vrms (15 A) F 1 A (6.3 x 32 mm), F 10 A (6.3 x 32 mm) 10.5 x 6.6 x 5 cm 550 g
186
measuring equipment recorders Recorders and accessories
Yt recorders are used to register one or two measurement quantities as a function or time. This means that these values must be present as voltage signals or converted to voltage values using suitable converters.
575 70
Yt-recorders For recording one measurement variable as a function of time. For this purpose, this variable must be available as voltage signal or covered into such a signal by means of appropriate converters, e.g. the tachometer (> 337 41) or the motion transducer (> 337 63). Voltages can also be registered as a function of space by mechanically coupling a displaceable or rotatable experiment set-up to the paper feed. Includes a roll of graph chart paper, red disposable felt-tip, 1 spare fuse. Special features: Clearly arranged operating consoles on the modular measuring channels and timer Electronic signal limitation (over the selected measurement range) for protecting the servo motors. Anti-skid and anti-slide paper feed, forward wind and rewind for all speeds Paper feed alo externally controllable, additional position switches for quick and accurate return to selected points. Writing width: 250 mm Measuring ranges:10/100 mV; 1/10/100 V Intermediate ranges/ sensitivy gain: x 10, continuously variable Normal position: horizontal um to 30 tilt Input impedance: 1 GW (to 1 V), 1 MW (from 10 V) Accuracy: class 0.5 Writing speed: 50 cm/s Cut-off frequncy (DIN 43 782): 1 Hz Zero point adjustment: -5 % to +105 %, infinitely variable Overload capacity: max. 250 V Feed ranges: 1 cm/h ... 120 cm/min (forward wind and rewind) Control (external): paper feed through TTL, or CMOS signal or switch Supply voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 12 VA Fuses: M 0.16 C (for 115 V), M0.315 C (for 230 V) Dimensions: 44 cm x 27 cm x 13.5 cm Masse: ca. 5 kg
575 70 575 71 575 71
Accessories
686 13
Set of 3 disposable felt-tips, red (short) For > 575 70/ 71 (channel 1) and > 575 662.
686 14
Set of 3 disposable felt-tips, blue ( long) For > 575 71 (channel 2).
575 73
Graph chart paper, 1 roll For the TY recorders > 575 70/71). With perforation edges for feed paper. Writing width: 270 mm Length: approx. 32 m Divisions: T-axis: cm Y-axis: cm und mm
1 channel 2 channels
187
measuring equipment recorders
Chart recorders are still among the most useful measuring instruments. They are versatile, simple to connect and easy to use. That is why, in so many cases when measured values are required in graph form on paper, there is still no real alternative to chart recorders.
575 662
XY-Yt recorder For recording one variable as a function of another or as a function of time. Tor this purpose, the variables must be available as voltage signals or covered into such signals by means of appropriate converters. Includes one felt-tip, red; Recording paper and one spare fuse. Writing area: 280 mm (X) x 180 mm (Y) Measuring ranges:10/100 mV; 1/10/100 V Intermediate ranges/ sensitivity gain: x 10, continuously variable Normal position: horizontal um to max. 85 tilt Input impedance: 1 G1 (for mV ranges), 1 MW (for V ranges) Accuracy: class 0.5 Writing speed: 60 cm/s (x-axis), 80 cm/s (y-axis) Cut-off frequncy (DIN 43 782): 1 Hz Zero point adjustment: -5 % to +105 %, infinitely variable Overload capacity: max. 250 V Feed ranges/time ranges: 0.1/0.2/0.5/1/2/5/10/20 s/cm Control (external): pen lift through TTL, or CMOS signal or switch Supply voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 20 VA Fuses: M 0.16 C (for 115 V), M0.315 C (for 230 V) Dimensions: 39 cm x 14 cm x 36 cm Weight: 6.5 kg
686 13
Set of 3 disposable felt-tips, red (short) For > 575 70/ 71 (channel 1) and > 575 662.
188
measuring equipment pulses, frequencies, rates
575 45
Counter P For counting of counter tube pulses or other electrical pulses as well as for frequency and time measurement. Especially suitable for student work. With LED display and special counter tube input with internal high-voltage supply. Counter start, stop and reset either internally via built-in switches or by external switches such as, for example, contact plates or light barriers. With built-in loudspeaker, switchable, for acoustical pulse indication. Display: frequency, pulse rate or period. Range: 4 decades with decimal point Height of digits: 18 mm, 7-segment type Pulse input: 4-mm sockets Sensitivity: > + 3.5 V (TTL or CMOS compatible) Frequency range: 0 to 1 MHz Max. input: - 60 V to + 60 V Counter tube input: coaxial socket with + 500 V voltage supply Time base: quartz, error less than 10-3 % max. 1 digit Frequency and pulse rate measurement ranges: 9999 Hz/999.9 kHz Time measurement ranges: 9999 ms/999.9 s Mains: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 3 VA Fuses: 230 V: T 0.315 B 115 V: T 0.63 B Dimensions: 14 cm x 20 cm x 15 cm Weight: 1 kg approx.
Path-time diagrams of rotational motions - time measurements with the counter P
189
measuring equipment pulses, frequencies, rates
575 47
Counter S For the counting of counter tube pulses and pulse rates as well as time and frequency measurements in students' experiments and practical courses; 6-digit LED display; built-in loudspeaker, counter tube input with integrated high voltage supply; start/stop and reset buttons Operational modes: pulse, time and frequency measurements Display: 5-digit LED Digit height: 12 mm Counter tube input: coaxial socket Voltage supply: + 500 V Pulse input and output: 4 mm sockets Measuring ranges: Frequency: 0 ... 99.999 kHz Time: 0 ... 99.999 s, 0 ... 99.999 ms Events: 0 ... 99.999 pulses Gate times for counter tube: 10 s, 60 s, 100 s, manual Power supply: 12 V AC/DC via coaxial socket (not included in the scope of delivery) Dimensions: 16 cm x 10 cm x 6.5 cm; front panel at an angle of 15 to the horizontal. Weight: 0.7 kg
Additionally required: 1 Plug-in unit with female plug. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562 791
Absorption of a radiation when passing through matter
575 46
GM Counter S For counting of counter tube pulses from end-window counter tube (> 559 01/05). With LED digital display and output for loudspeaker (> 579 28 , plug-in unit) to make the measured pulses audible. Built-in start/stop change over switch and rest button. Pulse indication Range 4 decades Height of digits: 8 mm (7-segment display) Counter tube input: coaxial socket High voltage supply: + 500 V Loudspeaker output: 4-mm sockets Mains: 230 V, 50/60 Hz via mains cable Power consumption: 9 VA Dimensions: 16 cm x 10 cm x 6.5 cm Front panel inclined by 15 Weight: 0.7 kg
190
measuring equipment - temperature Thermometer
Cat. No.
Article
Range [C]
Dia [mm]
Description
Deg. [K] Length [cm]
382 20 382 21 382 36 382 35 382 34 382 33 666 160 666 161 666 156 666 171 382 48 382 49 382 82 666 157 666 176 666 179 666 173 382 41 666 180 383 19 387 51 382 90 388 05 388 19 666 195
Stirring thermometer Thermometer
Chemical thermometer Straight-stem thermometer Thermometer Thermometer Thermometer for low temperatures Precision - 10 + 50 thermometer - 10 + 105 Beckmann 5K thermometer Large - 60 + 160 demonstration thermometer Wall - 40 + 50 thermometer 230 K320 K Min/max. - 30 + 50 thermometer Freezing point - 25 + 60 thermometer Clinical + 35,2 + 42 thermometer Thermometer + 15 + 35 for the calorimeter Thermometer - 50 + 120 for the hot-air engine Contact - 10 + 250 thermometer
- 30 ... + 110 - 30 + 110 - 10 + 40 - 10 + 50 - 10 + 110 - 10 + 150 - 10 + 110 - 10 + 220 0 + 120 - 10 + 160 - 10 + 250 - 10 + 360 - 200 + 30 - 110 + 30
ungrad. 1 0.2 0.1 0.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.1 0.2 0.01 5 1 1 1 0.1 0.2 1 2
27 27 30 45 40 25 26.0 30.0 40.0 34.5 30 32 35 29.5 44.5 40.0 61 50 40 20 22 13.5 19 27 46
6 6 9 10 10 9 7 7 8 8 7 8 9 8 8 7 10 25 10 6 11 9
With blue petroleum filling and white lined capillary. With opaque glass scale, blue petroleum filling and non capillary.
Alcohol filled, coloured background, fused scale, protective case Inclusion thermometer, mercury filled, with milk glass scale, in protective case, stem length: 100 mm Thermometer with mercury filling and glass eyelet. Thermometer with mercury filling and glass eye. With pentane filling, blue reflecting capillary and opaque glass scale. Inclusion thermomter, toluene filled, white milk glass scale, prismatic capillary Inclusion thermometer, mercury filled, white shell background, fused scale division, insertion depth. 50 mm For the boiling point method, zero point at the bottom, submersion tube length. 165 mm With one coloured block after every 50 C for better thermometer visibility from a distance; blue petroleum filling. On board, 25 cm x 6 cm, with eye for hanging, on a nail and coloured filling.
With mercury filling; thermometer in plastic container. Including rubber scaling ring and two metal rings.
Used for temperature regulation in baths, etc. Rod-shaped, with milk glass scale. Set-point temperature can be set with rotary magnet. Mercury filled.
191
measuring equipment - temperature
666 185
666 169
382 02
Mini-thermometer Fast, inexpensive electronic immersion/insertion thermometer for measuring temperature in the air, in soft or powdered solids and in liquids. Measuring range: -50 ... 150 C Accuracy: 1 C (-10 ... +99.9 C) Resolution: 0.1 C (-19.9 ... +150 C), 1.0 C (remaining range) Response time: t99 = 12 s Probe dimensions: l = 120 mm, dia. = 3 mm
Thermometer holder For secure attachment of glass thermometers, glass tubes, etc. to beakers, graduated cylinders, flasks, etc. Material: stainless steel Clamp span: 6 to 15 mm Length: 55 mm
Thermometer modul Free calibration, for demonstrating the function and operation of a thermometer. Erlenmeyer flask: 200 ml Glass tube: 50 cm, dia. 3 mm Scale: 1 to 100 Division: 1
606 020
Electronic thermometer testo 925 All-purpose thermometer for daily use in classroom, workshop and factory, for NiCr-Ni measurement sensors, in shock-proof plastic housing, with battery indicator. Measuring range: -50 ... 1000 C Accuracy: 1 C or 0.5% of measured value (at -40 ... 900 C) Resolution: 0.1 C; 1 C (from 200 C) Display: LCD, number height 14 mm Toggle functions: C/F/, hold function Power supply: 9 V battery Battery life: > 150 hours (alkali-manganese) Dimensions: 190 x 57 x 42 mm Weight: 0.3 kg (incl. battery)
606 023
Immersion/insertion sensor NiCr-Ni for > 606 020, waterproof, with 1.2 m lead. Please inquire for additional sensors.
606 020 606 023
Measuring range: -60 ... 400 C class 2 Length: 110 mm
192
measuring equipment - temperature Digital thermometer
Digital thermometer Measuring temperatures is one of the most important and most frequent measuring procedures in scientific teaching. The new thermometers combine the specific requirements which arise from demonstration experiments with the performance of high-precision measuring instruments. As a result of the built-in microprocessor, many practical functions are realized, which can be easily activated using the clearly laid out contact keypad: Connection of up to three different temperature sensors. Wide measurement range from -200 to + 1200 C. Excellent resolution: up to 0.1 K Relative temperature measurement from 0 199 K with 0.01 K resolution Automatic storage of min/max values for each selected input, accessible for display at any time. Measurement of temperature in Celsius, Kelvin or Fahrenheit (C, K, F) Differential temperature measurement between inputs 1 and 2. Manual or automatic selection of measuring input: display interval selectable 1/5/10/30 s in automatic selection (Auto-Scan function). Built-in data logger stores up to 14,400 measured values Serial interface (RS 232) for connecting to a computer (device supplied including software) Display: 7 numeric LED, 4 1/2 digits, 26 mm high, 7 segment alphanumeric LED, 2 digits, 18 mm high automatic negative indicator Inputs: 4 x DIN sockets, 8 pin Measurement ranges: NiCr-Ni: -200...+1200 C, NTC: - 20...+ 120 C Resolution: -200...+1200 C: 0.1 K 0 199.9 K: 0.01 K (relative temperature measurement with NTC) Measurement accuracy: 0.2 C or 0.2 % of the measured value Analog output: 12 bit conversion -200 C ... +200 C: 0.1 K (1 digit 1 mV) >200 C: 1 K (10 digits 1 mV), selectable resolution Serial output: RS 232 Data logger function: storage of up to 14,400 measured values Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA, via plug-in mains supply unit Dimensions: 200 x 140 x 150 mm (> 666 209) Weight: 1.2 kg (> 666 209)
666 209 666 454
666 454
666 209
Digital thermometer Digital thermometer, CPS version
193

Demonstration of fractional crude oil distillation Using the digital thermometer, the temperatures at four points (the sump, two bubble caps, transition) can be automatically registered and stored concurrently. The temperatures can be displayed consecutively on the built-in display at user-definable intervals or transmitted to a computer for graphical generation of the temperature curve via the device-internal serial interface.
Equipment list
Demonstration of fractional crude oil distillation

1 1 1 1 1 4
Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 209 Apparatus for the demonstration of fractionated oil distillation (without heating mantle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 501 Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 753 Protective tube for 666 193, set of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 194 Rubber tubing, 10 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 181 Temperature sensor, NiCrNi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193
Temperature sensors
666 213 666 212
666 213 666 217 666 214 666 216
Surfaces temperature sensor NiCr-Ni thermocouple. With connection cable (1.5 m) and DIN plug. Measurement range: - 200 to + 600 C Tolerance classes: 1/3 DIN (DIN IEC 584 Part 2) Diameter (tip): 8 mm Overall length: 250 mm
666 193
666 194
666 193
666 214
666 217
Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni thermocouple. With connection cable (1.5 mm) and DIN plug. Measurement range: - 200 to + 1100 C (intermittently to 1200 C) Tolerance classes: 1/3 DIN (DIN IEC 584 Part 2) Diameter: 1.5 mm Overall length: 200 mm
Temperature sensor, Pt 100 For use in connection with instruments > 667 420 and > 666 450 for temperature compensation in connction with > 667 439 and > 666 451. Pt 100 resistent element, with connection cable and DIN connector. Measurement range: -50 ...+200 C Tolerance: DIN IEC 751, class A Cable length: 1.5 m Dimensions: 280 mm long, 3 mm dia.
Paddle surface temperature sensor NiCr-Ni Measuring range: -40 ... + 400C Tolerance class: 2 ( 2.5 C)
666 216
Thermocouple NiCr-Ni Temperature sensor for very quick surface and gas measurements. Range: -200...+400C
666 212
Temperature sensor NTC resistance element for more precise measurement. With coiled cord (1.5 m) and DIN plug. Measurement range: - 20 to + 120 C Tolerances: - 20 to + 70 C: 0.2 K + 70 to + 120 C: 0.4 K Diameter: 3 mm Overall length: 280 mm
666 194
Protective sleeves for temperature sensors

729 769
Glass protective sleeves required when using the temperature sensor > 666 193 to measure temperatures in aggressive media. Set of 5. Diameter: 7 mm Length: 150 mm
V24 connection cable, 9-pole Connection cable (1:1) with a 9-pole sub-D connector and a 9-pole sub-D socket
194
666 190
666 198
Digital thermometer For simple but accurate temperature measurements in physics, chemistry and biology. Display: 3 1/2 digit, 7-segment display, with automatic minus signal Height of digits: 26 mm Range: - 50 C to 1200 C Inaccuracy: up to + 200 C: 0.1 K above + 200 C: 1 K Input: multi-way socket Recorder output: 1 mV K-1, via 4-mm sockets Supply voltage: 12 V/0.6 A, via 230 V/50 Hz mains plug-in power supply unit (included) Dimensions: 20 cm x 14 cm x 23 cm Weight: 1 kg
Digital temperature controller and indicator For keeping heat baths, ovens or other electrical heaters at constant temperature. Special Features: Measurement and display of temperatures Control of external heaters to maintain a given temperature Display of actual and set temperature Display: 3 1/2 digit, 7-segment display, with automatic minus signal Height of digits: 26 mm Range: - 50 C to + 1200 C Inaccuracy: to + 200 C: 0.1 K above + 200 C: 1 K Inaccuracy between 0 C and + 1000 C: 1 % 1 digit Recorder output: 1 mV K-1 , via 4-mm sockets Rating of switching contact: 220 V/6 A or 40 V/10 A max. Response time: 1 s max. (in water) Supply voltage: 12 V/0.6 A via 230 V/50 Hz mains plug-in power supply unit (included) Dimensions: 20 cm x 14 cm x 15 cm
Hand-held pH meter (> 666 221) with temperature sensor (> 666 241) Temperatures can also be measured using the hand-held measuring instruments > 666 221, > 666 222 and > 666 224 with the corresponding sensors. In addition to the temperature, it is also possible to measure other quantities such as pH, conductivity and oxygen content concurrently.
Additionally required: Temperature probe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193
Additionally required: Temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193
>
For more information on hand-held measuring instruments see page 3
195
measuring equipment- pH pH meters and accessories
666 450
667 420
Digital pH meter LEYBOLD DIDACTIC offers a new, user-friendly device with automatic calibration and temperature compensation. The information provided in the display and via the LEDs guides the user easily through all functions. Special features: Measurement of pH (0.00 ... 14.00), potentials (02000 mV) and temperature (-50 +200 C) Automatic/manual calibration (selectable) The automatic calibration of the pH probe is carried out with calibration buffers at pH 7 and pH 4 or 9 (automatic sensing). The instrument prompts the user for the appropriate buffer solution. For manual calibration, it is possible to calibrate with any buffer solution. Automatic/manual temperature compensation (selectable) An NTC or Pt 100 sensor is additionally connected for automatic temperature compensation. The measured temperature can be shown in the display. In "manual temperature compensation" mode, the temperature is entered via the display and the keypad. Connection of any pH or redox electrode equipped with 13 mm DIN plug. Simple retrofitting of the data output module for connecting a printer or computer, for convenient registration, display, storage and processing of measured values; all functions can be controlled via the computer. Display: 7 segment numeric LED, 3 1/2 digits, 26 mm high 14 segment alphanumeric LED, 2 digits, 14 mm high Inputs: 1 pH standard socket, 13 mm dia., 1 DIN socket, 8 pin Measurement ranges: pH: 0.00 ... 14.00; 0 1000 mV NTC: -20 ... + 120 C Pt 100: -50 ... +200 C Resolution: 0.01 pH; 1 mV; 0.1 C Measurement accuracy: pH: 0.02 pH NTC: 0.1C or 0.3 % of measured value (>70 C) Pt100: 0.2C Input resistance: 1012 1 Temperature compensation: 0 ... 140 C (automatic or manual) Slope matching: 40...80 mV (pH) Zero point matching: pH 5 ... pH 9 Analog output: 12 bit conversion, 1 digit 1 mV Data outputs: via plug-in module (data output module, > 666 211), for retrofitting Serial interface (RS 232) Parallel interface (Centronics) Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm Weight: 1.5 kg (> 666 451)
667 420 666 450
Benchtop apparatus CPS version
196
measuring equipment- pH
Equipment list
pH-Titration
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Digital pH-meter for demonstration purposes . . . . . . . . . . . 667 420 single rod pH electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 424 Magnetic stirrer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 843 Stand rod for Bunsen stand, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 523 Burette clamp for 2 burettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 558 Bosshead S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 09 Miniature clamps, 0 ... 25 mm dia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 551 Stirring bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 851 Beaker, 400 ml, ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 114 Burette, 25 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 845 Chemicals Hydrochloric acid, 1mol/l 500 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674 690 Caustic soda, 1 mol/l 500 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673 842
Measuring pH during titration
Accessories
667 421
Single-rod pH measurement electrode with integrated temperature sensor For pH measurements with automatic temperature compensation; with DIN connector; 13 mm dia.
667 415 667 415 667 417 667 418 667 424
Redox probe For oxidation-reduction measurements, with platinum pin and Ag/AgCl reference system; with DIN connector, 13 mm dia.
667 422
Ag/AgCl reference electrode Standard reference electrode for measuring potentials; with DIN connector, 13 mm dia.
667 417 667 419
pH single-rod electrode In unbreakable plastic shaft suitable for outdoor use, with DIN plug, 13 mm dia.
Single-rod pH measurement electrode with flat diaphragm For measuring pH value on flat surfaces such as skin or leather; in plastic shaft; with DIN connector, 13 mm dia.
667 423
Measurement electrode with platinum pin For measuring potentials; with DIN connector, 13 mm dia.
667 418
Single-rod pH measurement electrode with conical diaphragm Insertion electrode for pH value measurements in paste-like and solid materials such as food, creams etc.; with DIN connector, 13 mm dia.
667 424
667 425
Single-rod pH electrode Glass electrode for pH measurements, with DIN connector, 13 mm dia.
Buffer solutions pH 4 and pH 7 (250 ml each), KCI solution (3M, 100 ml) for filling single-rod electrodes.
197
666 211
667 931
Data output module For connection of meters > 666 450 , > 666 451>, > 666 452, > 667 420, > 667 439, > 666 210 and > 667 347 to a printer and computer. 1 Parallel interface (Centronics) 1 Serial interface (RS 232): selectable 2400/9600 bps, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity. Output intervals: continuous, 1 s, 10 s, 1 min, 10 min, 30 min, 60 min; selectable via pushbuttons, time interval displayed on front panel of module, Alpha-numeric data output (ASCII characters) together with the unit of measurement. Dimensions: 90 x 42 x 95 mm Weight: 0.3 kg
728 069
PC printer cable With 25 pin sub-D-plug for the connection of a printer with parallel (Centronics) interface to the PC.
Inserting the data output module

666 221
Hand-held pH-meter For measuring pH, temperature and redox values. If a temperature sensor > 666 241 is connected, temperature compensations are carried out automatically; otherwise the temperature is entered manually on the keypad. Measurement ranges: pH: 0 ... 14 pH 0.05 pH -1999 ... +1999 mV 5% Temperature: -199,9 ... +199.9 C 0.5 C (Pt 1000) -10 ... +110 C 0.2 C (NTC) Input resistance: 1019 ohm Inputs: pH DIN socket (DIN 19 262) DIN socket, 8 pins (for temperature sensor) Output: DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232) Power supply: 9 V battery
666 238
Storage case for hand-held measuring instruments For storage and safe transportation of a handheld measuring instrument with accessories (battery, sensors, etc.). With foam inlay. Dimensions: 270 x 200 x 65 mm Weight: 450 g
198
667 414
Laboratory pH measurement set Rugged, battery-powered pH meter with manual temperature compensation. Display: LCD, 3 12-digits, 13 mm high (7-segment, numeric) Range: pH 0.0 ... 14.0 Temperature compensation: 0 ... + 100C Dimensions (case): 145 x 80 x 40 mm Weight: 1.6 kg
Scope of delivery
1 pH-meter 1 Set of buffer solutions pH 4 and pH 7 1 Distilled water 1 Single-rod pH electrode (> 667.412)
PH testers The low-cost alternatives for pH measurement. Available with single-point calibration and in waterproof models with two-point calibration and optional additional temperature compensation. All models complete with protective cap and batteries.
667 4051
667 4052
667 4053
Water-proof models pHep

Measuring range Resolution Accuracy (20 C) Manual calibration Temperature compensation Battery Ambient conditions Dimensions Weight
pHep1 0.0 to 14.0 pH 0.1 pH 0.1 pH Single-point or two-point calibration none 3 x 1.4 V approx. 350 battery hours 0 to 50 C; RH 100 % 150 x 30 x 24 mm 85 g
pHep2 0.0 to 14.0 pH 0.1 pH 0.1 pH Single-point or two-point calibration automatic 0 to 50 C 3 x 1.4 V approx. 350 battery hours 0 to 50 C; RH 100 % 150 x 30 x 24 mm 85 g
0.0 to 14.0 pH 0.1 pH 0.1 pH Single-point calibration none 3 x 1.4 V approx. 700 battery hours 0 to 50 C; RH 95 % 150 x 30 x 24 mm 85 g
199
measuring equipment - conductivity Conductivity meters and accessories
666 451
667 439
Digital conductivity meter The new demonstration digital conductivity meter unites ease of use with state-of-the-art measuring technology. Special features: Can be matched to measuring cells with cell constants of between 0.7 and 1.3 cm-1 Calibration of probes with unknown cell constant using standard solutions Automatic/manual temperature compensation (selectable): an NTC or Pt 100 sensor is additionally connected for automatic temperature compensation. In manual temperature compensation mode, the temperature is entered via the keypad, Temperature coefficient adjustable between 0% and 6% to compensate the temperature dependency of conductivity measurements for different measurement solutions. Measuring ranges: 2/20/200/2000 mS x cm-1 Automatic/manual ranging (selectable) Display in S x cm-1, mS x cm-1 or C. Simple retrofitting of the data output module for connecting a printer or computer, for convenient registration, display, storage and processing of measured values; all functions can be controlled via the computer. Display: 7 segment numeric LED, 3 1/2 digits, 26 mm high 14 segment alphanumeric LED, 2 digits, 14 mm high Inputs: 2 x sockets, 4 mm dia. 1 x DIN socket, 8 pin Measurement ranges: 0 ... 200 S/cm 0 ... 2 mS/cm 0 ... 20 mS/cm 0 ... 2000 mS/cm NTC: -20+120 C PT100: -50+200 C Resolution: 0.1-1-10-100 S/cm-1mS/cm, 0.1 C Measurement accuracy: Conductivity: 2 % (<200 mS/cm) NTC: +0. 1 C or 0.3% of measured value (>70 C) Pt 100: 0.2% Measurement range selection: automatic or manual Cell constant: 0.7 ... 1.3 cm-1 Temperature coefficient: 0 ... 6% K Temperature compensation: 0 ... 150 C (automatic or manual) Analog output: 12 bit conversion, 1 digit 1 mV Data outputs: via plug-in module (data output module, > 666 211), for retrofitting Serial interface (RS 232) Parallel interface (Centronics) Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm Weight: 1.5 kg
667 439 666 451
Digital conductivity meter Digital conductivity meter, CPS version
200
measuring equipment - conductivity

Conductiometric titration In a neutralization reaction, the conductivity initially decreases, as virtually undissociated water is formed. Conductivity subsequently increases due to a surplus of titrant. The point of lowest conductivity corresponds to the equivalence point of the titration. Precipitation and complexometric titrations can also be conducted in a similar manner.
Equipment list
Conductiometric titration
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Digital conductivity meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 439 Conductivity measurement cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 426 Magnetic stirrer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 845 Stand rod for Bunsen stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 523 Bosshead S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 09 Miniature clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 551 Burette clamp for one burette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 559 Burette, 25 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 845 Beaker, 250 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 103
667 426
666 212
Conductivity measurement cell In plastic holster with cable and plug for connection to the conductivity box (> 524 037) Cell constant 1.0 1/cm
Temperature sensor NTC resistance element for more precise. measurement. With coiled cord (1.5 m) and DIN plug. Measurement range: - 20 to + 120 C Tolerances: - 20 to + 70 C: 0.2 K + 70 to + 120 C: 0.4 K Diameter: 3 mm Overall length: 280 mm
667 4271
666 214
Temperature sensor, Pt 100 For use in connection with instruments > 667 420 and > 666 450 for temperature compnsation in connction with > 667 439 and > 666 451. Pt 100 resistent element, with connection cable and DIN connector.
667 4101
Watercheck pH and conductivity tester Combination meter for pH and conductivity. With single-point calibration and automatic temperature compensation for conductivity, rapid response time. Measuring range: 0.0 to 14.0 pH, 0 to 1999 S/cm Resolution: 0.1 pH, 10 S/cm Accuracy (20 C): 0.2 pH/2 % Calibration: single-point via trimmer Temperature compensation: automatic for conductivity Ambient conditions: 0 to 50 C, RH 95 % Battery (included): 3 x 1.5 V/approx. 290 h Dimensions: 194 x 29 x 165 mm Weight: 70 g
>
667 4272
Data output module see page 636
Conductivity tester DiST 3 With integrated temperature sensor for automatic temperature compensation and manual calibration option. Complete with protective cap and batteries. Measuring range 1999 S/cm Resolution: 1 S/cm Accuracy (20 C): 1 % Calibration: manual via trimmer Temperature compensation: automatic from 5 to 50 C Ambient conditions: 0 to 50 C, RH 95 %, RH 100% waterproof version Battery: 4 x 1.5 V/approx. 350 h Dimensions: 150 x 30 x 24 mm Weight: 85
666 222
Hand-held conductivity meter

667 4271
For measuring the conductivity (conductance) of solutions and Temperatures. Detailed description see page 5.
667 4101
Conductivity tester DiSTWP 3 Waterproof.
201
energy supply Batteries, accumulators
576 86 with monocell
576 89 503 11 503 09
Batteries, monocells, mignon cells, babycells
576 86
Monocell holder STE 2/50

Cat. No./ Replacement part No. Designation Voltage Type Dimensions*
685 44 685 47 503 11 503 09 685 45
Mignon cell Baby cell Monocells (Set 20) Flat battery (normal) Block battery (block type)
1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 4.5 V 9.0 V
IEC R 6 50 mm x 14 mm dia. IEC R 14 50 mm x 25 mm dia. IEC R 20 60 mm x 33 mm dia. IEC 3 R 12 65 mm x 62 mm x 21 mm IEC 6 F 22 48 mm x 25 mm x 16 mm
Housing for correctly inserting a 1.5 V monocell battery. The battery contacts are linked with both the plug pins, allowing integration of the low-voltage source into the circuit. Housing dimensions: 7 cm x 3.8 cm x 4.7 cm
* Length including the battery terminal
576 89
Battery case, 2 x 4.5 V For 6 monocells 1.5 V, specially suitable in connection with the plug-in board > 503 11, for students' experiments, Without batteries. Output voltages: 2 x 4.5 V or 1 x 9 V via 4-mm sockets Dimensions: 21.5 cm x 10 cm x 4.5 cm
562 791
Plug-in power supply 12 V AC Primary: 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz Secondary: 12 V AC, 20 VA Connection: flat connector
562 791
522 71
Ni-Cd accumulator With lengthened terminals ending in 4-mm sockets. The accumulator is supplied completely discharged and unfilled. The required potash solution is included in a separate container. Connection: 4-mm sockets each cell Terminal voltage: 6 V (5 x 1.2 V) Charge: 30 Ah Number of cells: 5
Additionally required: Charging device, e.g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 35
522 91
Potash solution For refilling the Ni-Cd accumulators > 522 71. Amount: 2 ltr. in plastic bottle.
202
energy supply
Supply units
Power supply program
For example: AC/DC power supply 0 ... 15 V/5 A (521 50)
> Fulfills all the requirements of modern natural-science education > Clear separation of function fields for easier use > State-of-the-art technology > Meets all electromagnetic-compatibility (EMC) requirements > -seal for all units according to regulations applicable as of 1 January 1996 > Modern, elegant design
203
energy supply Variable extra-low voltage transformers

521 25
Transformer 2 to 12 V; 120 W For supplying experiment lamps (> 450 60) and (> 450 64), or as general-purpose supply unit for practical experiments. With automatic circuit breakers for all outputs. Output voltages: 2/4/6/8/10/12 V AC via safety sockets Maximum load capacity: 10 A Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 138 VA Protection: T 1.0, primary 3 x overcurrent circuit breakers10 A, secondary Dimensions: 20 cm x 14 cm x 15 cm Weight: 2.6 kg
562 73
522 16
522 16
Low-voltage power supply 3, 6, 9, 12 V AC/DC, 3 A Power supply for experiments on electricity and simple electronics experiments. Output voltage adjustable in steps; overload-protected with bimetallic switch. Output voltage: 3/6/9/12 V AC/3 A; 3/6/9/12 V DC/3 A Maximum load capacity: 3 A Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 36 VA Protection: thermal overload protection Dimensions: 18 cm x 10.5 cm x 7.5 cm Weight: 1.9 kg
562 73 522 32
Transformer, 6/12 V; 30 W AC/DC regulator For producing regulated, smoothed, adjustable DC voltage when only AC voltage is available. Input voltage: min. 12 V AC to max. 25 V AC Output voltage: 1.5 V DC to 12 V DC continuously adjustable, regulated Output current: max. 0.5 A, short-circuit proof Connection: via 4-mm sockets Dimensions: 11.5 cm x 6.5 cm x 4 cm Particularly suited for supplying experiment lamps (> 450 60), the timers (> 337 18 /19) and the function generator S (> 522 62); overload protected. Output voltage: 6 V/ 5 A and 12 V/2.5 A via two 4- mm socket pairs Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 30 VA Protection: thermal overload protection Dimensions: 16 cm x 8 cm x 6 cm Weight: 1 kg
204
energy supply
667 827
Variable extra-low voltage transformer D Power supply unit for continuously adjustable DC and AC voltage. With analog RMS meters for indicating the output voltage and tapped current, as well as switch for toggling between DC and AC voltage mode. Additionally equipped with two fixed-voltage outputs. All outputs electrically isolated from mains and earth-free. Output voltage: 0 to 25 V AC continuous 0 to 20 V DC continuous 6 V AC 12 V AC via 4-mm safety sockets Maximum load capacity: 10 A 10 A bridge rectification 10 A 10 A total max. 10 A Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: max. 300 VA Protection: T 2.5 primary 3 overcurrent circuit breakers, secondary Dimensions: 20 cm x 21 cm x 23 cm Weight: 6.5 kg
667 827
Ideal for all chemistry and biology applications
521 39
Variable extra-low voltage transformer Power supply unit with high load capacity for continuously adjustable DC and AC voltage. All outputs with overload protection by means of automatic circuit breakers, thus particularly suitable for students' experiments. Additionally equipped with two fixed-voltage outputs. All outputs electrically isolated from mains and earth-free. Output voltage: 0 to 25 V AC continuous 0 to 20 V DC continuous 6 V AC 12 V AC via 4-mm safety sockets Maximum load capacity: 10 A 10 A Bridge rectification 10 A 10 A total max. 10 A Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: max. 300 VA Protection: T 2.5 primary 3 overcurrent circuit breakers, secondary Dimensions: 20 cm x 21 cm x 23 cm Weight: 6.5 kg
521 39
205
energy supply
521 35
Variable extra-low voltage transformer S Power supply unit for continuously adjustable DC and AC voltage. All outputs with overload protection by means of overcurrent circuit breakers, thus particularly suitable for students' experiments. Additionally equipped with two fixed-voltage outputs. Output voltage: 0 to 20 V AC continuous 0 to 20 V DC continuous 12 V AC via 4-mm safety sockets Maximum load capacity: 6A 6 A, bridge rectification total max. 6 A 1.8 A Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: max. 185 VA Protection: T 1.25 B, primary 2 overcurrent circuit breakers, secondary Dimensions: 20 cm x 14 cm x 23 cm Weight: 6 kg
52129
Three-phase extra-low voltage transformer For supplying electrical machine teaching models (> 563 480 ff.) as well as for experiments on three-phase current and analog power electronics which require three-phase voltages. All phases are electronically protected. Outputs: 6 V/10 V 3 AC star/delta 23 V/40 V 3 AC star/delta output via 4-mm safety sockets Maximum load capacity: 4 A/2.3 A each Connection: 230 V 3 AC with neutral conductor, 50/60 Hz via cable with 5-pin CEE-type plug Protection: T 1.25 D (3x) all phases with additional electronic protection Power consumption: 300 VA Dimensions: 20 cm x 21 cm x 23 cm Weight: 7.6 kg
521 29
206
energy supply Extra-Low voltage power supplies

521 45
DC power supply 0 to 15 V Symmetrical, adjustable DC voltage source for electronics circuits, 5 V DC voltage source for digital circuits; current-limited. With 2 1/2-digit display of adjustable DC voltage, including overload indicator (LED). Output voltages: 0 to 15 V DC, 0 to 30 V DC 5 V via 4-mm safety sockets Maximum load capacity: 1.5 A (short-circuit proof) 0.5 A (short-circuit proof) Residual ripple at full load: 5 mVpp Stabilization at full load: 0.3% Stabilization for 10% fluctuation in mains voltage: 0.1 % Connection voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz Protection: 115 V: T 1.0 primary 230 V: T 0.5 primary Power consumption: 80 VA Dimensions: 20 cm x 14 cm x 23 cm Weight: 2.6 kg
522 33
Regulated power supply 5 V DC, 1 A Energy supply specially for the logic elements of the SIMULOG LS-TTL system at one or two work places or for one circuit with a higher power requirement.
726 86
726 84
Stabilized power supply 5 V/3 A For supplying the SIMULOG LS-TTL logic elements in vertical assemblies in panel frames or demonstration-experiment frame. Rated-voltage monitor via LED. Output voltage: + 5 V DC via 4-mm sockets or 6-pin DIN socket Maximum load capacity: 3 A (short-circuit proof) Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Fuse: T 1.0 Power consumption: 53 VA Dimensions: 10 cm x 30 cm x 12 cm Weight: 2.5 kg
Stabilized power supply 15 V/3 A Laboratory power supply with two separate and stabilized fixed voltages for vertical assemblies in panel frames or demonstration- experiment frame. Rated-voltage monitoring via two green LED's. Output voltage: 15 V DC via 4-mm sockets Maximum load capacity: 1.4 A, short-time 3 A Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Fuse: T 1.0 Power consumption: 160 VA Dimensions: 10 cm x 30 cm x 12 cm Weight: 5 kg
Output voltage: 2 x 5 V DC (parallel) via one 6-pin DIN socket each for SIMULOG LS-TTL Maximum load capacity: 1 A (short-circuit proof) Residual ripple at full load: 10 mVpp Stabilization at full load: 2% Stabilization for 10% fluctuation in mains voltage: 0.2 % Connection voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz Protection: T 0.315 for 230 V T 0.63 for 115 V Power consumption: 10 VA Dimensions: 15 cm x 8 cm x 6 cm Weight: 1 kg
207
energy supply
521 50
AC/DC power supply 0 ... 15 V/ 5 A High-performance power supply which can also be used as a constant-current source. AC voltage is electrically isolated from the DC voltage and can be adjusted in seven steps from 2 to 15 V/5 A. Overload protection via overcurrent circuit breakers; capable of supporting full load while simultaneously supplying DC. Stabilized and regulated DC voltage continuously adjustable, 0...15 V, 0...5 A. With two 21/2-digit displays for current and voltage; permanent electronic short-circuit protection and protection against interference voltages. Separate LED indicators for constant current and constant voltage operation. Output voltages: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15 V AC 0 to 15 V DC continuously adjustable, via 4-mm safety sockets Maximum load capacity: 5 A; 0 to 5 A, adjustable, short-circuit proof Residual ripple at full load: 50 mV Stabilization at full load: 0.2 % Display: 2 1/2 digit, 12.5 mm Connection voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz Protection: 115 V: T 3.15, primary 230 V: T 1.6, primary 1 overcurrent circuit breaker, secondary Power consumption: 225 VA Dimensions: 20 cm x 21 cm x 23 cm Weight: 8 kg
521 48
AC/DC power supply, 0...12 V Adjustable extra-low voltage power supply with illuminated analog display meter for stabilized and regulated DC output voltage, permanent electronic short-circuit protection and protection against interference voltages; additionally equipped with four electrically isolated AC voltage outputs. Overload protection via four overcurrent circuit breakers, thus particularly suitable for students' and practical experiments as well as demonstrations. Output voltages: 0 to 12 V DC continuously adjustable 3, 6, 9, 12 V AC via 4-mm savety sockets Maximum load capacity: 3 A, short-circuit proof 3A Residual ripple at full load: 2 mVrms Stabilization at full load: 20 mV Display instrument: analog, class 2.5 Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Protection: T 1.4, primary; 1 overcurrent circuit breaker, secondary Dimensions: 23 cm x 11.5 cm x 19 cm Weight: 3.5 kg
208
energy supply
521 54
DC power supply 0...20 V All-purpose regulated extra-low voltage power supply with illuminated output voltage and output current meters, electronically short-circuit proof. Output voltage: 0...20 V continuously adjustable, via 4-mm safety sockets Maximum load capacity: 5 A, short-circuit proof Stabilization at full load: 20 mV Residual ripple at full load: 2 mVrms Display instruments: analog, class 2.5 Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Protection: T 1.4, primary Dimensions: 19 cm x 9 cm x 17.5 cm Weight: 3.6 kg
521 53
DC power supply 2 x 0...15 V Extremely versatile double power supply, particularly suitable for electricity and electronics experiments. Two identical, continuously adjustable, regulated DC power supplies, each of which can be tapped independently of the other. The two outputs are electrically isolated from each other and can be connected in parallel and in series. The output current and voltage for each output are indicated on one illuminated voltmeter and ammeter, respectively. Output voltage: 2 x 0...15 V DC continuously adjustable, via 4-mm safety sockets Maximum load capacity: 2 5 A, short-circuit proof Stabilization at full load: 30 mV Residual ripple at full load: 3 mVrms Display instruments: analog, class 2.5 Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Protection: T 2.0, primary Dimensions: 27 cm x 12 cm x 19.5 cm Weight: 6 kg
209
energy supply
521 70
High-voltage power supply 10 kV Earth-free high-voltage source with center tap, continually adjustable or controllable via an external voltage, for electrostatic experiments, Wulf electroscope, experiments on radioactivity, as well as operation of spectral tubes, gas discharge tubes and field-emission microscope. With built-in high-voltage proof transformer for tapping a heating voltage (6.3 V/2 A) for electron tubes. The integrated 21/2 digit instrument permits display of the voltage present at any of the output sockets. Passive current limiting ensures that no dangerous contact voltages can occur. Output voltages: 0 to + 5 kV 0 to - 5 kV 0 to 10 kV 6.3 V AC, high-voltage proof up to 10 kV via 4-mm safety sockets Load capacity: max. 2 mA (short-circuit current) max. 100 A (short-circuit current) max. 200 A (short-circuit current) 2A External control voltage: 0 - 5 V DC 0 - 5 Vp up to 1 Hz Voltage indicator: 21/2 digit LED, 12.5 mm Connection voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz Protection: T 0.5 for 230 V; T 1.0 for 115 V Power consumption: 50 VA Dimensions: 20 cm x 21 cm x 23 cm Weight: 3.5 kg
521 70
Purticularly suitable for experiments on water synthesis
667 818
Spark-gap supply unit This unit supplies a DC voltage of approx.10,000 V and a current of up to 2mA. Input: 230V / 50Hz Output: DC voltage approx. 10,000V and up to 2mA Power consumtion: 50A Dimensions: 20 x 14 x 23 cm Weight: 3.0 kg
210
auxiliary equipment electricity Connecting leads and small accessories
Connecting leads For use in extra-low voltage circuits; flexible PVC lead; plug with fully insulated axial socket; non-tension. Plug and socket: 4 mm dia. (nickel-plated) Conductor cross-section: 2.5 mm2 Continuous current: 32 A max. Contact resistance: 1.8 m
Length 25 cm 50 cm 100 cm 200 cm
500 851
Set of 32 safety connecting leads
Scope of delivery
red blue green black yellow yellow/green
501 20 501 21 501 22 501 23 501 24 501 40
501 25 501 26 501 27 501 28 501 29 501 41
501 30 501 31 501 32 501 33 501 34 501 42
501 35 501 36 501 37 501 38 501 39 501 43
2 x red 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 641 2 x blue 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 642 2 x red 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 621 2 x blue 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 622 2 x red 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 611 2 x blue 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 612 4 x black 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 644 6 x black 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 624 6 x black 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 614 4 x black 10 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 604
Safety connecting leads For use in low-voltage circuits; flexible; safety plug with axial safety socket at both ends. Cross-section: 2.5 mm2 Current: 32 A max
Length 10 cm 25 cm 50 cm 100 cm 200 cm
red blue black yellow/green
500 601 500 602 500 604 500 600
500 611 500 612 500 614 500 610
500 621 500 622 500 624 500 620
500 641 500 642 500 644 500 640
500 661 500 662 500 664
501 05
High voltage cable Experiment cable with safety plug for voltages which are non-hazardous Length: 1 m
211
auxiliary equipment electricity
Connecting leads For extra-low voltage circuits; copper lead, equipped at both ends with a plug and fully insulated axial socket for connecting further cables. Plug and socket: 4 mm dia. Cross-section of conductor: 1 mm2 Max. continuous current: 19 A
Length 25 cm 50 cm 100 cm
red blue green black yellow yellow/green
500 411 500 412 500 416 500 414 500 415 500 410
500 421 500 422 500 426 500 424 500 425 500 420
500 441 500 442
500 444 500 445 500 440
Sets of cables
501 44 501 46 501 461
Pair of cables, red/blue, (> 500 411/412) 25 cm Set of cables.
Pair of cables, red/blue, Set of cables (> 500 441/442) 100 cm.
Pair of cables, black Set of cables (> 500 444) 100 cm.
501 441
501 532
501 531
Pair of cables, black Set of cables (> 500 414) 25 cm.
Set of 30 connecting leads 1 mm2

Scope of delivery
Set of 42 connecting leads 1 mm2

Scope of delivery
501 45
Pair of cables, red/blue, Set of cables (> 500 421/422) 50 cm.
2 x red 100 cm ....................................500 441 2 x blue 100 cm...................................500 442 2 x black 100 cm.................................500 444 4 x red 50 cm ......................................500 421 4 x blue 50 cm.....................................500 422 4 x black 50 cm...................................500 424 3 x red 25 cm ......................................500 411 3 x blue 25 cm.....................................500 412 6 x black 25 cm...................................500 414
4 x red 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 441 4 x blue 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 442 6 x black 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 444 4 x red 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 421 4 x blue 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 422 6 x black 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 424 4 x red 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 411 4 x blue 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 412 6 x black 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 414
501 451
Pair of cables, black, Set of cables (> 500 424) 50 cm.
501 96
Cable rack For tidy storage of test leads. Rail with attached hanger arms. Hanger arms made of plastic. Intermediate spaces can be set as required to suit cable thickness. Includes mounting materials. Number of hanger arms: 26 Dimensions: 40 cm x 7.5 cm x 3.5 cm
212
501 19
501 16
501 18 575 35
501 09
501 10
501 091
501 16
575 35
Multi-core cable, 6-pole, 1.5 m With 6-pole plugs at both ends. Current: max. 1 A per lead
Adapter BNC/4 mm, 2-pole
501 09
Adapter BNC/4 mm, single-pole

501 18
Adapter cable, 4-pole, 1.5 m For connecting, for example, a light barrier (> 313 10 , out of stock) to a digital counter (> 575 50, out of stock), stop-clock (> 313 01 /03, out of stock) or gate control (> 575 51, out of stock). Also for connecting the forked light barrier (> 337 46) with the counter P (> 575 45). With a 6-pole plug at one end and four 4 mm plugs at the other end.
501 10
Straight (BNC)
501 091
BNC T adapter
501 19
Adapter cable, 3-pole, 0.75 m For connecting the power supply (> 522 30) and plug-in units with a 6-pole socket from the B 4 set from automatic control engineering. With a 6-pole plug at one end and three 4 mm plugs at the other end.
501 031
BNC lead BNC/BNC plug Impedance: 50

501 01 501 02 501 022
501 01 - 022
575 24
BNC lead, 25 cm long BNC lead, 100 cm long BNC lead, 200 cm long
575 24
501 031
Screened cable BNC/4 mm Coaxial cable with a separate connecting plug for screening. Impedance: 50 Cable capacitance: 120 pF Length: 1.15 m
Connecting lead, screened With two 4 mm plugs at either end. Length: 8 m
213
501 641 501521-525
501 644
501 511
501 512 501 83
501 47
501 861
590 011
501 84
Set of 6 laboratory plugs Used for making tailor-made leads; only for extra-low voltages; solder connection Pin diameter: 4 mm Wire diameter: max. 2 mm
501 521 501 522 501 523 501 524 501 525
501 511
501 861
Set of 10 bridging plugs, black 4-mm bridging plugs with 19 mm spacing; max. current 32 A.
Set of 6 crocodile-clips, polished For reliable connection of 4-mm plugs to bare wire; only for extra-low voltages. Length: 40 mm
red blue green black yellow
501 512 590 011
Set of 10 bridging plugs with tap, black 4-mm bridging plugs with 19 mm spacing; with 4-mm tap, max. current 32 A. Clamping plug For mounting of rods of a maximum diameter of 4 mm and wires of a maximum diameter of 1 mm Pin diameter: 4 mm Sockets: 1 axial, 1 lateral 4-mm socket Colour: black Set of 6 two-way plug adapters Two-way plug adapters.For safe connections between two 4-mm plugs.
501 641
501 47
Insulated twin wire Material: copper Diameter: each 1 mm Length: 20 mm
501 84
501 644
red black
Connector with small grips, red Grip tongs countersunk in a flexible stem. When pushing the button, the grip tongs slide out of the stem tip and small parts of up to 4 mm diameter can be attached to the grip tongs. For extra low voltage. Socket: for 4-mm-plug Lateral screw: for attaching a connecting lead Total length: 16 cm
501 83
Set of 6 insulated crocodile-clips For reliable connection of 4-mm plugs to bare wires, only for extra-low voltages. Length: 50 mm
214

501 50
Set of 10 adaptors for components For use with rastered socket panels, e.g. > 576 74/75 as contact points for assembling circuits with commercially available electrical and electronic components. Connectors: on 4-mm-plug, one 2-mm socket and six 1-mm sockets with contact springs (all electrically interconnected) Dimensions: 35 mm x 12 mm dia.
501 48
501 50
50148
Set of 10 bridging plugs For use in extra-low voltage circuits on the rastered socket panel, with imprinted line to illustrate connection; in storage block. Plugs: 4 mm dia. Pin spacing: 19 mm* Load capacity: 25 A
500 59 500 591
501 50 with components on plug-in board
Set of 10 safety bridging plugs,black For use in low-voltage circuits. Plugs: 4 mm dia Pin spacing: 19 mm* Load capacity: 25 A
500 59 500 591
black yellow/green
*The plugs are designed such that they cannot be inserted into earthed sockets of German type
Set of 6 safety adapter sockets For converting apparatus equipped with 4 mm safety sockets and operated in the low-voltage range, e.g. power supplies, measuring instruments and rheostats; with Allan wrench for fast, easy installation.
500 95 500 96 500 98
red blue black
591 21
Large clip plug For fastening tubular components having a diameter of 14 to 25 mm. Plug: 4 mm dia.
590 02 590 02
591 21
Small clip plug For mounting of rods of diameters between 8 mm and 12 mm. Plug: 4 mm dia.
215

502 05 502 05
Measuring junction box For connecting an ammeter and a voltmeter into circuits whose loads are connected directly to the mains supply via earthed plugs; complete with safety connection plugs. Outputs: 1 earthed socket, 4 safety sockets Cable length: 1.80 m Connection: via earthed plug Supply voltage: 240 V Current max. 15 A Connected load: 3600 VA Dimensions: 13.5 cm x 7.5 cm x 6.0 cm
663 615
Schuko socket strip, 5 sockets (safety mains sockets)

502 06
With switch and 5 sockets, turned by 90, especially for connection of plug-in power units.
502 06
Safety connecting box For safe electrical connections between open laboratory set-ups and the mains supply via safety connecting leads.
663 615
Output: 2 pairs of safety sockets with protective shrouds, wired in parallel Mains switch: 2-pole Cable length: 1.80 m Connection: via Euro plug Supply voltage: 250 V max. Current: max. 16 A Dimensions: 12.5 cm x 12.5 cm x 5.0 cm
502 04
502 04
Distribution box With 4 earthed sockets and separate, 4 mm earthing socket. Cable length: 1.80 m Current: max. 10 A Connection: via earthed plug
698 50
Set of fuses in storage box Contains 18 of the most common fuses in the Leybold equipment program; in packages of 10 each.
Scope of delivery
1 Storage box, 1 Package: T 0.08B T 2.5D T 0.125B T 6.3D T 0.2B M 0.5C T 0.315B M 5.0E T 0.5B F 1.6G T 063B F 6.3E T 1.0B F 10G T 1.25B FF 1.6G T 1.6D FF 2.0G
216
stand material Trolleys

598 11
Large trolley For transporting equipment and for experiment set-ups; with two intermediate shelves. Can be extended to a mobile, vertical, experiment stand with the demonstration-experiment frame (> 301 300). Substructure made of varnished steel tube with four rotatable rubbercoated rollers, two of which are lockable. The steel substructure is provided with holes for screws for attaching an electric panel for AC supply (> 598 14). The table is supplied disassembled. The screws, nuts and an Allen key necessary for assembly are included. Top plate: 100 cm x 75 cm (plastic coated) Top edge height: 90 cm Intermediate shelves: 82 cm x 55 cm
598 12
Small trolley (not shown) For transporting apparatus, experiment set-ups, projectors etc.; with two intermediate shelves. The substructure is made of varnished steel tubing and four rubber-coated rotatable wheels, two of them lock-able. The steel substructure is provided with holes for screws for attaching the electric panel for AC supply (> 598 14). The table is delivered disassembled. The screws, nuts and an Allen key necessary for assembly are included. Top plate: 75 cm x 50 cm (plastic-coated) Top edge height: 90 cm Intermediate shelves: 59 cm x 33 cm
598 11
598 13
Pump trolley (not shown) Designed like > 598 12, but only with one intermediate shelf for supporting a gas ballast pump, and with a borehole in the top plate for inserting the intake port (> 379 20).
598 14
Panel for AC supply Plastic-coated, with three earthed sockets, fully enclosed, connecting lead with earthed plug, complete with screws for mounting to the trolleys (> 598 11, > 598 12, > 598 13).
598 15
Trolley For clear storage and easy transport of accessories. Three plastic trays, cable retainer, and drilled boards for vertical storage of 24 stand rods. Four fully rotatable castors (two brake castors). The trolley is delivered disassembled. The screws, nuts and Allen key necessary for assembly are included. Dimensions: 90 cm x 45 cm x 110 cm
598 15 with material
217
stand material Stand bases

300 02
Stand base, V-shape Same features as the > 300 01 stand base, but with smaller length side. Including pair of levelling screws and a rivet-shaped insertion providing a third support point. Material: cast iron Length of sides: 20 cm Weight: 1.3 kg approx. Levelling screws: Adjustment range 17 mm
300 11 300 02 300 11
Saddle base Cylindrical base with clamping screw for fastening rods and plates. The rectangular groove at the bottom allows the device to be shifted along a linear scale (e.g. > 311 02) or a ruler. The groove in the middle serves as a fixture for clamping a linear scale (e.g. > 311 03). Jaw width for rods: up to 14 mm Jaw width for plates: up to 9.5 mm Dimensions: 5.5 cm x 6 cm dia. Weight: 0.75 kg
300 01
300 01
Stand base, V-shape For assemblies which require a high degree of stability, also when subjected to loads on one side. Bore with longitudinal slot and tommy screw on the bridge and the vertex. Bores provided for levelling screws. Including pair of levelling screws and a rivit-shaped insertion providing a third support point. Jaw width for stand rods: 8 to 14 mm Material: cast iron Length of sides: 28 cm Weight: 4 kg approx. Levelling screws: adjustment range 17 mm
300 06
300 07
300 05
301 06
301 07
301 05
Bench clamp Screw-on clamp for mounting rods, panels and optical benches (> 460 43) to bench tops. With two threaded bores, through which the clamping screw can be inserted according to requirement. Material: solid cast-iron Jaw width for stand rods: 27 mm Jaw width for panels: 20 mm Max. jaw width (bench top thickness): 47 mm approx.
Simple bench clamp For vertical clamping of rods to bench tops. Jaw width: 14 mm Max. jaw width (bench-top thickness): 60 mm
Bench clamp with pin For securing devices with a horizontal bore to bench tops. Pin dimensions: 5.5 cm x 8 mm dia. Max. jaw width (bench top thickness): 60 mm approx.
218
stand material
666 603
Base rail Anodized aluminium, made of solid T profiles with a foot on each end to facilitate assembly and for safe and easy movement of complete setups.
Cat. No. Length Width Height Weight
666 602
666 601 666 602 666 603
11 cm 55 cm 95 cm
20 cm 20 cm 20 cm
6.5 cm 6.5 cm 6.5 cm
0.3 kg 1.0 kg 1.6 kg
666 601
Base rails (666 601-603)

666 622 666 622
Experiment tray Stable frame in which a base panel is inserted; watertight seal. Fisnished with white, chemicalresistant plastic, with two cut-outs in the frame to serve as carrying handles. Can be used sa a carrying try or as a base for experiments. Dimensions: 480 x 350 x 65 mm Weight: 1.8 kg
666 623
Setup for soil testing
Experiment tray with support table

666 623
Angle strip with 3 knurled screws for attachement to the frame of experiment tray. Lenght: 48 cm Weight: 0.3 kg
Distillation setup with experiment tray

Stand base made of plastic
301 21
Stand base MF, span width for vertical rods: max. 13 mm or 1/2 inch. Bore for base rods: 10 mm dia. each. Plug-in bores: 4 mm dia. each. Dimensions: 18.5 cm x 4 cm x 3.5 cm Pair of stand feet for stand arrangements with stand base MF Support block, plug-in bores number: 8. Diameter: 4 mm each. Span width for rods and tubes: max. 13 mm or 1/2 inch. Dimensions: 5 cm x 6 cm x 3 cm
301 23 301 25
Parallelogram of forces
219
stand material Stand rods

301 27 301 26 300 42 300 41 300 51
Stand rod Bent at right angles, for mounting the highpressure mercury lamp (> 451 15) into the small optical benches (> 460 42/43).
666 626
Material: nickel-plated steel Diameter: 12 mm Arm lengths: 10 and 17 cm respectively
590 13
666 626
Stand rods Made of solid, corrosion-resistant, special steel.

Cat. No. Diameter (mm) Length (mm)
Insulated stand rod For simple mounting of plug-in components and parts. Material: plastic Diameter: 12 mm Length: 25 cm Number of bores: 1 axial, 6 lateral Bore diameter: 4 mm Bore spacings: 19 mm and 50 mm respectively
Stand rod with mounting holes Used to mount the > 590 02 and > 591 21 spring clips. Length: 45 cm 7 mounting holes 2 stand tube joints 50 x 10 mm for mounting in stand bases, bossheads etc.
301 26 301 27 300 40 300 41 300 42 608 040 300 43 300 44 300 46
10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
250 500 100 250 470 600 750 1000 1500
Clamps and bossheads

301 01 590 12 301 03
LEYBOLD multiclamp. Jaw width for stand rods: 14 mm. Jaw width for panels: 12 mm Rotatable clamp, with 2 T-screws for mounting of stand rods and panels. Complete with knurled screw, enabling rods and panels to be set at an angle. Precision-cast light metal alloy. Jaw width for stand rods: 14 mm, width for panels: 12 mm Clamp with hook, for suspending thread pendulums, spring balances and simple rope machines (pulleys etc.). Length of the base rod: 9 cm. Span width of the clamp: max. 14 mm Bosshead, aluminium. Jaw width: 16 mm Bosshead S, for perpendicular connection of rods and tubes. Jaw width: 16 mm Clamp with ring, funnels and alike. Ring diameter: 5.5 cm. Length of base rod including ring: 11 cm. Span width of the clamp: max. 14 mm Clamp with jaw clamp, suitable for use with stand material for fixing of tubes, flasks and other cylindrically shaped parts. Length: 16 cm approx. Jaw width: 20 to 80 mm. Span width to the clamp: max. 14 mm Double, crossed boss head Universal bosshead, aluminium Universal bosshead. Die-cast aluminium, 50 mm long, 28 mm dia., clamping width 13 mm Half bosshead with bolt With universal bosshead; can be used as swivel bosshead. Pin, stainless steel, 50 mm long, with two annular grooves. This pin makes it possible to join two universal bossheads to form a swivel bosshead.
Perforated stand rod With insulated end piece and additional axial 4-mm-bore. Material: nickel-plated steel Diameter: 12 mm Length: 47 cm Number of bores: 8 lateral, 1 axial Bore diameter: 4 mm Bore spacings: 19 and 50 mm respectively
301 08
608 060 301 09
301 10
301 11
666 543 608 062 666 615
608 063
666 613
220
stand material Stand tubes

Stand tubes Stainless steel tubes, straight; the 13 mm tubes can be slid over the 10 mm tube so that when used in conjunction with the universal bosshead (> 666 615) the tubes can be telescoped. This provides for continuous height adjustment.
Cat. No. Diameter (mm) Length (mm)
666 609
666 607
608 050 666 609 608 051 608 052 666 605 666 606 666 607 608 053 666 608 608 054
10 10 10 10 13 13 13 13 13 13
300 450 750 1000 50 150 400 500 750 1000
666 606 666 605
Clamps/accessories
Clip plugs For attaching rods, tubes and test tubes, for use with STM stand rod with mounting holes > 666 626.
Cat. No. Range
590 02
591 21
590 02 591 21
8...12 mm 14...25 mm
666 573
666 619
Spring clamp For support table > 666 617.

666 572
Cat. No. Width
302 68
666 618 666 621 666 620 666 619
22 mm 32 mm Stand ring with stem Used to support wire gauge, etc.; stainless steel.
Plug clamp For attaching connecting leads to support table > 666 617.
Cat. No. Width
Cat. No.
Ring-dia. (mm)
Length (mm)
Weight (g)
666 572 666 573 302 68
70 100 130
280 300 280
80 170
666 620 666 621
red black
301 72
Universal clamp Clamps with cork padding

Cat. No. Range Length Stem Finish Weight
666 555
666 555 301 72 666 551
0...80 mm 0...120 mm 0...25 mm
28 cm 30 cm 23 cm
12 mm bright 12 mm bright with 3 rubber-covered claws
0.1 kg 0.3 kg 0.2 kg
666 551
221
stand material Stands

300 76 666 588 666 584 666 617 300 75 300 73
666 617
300 75
Support table 13 mm tube, work surface 28 x 21 cm, made of white plastic, with two slots for clamp holders. May be used either horizontally or veritcally.
Laboratory stand I Height-adjustable stand for elevated positioning of demonstration devices and continuous height-adjustment of individual devices forming part of an experiment set-up. With four tommy screws for fastening equipment. Usable area: 32 x 22 cm Maximum load: 30 kg approx. Height: continuously variable between 65 mm and 250 mm. Weight: 1.8 kg
666 557 666 559
666 558
300 73
Mountable stage
666 506
With clamp for easy mounting to a horizontally or vertically placed stand rod. Dimensions: 38 cm x 25 cm Weight: 2 kg
666 504
300 76
Laboratory stand II
666 502
Additionally required: Stand rod, e.g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 42 Stand base, e.g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 01
Description as for > 300 75, but smaller and with a cork lining on side, for preventing slippage. Usable area: 16 cm x 13 cm Maximum load: 50 kg approx. Height: continuously variable between 60 mm and 250 mm. Weight: 1.8 kg
666 583
Bunsen burner stand Complete, comprising: base plate, (hammered enamel finish) and a stainless steel stand rod (M 10)
Cat. No. Dimensions Height
Laboratory stand III with 4 knurled screws to fix the height. Surface area: 20 x 20 cm Adjustable height: 7 to 26 cm. Weight: 1.8 kg
666 502 666 504 666 506
100 x 175 mm 130 x 210 mm 130 x 210 mm
450 mm 750 mm 1000 mm

Filtration Stands
608 030
Filtration stand, wood, for 2 funnels Filtration stand, for 2 funnels; plastic, adjustable, on iron plate stand. Can also be used without the funnel holders as a Bunsen burner support.
Base plate Base plate for Bunsen burner, steel (hammer-effect enamel)
Cat. No. Dimensions
666 584
666 501 666 503
100 x 175 mm 130 x 210 mm Burette holders and burette stand

Stand rod Stand rod for Bunsen burner, stainless steel, M 10 thread
Cat. No. Dimensions Length
666 588
Burette stand, with two contrast panels. Dimensions: 180 x 300 mm. Height: 600 mm Burette clamp, for 2 burettes, with rubber-cushioned clampjaws Burette clamp, for two burettes, with rubber rollers; clamping width 10 to 30 mm Burette clamp simple, for one burette, with two rubber rollers, clamping width 0 to 20 mm
666 557 666 558
666 523 666 525 666 526
12 mm 12 mm 12 mm
450 mm 750 mm 1000 mm

666 559
222
stand material Racks
667 050
667 059
Test tube rack Plastic, for 9 test tubes of up to 17 mm dia. The plastic holders have inspection slits so that the contents of the test tubes can be seen right down to the bottom.
Contrast panel 18 x 18 mm; one side white, one side black.
667 065
>
Pipette stand
Storage aids: see page 282
Plastic, with two plates to accept numerous pipettes of different sizes.
667 054 667 065
667 052 667 053
Test tube racks, wooden

Cat. No. Capacity Diameter
667 052 667 059 667 050 667 053 667 054 667 055
* With 6 drying pegs
12* 10 10 6*
18 mm 22 mm 32 mm 22 mm
667 067
Drying rack Plastic-coated steel wire. Drying rack for bottles and glassware, for use at the wash basin. 37 pins, 11 support loops, with drip tray. Dimensions: 63 x 55 cm Weight: 2 kg
Bottle basket Plastic-coated steel wire with hinged carrying handle; for safe transportation of bottles of chemicals to the laboratory bench and for orderly storage in the chemicals cabinet. Stackable.
Cat. No. Capacity
667 060 667 061
12 100 ml bottles, 18 test tube holders 12 250 ml bottles, 24 test tube holders
223
heaters and stirrers Burners and accessories

666 714 666 714 666 713
Cartridge burner DIN type With air regulation and needle valve, T= 1400 C. Delivery incl. 400 ml cartridge (> 666 715) propane/butane mix.
666 715
666 712 666 713
Cartridge Replacement cartridge with safety valve for cartridgeburner (> 666 714). Capacity 3 h, contents: 400 ml, weight: 220 g
Butane soldering torch With basic torch, valve and air control. Also suitable for glass work; can achieve a temperature of approx. 1600 C. Gas supplied from interchangeable cartridges. Height: 20 cm Weight: 0.6 kg
666 711
Butane gas burner with valve and air control, without cartridges (> 666 712). Height: 22 cm. Weight: 0.3 kg
666 715
666 7051 666 712 666 709
Butane cartridges For butane gas burner (> 666 711) and soldering torch (> 666 713). Set of three, each 0.2 kg
666 6961
666 695
Burners and accessories

Burner typ Gas Natural Gas Propane Gas universal Dimensions Height Weight
Bunsen burner with air regulation Bunsen burner with air regulation, needle valve and gas selection Bunsen burner air regulation, needle valve, pilot flame inside Teclu burner air regulation, needle valve Teclu burner air regulation, needle valve and gas selection Teclu safety burner with heavy base 1)
1)
666 695
666 693
656 016
160 mm 160 mm 160 mm 160 mm 180 mm 220 mm
0.3 kg 0.35 kg 0.3 kg 0.4 kg 0.25 kg 0.7 kg
666 6961 * 666 7051 *
666 6941 * 666 7031 *
656 017
666 709
666 708
The safety burner is equipped with a thermocouple monitoring device which will automatically stop the flow of gas if the flame should go out. The burner can be relit immediately by pressing the red ignition safety knob.
* to DVGW and DIN 30 665 part1
667 187 666 724
Safety gas hose according to DIN 306 64 and DVGW For all laboratory gas burners and gas types, flexible, non-kinking.
Wide-flame attachment
Cat. No. fitting burner
666 724
666 725
666 714, 656 016, 656 017, 666 6901 666 7051, 666 7031 666 695, 666 693, 666 6941
Cat. No.
Length [m]
Wall thickness Inside diameter [mm] [mm]
666 729 607 020 667 187
1.0 0.5 1.0
2.0 2.0 2.0
10 10* 10*
666 729
* with non-kinking, elastic end sleeve, no hose clamps required
224
heaters and stirrers
Rubber tubing for gas burner Not suitable for liquefied gas.
Cat. No.
Length [m]
Wall thickness [mm]
Internal diameter [mm]
307 67 667 183
1.0 1.0
2.0 2.0
10 8
667 184
Tubing clamps Set of 10, for gas tubing, 10 to 16 mm.

666 733
Gas igniter
666 682
666 681
666 731 666 7321 666 733
Gas igniter, mechanical, with spare flints Replacement flints, set of 6, fitting gas igniter Piezoelectric gas igniter, length:
666 687
If gas burners are used with liquefied petroleum gas (propane, butane or a mixture of the two) the burner must be connected to the gas supply in compliance with DIN 306 64 and in accordance with the instructions given by the local school authority; the pressurized gas hose (> 666 729) may have to be used.
666 686
666 685
666 682
666 681
Four-legged stand With raised edges to accept the heat protection plate (> 666 686). Dimensions: 16 cm x 16 cm Height: 21 cm
Tripod Hammered enamel finish. Ring diameter: 14 cm Height: 22 cm
666 683 666 686
Tripod Ceran cover plate Made of a glass-ceramic material which is resistant to high temperatures and thermal shocks. Fits the four-legged stand (> 666 682 ). Dimensions: 15.5 cm x 15.5 cm Thickness: 4 mm Cover plate Asbestos-free!
666 685 667 100 667 104
Diameter: 14 cm Height: 26 cm
Wire triangles with clay sleeves.

Cat. No. Length of the clay sleeves
20 cm x 20 cm 50 cm x 50 cm
Wire gauze With ceramic material applied to a circle at the center for thermal protection; contains no asbestos! Dimensions: 16 cm x 16 cm
666 687 666 688 666 689
666 7321
50 mm 60 mm 80 mm
Replacement flints, set of 3
225
heaters and stirrers Electrical heating devices
666 692
666 776 303 22
666 777
303 22
667 823
666 776
Alcohol burner, metal With knurled wheel to raise the wick and cap to extinguish the flame. Contents: 60 ml Dimensions: 65 mm x 70 mm dia.
Power controller For ohmic and inductive loads, for continous adjustment of the energy supply for electric appliances, fitted with mains cable and connector. Max. continous load: 2000 W (for ohmic load), 500 W (for inductiv load) Connection voltage: 230 V / 50 Hz Dimensions: 150 x 100 x 70 mm Weight: 0.8 kg
Electric burner Used to heat cylinders, beakers,dishes, crucibles, dry and melt, all without an open flame. The draft tuble is made of a ceramic material which is resistant to heat, acids and bases. The coils inside serve as heat exchangers for the heating elements, which are therefore not charged. The fully enclosed design of the heating eliminates problems if liquids should splash or overflow. Complete with power cord and plug. For setting and keeping the intermediate temperatures we recommend our power cntroller (> 667 823). Overall height: 17 cm Power drawn: 590 W Heat-up period, approx.: 1.5 min Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz Weight: 1.1 kg
666 692
Alcohol burner Glass vessel with wick and ground cap to extinguish the flame.
666 777
Contents: 100 ml Stand Used with the electric burner (> 666 776) when heating larger vessels.
Heating mantles
Heating mantles for round-bottom flasks With clamp for mounting to stand rods and tubes up to 14 mm dia. For heating highly flammable substances which may not be exposed to open flames. Optimized heat transfer through superior fit and flexible heater. Fiberglass mesh insulation for minimum heat build-up on outside surface. Plastic-coated housing resistant to numerous chemicals. 2 switch positions - 2 heating zones with different power levels, additional control of heating power possible using power controller > 667 823. Heating temperature: max. 450 C Rated voltage: 230 V AC Heating zones: 2
Size of round-bottom flask Heating power Two-level control Continuous control
100 ml 250 ml 500 ml 1.000 ml 2.000 ml

*With connecting cable 3.5 m
85 W 130 W 220 W 330 W 500 W
666 751 666 752 666 753 666 754
666 7511 666 7521 666 7531 666 7541 666 7551*
226
666 767
Hotplate Rapid-heating hotplate with continnous adjustment switch. Diameter: 180 mm Heating power: 1500 W Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz Weight: 2.3 kg
666 767 607 070
Hot plate Ceran, with square heating plate Dimensions: 300 x 300 mm Power: 1800 W Weight: 3.5 kg
607 070
666 786
664 463
Crucible furnace After Simon-Mller, for annealing, incinerating, melting and vaporizing substances at temperatures up to 1000 C. Ceramic furnance; the inner section of the furnance is made of hard porcelain, with lid and power cord. Height: 80 mm Diameter: 95 mm Heating power: 700 W Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz Weight: 7.1 kg
Mild iron dish 150 mm dia., shallow, may also be used as a sand bath heater.
666 781
Muffle furnace For temperatures up to 1100 C. The heating power is adjustable within a range of 10 to 100% by means of voltage control. Temperature measurement with an NiCr-Ni sensor; digital temperature indicator in the lower section of the furnace. The unit is equipped with a ground fault interrupter. The housing is made of galvanizied steel sheet with cream white textured enamel finish for longterm corrosion protection. Heat is generated by two heating panels, located at the sides and designed for easy replacement. The unit is equipped with high-quality fiber insulation. A viewing port in the top provides visibility into the furnace chamber. Supplied with power cord and plug. Max. temperature. 1100 C Power drawn: 1200 W Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz Volume of the furnace chamber: 3 l Dimensions: Furnace chamber: 16 x 15 x 10 cm Housing: 34 x 34 x 38 cm Weight: 16 kg
227
384 52
590 48
303 28
666 735
303 25
590 50
303 25
303 28
590 50
Safety immersion heater With thermal-cutout (as per VDE 0720). Mains supply: 230 V, 50 Hz, via power cord Power rating: 1000 W
Steam generator For generation of steam used in experiments on thermal expansion or for operation of a miniature turbine. Capacity: 300 cm2, approx. Steam exit pipe diameter: 8 mm Rating: 230 V, 50 W, via cable Rating: 550 W Dimensions: 12.5 cm x 12.5 cm x 14 cm Weight: 2 kg
Lid with heater Complete with stirrer, thermometer bore and 2 rubber stoppers. Main applications: safe source of heat in experiments on heat radiation, immersion heater. Material: plastic Number of heating filaments: 2 Filament resistance: 2.4 each Connection: parallel and series Max. ratings: 12 V, 120 W
666 735
Hot-air blower With overheating cut-out. Complete with nozzle, power cord and plug. Supply voltage: 230 V Power rating: 600/1200 W
Accessories: Aluminium calorimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 52
384 52
Aluminium calorimeter Beaker, for experiments on heat energy (e.g. mixtures) in conjunction with the heat insulating container (> 384 51). Capacity: approx. 350 ml Dimensions: 10 cm x 7 cm dia.
667 491
590 48
Heating mantle for gas sampling syringe Hard glass, complete with stand section and sockets for 4 mm plugs; low voltage heating coil in inside tube. Application examples: Determination of molar mass after Victor Meyer Gas laws after Gay Lussac Heating power: 50 W (10 V AC / 5 A approx. 130 C) Length: 300 mm Openings: 40 mm dia Weight: 0.5 kg
Immersion heater For quantitative experiments on the conversion of energy and for determination of the specific thermal capacity of liquids. Connection: via cable with 4-mm plugs resistance material: ceramics Resistance: 15 , 5 %
Quartz heating element With ST 29, fitting the flat ground beaker > 664 340.
Cat. No. Length Heating power
666 757 666 756
30 cm 30 cm
100 W 1.000 W
667 494
Additionally recommended: Power supply for demonstration experiments . . . . . . . . 667 827
Silicone stopper with 1 hole for heater jacket.
228
heaters and stirrers Heating baths/thermostats
666 760
666 771
Temperature bath For water and oil baths up to 200 C, whereby the set temperature is reached quickly. Protection against burns in case the bath is touched inadvertently due to optimum insulation of the bath. With safety limiter for protection in case of malfunctions. Heating power: 1000 W Total capacity:4.4 l Temperature stability: 3 K (<90 C) 5 K (>90 C) Diameter:20 cm Power supply: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Weight: 3.9 kg
Heating bath May be used either as an oil or a water bath. Bath vessel made of chromium steel, heated from the bottom. Infinitely variable temperature adjustement from romm temperature to + 350 C. Additional control via a commercially availablle contact thermometer (> 666 195 for example) is possible. Heating power: 600 W Temperature range: up to 350 C Total capacity: 2 l Power supply: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Weight: 4 kg
666 742
Submersible thermostat Small, compact circulator with powerful pump; flow rate selectabel. Analog temperature setting with fine adjustment. Adjustable overtemperature cutout. Temperature range: 25 to 100 C (with add. cooling): -30 to 100 C Temperature accuracy: +/- 0.04 C Heater power: 1500 W Pump flow rate: 17 and 10 l/min Temperature setting: analog Temperature display: thermomter Mains connection: 230 V/50-60 Hz Total wattage: 1550 VA Dimensions: 9.5 x 15 x 32 cm Weight: 3.0 kg
Available accessories: Set of rings Intermediate shelf Lid
>
For more accessories for 666 771 see page 232
666 768
Thermostat C10-P5/U Small compact circulator with powerful pump; flow rate selectable. Integral bath out of highly resistant polymer with handles. Pump connections and water cooling coil. analog temperature setting with fine adjustment. Adjustable overtemperature cutout. Temperature range: 25 ... 100 C (with add. cooling): 0 to 100 C Temperature accuracy: 0,04 K Heater power: 1500 W Pump flow rate: 12.5 l/min /300 mbar Bath opening/-depth: 130 x 170/160 mm Temperature setting: analog Temperature display: thermometer Mainsconnection: 230 V/50-60 Hz Total wattage max.: 1550 VA
229
666 7701
Bath circulator Bath circulator with powerful pump and TRS (Turbulence Reduction System). Integral bath out of highly resistant polymer incl. handles. Digital temperature setting and PID-control; temperature display: 0.1/0.01 C, three selectable fix temperatures. Temperature range: 22 to 100 C (with add. cooling): 0 to 100 C Temperature accuracy: +/- 0.02 C Heater power: 2000 W Pump capacity: 17 l/min Bath opening/depth: 30 x 19/16 cm Temperature setting: digital Temperature display: digital Mains connection 230 V/50 60 Hz Total wattage: 2050 VA Weight: 6.0 kg
accessories for 666 7701

666 7702
Water line cooling coil Accessory for bath thermostat with integrated bath.
666 7703 666 766
Pump set For refitting as circulation thermostat.
Circulation cooler Quiet, space-saving device for maintaining temperature in external systems in the temperature range 10 to +30 C (e.g. refractometer, heat exchanger). Working-temperature range: -10 to +30 C Temperature constancy: 0.7 C Cooling performance: 230 W (at 20 C) Coolant: R 134 a Pump capacity: 300 mbar, 12 l / min. Filling volume: 3 L Filling opening: 45 mm dia. Mains connection: 230 V, 50 Hz Dimensions: 200 x 490 x 340 mm (W x H x D) Weight: 20 kg Power consumption max.: 450 VA Permissible ambient temperature: 5 to 40 C
666 7704
Bath cover For integrated bath of bath thermostat.
666 7705
Lifting platform For bath thermostat
666 7706
Test-tube holder with insert For bath thermostat with insert for 46 test tubes, dia. 16 mm.
230
heaters and stirrers Magnetic stirrers
SpeedsafeTM magnetic stirrer Magnetic stirrer without heater for mixing smaller quantities up to 1 liter. Continuously adjustable speed. Stirring qty. w.r.t. H2O: 1 l Speed range: 100 1000 rpm Dimensions (W x D x H): 120 x 120 x 45 mm Weight: 0.6 kg Supply voltage: 230 V
607 090 607 101 607 102 607 095
MONO electronic magnetic stirrer Without heater, for stirring quantities up to 3 l Low-voltage operation for maximum safety No motor, wear-free stirrer drive Gentle startup and predefinable stirrer performance thanks to built-in electronics. Speed range: 100 1000 rpm Dimensions (W x D x H): 150 x 200 x 35 mm Weight: 1.4 kg Supply voltage: 7.5 12 V via plug-in supply unit, 230 V
dark blue light blue green
607 096
KOMET magnetic stirrer bar Stirrer bar made of high-energy magnet material for medium to large stirring quantities. Octagonal shape. Including stirrer bar holder for attaching the stirrer bar to the magnetic stirrer.
666 845 666 841
Length: 50 mm Diameter: 21 mm
666 845
666 841
Magnetic stirrer Without heating; work plate made of stainless steel. Attachment points for stand rods with M10 thread; complete with magnetic stirring bars, power cord and plug. Speed: 0 to 2000 rom (infinte) Working surface: 14 x 14 cm Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz Weight: 1.7 kg
Magnetic stirrer with hot plate 500 W With white glass-ceramic hot plate for simple stirring and heating tasks. Integrated DIN 12878 socket for connecting an electronic contact thermometer. Heating power: 500 W Stirring qty. w.r.t. H2O: up to 15 l Speed range: 150 - 1200 rpm Hot plate temperature range: room temp. -450C Footprint: 140 x 140 mm Motor power: consumption/output watts: 15/2 Supply voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz Dimensions (W x D x H): 170 x 276 x 98 mm Weight: 2.9 kg
231
666 844
666 849
666 848
666 847
666 848
Magnetic stirrer with hotplate Stainless steel hotplate, heating control via relay. Wth fitting for attaching the M 10 stand rod. Temperature is automatically limited to 350 C, so that the unit cannot be destroyed if accidentally left on for long periods of time. The unit is equipped with connector sockets for contact thermometers (e.g. > 666 195), making possible external control of heating power. The status of the heater and stirring motor is indicated by LEDs. Complete with power cord and plug. Rotation speed: 0 to 1250 rpm (continuous) Plate: stainless steel, 14.5 cm dia. Heating power: 600 W, relay control Temperature constancy: 1 K Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz Weight: 3.2 kg
Heating dish For round-bottom flasks up to 1 l volume, fitting > 666 847.
666 859 666 849
Stirring bar retriever 350 mm long, with strong magnet; with eyelet for hanging.
Heater bath 2 l, fitting > 666 847.
666 844
Magnetic stirrers Magnetic core jacketed with PTFE

Cat. No. length [mm] dia. shape
Heater bath insert Stainless steel, 135 mm diam., for 12 test tubes, fitting > 666 849.
666 850 666 851 666 854
15 25 50
5 6 8
rund rund rund
666 809
Laboratory refrigerator Laboratory refrigerator with explosionprotected inside space, in accordance with laboratory guidelines and German accident prevention regulations. Complete with inside fittings (2 shelves, 1 drawer). Inside space: impact-resistant white plastic. Capacity: 80 l Recommended temperature setting: +2 to +12 C approx. Bosch refrigeration unit: statically vented Power consumption: 135 W Dimensions: outside: 470 x 510 x 740 mm inside: 380 x 410 x 630 mm Weight: 35 kg
666 195
Contact thermometer Used for temperature regulation in baths, etc. Rod-shaped, with milk glass scale. Set-point temperature can be set with rotary magnet. Mercury filled. Range: -10 ... 250C Length: 460 mm Shaft diameter: 9 mm approx.
232
heaters and stirrers Stirrers

666 821
Stirring motor High-torque design for mechanical mixing of solutions with low and medium viscosity. Mechanical drive with friction wheel gearing. Switch with indicator lamp. Thermal overload protection. Rotation speed: 40 ... 2,000 min1 Chuck: for round rods, 0.5 ... 8 mm dia. Power consumption: 50 W Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz Dimensions: 60 x 180 x 160 mm Weight: 3.0 kg
666 828
607 175
Lab Egg miniature stirrer Stirrer for low-viscosity solutions up to 2 liters, with exceptional design. The bottom half, which is exposed to the vapor chamber of the working medium, is made of high-quality borosilicate glass. This device can be used around the world with any voltage in the range 100...240 V. Complete with mains power lead, leaf stirrer and stand. Color: salmon Power consumption/output: 8 W / 1 W Viscosity range: 0 ... 100 mPas Speed range: 0 ... 2000 rpm Dimensions: 86 x 175 x 89 mm Weight: 0.4 kg
666 827 666 824
Additionally required: For stirrer IKA RW 11 basic Lab egg

607 180
666 826
666 823
666 825
Stand R103 Accessories for stirring motor
607 181
Cat. No.
Description
Helical stirrer for (> 607 175).
666 826 666 823 666 825 666 824 666 828 666 827
Stirrer, with PFTE shaft and paddles, Length: 370 mm fitting > 666 824 / 825 Stirrer, with adjustable stainless steel paddles, Length: 400 mm, Diameter: 7.5 mm Stirrer sleeve, with ST 29/32 standard ground joint core, 10 mm nominal width. Length: 175 mm Stirrer sleeve, 100 mm, with ST 29/32 standard ground joint core, 10 mm nominal width. Stirrer, with glass shaft and PTFE blades Replacement blades for stirrer > 666 826
233
heaters and stirrers Desalinization of water
666 906
666 904
666 905 666 903
666 905
666 903
666 911
Mixed-bed full demineralization unit With disposable cartridge; black light-protected cartridge to prevent the growth of algae. Easily exchangeable disposable cartridge. In order to ensure a continous supply of highpurity water the purchase of a further replacement cartridge (> 666 906 ) is recommended. Complete with wall mount, filled cartridge, to connection hoses and adapter for all common tap fittings. Capacity: 4000 hardness litres
Mixed-bed full demineralization unit Stand unit for producing water which is equivalent to destilled water. With attached electrical conductance meter (0...20 mS). Including a cartridge which may be regenerated. When the conductance meter indicates a conductance of over 20 mS the cartridge will have to be returned to the manufacturer for the regeneration (shipping documents are enclosed). In order to ensure a continuous supply of highpurity water the purchase of a further exchange cartridge (> 666 904) is recommended. Complete with 1.5 m long hose and R 3/4 fitting for immediate connection to the water supply, with mains cable and mains plug. Capacity: 6000 hardness litres = 600 l at 10 hardness Capacity per hour: 80 l max. Power supply: 230 v / 50 Hz Dimensions: 160 x 160 x 440 mm Weight: 6.5 kg
Water distillation unit Fully automatic unit with solenoid valve for production of distilled water which is free of germs and pyrogens. Conductivity of the produced water is about 2.3 uS at 20 C. All parts which come into contact with water or water vapour are made of stainless steel. The built-in elec-tronic level switch shuts off the supply to the heater and also interrupts the cooling water and the feed water supply as soon as the reservoir vessel is full. When drawing distilled water the unit comes on again automatically. with protection against low water (overtemperature switch), to prevent the heater from overheating. The unit also switches itself off automatically in case the distillation section becomes contaminated. May be used either as a table-top unit, or for wall mounting. Feed water line: 11 mm dia. Water drain: 12 mm dia. Distillate supply line: cock at the front of the lower section Capacity: 4 l/h Reservoir vessel: 8 l Cooling water consumption: 48 l/h Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz; 3 kW Dimensions: 620 x 330 x 460 mm Weight: 20.2 kg
666 906
Replacement cartridge Disposable cartridge for mixed-bed full demineralization unit (> 666 905) Capacity: 4000 hardness litres
666 904
Exchange cartridge For mixed-bed full demineralization unit (> 666 903). Capacity. 6000 hardness litres Dimensions: 160 x 160 x 290 mm Weight. 4.5 kg
* Tubing for water inlet and outlet not included
664 547
Container For fully deionized water; with carrying handle and stopcock. Material: polyethylene Volume: 10 l
234
heaters and stirrers Drying cabinets, incubator
Drying cabinet Made entirely of stainless steel; high-quality thermal insultion for isolation of the interior compartment from the outside housing. Digital (LED) display for current temperature. With overheating protection as per DIN 128 80: Protective class 3.1 = temperature selection monitor. Fresh air volume can be regulated with a slide. With 2 slide-in trays, 3 signal lamps and power cord and plug. Temperaure range: 30...200 C, infinite control Temperature fluctuations, max.: over time at 150 C: 0.5 C over space at 150 C: better than + 2.7 of max. temp Power supply: 230 V /50 Hz
666 804
666 803
666 805
666 808
Volume Inside dimensions Outside dimensions Heater power Weight Timer, 0 to 24 hours
32 l 40 cm x 32 cm x 25 cm 55 cm x 60 cm x 40 cm 1,100 W 28 kg -
32 l 40 cm x 32 cm x 25 cm 55 cm x 60 cm x 40 cm 1,100 W 28 kg yes
53 l 40 cm x 40 cm x 33 cm 55 cm x 68 cm x 48 cm 1,400 W 35 kg -
53 l 40 cm x 40 cm x 33 cm 55 cm x 68 cm x 48 cm 1,400 W 35 kg yes
666 800
Incubator cabinet With 24-hour timer, stainless-steel construction, with double door (glass inner door, stainless steel outer door). High-quality insulation isolates the interior from the outside housing. Digital (LED) display of current temperature. With overheating protection as per DIN 128 80. Protective class 3.1 = temperature selection monitor With factory calibration certificate for 37 C Fresh air volume can be regulated with a slide. With 2 slide-in trays, 3 signal lamps and power cord and plug. Temperature range: 30 to 70 C, infinite control Temperature fluctuations, max.: over time at 0.1 C over space at 0.4 C Volume: 32 l Inside dimensions: 40 x 32 x 25 cm Outside dimensions:55 x 60 x 40 cm Heating power: 440 W Power supply: 230 V/ 50 Hz Weight: 31 kg
235
heaters and stirrers Centrifuges
666 861
666 864
666 863
Hand-driven centrifuge For two centrifuge tubes, complete with crank handle and table clamp. Speed: max. 2000 rpm Weight: 2.1 kg approx.
Small electric centrifuge With angular rotor 8 x 15 ml and transparent cover. Construction: steel housing and angular rotor, glass fiber-reinforced polyamide sleeves, autoclavable, polycarbonate cover. Advantage: no rubber inserts required for cylindrical centrifuge tubes. Capacity: 8 x 15 ml angular rotor Maximum speed: 5500 rpm acc. to RZB 2875 Continuously adjustable speed control for ease of use Radio interference suppression: VDE 0875 (N) Power: 220 V/ 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 0.06 kVA Power lead: profile plug (European), 3-pole, 2.0 m long Dimensions: 220 dia., height 180 mm Weight: approx. 3.0 kg
Laboratory centrifuge Unbreakable, shockproof plastic housing with angular steel rotor for 8 x 15 ml, preselectable, continuous speed control with speed display instrument, continuous run-time control up to 60 minutes, electric cover lock as standard feature. Advantage: no rubber inserts required for cylindrical centrifuge tubes. Maximum speed: 5500 rpm acc. to RZB 2875 Continuously adjustable run-time control up to 60 min for ease of use Continuously adjustable speed control, speed display instrument Radio interference suppression: VDE 0875 (N) Power: 220 V/ 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 0.06 kVA Power lead: profile plug (European), 3-pole, 2.0 m long Dimensions: 245 x 280 x 200 mm Weight: 3.8 kg
Centrifuge tubes Set of 10, ungraduated, conical. For centrifuge > 666 861, 666 863 and 666 864.
Cat. No. Volume Extras
664 070 664 071
15 ml with screw-on thread 15 ml
236
glass, plastic and porcelain ware
Glass
the ideal material for experiments in chemistry Items made of glass are among the most commonly used pieces of demonstration equipment and aids in teaching chemistry. The special properties of glass or quartz glass make for a broad range of uses. These characteristics include: complete transparency, resistance to corrosive liquids and gases, in many cases highly resistant to temperature fluctuation. In so far as DIN standards have been issued for individual items of glassware, our products satisfy these requirements. ST standard ground joint Conical, precision-ground connection for glassware (1:10 taper), for vacuum-tight assembly (comprising the socket and the cone). The standard sizes (e.g. ST 19/26) indicate the maximum diameter (19 mm) and the length of the cone (26 mm). The following standard sizes are commonly used: ST 14.5/23, ST 19/26, ST 29/32 and ST 45/40. Especially to be recommended as standard for school use are: ST 19/26 for student experiments and demonstration equipment ST 29/32 for demonstration equipment. GL: screw thread connector Threaded connection on glassware, comprising the glass thread and a plastic screw cap with a seal or plastic nipple. The size (e.g. GL 18) indicates the outside thread diameter (18 mm). Uses: passage of glass tubing and thermometers; hose connections Beaded lip: A beaded lip protects against injuries SB: stopper seating Rugged, conical opening in glassware, unfinished state of the standard ground joint; suitable for inserting rubber stoppers. The size (e.g. SB 29) indicates the greatest diameter of the stopper seat in millimeters KPG: precision glass material Precision, core-drawn glass tubes and rods; cylindrical glassware with enhanced dimensional accuracy.
Properties of types of glass commonly used in the laboratory:

Type of glass Manufacturer Softening point Thermal shock resistance Uses
Fiolax Hard glass (type 3.3 borosilicate glass) Supremax Quartz
e.g: Duran Pyrex
Glaswerke Schott, Mainz Glaswerke Schott, Mainz Corning Glass, Wiesbaden Glaswerke Schott, Mainz W.C. Heraeus, Hanau
approx. 770 C approx. 820 C approx. 820 C approx. 940 C approx. 1400 C
approx. 170 K approx. 250 K approx. 250 K approx. 205 K approx. 1000 K
Test tubes General reaction vessels, beakers Melting tubes, reaction tubes Reaction tubes, UV lamps
Plastics
In classroom work it is often possible to make use of plastic products, which are as a rule more economical.
The following types of plastics are the ones most commonly used in school laboratories: Polyethylene (PE): Polyvinyl chloride (PVC): Polystyrene (PS): Polypropylene (PP): Polytetrafluorethylene (PTFE) (e.g. Teflon) Excellent resistance to many solvents, bases and non-oxidizing acids; low water absorption, high specific resistance; very high impact resistance, unbreakable. Low flammability; polymers which do not include plasticizers are resistant to many acids, bases, alcohols and oils; good aging properties. Flammable, resistant to inorganic acids and bases, not resistant to most organic solvents; fully transparent, hard, brittle. Translucent, can be sterilized, unbreakable, resistant to a large number of chemicals. Resistant to almost all chemicals; with excellent non-stick characteristics; suitable for use at a wide range of temperatures.
237
Beakers
Beaker With graduation and pouring lip, DIN 12 331, ISO 3819, hard glass.
squat shape Volume tall shape
Beakers, polypropylene Squat shape, with graduation and pouring lip, as per DIN standards
Cat. No. Volume
664 109 664 100 664 101 664 103 664 104 664 105 664 107
25 ml 50 ml 100 ml 250 ml 400 ml 600 ml 1000 ml
664 110 664 111 664 113 664 114 664 115 664 117
664 120 664 121 664 123 664 125 664 127
50 ml 100 ml 250 ml 600 ml 1000 ml
Erlenmeyer flasks
Erlenmeyer flask with stopper seating Borosilicate glass, with graduation.

Cat. No. Volume Stopper seating
664 241 664 242 664 243 664 244 664 245
100 ml, narrow neck 100 ml 250 ml 250 ml 500 ml
SB 19 SB 29 SB 29 SB 45 SB 29
Erlenmeyer flasks with beaded rim With graduation, DIN 12 380, ISO 1773 hard glass.
Narrow neck Volume Wide-neck
Erlenmeyer flask with ground rim With graduation, borosilicate glass, narrow neck.
Cat. No. Volume Grind joint
664 231 664 232 664 233 664 234 664 235
50 ml 100 ml 250 ml 400 ml 600 ml
664 240 664 246 664 238 664 239 664 236
664 258 664 259 664 256 664 255 664 257
100 ml 250 ml 100 ml 250 ml 500 ml
ST 19/26 ST 19/26 ST 29/32 ST 29/32 ST 29/32
238
glass, plastic and porcelain ware Flat-bottom and round-bottom flasks
Flat bottom flasks with beaded rim DIN 12 347, ISO 1773.
Round bottom flask with stopper seating

Cat. No. Volume Stopper
Narrow-neck
Volume
Wide-neck
664 292 664 293 664 294 664 295
664 263 664 264 664 265
250 ml 500 ml 1000 ml
664 268 664 269 664 270
100 ml 250 ml 500 ml 1000 ml
SB 19 SB 29 SB 29 SB 29
Round bottom flask with beaded rim

Narrow-neck Volume Wide-neck
Round-bottom flask with ground rim

Cat. No. Volume Grind
664 276 664 277 664 278 664 279
100 ml 250 ml 500 ml 1000 ml
664 283 664 284 664 285
664 332 664 300 664 301 664 302 664 303 664 304 664 305
50 ml 100 ml 250 ml 100 ml 250 ml 500 ml 1000 ml
ST 19/26 ST 19/26 ST 19/26 ST 29/32 ST 29/32 ST 29/32 ST 29/32
Support rings
Support rings For bottom flasks, made of solid cork.

667 071 667 072 667 073
For flasks For flasks For flasks
100 ml 250 ml 5001000 ml
239
Triple-necked flasks
Triple-necked flask With 2 side necks.

Cat. No. Volume Main neck Side neck
664 337 664 338 664 336 664 314
100 ml 250 ml 250 ml 500 ml
ST 19/26 ST 19/26 ST 29/32 ST 29/32
ST 19/26 ST 19/26 ST 14,5/23 ST 29/32
Double-necked round-bottom flasks
Double-necked, round-bottom flask Main neck straight, ST-groundjoint.

Cat. No. Volume Main neck Side neck
664 310 664 312 664 313 664 315 664 316 664 311
1000 ml 250 ml 250 ml 250 ml 500 ml 500 ml
ST 29/32 ST 29/32 ST 19/26 ST 19/26 ST 29/32 ST 29/32
GL 18 GL 18 ST 19/26 GL 18 GL 18 ST 29/32
angled angled angled angled angled straight
Distillation bridges
Distillation bridge (ether bridge)
Cat. No. Length Grind
665 451 665 452
200 mm 200 mm
2 ST 19/26, 1 GL 18 2 ST 29/32, 1 GL 18
Distillation bridge after Claisen With cooler, 1 GL 18 threaded connector for thermometer and 2 GL 14 threaded fittings with beads for cooling water.
665 338 665 340
250 mm 300 mm
2 ST 19/26, 2 GL 18 3 ST 29/32, 1 GL 18
240
glass, plastic and porcelain ware Distillation tops
Distillation top
Cat. No. Grind Remark
Double-neck top after Ansschtz.

665 311 665 312
665 311
665 313
3 ST 19/26 3 ST 29/32
Distillation top after Claisen.

665 313 665 314
2 ST 19/26 3 ST 29/32
with 2 GL 18 threaded fittings for thermometer and boiling capillary
Distillation top.
665 316 665 317 665 318
2 ST 19/26 2 ST 29/32
Screw cap for thermometer and tubing 7...8 mm dia. with 1 GL 18 thread connector for thermometer
665 316
665 317
Distilling column after Vigreux

Distillation tops Column without sleeve, suitable for packing with filler bodies (Raschig rings, glass beads).
665 444 665 443
300 mm 200 mm
2 x 29/32 2 x 19/26
665 439 665 440
250 mm 250 mm
2 ST 19/26 2 ST 29/32
665 450
Bubble cap column with 2 trays, for demonstration of fractional counterflow distillation. Overall length: 280 mm
Scope of delivery
2 ST 29/32 fittings 2 Stopcocks, St 14.5 for tapping the fractions 2 GL 18 screw thread connectors for thermometers 2 GL 18 screw thread connector with drain tube
241
glass, plastic and porcelain ware Coolers
Liebig cooler With ST groundjoint with 2 GL 14 threaded fittings with beads for cooling water.
Cat. No. Length Grind Remark
Counter-flow coller after Dimroth With ST groundjoint and 2 GL 14 threaded fittings, with connectors for cooling water.
665 414 665 416 665 413
200 mm 250 mm 250 mm
2 ST 19/26 2 ST 29/32 1 SB 29
2 GL 14 threaded fittings with beads for cooling water 2 GL 14 threaded fittings with beads for cooling water 2 GL 14 threaded fittings with beads for cooling water
665 421 665 422 665 423
200 mm 2 ST 19/26 > 665 453 250 mm 2 ST 29/32 200 mm 1 ST 45/40 > 665 454
fitting extraction unit
fitting extraction unit
Distillation adapters
665 344 665 345
665 348/9
665 351 665 352
Distillation adapter
Cat. No. Grind Shape straight, with straight drain straight, with straight drain bent, with bent drain bent, with bent drain bent, with straight drain bent, with straight drain bent, with angled tip Remark with 1 GL 14 threaded fitting with bead for vacuum connection with 1 GL 14 threaded fitting with bead for vacuum connection with 1 GL 14 threaded fitting with bead for vacuum connection
665 344 665 345 665 351 665 352 665 348 665 349 665 341
2 ST 19/26 2 ST 29/32 2 ST 19/26 2 ST 29/32 2 ST 19/26 2 ST 29/32 SB 29
242
glass, plastic and porcelain ware Distillation adapters/pear-shaped flasks
664 328
Delivery adapter after Bredt (quadruple) For 4 round-bottom flasks with ST 19/26, with vacuum connection.
Cat. No. Socket Core
Pear-shaped flask with standard ground joint. Volume: 25 ml, Grind: ST 19/26.
665 354 665 355
ST19/26 ST19/26
19/26 19/26
Adapters/extraction units
Adapter With core grind and GL thread.

Cat. No. Core grind Thread
665 303 665 305 665 306
ST 14/23 ST 19/26 ST 29/32
GL 18 GL 18 GL 18
Extraction unit after Soxhlet

Cat. No. Volume Core grind Socket grind
Adapter With core grind and socket.

Cat. No. Core Socket
665 453 * 665 454 **
70 ml 100 ml
1 ST 19/26 1 ST 29/32
1 ST 29/32 1 ST 40/45
* matching extraction socket: 661 050, ** matching extraction socket: 661 051
665 293 665 295
ST 19/26 ST 29/32
ST 29/32 ST 19/26
243
Ground Joint Apparatus Kits

for studentss experiments and demonstrations with ST 19/26
Leybold Didactic offers 3 different kits. Each individual part can be ordered separately. These ground joint apparatus kits are clearly and nonbreakably arranged in foam plastic inserts. The kits enable the assembly of various set-ups for organic and inorganic chemistry. Prevention of glass breaking when taking out and replacing the individual pieces. Easy check of completeness. The size of the foam plastic inserts is well matched that of commonly available storage cabinets. Drawers are available for the kits that match exactly with our cabinets. Each drawer can contain one kit.
661 510
Ground joint apparatus kit I (basic kit), contains apparatus for inorganic preparative chemistry and simple distillations, test tubes with ground joint, reaction tubes (among others a quartz tube for very high temperatures) and round bottom flasks, stillheads, condenser, ect.
Storage:
661 512
Scope of delivery
1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 6 1 1
Round bottom flsk, 250 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 301 Round bottom, flask, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 300 Round bottom, flask, 50 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 332 Stillhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 317 Liebig condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 414 Bend, 105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 367 Receiver adapter, straight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 344 Reaction tube, 20 x 300 mm quartz with 2 SB 19 . . . . . . . . 664 077 Test tube, 22 x 165 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 060 Test tube with side arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 061 Heads for gas washing bottles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 809 U-tube with side arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 093 Adapter with screw thread connector GL 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 305 Stopper, glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 227 Stopper, polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 223 Silicone stopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 286 Rod thermometer, -10...+250C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 48 Glass tubing, 8 mm dia., 300 mm long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 204 Combustion boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 988 Joint clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 397 Stopcock grease, 50 g jar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 082 Boiling stones, 250 g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 091
Drawer Suitable for ground joint apparatus kit I and kit II > 661 510, 661 514 Dimensions: 48 x 55 x 12 cm Weight (incl. equipment): 5.1 kg
661 519
Drawer Suitable for ground joint apparatus kit II > 661 517 Dimensions: 48 x 55 x 8 cm Weight (incl. equipment): 3.3 kg
>
We supply set drawers for storage of one set each
244
661 514
661 517
Ground joint apparatus kit II contains glassware for organic preparative chemistry. Apart from the round bottom flasks, the kit includes apparatus for distillation and rectification under normal and reduced pressure. Moreover, it contains various stillheads for the round bottom flasks with three necks. When working with a 250 ml flask, stirring with a magnetic rod is often necessary, even a heating mantle is used. For this reason, the kit includes two stirrer bars as well.
Ground joint kit III supplementary kit for the kits I and II. It includes ground joint apparatus for special procedures such as extraction according to Soxhlet, reactions under reflux, ect.
Scope of delivery
Scope of delivery
1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 9 1 2 1 2
Flask with three necks, 250 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 338 Pear-shaped flask, 10 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 327 Pear-shaped flask, 25 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 328 Distillation bridge according to Claissen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 339 Receiver adapter, bent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 351 Distillate distributor according to Bredt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 354 Distillation column according to Vigreux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 443 Distillation column according to Hempel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 439 Stillhead according to Anschtz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 311 Dropping funnel with pressure compensation, 100 ml . . . . . 665 085 Drying tube, straight, with nipple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 371 Adapter with screw thread connector GL 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 305 Stopper glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 227 Stopper, polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 223 Rod thermometer, -10...+150C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 33 Rod thermometer, -10...+360C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 49 Joint clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 397 Glass ring, Raschig type, bag with 250 g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 442 Capillary tube, 8 mm dia., 300 mm long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 205 Gaskets,in package of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 306 Sirrer bar, PTFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 850
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Flask with three necks, 100 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 337 Distillation bridge (ether bridge) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 451 Extractor according to Soxhlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 453 Aapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 295 Dimroth condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 421 Drying tube. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 370 Bend 90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 366 Bend 75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 365 Test tube, Supremax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 060 Test tube with side arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 063 Head for gas washing bottles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 809 U-tube with 2 side arms and sintered disc G4 . . . . . . . . . . . 664 087 Cold finger condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 427 Cone/rubber tubing adapter, with stopcock . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 304 Joint clip, ST 29/32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 398
245
glass, plastic and porcelain ware Volume measurement

590 08
Measuring cylinder 100 ml Made of SAN (Styrol-acrylnitrite) Graduation: 2 ml divisions
Graduated cylinder Made of polyethylne.

Cat. No. Volume Division
665 763 665 764
50 ml 100 ml 250 ml 500 ml
1 ml 2 ml 5 ml 10 ml
Graduated cylinder Tall shape, as per DIN standards, made of glass; with interchangeable, unbreakable plastic base. With safety ring to prevent damage in case the cylinder should tip over.
665 765 665 766
665 751 665 752 665 753 665 754 665 755 665 756 665 757
10 ml 25 ml 50 ml 100 ml 250 ml 500 ml 1000 ml
0.1 ml 0.5 ml 0.5 ml 1 ml 2 ml 5 ml 10 ml
Volumetric flasks/bulb pipettes
590 06
Plastic beaker Volume: 1000 ml Graduation: 10 ml
Volumetric flask As per DIN standards, made of glass, 1 mark, with stopper made of polyethylene.
Cat. No. Volume
Bulb pipette One mark, calibrated for delivery, glass.

Cat. No. Volume
665 972 665 791 665 792 665 793 665 794 665 795 665 796
25 ml 50 ml 100 ml 250 ml 500 ml 1000 ml
665 974 665 975 665 976 665 977 665 978
1 ml 5 ml 10 ml 25 ml 50 ml 100 ml
246
glass, plastic and porcelain ware Pipettes
Graduated pipette Piston pipette Graduated pipette with suction piston to draw liquides safely.
Calibrated from outlet, glass.

665 991 665 992 665 994 665 995 665 996 665 997 665 998
665 984 665 986 665 987 665 988
1 ml 5 ml 10 ml 25 ml
0,01 ml 0,1 ml 0,1 ml 0,1 ml
0,01 ml 0,1 ml 1,0 ml 2,0 ml 5,0 ml 10,0 ml 25,0 ml
0,0001 ml 0,001 ml 0,01 ml 0,1 ml 0,1 ml 0,1 ml 0,1 ml
2 pieces
Pipetting aids
666 003 665 953
Pipetting ball For bulb and graduated pipettes. For use in pipetting aggressive and hazardous liquids.
Droppers Set of 10. Length: 150 mm Diameter: 7 mm
Pipetting aid Made of polypropylene, with rubber opening for conventional pipettes. For safe pipetting of hazardous liquids.
Cat. No. Volume
665 954
Rubber bulbs Fitting the pipettes, set of 10. 0,2 ml 5,0 ml 10,0 ml 25,0 ml
665 950
666 006 666 005 666 002 666 007
Pasteur pipettes
666 008
Set of 250. Pipetting stand Plexiglas, for 4 pipetting aids. Length: 150 mm Diameter: 7 mm
247
glass, plastic and porcelain ware Burettes

Burette ST pipette, side stopcock.
Cat. No. Volume Division Description
665 843 665 844 665 845 665 847
10 ml 10 ml 25 ml 50 ml
0,05 ml 0,05 ml 0,05 ml 0,1 ml
clear glass, with Schellbach line amber glass clear glass, with Schellbach line clear glass, with Schellbach line
665 816
Burette filling funnel As per DIN 12 445, 60 angle, plastic. Diameter: 25 mm Height: 50 mm
665 835
665 832
Precision dispenser unit Used to fill smaller vessels; infinitely adjustable for volumes of from 2 to 10 ml. All parts which are in contact with the medium being dispensed are manufactured from high-quality, chemical-resistant materials. This makes for easy refilling and distributing of concentrated acids and bases and organic solents. A 1000 ml amber glass bottle and three threaded adapters for standard chemicals bottles are included with the dispenser
Automatic burette With Schellbach line, complete with 2 l reserve container, clear glass Volume: 50 ml: 0.1
Gas syringes
Gas syringe Used to measure and to draw off defined quantities of gas. The cylinders are graduated in steps of 1 ml. The KPG precision glass material used in the cylinder tube insures that the device is both extremely gas-tight and easy to move; the parts are interchangeable.
Cat. No. Volume Stopcock
665 918
Gas syringe holder For 100 ml gas syringe, with stop slider. The glass-clear plastic material allows you to read the syringe graduation across the entire measurement range, without restriction. The stop slide (can be fixed in place) keeps the piston from falling out of the gas syringe.
665 910 665 911 665 912 665 913 665 914
25 ml 50 ml 100 ml 100 ml 100 ml
single-port 3-way
248
glass, plastic and porcelain ware Gas generators

665 647 665 649
Gas generator after MAEY Used to prepare gases from solids (granulates) and liquids. The MAEY-type gas generator is economical, requires only small amounts of substances and is easy to clean. In addition, it is universal in its application (e. g. with dropper funnel > 665 649). - Hydrogen: H2 from Zn and HCl - Carbon dioxide: CO2 from CaCO3 and HCl - Nitrogen oxides: NOx from Cu and HNO3 - Hydrogen sulfide: H2S from FeS and HCl - Sulfur dioxide: SO2 from Cu and H2SO4
Dropper funnel With pressure equalization, 75 ml , ST stopper and 2 ST 29/32 fittings, with stopper. The ideal accessory for the MAEY-type gas generator. Combining these two units makes it possible to also produce gases from mixtures of liquids or powders with liquids: - Oxygen: O2 from MnO2 and H2O2 - Chlorine: Cl2 from KMnO4 and HCl - Hydrogen chloride: HCl from NaCl and H2SO4 - Ammonia gas: NH3 from NaOH and NH3 solution - Carbon monoxide: CO from H2SO4 and HCOOH - Acethylene: Acethylen (Ethin): C2H2 from CaC2 and H2O - Methane: CH4 from Al4C3 and H2O Volume: 75 ml Length: 100 mm Grind: 2 ST 29/32
Scope of delivery
1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml ST 29/32 with stopcock 1 Insert tube with filter and 2 ST 29/32 fittings 1 Gas discharge stopcock with ST 29/32 fitting 2 ST 29/32 joint clips 1 User's manual with sample experiments
Dropper funnels
665 072
665 085
665 122
Dropper funnel, with ST stopcock With ST stopcock 14.5, glass.

Cat. No. Volume Length Grind Remark
Separator funnel Glass , as per DIN 12 451, pear-shaped, with ST stopcock and stopper.
Cat. No. Volume Length
665 085 665 086 665 088 665 649 665 073 665 072 665 644
100 ml 100 ml 250 ml 75 ml 75 ml 100 ml 100 ml
230 mm 270 mm 340 mm 100 mm 280 mm 320 mm 240 mm
2 ST 19/26 2 ST 29/32 2 ST 29/32 2 ST 29/32 1 ST 19/26 2 ST 29/32
with pressure equalization, with division and plastic stopper with pressure equalization, plastic SB 29 stopper pear-shaped, with drip tip, stopper and long discharge tube with pressure equalization and discharge tube, for constant-pressure gas generator
665 122 665 123 665 124
100 ml 250 ml 500 ml
210 mm 260 mm 350 mm
665 310
Water separator For solvents which are lighter or heavier than water, with 2 ST 29/32 fittings and ST stopcock.
249
glass, plastic and porcelain ware Funnels
Funnel As per DIN 12 445 , 60 angle, glass.

Cat. No. Diameter Matching round filter Dia.
Funnel As per DIN 12 445, 60 angle, plastic.

Cat. No. Diameter Height
665 002 665 003 665 004 665 005
30 mm 50 mm 80 mm 100 mm
661 032 661 034 661 038
90 mm 110 mm 150 mm
665 008 665 009 665 010 665 816*
50 mm 75 mm 100 mm 25 mm
70 mm 110 mm 135 mm 50 mm
*Also serves as burette filling funnel
665 041
Analysis funnel For fast filtration, 80 mm dia, for round filter 11 mm diameter (> 661 034 bzw. > 661 043).
Self-supporting cylinders
665 025
Powder funnel Plastic, 100 mm dia, height 95 mm, discharge 23 mm dia.
Cover plates For self-supporting cylinder, with hole, with one surface matt ground.
Cat. No. Diameter
Self-supporting cylinder With rolled, ground rim; glass.

Cat. No. Volume Outside dia. Overall height
664 219 664 229
50 mm 90 mm
664 212 664 214 664 215 664 216 664 213 664 220 664 221
100 ml 200 ml 400 ml 450 ml 670 ml 2000 ml 3000 ml
40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 60 mm 40 mm 80 mm 100 mm
100 mm 200 mm 400 mm 200 mm 300 mm 400 mm 400 mm
Cover plates For self-supporting cylinder, with hole, with one surface matt ground.
Cat. No. Diameter
664 218 664 228
50 mm 90 mm
250
glass, plastic and porcelain ware Gas measurement jars

664 197 665 895
Glass jar With tubulation, 5 l, for air analysis.
Stopcock attachment Fitting the gas measurement jars, with 2 ST stopcocks and rubber stoppers.
Additionally necessary: Glass stopper ST 29/32 . . . . . . . . . . . 667 228
Gas measurement jars

Cat. No. Volume Graduation Required self-supporting cylinder
665 893 665 894
600 ml 1000 ml
5 ml 10 ml
664 220 664 221
Measures (conical beakers) For precipition experiments in demonstrations, for instance; graduated, with base and pouring lip.
Cat. No. Volume
Tanks
664 142 664 143
250 ml 500 ml
664 201
664 198
Support insert for pneumatic tank Used to hold gas cylinders or test tubes to collect gas. Suitable for work with the pneumatic tanks (> 664 195 and > 666 194). Material: stainless steel Span: 20 cm Width. 6 cm
Glass plate Dimensions: 120 x 120 x 4 mm
662 290
Aquarium Glass, 54 l. Dimensions: 60 x 33 x 30 cm
664 194
Pneumatic tank, made of plastic Dimensions: 20 cm x 15 cm x 12 cm Volume: 2.0 l
664 196
Cover plate for glass tank Dimensions: 320 x 270 mm
Glass tanks
664 179
(Pneumatic tanks) rectangular, with polished edges.

Cat. No. Volume Dimensions
Crystallization dishes Made of glass, with pouring lip. Diameter: 230 mm Height: 100 mm Volume: 3500 ml
664 192 664 193 664 195
0.6 l 21.0 l 9.0 l
120 x 100 x 50 mm 360 x 230 x 260 mm 300 x 200 x 150 mm
251
glass, plastic and porcelain ware Dishes
>
Petri dishes Glass, with cover.
Height Volume Cat. No. Diameter
For plastic Petri dishes see the section Plastic ware
Crystallization dishes Made of glass, with pouring lip.

Cat. No. Diameter
Height
664 174 664 175 664 176 664 177 664 178 664 179
60 mm 95 mm 115 mm 140 mm 190 mm 230 mm
35 mm 55 mm 65 mm 70 mm 90 mm 100 mm
60 ml 300 ml 500 ml 900 ml 2000 ml 3500 ml
664 181 664 183 664 185 664 184
60 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm
15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 50 mm
664 187
664 186
Petri dish with grid pattern Simplifies counting fungus and bacteria colonies; platic, 94 mm dia., 16 mm high; sterile packaging in plastic bag; set of 10.
Petri dishes 94 mm dia, 16 mm high, set of 10, sterile packaging in plastic bag.
664 463
664 173
Mild iron dish 150 mm dia., shallow, may also be used as a sand bath heater.
Weighing dish Plastic, 40 x 40 x 10 mm, set of 25.
Weighing dish with ground cover, shape shallow.

Cat. No. Height x Diameter
664 160
25 x 40 mm
Evaporating dish Half-height, with spout.

Cat. No. Diameter Height Volume
Watch glass dishes Borosilicate glass 3.3.

Cat. No. Diameter
664 441 664 442 664 446* 664 444 664 445
63 mm 80 mm 80 mm 130 mm 150 mm
24 mm 30 mm 30 mm 52 mm 63 mm
30 ml 80 ml 80 ml 300 ml 450 ml
664 152 664 153 664 154 664 155 664 157 664 158
*Blue-glazed interior
40 mm 60 mm 80 mm 100 mm 125 mm 150 mm
252
glass, plastic and porcelain ware Crucibles
Crucible
Cat. No. Diameter Height Volume Material
664 002 664 003 664 004 664 005 664 027 664 036
40 mm 40 mm 43 mm 50 mm 60 mm 48 mm
24 mm 35 mm 55 mm 45 mm 80 mm 36 mm
17 ml 25 ml 40 ml 55 ml 70 ml 35 ml
porcelain porcelain porcelain porcelain Fire clay iron
664 008
664 009
664 037
Lid For porcelain crucible (> 664 002 to > 664 004, > 665 167 and > 665 168).
Lid For porcelain crucibles (> 664 005). Inside diameter: 53 mm
Lid For iron crucible (> 664 036). Inside diameter: 47 mm
664 029
Lid For fireclay crucible (> 664 027).
667 091
667 092
Mortars
Pestle Grinding surface unglazed, suitable for > 667 092. Length: 100 mm
Mortar Porcelain, with spout. Diameter: 70 mm Height: 35 mm
667 095
667 094
Pestle Grinding surface unglazed, suitable for mortars (> 667 093 and > 667 094). Length: 115 mm
Mortar With spout, grinding surface unglazed. Diameter: 90 mm Volume: 160 ml
665 167
665 067
Funnels
Bchner funnels, porcelain
Cat. No. Filter plate dia. for round filter
Porcelain filter crucible for quantitative analysis, temperature-resistant up to 1000C, porosity A1, 40 mm high, 35 mm dia., ca. 25 ml capacity.
Rubber collar With rim, fits adapter (> 665 068) for filtration with porcelain, Gooch and glass filter crucibles.
665 161 665 162 665 163 665 168 665 060
45 mm 70 mm 110 mm
661 030 661 031 661 034
Porcelain filter crucible for quantitative analysis, temperature-resistant up to 1000C, porosity A3, 40 mm high, 35 mm dia., approx. 25 ml capacity.
Rubber collars Set of 7, assorted, for filtration with Bchner funnels when using filter flasks (> 664 866 and > 664 867).
665 068
Adapter For filter crucible.
253
Suction bottle Glass, with side attachment, GL 14 screw thread and plastic connector.
Cat. No. Volume Height
Woulff flask As per DIN 12 480, glass.

Cat. No. Volume Grind Remark
664 904 664 865 664 866 664 867
500 ml
ST 19/26
triple tubulation
250 ml 500 ml 1000 ml
155 mm 180 mm 230 mm
664 925
Vacuum dessicator
>
Cells (cuvettes) for photometry: see page 61
200 mm dia. with PVC coating as implosion protection.
Scope of delivery
1 Lower dessicator section, 200 mm dia 1 Dessicator lid, 200 mm dia. with screw connection, without closure cap 1 Screw cap, one hole, with seal for stopcock connection at dessicator lid 1 Single-port stopcock with ST plug, 2.5 mm hole, angled with hose connector, fitting the screw cap 1 Porcelain plate, 190 mm dia., with holes
664 921
Dessicator With interchangeable lid, 150 mm dia. Plate glass cells For optical measurements such as absorption and extinction, and for the projection of processes in liquids. Designed to withstand all liquids except acids that will attack the glass itself, e.g. hydrofluoric acid.
664 922
Cat. No. Height x Width x Depth Wall thickness
Diameter: 150 mm
Porcelain plate With many tiny holes, 140 mm dia. Diameter: 140 mm fitting dessicator > 664 921
477 03 477 14* 667 521** 477 20* 477 25*
50 x 50 x 50 mm 50 x 50 x 20 mm 80 x 60 x 25 mm 100 x 100 x 10 mm 100 x 80 x 25 mm
2,0 bis 2,5 mm 2,5 bis 3,5 mm 2,5 bis 3,0 mm 2,5 bis 3,0 mm
* with projecting base plate, ** Duran-Glass
254
Bottles
661 203
Wide-neck glass bottle Conical shoulder with ST poly stopper.

Cat. No. Volume
Narrow-neck glass bottle Conical shoulder with ST poly stopper.

Cat. No. Volume
Reagent and shipping bottle With pouring ring and plastic cap made of PPN (blue). Volume: 500 ml Thread: GL 45
Clear glass
661 171 661 172 661 173
Clear glass 100 ml 250 ml 500 ml

661 151 661 152 661 153
100 ml 250 ml 500 ml
Amber glass
661 181 661 182 661 183
Amber glass 100 ml 250 ml 500 ml

661 161 661 162 661 163
100 ml 250 ml 500 ml
Conical shoulder with ST glass stopper.

Cat. No. Volume
Conical shoulder with ST glass stopper.

Cat. No. Volume
Clear glass
661 176 661 177 661 178
Clear glass 100 ml 250 ml 500 ml

661 150 661 156 661 157 661 158
Amber glass
661 186 661 187
50 ml 100 ml 250 ml 500 ml
100 ml 250 ml
Amber glass
661 166 661 167 661 168
100 ml 250 ml 500 ml
Wash bottle Made of polyethylene, with screw cap and spray tube.
Cat. No. Volume
Polyethylene bottle Narrow neck, with screw cap, natural colour, made of polyethylene.
Cat. No. Volume
604 110 661 242 661 243 661 244
100 ml 250 ml 500 ml 1000 ml
661 220 661 221 661 222 661 223 661 224
50 ml 100 ml 250 ml 500 ml 1000 ml
Wide neck, with screw cap, natural colour, made of polyethylene.

Cat. No. Volume
Flip-flap glass
Cat. No. Volume Size
661 230 661 231 661 232 661 233 661 234
661 251
50 ml 100 ml 250 ml 500 ml 1000 ml
661 252 661 253
20 ml 50 ml 100 ml
2.5 x 7 cm 3 x 10 cm 3.5 x 14 cm
255
Container
664 545
For fully deionized water; with carrying handle and stopcock.

Cat. No. Volume Material
Disposal container Wide-neck, with carrying handle. Volume: 10 l
664 547 664 549
10 l 25 l
polyethylene polyethylene
Gas scrubber bottles

664 809 664 800
Gas scrubber bottle insert Gas scrubber bottle, lower section Overall volume 200 ml, for 100 ml of rinsing liquid; with large, detachable plastic base, ST 29/32 female ground joint. Installation length 115 mm, 1 ST 19/26, 2 connectors fitting test tubes > 664 060, > 664 061 and > 664 063 and U-tubes > 664 087 and > 664 093
Inserts for gas scrubber bottle lower section With ST 29/32 ground core; reduced danger of breakage and injury by using a head shaped in accordance with DIN 12 596.
664 805
Glass tube insert Cooling finger For sublimation or direct cooling of the contents of cylinders.
664 806
Cat. No.
Length
Grind
Remark
Glass tube insert With filter G O, for gas drying.
665 427 665 428
110 mm 120 mm
1 ST 19/26 1 ST 29/32
with 2 connectors with 2 connectors
664 808
Safety insert With enlarged glass tube, perforated at the lower end; in many cases eliminates the need to use an additional safety bottle upline from the setup.
Cooling trap For freezing out volatile components.

665 429
200 mm
1 ST 29/32
with 2 connectors
256
Drying tubes
665 643
Fermentation tube Safety tube. 220 mm long Drying tube

Cat. No. Description Thread/Grind Length x Diameter
665 370 665 645 665 371 665 372 665 373 665 374
Fermentation saccharometer After Eichhorn, with measurement cylinder, mark at 10 ml.
Angled Straight, with connector (calcium chloride tube) Angled, with connector Angled For filling with granulated CaCl2 CaCl2 for butane combustion
ST 19/26
ST 29/32 1 GL 25 + 1 GL 18
165 x 16 mm 125 x 16 mm 130 x 13 mm 120 x 16 mm 120 x 16 mm
Test tubes
Test tube made of Fiolax

Cat. No. Diameter x Length Rim* Quantity Type of glass Remark
664 040 664 041 664 042 664 043 664 047 664 044 664 048 664 049 664 045 664 052 664 057 664 058 664 051 664 054 664 061 664 063
10 mm x 100 mm 12 mm x 100 mm 16 mm x 160 mm 16 mm x 160 mm 16 mm x 160 mm 20 mm x 180 mm 20 mm x 180 mm 30 mm x 200 mm 30 mm x 200 mm 30 mm x 200 mm 30 mm x 200 mm 20 mm x 180 mm 20 mm x 180 mm 30 mm x 200 mm 20 mm x 165 mm 20 mm x 165 mm
B B B B B B B B B B SB 29 B SB 19 SB 29 ST 19/26 ST 19/26
100 100 100 10 10 100 1 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fiolax Fiolax Fiolax Fiolax Supremax Fiolax Supremax Borosilicate Fiolax hard glass Supremax hard glass hard glass hard glass hard glass hard glass
Thick-walled Thick-walled Thick-walled Thick-walled Side tap Side tap, thick-walled Side tap, thick-walled Side tap, thick-walled Side tap, ST stopcock
* beaded (B), stopper seating (SB), standard ground joint (ST)
257
664 074
664 073 664 065 664 080 664 082
664 075
664 085
664 068 667 455 664 084
Reaction tubes
Cat. No. Description Length x Diameter Grind Type of glass Remark
664 065 664 068 664 069 664 072 664 073 664 074 664 075 664 076 664 077 664 080 664 081 664 082 664 084 664 085 664 145 664 146 664 147 664 148 664 149 664 205 664 206 664 207 667 455
Reaction tube with globe Experimentation globe Reaction tube for butane combustion
Reaction tube for fused-salt electrolysis
200 x 20 mm dia 100 mm 220 x 25 mm 300 x 30 mm 180 x 20 mm 300 x 20 mm 150 x 10 mm 300 x 20 mm 300 x 22 mm 300 x 22 mm 250 x 22 mm 110 x 110 mm dia 20
2 ST 29/32 2 SB 19 2 SB 29 1 SB 19 2 SB 19 2 SB 19 2 SB 19 1 SB 19 1 SB 19 1 SB 19 2 SB 19
Reaction tube Reaction tube Reaction tube Reaction tube for air quality analysis Reaction tube Bayonet tube Bayonet tube Cracking tube Twin-arm tube
Reactor tube for fused-salt electrolysis
Supremax Hard glass Quartz DURAN Supremax Supremax Supremax Quartz Quartz Supremax Supremax Supremax Hard glass Quartz Quartz Quartz Quartz Quartz Quartz DURAN DURAN DURAN
Globe 40 mm dia Electrodes (> 664 360) in a cross-shaped arrangement Reaction area approx. 150 mm V-shaped, arms 200 mm long, 2 side taps With connector With 2 quartz stoppers for volumetric displacement
One end closed, suitable for thermal decomposition of mercury One end closed To demonstrate the laws of constant mass with 2 necks for SB 19 stoppers and 2 lateral nip ples; with one pair of extra-length carbon electrodes Wall thickness: 1 mm Wall thickness: 1 mm Wall thickness: 1 mm Wall thickness: 1 mm Wall thickness: 1 mm
Reaction tube Reaction tube Reaction tube Reaction tube Reaction tube Reaction tube Reaction tube Reaction tube Salt bridge
200 x 10 mm 200 x 8 mm 300 x 8 mm 300 x 16 mm 300 x 20 mm 160 x 20 mm 120 x 20 mm 300 x 20 mm 90 x 90 mm 20
2 SB 19 2 SB 19 2 SB 19 1 SB 19
2 G4 filters, spacing between arms 50 mm. Filled with electrolyte solution, serves as connection between two galvanic elements
Accessories for reaction tubes

664 078 664 079
Copper wire gauze roll for (> 664 074) Copper wire gauze roll for (> 664 076)
258
Stopcocks With ST stopcock 14.5 mm, tube diameter 8 mm, and tube length approx. 50 mm.
Cat. No. Description Shape
665 250 665 251 665 255
Single-port Single-port 3-way-valve
angled straight T
Brushes
666 942 666 943 666 946 666 947 666 948 666 949
Test tube brush, with brush head length 260 mm, reach/diameter: 50/15 mm Test tube brush, with wool mop length 270 mm, reach/diameter 80/20 mm Test tube and bottle brush, with brush head length 270 mm, reach/diameter 130/30 mm Burette and pipette brush length 500 mm, reach/diameter 100/15 mm Beaker brush, with brush head length: 330 mm, reach/diameter: 130/50 mm Swivel-head brush, for wide-necked flasks
259
Capillary tube
Cat. No. Dimensions Comments
665 196 665 205 667 510 665 568*
300 x 8 mm dia 300 x 8 mm dia 400 x 8 mm dia Microcapillaries, package of 250 pcs
2.0 mm dia 1.0 mm dia 1.0 mm dia
* For thin-layer chromatography
Glass tube
Cat. No. Dimensions Quantity
665 201 665 204
80 x 8 mm dia 300 x 8 mm dia
1 1
Glass tubing for bending

Cat. No. Dimensions Quantity Remark
665 202 665 203
480 x 8 mm 750 x 8 mm
set of 10 1 kg
Soft glass Soft glass
Various tubes
665 229 665 230 665 233 665 231 665 232 665 234 665 240 665 241 665 212 665 213 665 237 665 238
Steam delivery tube, angled, 90, with hose connector, diameter 8 mm Gas delivery tube, angled, hook-shaped, diameter 8 mm Gas delivery tube, angled 120, hook-shaped, diameter 8 mm Angled tube, arm lengths 50/250 mm, diameter 8 mm Angled tube, arm lengths: 50/50 mm, diameter 8 mm Manometer tube, 2 pieces, dimensions 200/150 mm Plastic tube for germination and growth experiments, length 250 mm, diamter 25 mm Plastic tube for germination and growth experiments, length 440 mm, diamter 12 mm Glass stirrer rod, dimensions 200 mm x 8 mm dia Glass stirrer rod, dimensions 300 mm x 8 mm dia Glass nozzle, dimensions 8 mm dia, straight Glass nozzle, dimensions 8 mm dia, angled
Connector, with nipple

Cat. No. Material Form Diameter
665 221 665 222 665 226 665 227 665 223 665 225 665 228
glass plastic plastic plastic plastic plastic glass
straight straight straight straight T-shaped Y-shaped straight
8 mm 8 mm 6 and 8 mm 4 and 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 4 12 mm
260
glass, plastic and porcelain ware Tubing
666 729
667 242
667 184
665 216
667 241
Tubing
Cat. No. Internal diameter Wall thickness Length
667 242
Rubber. Rubber bulb

307 64
6 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 8 mm 10 mm 8 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 5 mm 1m 1m 10 m 1m 1m 1m 1m
Twin bulb, with safety net.
667 180 667 181 307 65 667 183 307 67
667 241
667 186*
Rubber bulb Simple, for reagent atomizer (> 665 578). PVC tubing (heat-resistant up to + 85 C).
667 192 307 641 667 191 307 70 665 216 307 671
5m 1m 5m 1m 1m
3 mm 6 mm 7 mm 8 mm 10 mm
1 mm 1 mm 1.5 mm 1 mm 1 mm
Rubber wiper blade For glass rods, 7 - 8 mm dia. Silicone tubing (heat-resistant up to + 250C).
667 194 667 197 667 198 667 187
1m 1m 1m
7 mm 4 mm 2 mm
1.5 mm 1 mm 1 mm
Safety gas rubber tubing 1 mm according to DIN 306 64.
Gas hose.
666 729**
10 mm
2 mm
1m
* Vacuum tubing, ** Approved for liquid gases according to DIN 30 664
Tubing clamp
667 184
Hofmann.
Cat. No. Clamping width
Tubing clamps Set of 10, for gas tubing, 10 to 16 mm.
667 175 667 176
20 mm 30 mm
261
664 812
Bubble counter For monitoring the flow rates of gases.
667 196
Rubber stoppers
Cat. No. Dia. bottom [mm] Dia. top [mm] Height [mm] Hole 7 mm Suitable for
Flow monitor Aquamobile Made of heat-resistant, transparent plastic. For monitoring cooling water flows, e.g. during distillation or reactions under reflux. Dimensions 50 x 50 x 15 mm.
667 251 667 252 667 253 667 254 667 255 667 256 667 257
9 9 14 14 16 16 19
13 13 18 18 21 21 24
20 20 20 20 25 25 25
1* 1 1
667 258
19
24
25
667 260 667 261 667 262 667 263 667 264
25 25 25 25 28
31 31 31 31 34
30 30 30 30 30
1 2 1*
667 265
28
34
30
667 266
28
34
30
667 267 667 268 667 269

* 4 mm dia
42 42 42
49 49 49
35 35 35
1 2
test tubes 100 x 12 mm test tubes 100 x 12 mm test tubes 160 x 16 mm test tubes 160 x 16 mm SB 19 vessels SB 19 vessels test tubes 180 x 20 mm, Erlenmeyer flasks, narrow-neck 50 ml and 100 ml, test tubes, 180 x 20 mm, Erlenmeyer flasks, narrow-neck 50 ml and 100 ml SB 29 vessels SB 29 vessels SB 29 vessels SB 29 vessels for test tubes, 200 x 30 mm, Erlenmeyer flasks, narrow-neck 250 ml and 500 ml for test tubes, 200 x 30 mm, Erlenmeyer flasks, narrow-neck 250 ml and 500 ml test tubes, 200 x 30 mm, Erlenmeyer flasks, narrow-neck 250 ml and 500 ml SB 45 vessels SB 45 vessels SB 45 vessels
667 273
Rubber stoppers Set of 13, assorted, diameter 14 - 25 mm.
667 280
Rubber stoppers Set of 60, assorted, diameter 9 - 45 mm.
667 281
Cork stoppers Set of 100, assorted, diameter 9 - 30 mm.
262
Silicone stoppers Temperatures up to 250 C

Cat. No. Bottom diameter Top diameter Height Suitable for Hole 7 mm dia
667 285 667 286 667 290 667 291 667 292 667 494
16 mm 16 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 40 mm
21 mm 21 mm 31 mm 31 mm 31 mm 45 mm
25 mm 25 mm 35 mm 35 mm 35 mm 23 mm
SB 19 glassware SB 19 glassware SB 29 glassware SB 29 glassware SB 29 glassware SB 45 glassware
1 1 2 1
Stopper for standard ground joints For standard ground joints, made of polyethylene.
Cat. No.
Joint clip Plastic, heat-resistant up to 175 C, for standard ground joints.

Cat. No. Color
Joint clip Steel, for standard ground joints.

Cat. No.
665 396 667 223 667 224
ST ST
19/26 29/32
665 391 665 392
ST ST
19/26 29/32
blue red
665 397 665 398
ST 14.5/23 ST 19/26 ST 29/32
Made of glass.
667 226 667 227 667 228
ST 14.5/23 ST 19/26 ST 29/32
263
Screw caps
Cat. No. ISO thread GL Hole dia. Remark
667 303
667 300 667 301 667 304 667 305 667 302 667 303 667 308
14 14 18 18 25 32 18
9.5 mm 11 mm 15 mm 20 mm -
cap
667 305
with screw connector

667 301 667 306
667 300
Silicone gasket Set of 10, with PTFE sleeve.

Cat. No. ISO thread GL dia x i.dia. for tube dia
667 296
667 306 667 295 667 296 667 297 667 298 667 299 667 307
18 18 18 25 32 32 18
16 x 6 16 x 8 16 x 10 22 x 8 29 x 16 29 x 10 16 without hole
5.5 7.5 9.0 7.5 15.0 9.0
- 6.5 - 9.0 - 11.0 - 9.0 - 17.0 - 1.0
667 031
Test tube holder For tubes up to 20 mm dia., wooden. Length: 20 cm
667 032
Test tube holder For tubes up to 40 mm dia., wooden.

667 035
Crucible tongs Stainless steel. Length: 200 mm
667 038
666 169
Beaker and glass tongs For beakers of up to 1 l capacity, stainless steel, rubber-clad jaws.
Thermometer holder For secure attachment of glass thermometers, glass tubes, etc. to beakers, graduated cylinders, flasks, etc. Material: stainless steel Clamp span: 6 to 15 mm Length: 55 mm
667 633
Mercury tongs Stainless steel, for collecting mercury residue, length 220 mm
264
tools / aids
Tools
310 05
310 04
Round nose pliers With side snippers. Length: 14.5 cm
Universal pliers With hand protection. Insulation material: PVC Length: 17 cm
310 02
Tool set In wallet, useful for small repairs. Screwdriver: 0.5 x 3 x 75 mm Combination pliers: 160 mm Pliers: 140 mm Combination scissors: 150 mm
667 018
Laboratory knife Stainless steel.
Scope of delivery
1 File 1 Screw driver 1 Combination pliers, without insulation, chromium finish 1 Pair of pliers, with insulation 1 Pair of combination scissors 1 Voltage tester 1 Miniature screwdriver with 4 inserts
361 03
667 016
662 026
667 017
662 014
667 018
Spirit level Material wood, bubble horizontal and vertical. Length: 30 cm Scissors
Cat. No. Length Shape
664 569 662 014
Open jaw spanner, 30/32 mm For gas cylinders.
662 026 667 016 667 017
110 mm 130 mm 200 mm 125 mm
pointed, stainless steel with one rounded tip heavy type rounded tips
265
tools / aids Spatulas, tweezers

Spatula
Cat. No. Width Length Material
Tweezers
Cat. No. Shape Length Material
666 961 666 962 666 963 666 967 666 968 666 966 666 969 666 960
5 mm 9 mm 20 mm 22 mm 22 mm
180 mm 150 mm 120 mm 150 mm 180 mm 180 mm 200 mm 150 mm
20 mm 9 mm 5 mm
Stainless steel (micro double ended) Stainless steel (double ended) Stainless steel (with spoon end) Stainless steel (with spoon end) Stainless steel (with spoon end) Plastic (with spoon end) Horn (with capsule spoon) Stainless steel (micro-spoon)
662 025 662 034 662 029 667 026 667 027 667 033 667 034
pointed tips blunt gebogen pointed tips blunt pointed tips blunt
100 mm 100 mm 105 mm 130 mm 130 mm 145 mm 200 mm
Stainless steel spring steel Stainless steel (cover slip) Nickel-plated steel Nickel-plated steel Plastic Stainless steel
Glass-working
667 013 667 013 667 000
Glass tube cutter With steel cutting wheel for glass tubing up to 30 mm dia.
667 000
Glass cutter Steel blade, hardened.
667 002 667 630
Replacement cutting wheel Safety grip Made of tough rubber, prevents injury while sliding glass rods into through-bored stoppers.
667 630 667 003
Set of 3, for > 667 013.
Diamond glass cutter
266
tools / aids
667 021
Hand cork borer For rubber and cork stoppers, set of 6. Diameter: 5 - 11 mm
667 022
Sharpener for cork borer
305 00
661 084
Lens cleaner Especially soft material made of long plant fibres, chemically inactive. For gentle cleaning of lenses and other optical parts as well as valuable isolators. Amount: 100 sheets Sheet sizes: 20 cm x 30 cm
Wooden turnings 100 pieces.
309 48
Fishing line Black and white, twisted Trevira line.

309 50 309 48
309 42
Soluble coloring Water soluble, non-toxic food colouring. Colour: red Amount: 25 g
Length: 10 m Diameter: 0.5 mm approx. Max. load: 6 kg

309 50
Demonstration cord
667 019
Red and white twisted polyamide line. Length: 20 m Diameter: 1 mm Max. load: 10 kg
Felt pen Non-smear, non-water soluble.

309 45
Universal pencil For writing on paper, cardboard, glass, plastics and metal.
663 615
Schuko socket strip With switch and 5 sockets, turned by 90, especially for connection of plug-in power units.
267
consumables Filter paper
Round filters
Folded filters
Filter paper for qualitative analysis

Cat. No. Filter Diameter Quantity
609 080 609 081 661 066 661 030 661 031 661 032 661 034 661 035 661 038
Folded filter Folded filter Folded filter Round filter Round filter Round filter Round filter Round filter Round filter
90 mm 110 mm 150 mm 40 mm 70 mm 90 mm 110 mm 125 mm 150 mm
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
661 063
Filter paper
661 050
580 mm x 580 mm, 10 sheet.
Extraction thimbles 25 mm dia., 100 mm high, 25 pieces, suitable for extractor according to Soxhlet (> 665 453).
661 054
Surface protection paper Polyethylene-coated, for covering working surfaces, 100 sheets.
661 051
Extraction thimbles 25 pieces, suitable for extractor according to Soxhlet (> 665 454).
268
consumables Qualitative analysis

661 084 667 085 661 087 666 984 666 982 667 086
667 084
666 988 667 089 667 087
667 083
667 087
667 083
666 982
Mouth blowpipe With wooden mouthpiece, for carrying out blowpipe tests.
Platinum wire for flame tests One end of the wire is bent to form a loop while the other is fused in a glass tube used as a holder. Length: approx. 30 mm Diameter: 0.5 mm
Melting ladle Iron, with wooden handle and spout. Ladle diameter: 70 mm
Charcoal for blowpipe analysis

672 249
666 984
Deflagrating spoon
667 084
Iron. Spoon diameter: 18 mm Length: 450 mm
Charcoal, small pieces, 500 g
Magnesium rods For flame tests, 25 pcs.
661 088
Flame test salts Set of 9 in tray
667 085
667 086
Magnesia troughs Set of 10
Carbon dioxide conductor Complete with 2 candles.
667 089
Spotting tile 12 dimples, porcelain, white glaze
667 081
Flame test glass Dimensions: 50 x 50 mm

666 011
666 988
Combustion boat Dimensions: 13 x 80 mm, unglazed, with ring
661 084
666 013
Wooden turnings 100 pieces Tips for microliter pipettes 50 pieces

Cat. No. Volume Color Suitable for...
666 011 666 013
100 l 1000 l
yellow blue
666 010 666 012
269
consumables Syringes
Syringe With Luer fitting
665 963
Cat. No. Volume Graduation Cat. No. Dia. Length
Disposable needles With Luer fitting. 10 pieces
665 957 665 963 665 955 665 955 665 958 375 21 603 021
1 ml 2 ml 5 ml 10 ml 20 ml 50 ml
0.1 ml 0.1 ml 0.2 ml 0.5 ml 1.0 ml 1.0 ml
665 956 665 960
0.8 mm 0.45 mm
38 mm 23 mm
665 958
pH papers and indicators

661 070 661 070
pH indicator paper pH 1 ... 11, roll in plastic dispenser with colour indicator scale
Universal indicator solution pH 1 - 13

Cat. No. Volume
675 255 661 076 675 256 661 071
50 ml 100 ml 250 ml
pH paper Refill packet, 3 rolls, for > 661 070

661 071 661 075
Litmus indicator paper Neutral, book of 100 strips.
661 073
666 280
pH multiple range sticks pH 0 .. 14, 200 sticks in plastic box with colour indicator scale. Scale: 1 pH
661 073 666 280
pH test sticks pH 4.5 ... 10, 100 sticks in plastic box with colour indicator scale. Scale: 0.5 pH
270
consumables Test papers, test strips

661 074
Lead acetate test paper For detection of sulphide, book of 100 strips.
661 075
661 080
Cobalt chloride test paper Book of 200 strips.
661 144
Test strips, lead Set of 40, for rapid tests (semi-quantitative determination). Range/detection limit: 5 mg/l
661 074 666 286
666 284
Test strips, chlorine Set of 200, for rapid tests (semi-quantitative determination). Range/detection limit: 1 mg/l
666 286
Test strips, oil/petrol Set of 100, for rapid tests (semi-quantitative determination). Range/detection limit: 1-10 mg/l
Test strips For rapid tests, semi-quantitatice determination

Cat. No. Test Set of Range/detection limit
666 281 666 282 666 283 666 294 666 287 666 288 666 293 661 142 661 143
Nitrate/Nitrite Iron Sulphite Ammonia Sulphate Copper Peroxide Water hardness Ascorbate
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
10 - 500 mg/l 1 - 50 mg/l 2 - 100 mg/l 10 - 1000 mg/l 10 - 400 mg/l 200 - 1600 mg/l 10 - 1000 mg/l 0.5 - 50 mg/l H2O2 0 - 25 d 50 - 2000 mg/l
271
consumables Test kits
666 292
661 131
Visocolor - water test kits Rapid tests for colorimetic determination of substances in water; the concentration of the test substance is determined through comparison with a color scale.
Cat. No. Test substance Measuring range Quantity
609 110 609 111 609 112 609 113 666 292 609 115 609 116 661 131
Ammonium (DEV*) 0.2010.0 mg/l Iron 0.1050.0 mg/l Nitrate 1.0050.0 mg/l Nitrite 0.052.0 mg/l Phosphate (DEV*) 0.101.5 mg/l Oxygen 0.2010.0 mg/l Sulfide 0.051.0 mg/l Ammoniun-iron-nitrate-nitrite-phosphate-oxygen-sulfide
100 200 100 60 100 100 100
* Method according to the chemical principles of the German uniform methods (Deutsche Einheitsverfahren)
Testing tubes
Tube for CO2 test

Cat. No. Test for Set of Range/sensitivity
666 309 666 311 666 312 666 319 666 317 666 315 666 308 666 313 666 318 666 316 666 307 666 314
CnHm CO2 CO CO Formaldehyde Alcohol Alcotest NOx NOx O2 O3 SO2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 10 10
0.0020.3 Vol% 0.17 Vol% 5.01000 ppm 0.57 Vol% 0.22.5 ppm 0.13.5 0.8 0.02 0.550 ppm 10.0300 ppm 5.023 Vol% 0.0051.4 ppm 0.525 ppm
272
consumables
661 085
661 091
Melting point tubes One fused end, set of 100, for > 667 500
Boiling stones 100 g, class A
661 094
661 093
Detergent Concentrated, 1 l
Silicone grease high vacuum grease, tube 75 g
661 082
Stopcock grease For stopcocks and ST standard ground joints, 60 g
661 095
Paraffin oil 1000 ml, high-boiling, for use with the melting point apparatus > 667 500.
661 097
Lubricant 100 ml, for rubber parts
661 081
Aluminium foil 10 m roll, for fractional distillation
667 243
665 954
Rubber balloons Set of 10.
Rubber bulbs Fitting the pipettes, set of 10.
665 394
665 950
Teflon collars For standard ground joints ST 29, set of 1
Pasteur pipettes set of 250 Dimensions: 150 x 7 mm
273
safety
Safety
661 917
Mobile fume exhaust Mobile table, working height 90 cm, with tiled table-top 75 x 97 cm, intermediate level and 4 castors (2 lockable). Profile aluminum frame, half-round surfaces can be supplied in a choice of colours. Three sides safety glass, working opening: acrylic glass slide with latch, acrylic upright tube for upwards and downwards suction. Suction via lattice tile with attached acid-resistant small radial fan. Ventilator capacity 250-500 cbm/h, type of enclosure IP 54, with off-switch, plug and 3m cable. With electrical channel and two sockets. Dimensions: 97 x 195 x 75 cm
661 900
Chemical cabinet, ventable Front coated with structured melamine resin. 1 door, full height with air-vent (left or right hinged) with secure cylinder lock. Additional poison cabinet, 600 mm high, separately lockable, with 2 glass shelves. One adjustable shelf below. Small radial fan PP, ventilator capacity 280 cbm/h, type of protection IP 54, with step switch (manual/automatic) Outside dimensions: 60 x 208 x 55 cm
In order to connect the chemical cabinet (> 661 900) with the mobile fume exhaust (> 661 917) to the radial fan, a pressure hose and wall-mounted supports are additionally required. The length of the pressure hose depends on the local situation. Please supply the corresponding information with your order. A separate invoice will be issued for pressure hose and wall-mounted supports.
274
safety Personal protection

610 030
Protective face shield Acetate face shield with extremely high shock and chemical resistance; adjustable 7-position elastic head band for holding to head; with latching recessed shield holder. Weight: 160 g
667 600
Face shield Shield can be raised when not in use, protects against splinters and splashes from acids and bases. Dimensions: 28 x 20 cm
667 600
667 605
Safety screen Made of acrylic glass. It has two side screens that can be opened, which give the structure the necessary stability when set up on a table Dimensions: front screen: 65 cm x 60 cm side screens: 25 cm x 60 cm thickness of screen: 3 mm Weight: 2.9 kg
667 603
667 613
Safety goggles
610 010
Safety goggles for wearing over glasses Fit over most glasses, comfortable all-round eye protection, transparent body made of soft PVC, perforated, therefore well-ventilated, no condensation. Comfortable fit, no squeezing thanks to wide frame, adjustable leather strap.
667 613
With darked lenses, for glass-blowing
610 010
Laboratory safety goggles with UV protection Polycarbonate frame and lenses, scatch-proof coating, integrated side shielding
667 602
Universal safety goggles With interchangeable lenses. With adjustable U-fit temple; with side shield.
667 603
667 602
275
safety
Safety gloves Made of natural rubber

Cat. No. Size Sleeve length Matrial thickness
610 050 610 061
610 050 610 051
medium large
320 mm 320 mm
1.3 mm 1.3 mm
667 606
Safety gloves Made of natural rubber

Cat. No. Size Sleeve length Matrial thickness
610 060 610 061 610 062
small medium large
330 mm 330 mm 330 mm
0.85 mm 0.85 mm 0.85 mm
667 607
667 614
667 610
663 609
Heat protective gloves Mitts with recessed thumb, lined with wool felt and flame-resistant nettle cloth, 290 mm long, outer material Aramid.
Working gloves Gloves with five fingers, made of split chrome leather, lined, backs of hands made of sturdy cloth and elasticated. Size: 9-11 Length: 35 cm
667 630
610 450
Heat-resistant holder Hot Hand

667 630
Heat-resistant holder, silicone-rubber, protection from -50...250 C
667 607
Safety grip Made of tough rubber, prevents injury while sliding glass rods into through-bored stoppers.
Apron PVC, white, 90 x 110 cm
667 610
667 606
Safety cage Iron, hot galvanized, 200 x 200 x 200 mm for protection against glass splinters.
Disposable gloves Plastic, in dispenser box, 100 each
276
safety
667 634
Cabinet for toxic substances Lacquered sheet steel, with steel door and security lock, additional separately lockable poison drawer with second lock. Dimensions: 45.5 x 55.5 x 17.5 cm Weight: 8.8 kg
Disposal
667 636
Chemical emergency set

306 83 667 631
Mercury adsorbent Set for fast, simple and safe collection of spilled mercury.
Mercury adsorbent, 100 g Refill package for > 306 83.
Assortment of chemicals and aids for chemistry instruction, for cleaning up spilled chemicals as quickly and completely as possible. All chemicals and equipment are stored in a sturdy wallmounted holder. Dimensions: 80 x 45 x 15 cm Weight: 19.5 kg
Scope of delivery
667 633
Mercury adsorbent: 100 g 1 Brush 1 Broom and dustpan 3 Pair disposable gloves 1 Special breathing mask 1 Instructions for use
Mercury tongs Stainless steel, for collecting mercury residue Length: 220 mm
Scope of delivery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Adsorbent for acids Adsorbent for bases Adsorbent for solvents Set plastic bags for receiving chemicals Set disposable gloves Dustpan, broom and scoop Roll paper towels Mounting screws and wall plugs
277
safety
667 635
Chemical waste disposal set This set provides a reliable and approved solution to the problem of collecting and eliminating leftover chemicals and residues which require special handling (special wastes, solvent incineration plant etc.). Also included is advice on how to deal with hazardous chemical residues.
Scope of delivery
7 storage containers for different chemical residues to ensure safe and proper collection for approved disposal: 5 l plastic container for inorganic and organic solids 10 l plastic container for acidic and alkaline wastes as well as solutions of heavy metal salts 2.5 l amber glass bottle for solvents of material class A of the relevant German regulations regarding flammable liquids (aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons which do not mix with water) 2.5 l amber glass bottle for solvents of material class B of the relevant German regulations regarding flammable liquids (organic solutions which mix with water) 2.5 l amber glass bottle for halogenated hydrocarbons 2.5 l plastic container for carcinogenic and toxic solutions 0.25l plastic container for metallic mercury wastes 1 Plastic funnel 1 Set of labels for the disposal containers (> 667 617)
661 077
Warning labels Matched to 661 078 ; Extremely toxic and Explosive 8 each, and 16 each of the other seven warning labels. 128 labels in all, self-adhesive Dimensions: 23 x 28 mm
667 615
Label set
Cat. No. Description Quantity
Labels for chemical bottles For 30 of the most frequently used chemicals, 32 pieces. (Fits protective sheet > 667 616).
667 618 667 619 667 623 667 620 667 629
Label set for basic chemicals Supplementary label set I, inorganic chemistry Supplementary label set II, inorganic chemistry Supplementary label set I, organic chemistry Supplementary label set II, organic chemistry
26 pieces* 48 pieces* 32 pieces* 24 pieces* 31 pieces*
667 617
Labels for disposal containers Seven self-adhesive labels on plastic A4 size sheets; with disposal code; the labels must be cut out individually to label the respective containers for chemical residues and environmentally hazardous waste.
*Dimensions: 105 x 36 mm and 105 x 54 mm
Blank labels
661 078 667 616
Blank labels, for bottles, with space for R and S-type warnings, self-adhesive, 32 pieces. Dimensions: 90 x 54 mm Protective sheet for labels, for > 661 078 and > 667 615. Resistant to chemicals, 40 pieces. Dimensions: 90 x 54 cm
278
safety
667 622
First aid kit According to DIN 13 157, the work shop stipulations and regulations of the German Ministers of Culture, Education and Church Affairs. Weight: 3,5 kg
Scope of delivery
1 Roll of adhesive plaster, DIN 13 019-A 5 x 2.5 roll with cover 3 First aid dressings, DIN 13 019-E 50 x 6 cm, dust-proof packaging 3 First aid dressings, DIN 13 019-E 10 x 6 cm, dust-proof packaging 5 Finger-tip plasters, individual dust-proof packaging 5 Finger plasters, DIN 13 019-E 18 x 2 2 Packages of plasters DIN 13 151-K 2 Packages of plasters DIN 13 151-M 1 Package of plasters DIN 13 151-G 1 Bandaging material DIN 13 152-A 1 Bandaging material DIN 13 152-BR 6 Cellulose gauze compresses, 100 x 100 mm sterile 1 Metallized polyester sheet, used as blanket, aluminium surface, 2100 mm x 1400 mm 2 Finger protection pouches, leather with ribbons, assorted 2 Gauze bandages DIN 61 631-MB-8 ZW/BW 1 Gauze bandage DIN 61 631-MB-6 ZW/BW 1 Fixing bandages 4 m x 8 cm, elastic 1 Fixing bandages 4 m x 6 cm, elastic 1 Net bandaging, for unjuries to head and extremities, stretches to 4 m 2 Triangular cloths DIN 13 168-D 1 Pair of first aid scissors, DIN 58 279-A145 or DIN 58 279-B145 10 Lint cloths 200 mm x 300 mm 2 Polyethylene bags, sealable, 300 x 400 mm 4 Pairs of disposable PVC gloves, large, in dust-proof package 1 First aid instruction leaflet 1 Contents list
667 621
First aid cabinet (Wall pharmacy), made of plastic, white, with lock, without contents. Dimensions: 46 cm x 33 cm x 16 cm Weight: 2.4 kg
667 625
667 626
Fire blanket According to DIN 14 155, pure wool, low flammability, with two grips, asbestos-free! Dimensions: 160 cm 200 cm
Storage canister For rapid access to fire blanket (> 667 625 ), box made of red, painted steel plate with the designation Fire Blanket on it. Dimensions (W x D x H): 28 cm x 23 cm x 40 cm
667 627
Fire extinguisher CO2-filling, including wall mounting Content: 2 kg Dimensions: 14 x 14 x 47 cm
279
laboratory gases
Compressed gas bottles

There are three ways of obtaining the gases required for common laboratory experiments: One can make small quantities oneself by means of chemical reactions, e.g. zinc with hydrochloric acid as a demonstration of hydrogen, in a gas generator. A suitable device for this is the gas generator according to MAEY, equipped with either a tube with sintered disk or a dropping funnel, permitting gas generation from either solid
or liquid materials. Self-production of gases is recommended only when occasional small quantities (up to approx. 100 ml) are required. Smaller quantities of gas in gas cans. This type of gas supply is ideal for small requirements of pure gases, which can be drawn from the easyto-use aluminum containers without preparation. With a volume of 1 l, the gas cans contain between 12 1 (compressed gas) and 200 1 (liquefied gas).
Larger gas quantities in 10 l gas bottles (2 m3 content). This is the most cost-effective way of covering large gas requirements. It is primarily recommended for the supply of the most commonly used gases, hydrogen and oxygen
Our gas bottles are approved by the West German Technical Inspection Agency (TUeV); additionally, the hydrogen bottles are also ultrasonically tested. The required hardness certification has been issued (manufacturer's certificate supplied). The gas bottles are supplied full and are property of the school (not returnable bottles). They can be refilled by local suppliers. When necessary, these will also carry out any testing of the bottles required by local regulations. Please note that gas can only be withdrawn using suitable pressure reducing valves. In addition, the gas bottles must be secured against falling over, and must be removed from the classroom after the lesson using suitable (tip-proof) trolleys according to applicable laboratory regulations.
Gas bottle
Cat. No. Type of gas Colour Gas content*
Gas bottle Steel, according to DIN, TV-tested, with valve protection cap and base. The gas bottle is labelled with the name of the school or institution. Filled. Volume: 10 l Filling pressure: max. 200 bar Length: 85.5 cm Diameter: 14 cm Weight empty: approx. 18 kg
661 010 661 011 661 012 661 013 661 014
hydrogen oxygen carbon dioxide nitrogen helium
red blue gray green gray
2,0 m3 2,0 m3 7,5 kg 2,0 m3 2,0 m3
* with reference to standard temperature and pressure
661 019
661 020
Trolley For one gas bottle 10 l, with safety chain
Trolley For two gas bottles 10 l, with safety chain.
280
laboratory gases
Pressure reducing valve According to DIN, 2 pressure gauges, standard thread, fits gas bottle > 661 010661 013 as well as common commercial gas bottles, control range 0 ... 10 bar.
Cat. No.
Type of gas
fits gas bottle
661 015 661 016 661 017 661 018
Hydrogen Oxygen Carbon dioxide, helium, argon Nitrogen
> 661 010 > 661 011 > 661 012 > 661 014 > 661 013
664 569
Open jaw spanner 30/32 mm, for gas cylinders
Minican gas cans The Minican gas cans were developed for filling requirements of smaller amounts of pure gases and gas mixtures. These one-way aluminum containers are much easier to use than corresponding high-pressure gas bottles. The fine regulating valves (> 660 680) described on this page fits all Minican gas cans. A self-sealing valve built into the gas can prevents inadvertent gas loss when changing valves.
>
For laboratory burners and cartridges see page 224
660 980
Minican gas cans Geometrical volume: 1 l Height: 240 mm Outside diameter: 80 mm Empty weight: ca. 250 g
Cat. No. Type of gas Purity Gas content 1)
Fine regulating valve With nipple, fits all Minican gas cans. Nipple diameter: 7 mm
664 812 660 984 660 985 660 987 660 988 660 989 660 994 660 997 660 998 660 999 661 000
1) with
Helium 2) Neon 2) Methane Ethane n-Butane Ethylene Hydrogen Oxygen 2) Carbon dioxide 2) Nitrogen 2)
99.999 % 99.995 % 99.95 % 99.0 % 99.5 % 99.8 % 99.999 % 99.995 % 99.995 % 99.999 %
12 l 12 l 12 l 12 l approx. 200 l 12 l 12 l 12 l 12 l 12 l
Bubble counter For monitoring the flow speeds of gases Height: 100 mm
reference to standard temperature and pressure 2) Postal shipment possible
Before screwing on the fine regulating valve, make sure that the valve is closed; in other words, the valve head must be turned to the right as far as possible. To reduce costs, we recommend ordering several gas bottles and gas types at once, as rail express shipment is mandatory for certain types of gas.
281
storage Equipment boxes, storage trays

Equipment tray For storage of equipment, especially equipment used in students' experiments. Sturdy construction, made of 4 mm thick drawn material, available in 4 different widths; with grooves for partitions, can be subdivided into ten sections. Partition For dividing the equipment tray
Cat. No.
Outside dimensions
Fits partition
Description
Width
648 01 648 03 648 05 648 07
80 mm x 460 mm x 80 mm 120 mm x 460 mm x 80 mm 160 mm x 460 mm x 80 mm 240 mm x 460 mm x 80 mm
648 02 648 04 648 06 648 08
Partition ZW 8 Partition ZW12 Partition ZW 16 Partition ZW 24
80 mm 120 mm 160 mm 240 mm
Tray For storage of equipment and collections of equipment. Sturdy construction, made of 4-mm drawn plastic material, available in three different sizes. A large number of subdivisions are possible in conjunction with the storage trays (> 649 11 - 23). The size of the trays is matched to the bottom shelves of the trolleys.
Cat. No. Size [RE]* Outside dimensions
649 42 649 43 649 45
Tray 6 x 2 Tray 6 x 3 Tray 6 x 5
552 mm x 197 mm x 48 mm 552 mm x 284 mm x 48 mm 552 mm x 459 mm x 48 mm
* Sizes (inner surfaces) in rastered unit (RE) from 86 mm x 86 mm.
Storage trays For storage of small parts and accessories, drawn from 2 mm plastic material; available in 6 different sizes. The storage trays may be placed on shelves, in the other trays and in drawers. Sizes (inner surfaces) in rastered unit (RE) from 86 mm x 86 mm.
Cat. No. Size [RE]* Outside dimensions
649 11 649 12 649 13 649 16 649 22 649 23
Set of 6 trays 1 x 1 Set of 6 trays 1 x 2 Set of 6 trays 1 x 3 Set of 3 trays 1 x 6 Set of 3 trays 2 x 2 Set of 3 trays 2 x 3
86 mm x 86 mm x 26 mm 86 mm x 172 mm x 26 mm 86 mm x 258 mm x 26 mm 86 mm x 518 mm x 26 mm 172 mm x 172 mm x 26 mm 172 mm x 258 mm x 26 mm
* Sizes (inner surfaces) in rastered unit (RE) from 86 mm x 86 mm.
282
visual aids
Projectors and accessories

452 11
Overhead projector NV-A 4/315 For projecting foil rolls, DIN A4 transparencies, projection models and suitable experiment setups. Low-volt lamp with metal-coated mirror,glass lens and Fresnel lens condenser. Working-surface frame with two retractable pin pairs for standard perforations and two pairs of grooves for foil roll fittings. With two carrying grooves and mains cable compartment. Includes foil roll fittings and halogen lamp. Special features: Complete illumination of DIN A4 format Glare-free Fresnell lens - no antiglare device necessary Lamp externally adjustable for even image illumination Economy switch to extend lamp life Cooling system with low-noise fan and automatic overload protection switch for lamp Safety switch between frame and lower section for switching off mains voltage when changing lamps and cleaning condenser. Lamp: 24 V, 250 W Spare lamp: > 442 99 Working surface: Dimensions: 28.5 cm x 28.5 cm, pin spacing for binder holes: 80 mm Projection head: Swivel range (lateral): 90 Objectivelens: three-element (wide angle), Focal length: 315 mm Connection: 230 V, 50 Hz via mains cable Dimensions: 30 cm x 34 cm x 61 cm (including column) Weight: 9.1 kg
452 10
Foil roll, 26 cm Acetate foil, washable, fits overhead projector (> 452 11). Width: 26 cm Length: 23 m Thickness: 0.08 mm
667 545
Compact slide projector 250 afs Automatic magazine projector for 35 mm slides in 5 x 5 cm frame for common LKM and CS magazines. Special features: Extremely bright 24 V/250 W halogen lamp, lens 2.8/90 mm Selective autofocus: once the first slide is focused manually, the projector focuses all other slides automatically. Cable remote control for changing slides, toggling autofocus, manual focusing and light pointer. Automatic slide changing possible using built-in timer. Slide change interval continuously adjustable from 5 to 30 seconds. Slide viewer for presorting in the form of an illuminated matte pane. Single-slide loading to let you change the order during projection. Power rating: 230 V /50 Hz Safety: interference-suppressed, protection class II, thermal circuit breaker, cooling via quier-running fan. Dimensions (L x B x H): 278 x 258 x 133 mm Weight: approx. 4.9 kg Supplied complete with: cable remote control, power lead, common magazine for 36 slides.
442 99 442 89
Incandescent lamp V 24 Overvoltages up to 6.5 V are acceptable. For > 443 02 and > 452 11. Voltage in V: 24 Power in W: 250 Socket: G 6.35-15
Magazine box For slides and other optical objects of similar sizes, such as colour filters, gratings etc. Capacity: 30 framed slides Dimensions: 50 mm x 50 mm x 3,5 mm
283
visual aids
443 10
FANTEX multi-purpose projector Experiment projector for 35 mm slides and for demonstrating physical and chemical processes using projectable experiment setups. With pre-adjusted halogen lamp (> 443 01), equipment holder, slide carrier; objective adjustable on guide rods. Step switch with economy circuit for extending lamp life. Lamp: 24 V, 150 W Objective: Focal length: 100 mm Aperture ratio: 1:2.8 Slide carrier: Slide format: 50 x 50 mm Aperture: 40 x 40 mm Connection: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz (switchable), via mains cable Power consumption: 230 W Dimensions: 20 x 12 x 10 cm Weight: 4.7 kg
443 01
Incandescent lamp V 24 Overvoltages up to 6.5 V are acceptable. For > 443 10. Voltage in V: 24 Power in W: 150
443 12
Inverting and deviating prism Fits FANTEX multipurpose projector (> 443 10 ). For image inversion or ray deviation, e. g. for vertical projection. Isosceles right angle prism, reflective hypotenuse surface. With adjustable swivel axis. In clamp mount.
443 15 443 14
Base plate with sockets Fits the experiment projectors (e.g. > 443 10) for the vertical projection of experiment setups, for which an electrical voltage is supplied, for example, glass plates with electrodes (> 442 63). With circular-shaped aperture and clamping springs. Voltage supply via short wires attached in the terminal screws. Aperture diameter: 47/50 mm Terminal screws-span width: 2 mm Connection: 4-mm sockets Dimensions: 10 cm x 9 cm x 4 cm Weight: 0.1 kg
Vertical projection stand Fits FANTEX multipurpose projector (> 443 10). Made of steel plate with handle for easy transport and when setting up the projector in the stand. Dimensions: 26 x 13 x 13 cm Weight: 1.5 kg
443 13
Microobjective 20 mm Fits the FANTEX multipurpose projector (> 443 10 ). For horizontal or vertical projection. Tube in holder with clamping screws for mounting on the guide rods of the projector. Image detail: approx. 10 mm dia. Magnification: 100 : 1 (for 2 m projection distance and 1 m image diameter) Dimensions: 10 cm x 9 cm x 6 cm Weight: 0.1 kg
284
sets of chemicals
661 870 661 871 661 873
Basic set chemicals for demonstration
Supplementary set I, inorganic chemistry
Supplementary set II, inorganic chemistry
Scope of delivery
Scope of delivery
Scope of delivery
1 l Ammonia solution 25% 500 g Ammonium chloride 1 kg Calcium carbonate, precipitated 1 kg Calcium chloride, granulated 500 g Calcium oxide, powder 250 g Iron, powder 1 kg Iron(II) sulfate heptahydrate 1 kg Dextrose 10 pcsWood charcoal, pieces for blow pipe 100 g Iodine 100 g Potassium iodide 500 g Potassium nitrate 500 g Potassium permanganate 250 g Copper, sheet 500 g Copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate 25 g Magnesium, strip 250 g Ammonium sodiumhydrogen phosphate 1 kg Sodium chloride 1 kg Sodium hydrogen carbonate 1 kg Sodium hydroxide 500 g Sodium thiosulfate pentahydrate 1 l Hydrochloric acid, 25% 1 kg Sulfur, powder, sublimed 1 l Sulfuric acid, 95-98% 1 kg Sea sand, cleaned 500 g Zinc, granulated
661 113
Set of chemicals, ecology I
Scope of delivery
250 ml 250 ml 100 g 250 ml 1g 500 ml 250 ml 100 g 50 g 100 g 100 g 250 g 250 g 100 ml 50 g 100 g 500 ml 100 ml 100 ml 250 ml 500 ml 250 ml 250 ml 250 ml 500 ml 500 ml 10 ml 5g 1g 1g 50 ml
Acetone 1 roll Aluminum, foil Ammonia, 25% Calcium sulfate Chloroform Dithizone 50 g Iron(III) chloride Acetic acid, 2 mol/l Ethanol, pure 100 g Urea Ion exchanger, acidic and 50 g alkaline Potassium bromide Potassium chloride Magnesium sulfate Sodium chloride Sodium hydrogen carbonate Sodium monooxochlorate solution Sodiumn-dodecyl sulfate Sodium sulfate Sodium hydroxide solution, 0.1 mol/l Petroleum Phenol, liquefied Orthophosphoric acid Hydrochloric acid, 0.1 mol/l Sulfuric acid, conc. Soap solution after Pellet Toluene Titriplex-A solution Titriplex-B solution Test dye mixture Sodium diethyldithiocarbamate Diacetylmonoxim Cetyltrimethyl ammonium bromide Tetrapropylene benzene sulfanate solution 5%
500 g Roll 250 g 1 kg 100 g 500 g 100 ml 250 g 1 kg 1 kg 100 g 100 g 1 kg 1 kg 1 kg 500 g 1 kg 250 ml 500 g 500 g 500 g 500 g 250 g 100 g 500 g 250 g 100 g 100 g 1 kg 1 kg 100 g 1 kg 1 kg 1l 250 g 250 g 500 ml 1g
Filter charcoal, granulated Aluminium, foil Aluminium, powder Aluminium sulfate octadecahydrate Ammonium molybdate Barium chloride dihydrate Bromine Calcium carbide Calcium chloride 6 hydrate Calcium sulfate dihydrate Iron, wire Iron, wool Iron(III) chloride hexahydrate Iron(III) oxide Iron(II) sulfide, rods Glass wool Wood charcoal, powder Iodine/potassium iodide solution Potassium aluminium sulfate Potassium bromide Potassium chlorate Potassium hexacyanoferrate(II) Potassium thiocyanate Cobalt(II) chloride x 6 H2O Copper(I) oxide Copper(II) oxide Lithium chloride Magnesium, powder Manganese(IV) oxide Marble, pieces Sodium Sodium acetate 3 hydrate Sodium carbonate, anhydrous Sodium silicate solution Nickel chloride 6 hydrate Phosphorus, red Orthophosphoric acid Platinum on aluminium oxide fibres, 5% Pt 500 g Pyrite 1 l Nitric acid, 65% 100 g Sulfur, crystals 50 g Silver nitrate 250 g Strontium nitrate 250 ml Hydrogen peroxide 100 g Cotton wool 500 g Zinc, powder 250g Zinc sulfate heptahydrate 1 kg Tin, foil
250 g 500 g 500 g 1l 250 g 100 g 1 kg 100 g 500 g 500 g 500 g 250 g 500 g 500 g 500 g 100 g 500 g 500 g 100 g 250 ml 250 g 100 g 250 g 1 kg 500 g 250 g 1 kg 250 g 1 kg 500 ml 500 g 100 g
Aluminium, grit Aluminium oxide Ammonium nitrate Ammonium sulfide solution, 40% Antimony, pieces Antimony(III) oxide Barium nitrate Calcium, granulated Calcium fluoride Chromium(III) chloride x 6 H2O Potassium hydrogen phosphate Potassium hexacyanoferrate(III) Dipotassium hydrogen phosphate Potassium hydrogensulfate Potassium hydroxide Potassium iodate(V) Tripotassium tetraoxophosphate Silica gel Cobalt(II) nitrate (hexahydrate) Carbon disulfide Copper, shavings Copper(I) chloride Copper oxide, wire Magnesium chloride 6-hydrate Magnesium oxide Sodium nitrite Sodium sulfate 10-hydrate Sodium sulfide 5-hydrate Sodium sulfite Perchloric acid, 70% Phosphorus(V) oxide Tin(II) chloride
661 114
Chemical set ecology II air and soil experiments
Scope of delivery
661 123
Chromatography of amino acids
Scope of delivery
100 g 250 g 50 g 250 g 500 g 100 g 500 ml 100 ml 100 ml 5g 500 ml 250 ml 50 ml 100 g 50 g
Ammonium nitrate Potassium hydroxide, pellets Copper, shavings Marble Sodium carbonate Sodium sulfate Sodium hydroxide solution 0.1 mol/ Paraffin, viscous Phenolphthalein solution, 1% Pyrogallol Hydrochloric acid, 0.1 mol/l Sulfuric acid, conc. Silver nitrate solution, 5% Granulated zinc Glycerin gelatine
1 1 1 1
Dansyl chloride, 1 g . . . . . . . . . . . 663 970 Set of 10 micropolyamide films . . . 661 064 Set of 250 microcapillaries . . . . . . 665 568 Set of 100 disposable gloves . . . . 667 606
285
sets of chemicals
661 872 661 109 661 118
Supplementary set I, organic chemistry
Set of chemicals for electrophoresis For production of agarose gels in the SepBloc separating chamber (> 665 509) and for the experiments described in the manual (> 668 372).
Set of chemicals for gas chromatography I 26 reference substances (particularly alkanes), mixtures and other chemicals, created especially for use with experiment manual > 668 681 and the set of micropreparations > 661 116.
Scope of delivery
1l 500 ml 1l 1l 1l 1l 500 ml 500 ml 1 kg 500 ml 1 kg 250 ml 1l 1 kg 500 g 1 kg 1l 250 g 500 ml 100 g 250 g 250 g 1l 1 kg
Acetone Formic acid, 98-100% 1-butanol Ethanol, absolute Diethyl ether Acetic acid, 100% Fehling's solution I Fehling's solution II Dextrose Glycerine Urea Litmus solution Methanol Naphtalene Oxalic acid 2-hydrate Paraffin, solid Petroleum spirit, 40-70 C Phenol Phenolphtalein solution, 1% Resorcin D(+)-saccharose Starch, soluble Toluene L(+)-tartaric acid
Scope of delivery
661 119
661 874
Supplementary set II, organic chemistry
150 g Antibody, goat, in 150 g 1 x SDS sample buffer 10 ml b-mercaptoethanol 10 ml Bromophenol blue (0.1 %) 500 mg Coomassie brilliant blue 250 ml Acetic acid, conc. 50 ml Glycerine 50 g Glycine 500 g Lysozyme in 50 l 1 x SDS sample buffer 200 l Marker protein, 40 l filled to 200 l with 1 x SDS sample buffer 1000 ml Methanol 50 g Ovalbumin, goat, in 50 l 1 x SDS sample buffer 30 ml Collecting agarose 200 g Serum, goat, in 50 l 2 x SDS sample buffers 120 g Serum albumin, goat, in 120 l 1 SDS sample buffer 25 ml Sodium duodecylsulphate solution (10% w/v) 120 ml Separating agarose 10 g Tris base 5 ml 0.5 M tris HCI pH 6.8
Set of chemicals for gas chromatography II 22 reference substances (particularly aromates), mixtures and other chemicals, created especially for use with experiment manual > 668 681 and the set of micropreparations > 661 116.
Scope of delivery
661 125
1l 100 g 100 ml 100 g 1l 500 g 100 g 1l 500 g 1l 25 g 1l 25 g 100 g 25 g 500 g 100 g 1 kg 100 g 25 g 500 ml 1l 1l 500 ml 1l 1 kg 1l 100 g 1 kg 1 kg 250 g
Ethanal DL-alanine Aniline L(+)-ascorbic acid Benzaldehyde Benzoic acid 1,2-benzenediol n-butyric acid Citric acid 1-hydrate Cyclohexane Eosine, yellow Ethyl acetate Fluorescein D(-)-fructose Fuchsine Glycine (Glycocoll) Indigo blue D(+)-lactose D(+)-maltose Methylene blue Lactic acid Oleic acid Paraffin, viscous 1-pentanol Petroleum spirit, 90-100 C Phtalic acid anhydride 2-propanol (isopropanol) Pyrogallic acid Salicylic acid Stearic acid Tannin
Electrochemistry chemicals set Contains 17 of the most important chemicals for experiments in the field of electrochemistry. The contents are sufficient for about five groups (for a list of chemicals see appendix).
Scope of delivery
250 ml 250 g 50 g 250 ml 250 ml 250 g 250 ml 250 ml 250 ml 500 g 250 ml 500 ml 250 ml 250 ml 250 ml 250 g 250 ml
Ammonia solution, 25% Ammonium chloride Graphite, powder Hydrazine hydrate solution, 24% Potassium bromide solution, 1 mol/l Potassium hydroxide Potassium iodide solution, 1 mol/l Copper sulfate solution, 1 mol/l Magnesium chloride solution, 1 mol/l Manganese(IV) oxide Sodium chloride solution, 1 mol/l Hydrochloric acid, 1 mol/l Sulfuric acid, 95-97% Silver nitrate solution, 0.1 mol/l Hydrogen peroxide, 30% Zinc chloride Zinc sulfate solution, 1 mol/l
286
numerical - index
Kat.-Nr. Seite Kat.-Nr. Seite Kat.-Nr. Seite
numerical alphabetical
287 295
index
287
numerical - index
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. 315 25 315 31/34 315 36 315 38-40 337 16 337 46 337 461 337 631 341 13 361 03 362 351 367 46 375 21 382 02 382 20/1 382 33-6 382 41 382 48/9 382 82 382 90 383 19 384 52 387 51 388 05 388 19 388 24 Page Additional weights ....................168 Set of weights ...........................167 Set 7 weight..............................167 Iron weight ...............................167 Pair of recording pulleys on rider .......156 Forked light barrier ....................155 Spoked wheel ...........................155 Motion sensing element ............156 Set of 3 spring balances for parallelogram of forces......175 Spirit level..................................265 Leadshot in can ........................167 Apparatus for measuring surface tension .......65 Syringe..............................122, 270 Thermometer model .................192 Stirring thermometer .................191 Thermometer ............................191 Demonstration thermometer .........................191 Thermometer ......................65, 191 Thermometer ............................191 Clinical thermometer .................191 Maximum-minimum thermometer ..........................191 Aluminium calorimeter...............228 Freezing point thermometer ......191 Thermometer for calorimeters...191 Thermometer for 388 18...........191 Weight with hook ......................167 Cat. No. 501 20-43 501 44-46 501 47 501 48 501 50 501 511/12 501 521-25 501 531/2 501 641/4 501 83 501 84 501 861 501 96 502 04 502 05 502 06 503 09 503 11 505 051 505 052 516 60 516 61 521 25 521 29 521 35/9 521 45 521 48/50 521 53/4 521 68 522 16 522 32 522 33 522 71 522 91 524 010 524 010 K1 524 010 K2 524 010 K3 524 010 S 524 011 524 020 524 031 524 032 524 033 524 034 524 035 524 036 524 037 524 038 524 040 524 041 524 043 Page Connecting lead........................211 Pair of cables ............................212 Insulated twin wire ....................214 Bridging plugs...........................215 Adapters for components......................215 Bridging plugs...........................214 Laboratory plugs .......................214 Connection leads ......................212 Two-way plug adapters ............214 Insulated croc-clips ...................214 Connector with small grips ......................214 Set of 6 croc-clips.....................214 Cable rack.................................212 Distribution box .........................216 Measuring junction box.............216 Safety connecting box ..............216 Battery .....................................202 Batteries ...................................202 Lamps ........................................35 Halogen lamp..............................35 Tangential B-probe ...................159 Axiale B-probe ..........................159 Transformer ..............................204 3 phase extra low voltage transformer ................206 Variable extra low voltage transformer ...............206 DC power supply .....................207 AC/DC power supply ...............208 DC power supply .....................209 High voltage power supply ........................210 Low-voltage power supply .........................204 AC/DC regulator .......................204 Regulated power supply .........................207 Ni-Cd accumulator....................202 Potash solution for Ni-Cd accumulators..........202 Sensor-CASSY.....36, 50, 101, 146 CASSY Comfort package K1..............162 CASSY Comfort package K2..............162 CASSY Comfort package K3..............162 CASSY-Starter..........................162 Power-CASSY ..........................147 CASSY-Display .........................148 Current supply box ...................155 Motion transducer box..............156 GM box.....................................157 Timer box..................................155 pH box ......................................151 KTY box ....................................150 Conductivity box .......................151 B box ........................................157 V-Box......................................159 Bridge box ................................156 Sensor box 30 Amperes ...........................159
200 00
200 26440 Grooved mat...............................86
300 00
300 02 300 11 300 40-51 300 73 Stand base ...............................218 Saddle base..............................218 Stand rods ................................220 Mountable stage with clamp .............................222 312 1/2 Laboratory stands ...................222 301 01 Leybold multiclamp...................220 301 03 Rotatable clamp........................220 301 05-07 Bench clamps...........................218 301 08 Clamp with hook.......................220 301 09 Bosshead S ..............................220 301 10/11 Clamps .....................................220 301 21 Stand base MF .........................219 301 23 Pair of stand feet.......................219 301 25 Clamping block MF...................219 301 26-27 Stand rods ................................220 301 312 Console ..............................84, 119 301 72 Universal clamp.........................221 302 61 Clamp .......................................221 302 68 Ring with stem ..........................221 303 22 Alcohol burner...........................226 303 25 Immersion heater ......................228 303 28 Steam generator .......................228 303 25 Lens tissue................................267 306 83 Mercury adsorbent....................277 307 64 Rubber tubing...........................261 307 641 Plastic tubing ............................261 307 64-67 Rubber tubing...................225, 261 307 671 Plastic tubing ............................261 307 70 Plastic tubing ............................261 309 42 Colouring, red ...........................267 309 45 Universal pencil .........................267 309 48 Cord..........................................267 309 50 Demonstration cord ..................267 310 02 Tool set ....................................265 310 04 Universal pliers ..........................265 310 05 Round-nose pliers.....................265 311 02 Metal scale................................164 311 03 Wooden ruler ............................164 311 22 Vertical scale .............................164 311 27 Model of a vernier .....................165 311 52/4 Vernier callipers.........................165 311 77 Steel tape measure...................164 311 83 Precision micrometer ................165 311 86 Spherometer.............................164 313 031 Electronic stopclock P ..............166 313 05-17 Stopclocks................................165 314 01/2 Dynamometer ...........................175 314 04 Support clip ..............................175 314 081-201 Precision dynamometer ............175 314 261 Force sensor.............................156 314 44-47 Spring balance..........................175 315 01 Hydrostatic precision balance ..................................169 315 05/6 School and lab. balance ..........168 315 07 Single-pan balance ...................169 315 22 Laboratory balance ...................167 315 23/24 School and lab. balance ..........168
400 00
442 89 442 99 443 01 443 10-15 452 10 452 11 460 97 471 23 477 03-25 Magazine box for slides.................................283 Halogen lamp............................283 Halogen lamp............................284 FANTEX multi-purpose projector with accessories .....284 Foil roll ......................................283 Overhead projector ..................283 Scaled metal rail........................164 Copy of a Rowland grating ....................57 Plate glass cells.........................254
500 00
500 410-45 500 59/591 500 600-64 500 851 500 95-98 501 01/2 501 022 501 031 501 05 501 09 501 091 501 10 501 16 501 18/9 Connection lead........................212 Safety connectors .....................215 Safety connection leads............211 Safety connection leads............211 Safety adapter sockets .............215 BNC cable ................................213 BNC cable ................................213 Connecting lead........................213 High voltage cable ....................211 BNC adapter for 4-mm socket ....................213 T-Adapter..................................213 Straight BNC.............................213 Multicore cable..........................213 Adapter cable ...........................213
288
numerical - index
Cat. No. 524 045 524 046 524 047 524 048 524 049 524 050 524 051 524 052 524 054 524 056 524 057 524 200 524 202 529 031 529 038 529 040 529 042 529 057 531 090 531 100 531 109 531 16-19 531 281 531 291 531 301 531 51 531 57 531 581 531 712 531 900 559 01 Page Temperature-box (NiCr-Ni/NTC).........................150 Reaction test box......................153 Pulse box ..................................153 Skin resistance box...................153 ECG/EMG box..........................154 Blood pressure box ..................154 Lux box.....................................152 Oxygen box ..............................152 Electrometer box ......................159 Spirometer box .........................154 Climate box...............................150 CASSY Lab .....50, 101, 145, 149 Software manual for CASSY Lab.......................145 Displacement sensor ................155 Pressure sensor ........................158 Pressure sensor .......................158 Vacuum sensor ........................158 Humidity sensor ........................150 Multimeter METRAmax 12.......................183 Multimeter METRAmax 2.........................181 Shunt for 531100......................181 Multimeter, analog/digital ..................185, 186 Multimeter METRAHit 24 S......................184 Multimeter METRAHit 25 S......................184 Multimeter METRAHit 26 S......................184 Multimeter MA 1 H...................................182 Multimeter METRAport 3E.......................182 Mulitmeter METRAport 32 .......................183 Multimeter METRAmax3..........................182 Demo-Multimeter ......................177 End-window counter for Alpha-, Beta-, Gamma-, and X-rays; with cable............157 Transformer ..............................204 Plug-in unit ...............................202 Screened cable BNC/4 mm .....213 BNC/4 mm adapter ..................213 Counter ...........................189, 190 XY-Yt-recorder..........................188 Yt-recorder................................187 Graph chart paper ...................187 STE Mono cell holder................202 Battery case .............................202 STE Lamp holder .......................35 STE Micromotor .........................35 STE Motor tachogenerator......................155 Multi-purpose microphone............................155 Clamping plug...........................214 Small clip plug...........................215 Cat. No. 590 06 590 08 590 12 590 13 590 27 590 48 590 50 591 21 591 501 591 53-61 598 11/2 598 13 598 14 598 15 Page Plastic beaker ...........................237 Measuring cylinder ....................237 Perforated stand rod.................220 Insulated stand rod ...................220 Set of weights ...........................167 Immersion heater .....................228 Lid with heater ..........................228 Large clip plug ..................215, 221 Electrochemistry set....................26 Electrode plates ..........................40 Trolley .......................................217 Pump trolley.............................217 Panel for A.C.............................217 Trolley .......................................217 Cat. No. 610 450 648 01-7 648 02-8 649 11-23 649 42-45 656 016 656 017 657 590 660 700-76 660 790 660 791 660 796 660 980-84 661 000 661 005 661 010-14 661 015-18 661 019/20 661 030-38 661 049 661 050/1 661 052 661 054 661 055 661 057 661 058 661 059-62 661 063 661 065 661 066 661 070/1 661 073 661 074 661 075 661 076 661 077 661 078 661 080 661 081 661 082 661 084 661 085 661 088 661 091 661 093 661 094 661 095 661 097 661 108 661 109 661 113 661 114 661 116 661 118 661 119 Page Heat-resistant holder ................276 Storage trays.............................282 Partitions ..................................282 Small trays ................................282 Trays .........................................282 Bunsen burner ..........................224 Teclu burner..............................224 Polarimeter P1000 ......................62 Atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb ................129 Dual bonds ...............................129 Clamping springs ......................129 Ejector for dual bonds connectors .....129 Fine regulating valve .................281 MINICAN gas cans ...................281 Metal hydride reservoir ................34 Gas bottle .................................280 Pressure reducing valves ..........281 Trolley ......................................280 Round filter................................268 Ready-to-use foil for TLC: cellulose .....................45 Extraction thimbles ...........103, 268 Filter paper ..................................45 Surface protection paper ..........268 Chromatography paper...............45 Cellulose powder ........................47 Silica gel ......................................47 Ready-to-use foil for TLC ............45 Filter paper ................................268 Ready-to-use foil for TLC: Silica gel ....................45 Folded filter ...............................268 pH-indicator paper....................270 pH multiple range paper ...........270 Lead-acetate test paper............271 Litmus indicator paper ..............270 Universal indicator solution .......270 Warning labels ..........................278 Blank labels...............................278 Cobalt chloride test paper.........271 Aluminium foil............................273 Stopcock grease.......................273 Wooden turnings ..............267, 269 Tubes for melting point detection........65 Salts for flame tests...................269 Boiling stones............................273 Silicon grease............................273 Detergent ..................................273 Paraffin oil ...........................65, 273 Lubricant...................................273 Set of chemicals for superconductor ..................44 Set of chemicals for electrophoresis ...........67, 285 Set of chemicals Ecology I ........286 Set of chemicals Ecology II .......286 Set for micropreparations............54 Set of chemicals for gas-chromatography I .....54, 285 Set of chemicals for gas-chromatography II.....54, 285
600 00
603 021 604 110 605 010-12 605 030 605 031 605 032 605 033 605 042-47 605 056 605 057 605 058 605 059 605 070-75 606 020 606 023 606 040 606 043 607 020 607 070 607 090 607 095 607 096 607 101/2 607 175 607 180 607 181 608 030 608 040 608 050-54 608 060-63 609 080/1 609 110-16 610 010 610 030 610 050-62 Syringe......................................270 Washing bottle ..........................255 Portable school balance, Scout ....................................172 Power supply for balances ..........................172 Transport case .........................172 Anti-theft device for balances ...........................172 Polycontainer for balances ...........................172 Precision balances ....................173 Security device..........................173 Carrying case for Navigator ..........................173 In-use cover for Adventurer ........................173 Draft shield for Adventurer ........................173 Precision balances ....................173 Electronic thermometer.............192 Submersible/ insertable sensor ....................192 Radio-controlled weather station.........................16 Radio-controlled weather station data processing ...........17 Safety gas tubing with clamp ....224 Hotplate ....................................227 Magnetic stirrer Speedsafe .......231 VARIOMAG electronic stirrer.....231 Stirring magnet KOMET for 607 095 ....................118, 231 Magnetic stirrer Speedsafe .......231 Stirrer RW 11 basic ..................233 Stand R 103 .............................233 Screw stirrer R 1002 ................233 Filtration stand...........................222 Stand rod..................................220 Stand tube ................................221 Bosshead..................................220 Folded filter ...............................268 Test kits for water experiment ..............272 Laboratory safety goggles.........275 Face shield................................275 Safety gloves.............................276
562 73 562 791 575 24 575 35 575 45-47 575 662 575 70/1 575 73 576 86 576 89 579 06 579 37 579 43 586 26 590 011 590 02
289
numerical - index
Cat. No. 661 122 661 123 Page Cat. No. 664 002-5 664 008 Page Cat. No. 664 352 664 355 664 356 664 358 664 359 664 368 664 369 664 370-79 664 381 664 382 664 383 664 385 664 387 664 388 664 389 664 390 664 394 664 395 664 397 664 398 664 400 664 401 664 406 664 407 664 408 664 416 664 420 664 421 664 422 664 423 664 424 664 430 664 431 664 432 664 433-39 664 441-46 664 463 664 470-4 664 475 664 477 664 545 664 547/49 664 569 664 700 664 701 664 703 664 704 664 705 664 800 664 805/6 664 808 664 809 Page Topping-up reservoir...................26 Glassware for 664 350 and 666 446.........26 Corrosion set ..............................27 Fuel cell ......................................27 Rod electrodes .....................28, 40 Nickel wire mesh electrode.................40 Rod electrodes .....................26, 40 Rod electrodes............................40 Clear PVC cover .........................24 Copper electrodes ................25, 40 Zinc electrodes .....................25, 40 Iron electrodes ............................40 Carbon electrodes ................25, 40 Nickel wire mesh electrodes..........25, 40 Silver electrodes....................25, 40 Platinum mesh electrodes ................25, 40 Measuring instrument .................24 Electrochemistry workplace ........24 Daniell cell ...................................27 Leclanche cell .............................27 Electrochemistry demonstration unit ...................22 Accessories set for electrochemistry..................23 Adjustable load unit.....................23 CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit ...........22, 100 Cell trough with air electrode ......................37 Nickel wire mesh electrodes ...............40 Platinum mesh electrodes.......................40 Silver plate electrodes .................40 Brass plate electrode ..................40 Aluminium-zinc electrode............37 Formiate electrode .....................37 Windmill on base.........................39 Solar cells on base ......................39 Electrolysis cell on base ..............39 Rod electrode .............................40 Evaporating dish .......................251 Mild iron dish.....................227, 251 Photometric cell ..........................61 Photometric flow-trough cell.........................61 Round cuvette ...........................61 Disposal container ....................256 Container ..........................234, 256 Open jaw spanner ............265, 281 Reel...........................................125 Spinning nozzle.........................125 Miniature plastic press ..............125 Casting mould...........................125 Plastic processing device..........125 Gas scrubber bottle, bottom section.......................256 Glass tube insert .......................256 Safety insert ..............................256 Gas scrubber bottle insert.........256
Plastic samples .........................125 Set of chemicals for chromatography of amino acids ..46, 286 661 125 Set of chemicals for electrochemistry ........25, 285 661 131 Test kits for water analysis ........272 661 142 Water hardness test..................271 661 143 Determintion of Ascorbic acid .....................271 661 144 Lead test...................................271 661 150-187 Conical shoulder bottle .............255 661 203 Reagent and shipping bottle .....255 661 220-34 Polyethylene bottle....................255 661 242-44 Wash bottle...............................255 661 251-3 Flip-flap glass ............................255 661 510 Ground joint apparatus kit I.......244 661 512 Drawer for 661 510 and 661 514.......244 661 514 Ground joint apparatus kit II........................245 661 517 Ground joint apparatus kit III.......................245 661 519 Drawer for 661 517...................244 661 540 Thermite experiment ................126 661 541 Blast furnace model ..................126 661 542 Glass shaft for blast furnace .....................126 661 543 Safety tape for glass shaft for blast furnace ..126 661 870 Basic set of chemicals for demonstration...................286 661 871 Supplementary set of chemicals I, Inorganic chemistry................286 661 872 Supplementary set of chemicals I Organic chemistry ..................285 661 873 Supplementary set of chemicals II Inorganic chemistry................286 661 874 Supplementary set of chemicals II Organic chemistry ..................285 661 900 Chemical cabinet, ventable .................................274 661 917 Mobile fume exhaust.................274 662 014 Preparation scissors .................265 662 025 Tweezers ..................................266 662 026 Preparation scissors .................265 662 029 Cover slip tweezers...................266 662 034 Tweezers ..................................266 662 148 Push-button .............................153 662 149 Foot switch ..............................153 662 290 Glass aquarium.........................251 662 308 Plancton net................................13 662 309 Extension stick for 662 308 .............................13 662 323 Compost trunk............................13 662 381 Consumables for spirometer.........................154 662 383 Accessories for spirometer box .................154 662 403 Osmosis apparatus...................123 663 615 Schuko socket strip..........216, 267
Crucible.....................................253 Lid for porcelain crucibles ............253 664 009 Lid for 664005 ..........................253 664 020/1 Clay cell.................................27, 41 664 027 Crucible.....................................253 664 029 Lid ............................................253 664 036 Crucible, iron.............................253 664 037 Lid ............................................253 664 040-63 Test tubes .................................257 664 065 Reaction tube with globe ..............................258 664 068 Experimentation globe ..............258 664 069 Reaction tube for burning of butane..............258 664 072-7 Reaction tube V-shaped .........................28, 258 664 078/9 Copper wire gauze....................258 664 080/1 Bayonet tube ............................258 664 082 Cracking tube ...........................258 664 084 Twin-arm tube...........................258 664 085 Reactor tube for fused-salt electrolysis...28, 258 664 086-88 U-Tube........................................41 664 089 Reaction tube..............................28 664 090/3 U-Tube........................................41 664 097 Stoichiometric reaction vessel .........................71 664 100-27 Beaker ......................................238 664 142/3 Measures ..................................251 664 145-49 Reaction tube............................258 664 152-8 Watch glass dish.......................252 664 160/73 Weighing dish ...........................252 664 174-79 Crystallization dish.....................252 664 181-7 Petri dish ...................................252 664 192/3 Glass tank .................................251 664 194 Plastic tank................................251 664 195 Glass tank .................................251 664 196 Cover plate ...............................251 664 197 Glass bell jar..............................251 664 198 Glass plate ................................251 664 201 Support insert for the pneumatic tanks ........251 664 205-7 Reaction tube............................258 664 212-16 Self-supporting cylinder ............250 664 218/9 Cover plate................................250 664 220/1 Self-supporting cylinder ............250 664 228/9 Cover plate................................250 664 231-59 Erlenmeyer flasks ......................238 664 263-65 Flat-bottom flasks .....................239 664 276-305 Round-bottom flasks ................239 664 310-16 Double-necked round-bottom flasks...............240 664 321 Flat ground cover......................119 664 325 Quick closure ............................119 664 326 O-ring........................................119 664 328 Pear-shaped flask .....................243 664 332 Flask .........................................239 664 336-8 Triple necked flasks ..................240 664 340 Flat ground beaker....................119 664 346 Flat ground cover......................119 664 347 Adapter for flat ground cover ..............119 664 350 Water electrolysis unit .................26
290
numerical - index
Cat. No. 664 812 664 865-7 664 904 664 921 664 922 664 925 665 002-10 665 025 665 041 665 060 665 067 665 068 665 072-88 665 122-24 665 161-3 665 167/8 665 196 665 201-4 665 205 665 212/3 665 216 665 221-8 665 229 665 230 665 231/2 665 233 665 234 665 237/8 665 240/1 665 250/1 665 255 665 293/5 665 296 665 303 665 305/6 665 310 665 311/12 665 313/4 665 316-18 665 338/40 665 341-52 665 354/5 665 370-4 665 391-8 665 413-6 665 421-3 665 427/8 665 429 665 439/40 665 443/4 665 450 665 451/2 665 453/4 665 478 665 4791 Page Bubble counter .................262, 281 Suction bottle............................254 Woulff flask................................254 Desiccator.................................254 Porcelain plate ..........................254 Vacuum desiccator ...................254 Funnel .......................................250 Powder funnel...........................250 Analysis funnel ..........................250 Rubber collars...........................253 Rubber sleeve ..........................253 Adapter (tulip) for filter crucibles ....................253 Dropper funnel ..........................249 Separator funnel .......................249 Bchner funnel..........................253 Filter crucible.............................253 Capillary tube ............................260 Glass tube.................................260 Capillary tube ............................260 Glass stirring rod .......................260 Rubber wiper blade for glass rods .........................261 Connector.................................260 Steam delivery tube ..................260 Gas delivery tube ......................260 Angled tube ..............................260 Gas delivery tube ......................260 Manometer tube .......................260 Glass nozzle..............................260 Plastic tube ...............................260 Stopcock ..................................259 Stopcock ..................................259 Adapter .....................................243 Adapter .......................................75 Adapter .....................................243 Core/threads ST 19/26.............243 Water separator .......................249 Distillation top............................241 Distillation top, Claisen ...................................241 Distillation top............................241 Distillation bridge, Claisen ...................................240 Distillation adapter.....................242 Delivery adapter after Bredt ..............................243 Drying tube ...............................257 Joint clip....................................263 Liebig cooler .............................242 Cooler after Dimroth..................242 Cooling finger............................256 Cooling trap ..............................256 Distilling column after Hempel ..........................241 Distillation column after Vigreux ...........................241 Bubble-cap column with 2 trays.............................241 Distillation bridge .......................240 Extraction unit after Soxhlet ...........................243 HPLC column .............................49 Separating column RP-18 ..........49 Cat. No. 665 4801 665 481 665 485 665 486 665 487 665 488 665 490 665 491 665 492 665 493 665 495 665 496 665 497 665 498 665 509 665 510 665 531 665 532-5 665 536 665 537 665 553 665 560 665 563 665 565 665 566 665 568 665 570 Page HPLC basic kit ............................50 CPS-HPLC column support........................49 CPS HPLC pump .......................49 CPS Flow-throughphotometer for HPLC ......49, 110 CPS HPLC reservoir ...................50 Set of hoses and septa for HPLC .................49 Demonstration gas chromatograph ........................52 Disposable cartridge NO2 .........103 CPS holder for gas cartridge ....52, 103 Disposable cartridge CO2 .........103 Gas sensor..................................52 Heat conductivity detector ..........52 CPS mains distributor.....................110 CPS peristaltic pump PM 2....108, 118 Flat bed electrophoresis chamber..........67 Pipetting kit ................................67 Dual column gas chromatograph TECHNOCHEM 277 ................54 Separating column......................54 Set of septa and Teflon seals .....54 APL-column ...............................54 Flow meter for gas chromatographs...........54 Separating tank...........................46 Miniature separating tank............46 Support for paper chromatograms ........46 Ribbed clamps............................46 Micro capillaries ..................46, 260 Application and RF value template after MAEY................................46 Reagent atomizer without CFC's ..........................46 Chromatography column ............47 High-performance gas chromatograph .................55 Microliter syringe .........................54 Replacement cannula ................54 Stand for 665 635................46, 67 UV analysis lamp...................46, 67 Safety tube (fermentation tube)..................257 Dropper funnel ..........................249 Fermentation saccharometer ...257 Gas generator after MAEY.............................249 Dropper funnel ..........................249 Graduated cylinder....................246 Volumetric flasks .......................246 Burette filling funnel ...................250 Automatic burette .....................248 Precision dispenser unit ............248 Burette ......................................248 Gas measurement jar................251 Stopcock attachment ...............251 Cat. No. 665 906 665 910-14 665 918 665 944 665 950 665 953 665 954 665 955 665 956 665 957/8 665 960 665 963 665 972-78 665 984-8 665 991-8 666 002-7 666 008 666 010/12 6660 11/13 666 095 666 096 666 156-71 666 173 666 176/9 666 180 666 181 666 185 666 190 666 193 666 194 666 195 666 198 Page Falling ball viscometer after Hoeppler ..........................64 Gas syringe ...............................248 Gas syringe holder ...................248 Spring manometer ....................106 Pasteur pipettes .......122, 247, 273 Droppers...................................247 Rubber bulbs............122, 247, 273 Syringe..............................122, 270 Disposable needles...........122, 270 Syringes............................122, 270 Disposable needles...................270 Syringe......................................270 Bulb pipette...............................246 Piston pipette............................247 Graduated pipette.....................247 Pipetting aid ..............................247 Stand for 4 pipetting aids..........247 Microliter pipettes......................122 Tips ..................................122, 269 Time switch, electric..................166 Timer.........................................166 Thermometer ............................191 Beckmann differential thermometer ..........................191 Precision thermometer..............191 Wall thermometer .....................191 Soil thermometer.........................13 Mini-thermometer .....................192 Digital thermometer with one input.........................195 Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni.......................9, 150, 194 Protective tube..........................194 Contact thermometer..........118, 191, 232 Dig. temperature controller and indicator for demonstration experiments ...195 Digital thermometer...................193 Data output module .....58, 99, 198 Temperature sensor, NTC ...................9, 150, 194, 201 Surface temperature sensor.............9, 194 Pt 100 sensor ...............9, 194, 201 NiCr-Nitemperature sensor................194 Paddle surface temperture sensor NiCr-Ni .....194 Hand-held pH meter ............5, 198 Hand-held conductivity meter..............5, 201 Hand-held oxygen measuring instrument ................5 Hand-held photometer ...........6, 61 Hand-held UV-IR luxmeter ............7 Hand-held sound level meter (phonmeter)..........................8, 18 Storage case for one hand-held measuring instrument ........9, 198 Suitcase for environmental measurements ..........................3
665 578 665 590-3 665 600/1 665 615 665 616 665 634 665 635 665 643 665 644 665 645 665 647 665 649 665 751-66 665 791-96 665 816 665 832 665 835 665 843-47 665 893/4 665 895
666 209 666 211 666 212 666 213 666 214 666 216 666 217 666 221 666 222 666 224 666 225 666 230 666 231 666 238
666 240
291
numerical - index
Cat. No. 666 241 666 242 666 243 666 244 666 245 666 246 666 247 666 248 666 250 666 251 666 252 666 260 666 261 666 262 666 265 666 2651 666 270 666 280 666 281-8 666 292 666 293 666 294 666 300 666 301 666 307 666 308 666 309 666 310 666 311-19 666 325 666 326 666 327 666 328 Page Temperature sensor Pt1000 ...................................5, 9 Conductivity measurement cell...................5, 9 Lux sensor ........................7, 9, 152 UV-A sensor .............................7, 9 UV-B sensor ............................7, 9 UV-C sensor ............................7, 9 IR sensor ..................................7, 9 IR-CO2 sensor .........................7, 9 Large digital display.......................9 Computer connection cable .........8 Data logger ...................................8 Reagents case with basic set of reagents ..........6 Basic set of reagents ...................6 Reagents expansion set ...............6 UV-IR-VIS experiment kit ..............7 IR-CO2 experiment kit ..................7 Digital hygrometer and thermometer .....................17 pH test paper............................270 Test sticks ................................271 Quick test, phosphate ..............272 Test sticks for peroxide.............271 Test sticks for ammonia............271 Membrane filtration equipment set ..........................19 Membrane filtration unit...............19 Tubes for ozone test...........14, 272 Alcotest tubes.....................14, 272 Tubes for CnHn test ............14, 272 Gas tester ...................................14 Test tubes...........................14, 272 Sampling case for chemical analysis of water and soil ........11 Ecotest analysis case .................10 Sampling case for aquatic organisms...............12 Sampling case for organisms in the ground and bush region .......................12 Environmental analysis case .......10 Soil drill........................................13 Sieves .........................................13 Delta meter after Hellige ..............13 Soil analysis case ........................11 Sampling beaker with rod ..........13 Imhoff funnel with cock ...............13 Elutriaton cylinder after Atterberg ..........................13 Rain gauge after Hellmann ..........................13 Weather station (Meteorograph).........................17 Chart paper.................................17 Catalytic converter .....................14 Special frame .............................85 Electrochemistry demonstration unit ...................36 CPS-Biological reactor .....111, 117 CPS Ethanol sensor .........110, 117 CPS-Metering unit ............108, 117 Aeration ring .............................117 Cat. No. 666 418 666 420 666 421 666 425-28 666 429 666 430 666 432 666 433 666 434 666 435 666 436 666 437 666 438 666 439 666 440 666 441 666 442 666 443 666 444 666 445 666 446 666 447 666 448 666 449 666 450 666 451 666 453 666 454 666 455 666 457 666 458 666 460 666 461 666 462 666 463 666 464-8 666 465 666 470 666 471 666 472 666 473 666 474 666 475 666 476 666 477 666 478 Page CPSFlow-through reactor .....108, 117 Peristaltic pump ................108, 118 Universal holder for glass containers........111, 119 Panel frame.........................85, 119 CPS Calorimeter .......................107 CPS Gas washer ......................104 CPS Gas collector ....................104 CPS Air analysis........................105 CPS Submersion tube manometer ....................106 CPS Gas syringe.......................105 CPS Gas generator...................103 CPS Drop funnel.................47, 109 CPS Woulff's bottle with manometer .....................104 CPS Combustion chamber (water synthesis).....................105 CPS Exhaust gas catalytic converter ...........107 CPS Pedestal............................111 CPS Distillation plant...........89, 102 CPS Chromatography column...47, 109 CPS Gel filtration..................47, 109 CPS Extraction setup after Soxhlet ...........................103 CPS Electrolysis setup........36, 102 CPS Crude oil distillation ...........102 CPS Burette holder ..................109 CPS Hose fastener ...................111 CPS Digital pH-meter .........98, 196 CPS Digital conductivity meter ..98, 200 CPS Digital multimeter .......36, 99, 178 CPS Digital thermometer..........99, 193 CPS Stoichiometry....................107 CPS Contact process ...............105 CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans ........103 CPS Combustion chamber with incandescent wire...........105 CPS Storage box........................86 CPS Metal label plates ..............111 CPS 3-way valve.......................104 CPS Blank panel.......................112 CPS Plastic labelling plates .......111 CPS Holder with bosshead ...............110, 119 CPS Voltage supply ..................110 CPS Table ................................111 CPS Gas syringe for gas laws .......106 CPS Basic unit for gas laws ...........106 CPS Displacement transducer ......106 CPS DENOX Process ...............107 SCR-DENOX Catalytic converter .............15, 93 CPS Wash bottle ......................104 Cat. No. 666 479 Page
666 329 666 330 666 332 666 335 666 337 666 340 666 343 666 344 666 345 666 346 666 347 666 360 666 403 666 407 666 410 666 411 666 413 666 416
CPS Metal hydride reservoir (H2)...........34, 36 666 4791 Charging adapter for metal hydride reservoir .......34 666 4792 Regulating valve for metal hydride reservoir .......34 666 481 CPS PEM fuel cell .......................32 666 4811 CPS PEM-Fuell Cell Stack ..........32 666 482 Controllable aeration pump (CPS) .............52, 104, 117 666 483 Electric load (CPS) ................35, 36 666 484 PEM electrolysis unit (CPS)..................................34, 36 666 486 Adapter plug ..............................35 666 487 Motor with propeller ....................35 666 501 Base plate for Bunsen stand....................222 666 502/4/6 Bunsen stand............................222 666 503 Base plate for Bunsen stand....................222 666 523-26 Stand rod for Bunsen stand....................222 666 543 Cross socket.............................220 666 551 Miniature clamps.......................221 666 555 Universal clamp.........................221 666 557-9 Burette clamp for burettes............................222 666 572/3 Stand ring .................................221 666 583 Labjack .....................................222 666 584 Filtration stand ..........................222 666 588 Burette stand ............................222 666 601-3 Base rail ....................................219 666 605-9 Stand tube ................................221 666 613 Pin.............................................220 666 615 Universal bosshead...................220 666 617 Support table ............................222 666 618/9 Spring clamp.............................221 666 620/1 Plug clamp................................221 666 622 Experiment tray.........................219 666 623 Angle strip ................................219 666 626 STM stand rod with mounting holes ...............220 666 681/3 Tripod........................................225 666 682 Four-legged stand ....................225 666 685 Wire gauze ................................225 666 686 Ceran cover plate......................225 666 687-9 Wire triangle with clay pipes........................225 666 692 Alcohol burner...........................226 666 693/5 Bunsen burner ..........................224 666 6941/61 Bunsen Burner DIN type ...........224 666 7031/51 Teclu Burner DIN type...............224 666 708/9 Safety burner, Teclu ..................224 666 711 Butane gas burner ....................224 666 712 Butane cartridges......................224 666 713 Butane soldering torch .............224 666 714 Cartridge burner DIN type.........224 666 715 Cartridge ..................................224 666 724-26 Wide flame attachment .............224 666 729 Gas hose ..........................224, 261 666 731 Gas lighter.................................225 666 7321 Replacement flints.....................225 666 733 Piezoelectric gas lighter.............225 666 735 Hair-dryer .................................228
292
numerical - index
Cat. No. 666 742 Page Cat. No. 667 035 667 038 667 050-55 667 059 667 060/1 667 063 667 065 667 067 667 071-3 667 081 667 083 667 084 667 085 667 086 667 087 667 089 667 091/5 667 092/4 667 100/4 667 175/6 667 180-3 667 184 667 186 667 187 667 191/2 667 194 667 196 667 197 667 198 667 199 667 223/4 667 226-8 667 241/2 667 243 667 251-80 667 281 667 285-92 667 293 667 295-99 667 300-5 667 306 667 307 667 308 667 312/3 667 319/20 667 321 667 322 667 325 667 326 667 347 667 349 667 351 667 352 667 3531 667 355 667 356/7 Page Crucible tongs...........................264 Beaker and glass tongs ............264 Test tube racks .........................223 Contrast panel ..........................223 Bottle basket.............................223 Bottle tray....................................25 Pipette stand.............................223 Drying rack................................223 Support ring for round-bottom flasks..........239 Flame test glass ........................269 Platinum wire for flame test ..........................269 Magnesia rods ..........................269 Magnesia troughs .....................269 Carbon dioxide conductor ........269 Mouth blowpipe ........................269 Spotting tile ...............................269 Pestle ........................................253 Mortar .......................................253 Thermal protection plate ...........225 Tubing clamp ............................261 Rubber tubing...................225, 261 Tubing clamps ..................225, 261 Vacuum rubber tubing ........19, 261 Safety gas rubber tubing .................224, 261 PVC tubing................................261 Silicone tubing...........................261 Flow monitor Aquamobile .........................262 Silicon hose...............................261 Silicone tubing...........................261 Dialysing tubing.........................124 Polyethylene stopper.................263 Glass stopper............................263 Rubber bulb........................46, 261 Rubber balloons........................273 Rubber stopper.........................262 Cork stoppers ...........................262 Silicone stopper ........................263 CPS glass connector ................112 Silicone gaskets ........................112 Screw caps...............................264 Silicone gaskets ...............112, 264 Gaskets.....................................264 Screw coupling .........................264 CPS glass connector ................112 Dewar flasks................................71 Plastic cap with hole for thermometer ........71 Calorimeter..................................70 Calorimeter for solids and liquids.................70 Calorimeter for gases ..................70 Digital diode array photometer ....58 Digital spectral photometer .........60 Digital grating photometer...........59 Computer connection cable with Software ...........................60 Analog grating spectrophotometer S104.........59 Laboratory refractometer ............63 Refractometer .............................63 Cat. No. 667 360 667 397 667 400 667 401 667 4011 667 4021 667 4022 667 403 6674051-3 667 4101 667 414 667 415 667 417-19 667 420 667 421 667 422 667 423 667 424 Page Student's balance .....................169 Overhead display for Sartorius balances ............171 Combustion chamber for water synthesis ...................74 PEM fuel cell ...............................32 PEM fuell cell stack .....................32 Methanol reformer.......................33 CO Adsorber...............................33 Combustion chamber with incandescent filament .......74 pH tester ..................................199 pH and conductivity tester Watercheck .........................201 Student set pH measurement ...................199 Redox probe.....................5, 9, 197 pH single rod electrode .................5, 9, 25, 197 Digital pH-meter for demonstration purposes ....9, 196 pH single rod electrode ........9, 197 Ag/AgCl reference electrode..............9, 197 Measurement electrode with platinum pin.................9, 197 pH single rod measurement cell (glass electrode).........9, 151, 197 Buffer solutions ........................197 Conductivity measurement cell ......9, 151, 201 Conductivity tester ...................201 Conductivity tester ......................26 Lamp socket ...............................26 Dig. conductivity meter for demonstration experiments ....200 Accessories kit .............................5 Salt bridge...........................41, 258 Set for ion migration, after Nernst ..............................28 Oxygen electrode .............5, 9, 152 Heating mantle for gas syringe........................228 Flask with 2 GL 14 ......................75 Silicon stopper ..................228, 263 Gas diffusion apparatus ............124 Apparatus for determining molar mass......75 Melting point determination device ................65 Scale.........................................123 Pig bladder ...............................123 Osmosis demonstration apparatus ..............................124 Capillary tube ............................260 Semipermeable membranes............................123 Cation-permeable membrane..............................123 Glass cell...................................254 U-tube.........................................41 U-tube, with filter.........................41 Double U-tube ............................41
Submersion temperature control unit.........229 666 751-4 Heating mantles ........................226 666 7511-51 Heating mantles ........................226 666 756/7 Quartz heating element.....119, 228 666 760 Controlled temperature bath ...................229 666 766 Circulation cooler WKL 25..................................230 666 767 Hot plate ...................................227 666 768 Circulation thermostat...............229 666 7701 Open-bath circulat ....................230 666 7702-6 Accessories to open-bath circulat..............230 666 771 Heating bath .............................229 666 776 Electric burner...........................226 666 777 Stand for large vessels .....................226 666 781 Muffel furnace ...........................227 666 786 Crucible furnace........................227 666 803-8 Drying cabinet...........................235 666 809 Laboratory refrigerator ..............232 666 819 Stirring top ................................107 666 821 Stirrer motor......................118, 233 666 823 Stirrer ................................118, 233 666 824/5 Stirrer sleeve .....................118, 233 666 826 Stirrer ................................118, 233 666 827 Stirrer-replacement blades .......233 666 828 Stirrer ........................................233 666 841 Magnetic stirrer ........................231 666 844 Heater bath insert ....................232 666 845/7 Magnetic stirrer.........118, 231, 232 666 848 Heating dish for round bottom flasks..........232 666 849 Heater bath...............................232 666 850-4 Stirring bars...............................232 666 859 Stirring bar retriever...................232 666 861-4 Centrifuges................................236 666 903 Demineralization unit ................234 666 904 Exchange cartridge...................234 666 905 Demineralization unit ................234 666 906 Replacement cartridge .............234 666 911 Water distillation unit .................234 666 942-9 Test tube brush.........................259 666 960 Micro-spoon .............................266 666 961-8 Spatula......................................266 666 969 Spatula with capsule spoon................266 666 982 Melting ladle..............................269 666 984 Deflagrating spoon....................269 666 988 Combustion boat ......................269 667 000 Glass cutter...............................266 667 002 Replacement cutting wheel.......266 667 003 Diamond glass cutter................266 667 013 Glass tube cutter ......................266 667 016/17 Scissors ....................................265 667 018 Laboratory knife ........................265 667 019 Felt tip pen ................................267 667 021 Hand cork borers......................267 667 022 Sharpener for cork drill ............................267 667 026/7 Tweezers ............................19, 266 667 031/2 Test tube holder........................264 667 033/4 Tweezers ..................................266
667 425 667 426 667 4271/2 667 429 667 430 667 439 667 451 667 455 667 457 667 458 667 491 667 493 667 494 667 495 667 496/7 667 500 667 501 667 503 667 509 667 510 667 512 667 513 667 521 667 535 667 537 667 538
293
numerical - index
Cat. No. 667 545 667 546 667 547 667 550 667 551 667 552 667 600 667 602/3 667 605 667 606 667 607 667 610 667 613 667 614 667 615 667 616 667 617 667 618 667 619 667 620 667 621 667 622 667 623 667 625 667 626 667 627 667 629 667 630 667 631 667 633 667 634 667 635 667 636 667 641 667 642 667 6451 667 650 667 651 667 652 667 653 667 654 667 655 667 678 667 7062 Page Slide projector compact 250 afs....................283 Spectral set for overhead projector..............57 Spectral set for FANTEX projector ..............57 Exp. kit for producing a superconductor.....................44 Exp. kit for Meissner-Ochsenfeld effect .....44 Exp. kit for transition temperature .........44 Face shield................................275 Universal safety goggles ...........275 Safety screen ............................275 Disposable gloves.....................276 Apron........................................276 Safety cage...............................276 Safety goggles .........................275 Heat protective gloves ..............276 Labels for chemical bottles ...............278 Protective sheet for labels.................................278 Labels for disposal containers ...........278 Label set for basic chemicals ................278 Supplementary label set I, IC ..........................................278 Supplementary label set I, OC .........................................278 First aid cabinet ........................279 First aid kit ................................279 Supplementary label set II, IC ...........................................278 Fire blanket ..............................279 Storage box .............................279 Fire extinguisher ........................279 Supplementary label set II, OC .........................................278 Safety grip.........................266, 276 Mercury adsorbent....................277 Mercury tongs...................264, 277 Cabinet for toxic substances ..............277 Chemical waste disposal set ....278 Chemical emergency set .........277 Orbital models kit ......................136 Fullerene C-60 ..........................136 The plastics school, transparency files ...................125 Mohs hardness scale................140 Rock collection, basic ...............139 Pig-iron production, collection ..140 Ores, collection................................139 Minerals, collection................................139 Crystals, collection................................141 Periodic table of the elements, for overhead projector............138 Isotope chart ............................138 Cat. No. 667 7102 667 7112 667 712 Page Cat. No. 668 311 Page Determination of water quality by indicator organisms .................12 Ecological experiments with the case for environmental measurements...20 Examination of organisms of the soil and bush region .......12 Electrochemistry, students' experiments........24, 42 Fuel cells and air cells................42, 95, 113 Photosynthesis, fundamentals and experiments .........20 Ecology, teacher's manual....20 Ecology I, water analysis.......20 Ecology II, soil and air analysis...................20 Gas chromatography............54 Electrophoresis, experiments with the flat-bed electrophoresis chamber..........66 Demonstration Experiments Chemistry: General chemistry ....71, 72, 87, 88, 89, 94, 97, 112 Precision dynamometer ............175 Ring binder for holding STM Chemistry literature........122 Chemistry of foodstuffs.......122 Aluminium oxide..........................47 Ammonium chloride....................27 Carboxymethylcellulose ..............47 IRA 93 .........................................47 Dowex .......................................47 Ion exchanger, stronly acidic ............................47 Ion exchanger, strongly basic ...........................47 IRA 93 .........................................47 Charcoal, small pieces ...........................269 Magnesium ribbon ......................25 Manganese (IV)-dioxide...............27 Sephadex G 25...........................47 Sephadex G 50...........................47 Universal indicator ....................270 Iron weights ..............................167 Batteries....................................202 Set of 3 felt tips, red..........187, 188 Set of 3 felt tips .........................187 Set of fuse in storage box .........216
Spectrum chart .........................138 Spectrum chart .........................138 Periodic table of the elements, wall chart................................138 667 713 Periodic table of the elements, 10 sheets for student use .....138 667 750 Molecular model sets for students............................135 667 751 Set of 700 bonds sticks ...........135 667 753 Molecular model sets for inorganic & organic chemistry....................135 667 754 Molecular model sets for biochemistry......................135 667 757 Molecular building system MINOR ...................................134 667 758 Molecular building system.........134 667 759 DNA model ...............................135 667 760 Bravais lattices ..........................137 667 763-9 Crystal lattices...........................137 667 7780-88 Balances BL series0 .................170 667 7790-6 Accessories to balances BL series.................170 667 7797-9 Balances BP series................................171 667 7881 Electronic Analytical Balance ..................................171 667 793/4 Electronic balance ....................172 667 795 Electronic precision balance B 502........................174 667 7961 Electronic precision balance College B 203-S.....................174 667 7962 Electronic Analytical Balance BP154S .................................174 667 818 Spark-Gap supply unit........74, 210 667 821 Electrophoresis power supply ...........................67 667 823 Power controller for ohmic and inductive loads .....226 667 824 CPS power supply..............52, 110 667 827 Variable extra low voltage transformer D.............205 667 908 Digital multimeter ......................178 667 909 Data output module............99, 178 667 917 Anemometer ...............................18 667 918 Geiger counter ............................19 667 919 Pulse counter .............................19 667 920 Case ...........................................19 667 922 Digital field meter.........................18 667 931 Connection cable for computer ....................58, 198 667 932 Adapter lead .......................58, 178 668 082 Biotechnology ............116, 122 668 102 Biochemical methods, biochemistry S II .....50, 112, 122 668 111 Introduction to Electrochemistry ...............24, 42 668 132 Demonstration experiments in electrochemistry.....22, 42, 95, 113 668 222 From crude oil to fuels and lubricants (manual for 661 500)........90, 113
668 332
668 391 668 422 668 432 668 632 668 642 668 652 668 662 668 681 668 732
668 802
669 040 669 202 669 272 670 291 670 401 671 382 671 383 671 793 672 361 672 362 672 366 672 429 673 100 673 221 674 829 674 830 675 255/6 683 10/1 685 44-47 686 13 686 14 698 50
700 00
724 800 724 831/2 726 01-14 726 153-73 726 21/2 726 84/6 728 069 729 769 734 83 Cabinet .......................................86 Shelf with grooved mat ...............86 Panel frame.................................85 Panel frame.................................85 Equipment platform ............84, 119 Stab. power supply ..................207 PC Printer cable................178, 198 V24 connection cable, 9-pole ............................174, 194 P/U Converter ...........................106
294
alphabetical - index
Article Page Article Page Article Page
A
AC/DC power supply .......................................208 AC/DC regulator................................................204 Accessories for spirometer box ........................154 Accessories kit ......................................................5 Accessories set for electrochemistry .......................................23 Accessories to balances BL series ...................170 Accessories to open-bath circulator ................................230 Accumulators ....................................................202 Adapter .......................................................75, 243 Adapter (tulip) for filter crucibles..........................................253 Adapter cable ....................................................213 Adapter for flat ground cover ....................................119 Adapter lead................................................58, 178 Adapter plug .......................................................35 Adapters for components ...........................................215 Additional weights ............................................168 Adjustable load unit .............................................23 Aeration ring .....................................................117 Ag/AgCl reference electrode..........................9, 197 Air analysis...........................................................87 Air analysis, CPS ..............................................105 Air pollution..........................................................14 Alcohol burner ...................................................226 Alcotest tubes .............................................14, 272 Alternative energies..............................................38 Alternative energy sources ...........................29 - 39 Aluminium air element .........................................37 Aluminium calorimeter .......................................228 Aluminium foil ....................................................273 Aluminium oxide ..................................................47 Aluminium-zinc electrode ....................................37 Ammonium chloride ............................................27 Analog grating spectrophotometer S104 ..............................59 Analysis funnel ...................................................250 Anemometer........................................................18 Angle strip ........................................................219 Angled tube .......................................................260 Anti-theft device for balances .................................................172 APL-column ........................................................54 Apparatus for determining molar mass ...........................75 Apparatus for measuring surface tension........................65 Application and RF value template after MAEY.....................................................46 Apron.................................................................276 Atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb ..............................129 Automatic burette..............................................248 Axiale B-probe...................................................159
Balances BL series ............................................170 Balances BP series............................................171 Base plate for Bunsen stand .............................222 Base rail.............................................................219 Basic set of chemicals for demonstration..........286 Basic set of reagents ............................................6 Basic unit for gas laws, CPS ............................106 Batteries ............................................................202 Battery case .....................................................202 Bayonet tube .....................................................258 Beaker ...............................................................238 Beaker and glass tongs.....................................264 Beckmann differential thermometer...................191 Bench clamps ...................................................218 Biochemical methods, biochemistry S II .....................50, 112, 122 Biological water testing........................................12 Biotechnology....................................................114 Biotechnology .....................................116, 122 Blank labels .......................................................278 Blank panel, CPS .............................................112 Blast furnace model...........................................126 Blood pressure box (CASSY) ............................154 BNC adapter for 4-mm socket..........................213 BNC cable .........................................................213 BNC/4 mm adapter...........................................213 Boiling stones ....................................................273 Bosshead ..........................................................220 Bottle basket .....................................................223 Bottle tray ............................................................25 Bottles ...............................................................255 Brass plate electrode...........................................40 Bravais lattices...................................................137 Bridge box (CASSY) ..........................................156 Bridging plugs ...........................................214, 215 Brushes .............................................................259 Bubble counter..........................................262, 281 Bubble-cap column with 2 trays........................241 Bchner funnel ..................................................253 Buffer solutions .................................................197 Bulb pipettes .....................................................246 Bunsen burner...................................................224 Bunsen burner DIN type ....................................224 Bunsen stand ....................................................222 Burette...............................................................248 Burette clamp ....................................................222 Burette filling funnel............................................250 Burette holder, CPS ........................................109 Burette stand.....................................................222 Burettes.............................................................248 Burners..............................................................224 Butane cartridges ..............................................224 Butane gas burner.............................................224 Butane soldering torch .....................................224
C
Cabinet ................................................................86 Cabinet for toxic substances ....................................277 Cable rack .........................................................212 Calorimeter ..................................................70, 107 Calorimetry.....................................68 - 71, 94, 107 Capillary tube.....................................................260
B
B box (CASSY) ..................................................157 Balances ...................................................167 -174
Carbon dioxide conductor.................................269 Carbon electrodes.........................................25, 40 Carboxymethylcellulose .......................................47 Carrying case for Navigator ................................................173 Cartridge ...........................................................224 Cartridge burner DIN type .................................224 Case ....................................................................19 CASSY and accessories .................................144 - 162 CASSY Comfort package K1- K3 .....................162 CASSY Lab ...........................50, 101, 145, 149 CASSY-Display..................................................148 CASSY-Starter ..................................................162 Casting mould ...................................................125 Catalytic converters...............................14, 92, 107 Cation-permeable membrane ...........................123 Cell trough with air electrode............................................37 Cellulose powder .................................................47 Centrifuges ........................................................236 Ceran cover plate ..............................................225 Charcoal ............................................................269 Charging adapter for metal hydride reservoir .............................34 Chart paper .........................................................17 Chemical cabinet, ventable .......................................................274 Chemical emergency set ..................................277 Chemical engineering model ...............................80 Chemical waste disposal set .............................278 Chemistry of plastics .........................................125 Chemistry Panel System......................................81 Chromatography column.....................................47 Chromatography column, CPS ..................47, 109 Chromatography paper .......................................45 Circulation cooler WKL 25 .................................230 Circulation thermostat .......................................229 Clamp................................................................221 Clamp with hook ...............................................220 Clamping block MF ...........................................219 Clamping plug ...................................................214 Clamping springs...............................................129 Clamps ..............................................................220 Clay cell .........................................................27, 41 Clear PVC cover .................................................24 Climate box (CASSY).........................................150 Clinical thermometer..........................................191 CO Adsorber .......................................................33 Cobalt chloride test paper .................................271 Colouring, red....................................................267 Column chromatography ......................47, 96, 109 Combustion boat...............................................269 Combustion chambers ........................................74 Combustion chambers, CPS.............................105 Compost trunk ....................................................13 Composting process ...........................................13 Compressed gas bottles ...................................280 Computer assisted experiments ..............144 - 162 Computer connection cable .................................8 Computer connection cable with Software.................................................60 Conductometric titration ....................................201 Conductivity.........................................................26
295
Conductivity box (CASSY) .................................151 Conductivity measurement cell ........................5, 9, 151, 201 Conductivity meter ............................................200 Conductivity tester.......................................26, 201 Conical shoulder bottle......................................255 Connecting lead ........................................211, 213 Connection cable for computer..........................................58, 198 Connection leads...............................................212 Connector .........................................................260 Connector with small grips ............................................214 Console .......................................................84, 119 Consumables for spirometer ..............................................154 Contact process, CPS .....................................105 Contact thermometer........................118, 191, 232 Container...................................................234, 256 Contrast panel ...................................................223 Controllable aeration pump (CPS) .............................................52, 104, 117 Controlled temperature bath .............................229 Cooler after Dimroth ..........................................242 Coolers ..............................................................242 Cooling finger ....................................................256 Cooling trap.......................................................256 Copper electrodes.........................................25, 40 Copper refining ....................................................23 Copper wire gauze ............................................258 Copy of a Rowland grating ..................................57 Cord ..................................................................267 Core/threads ST 19/26 .....................................243 Cork stoppers....................................................262 Corrosion set .......................................................27 Counter ...................................................189, 190 Cover plate ........................................................250 Cover slip tweezers ...........................................266 CPS (Chemistry panel system) and accessories ....................................81- 113 CPS 3-way valve ...............................................104 CPS Air analysis ................................................105 CPS Basic unit for gas laws .................................................106 CPS Biological reactor ..............................111, 117 CPS Blank panel ...............................................112 CPS Burette holder ..........................................109 CPS Calorimeter................................................107 CPS Chromatography column ....................47, 109 CPS Combustion chamber (water synthesis) ..........................................105 CPS Combustion chamber with incandescent wire ................................105 CPS Contact process .......................................105 CPS Crude oil distillation ...................................102 CPS DENOX Process........................................107 CPS Digital conductivity meter .................................98, 200 CPS Digital multimeter ..........................36, 99, 178 CPS Digital pH-meter ..................................98, 196 CPS Digital thermometer.............................99, 193 CPS Displacement transducer ..................................................106 CPS Distillation plant ...................................89, 102
CPS Dropper funnel ....................................47, 109 CPS Electrochemistry demonstration unit.................................22, 100 CPS Electrolysis setup after Hofmann........................................36, 102 CPS Ethanol sensor .................................110, 117 CPS Exhaust gas catalytic converter........................................107 CPS Extraction setup after Soxhlet.................................................103 CPS Flow-through reactor ........................108, 117 CPS Flow-through-photometer for HPLC................................................49, 110 CPS Gas collector .............................................104 CPS Gas generator ...........................................103 CPS Gas syringe ...............................................105 CPS Gas syringe for gas laws ................................................106 CPS Gas washer ...............................................104 CPS Gel filtration .........................................47, 109 CPS Glass connector ........................................112 CPS Holder for gas cartridge.....................................52, 103 CPS Holder for pressurized gas cans..............................103 CPS Holder with bosshead .....................................110, 119 CPS Hose fastener............................................111 CPS HPLC column support ................................49 CPS HPLC pump ................................................49 CPS HPLC reservoir ............................................50 CPS Mains distributor........................................110 CPS Metal hydride reservoir (H2)............................................34, 36 CPS Metal label plates.......................................111 CPS Metering unit .....................................108, 117 CPS Pedestal ....................................................111 CPS PEM fuel cell................................................32 CPS PEM fuel cell stack ......................................32 CPS peristaltic pump PM 2 .......................108, 118 CPS Plastic labelling plates .............................................111 CPS Power supply ......................................52, 110 CPS Stoichiometry ............................................107 CPS Storage box.................................................86 CPS Submersion tube manometer ..........................................106 CPS Table ........................................................111 CPS Voltage supply...........................................110 CPS Wash bottle ...............................................104 CPS Woulff's bottle with manometer...........................................104 Cracking tube ....................................................258 Cross socket .....................................................220 Crucible .............................................................253 Crucible furnace ................................................227 Crucible tongs ...................................................264 Crucible, iron .....................................................253 Crude oil distillation, CPS ..................................102 Crystal lattices ...................................................137 Crystallization dish .............................................251 Crystals, collection.............................................141 Current supply box ............................................155 Cuvettes ..............................................................61
D
Daniell cell......................................................23, 27 Daniell element ....................................................95 Data logger ............................................................8 Data output module ......................58, 99, 178, 198 DC power supply .....................................207, 209 Deflagrating spoon ............................................269 Delivery adapters ...............................................243 Delta meter after Hellige.......................................13 Demineralization unit .........................................234 Demo-Multimeter...............................................177 Demonstration cord...........................................267 Demonstration Experiments Chemistry: General chemistry ....71, 72, 87, 88, 89, 94, 97, 112 Demonstration experiments in electrochemistry ...............22, 42, 95, 113 Demonstration gas chromatograph .......................................52 Demonstration thermometer ............................191 DENOX Process ..................................................93 DENOX Process, CPS ......................................107 Desalinization of water .......................................234 Dessicator .........................................................254 Desulfurization of stack gas ...................................................15 Detection of microorganisms .........................................20 Detergent...........................................................273 Determination of Ascorbic acid ...........................................271 Determination of the molar mass ..........................................75 Determination of the relative atomic mass ............................72 Determination of water quality by indicator organisms .......12 Determining molar combustion enthalpies...........69 Dewar flasks ........................................................71 Dialysing tubing .................................................124 Diamond glass cutter.........................................266 Diffusion.............................................................124 Dig. conductivity meter for demonstration experiments ....................200 Dig. temperature controller and indicator for demonstration experiments .....195 Digital conductivity meter, CPS ..................98, 200 Digital diode array photometer.............................58 Digital field meter .................................................18 Digital grating photometer ...................................59 Digital hygrometer and thermometer ...................17 Digital multimeter ...............................................178 Digital multimeter, CPS ........................36, 99, 178 Digital pH-meter for demonstration purposes ....................9, 196 Digital pH-meter, CPS ................................98, 196 Digital spectral photometer..................................60 Digital thermometer ...........................................193 Digital thermometer with one input ..............................................195 Digital thermometer, CPS ...........................99, 193 Dishes................................................................252 Displacement sensor .........................................155
296
Displacement transducer, CPS ........................106 Disposable cartridges CO2, NO2 .......................103 Disposable gloves .............................................276 Disposable needles ...................................122, 270 Disposal.............................................................277 Disposal container .............................................256 Distillation.............................................................89 Distillation adapter .............................................242 Distillation bridge................................................240 Distillation column after Vigreux.................................................241 Distillation plant, CPS .................................89, 102 Distillation top ....................................................241 Distilling column after Hempel ................................................241 Distribution box..................................................216 DNA model........................................................135 Double U-tube .....................................................41 Double-necked round-bottom flasks ....................................240 Dowex ...............................................................47 Draft shield for Adventurer ..............................................173 Drawer for 661 510, 661 514 and 661 517 ..................244 Drop funnel, CPS .......................................47, 109 Dropper funnels.................................................249 Droppers ...........................................................247 Drying cabinet....................................................235 Drying rack ........................................................223 Drying tubes ......................................................257 Dual bonds ........................................................129 Dual column gas chromatograph TECHNOCHEM 277......................................54 Dynamometer....................................................175
E
ECG/EMG box (CASSY)....................................154 Ecological experiments with the case for environmental measurements ....20 Ecology ..........................................................3 - 20 Ecology I, water analysis ..........................................20 Ecology II, soil and air analysis ..................................20 Ecology, teacher's manual .....................................20 Ecotest analysis case .........................................10 Ejector for dual bonds connectors...........................129 Electric burner ...................................................226 Electric heaters ........................................................ Electric load (CPS).........................................35, 36 Electrochemistry...........................................21 - 44 Electrochemistry demonstration unit ...................22 Electrochemistry demonstration unit, CPS ......................................................22, 100 Electrochemistry set ............................................26 Electrochemistry workplace.................................24 Electrochemistry, students' experiments .......................24, 42 Electrode plates...................................................40 Electrodes..............................................................9
Electrolysis cell on base.......................................39 Electrolysis of water .............................................26 Electrolysis setup, CPS ..............................36, 102 Electrometer box (CASSY) ................................159 Electronic Analytical Balance .............................171 Electronic Analytical Balance BP154S .......................................................174 Electronic balance ............................................172 Electronic precision balance B 502...........................................................174 Electronic precision balance College B 203-S ..........................................174 Electronic stopclock P .......................................166 Electronic thermometer .....................................192 Electrophoresis ....................................................66 Electrophoresis power supply .............................67 Electrophoresis, experiments with the flat-bed electrophoresis chamber ......66 Electrosmog ........................................................18 Elutriation cylinder after Atterberg................................................13 End-window counter for Alpha-, Beta-, Gamma-, and X-rays ...................................157 Environmental analysis case ................................10 Equipment boxes ..............................................282 Equipment platform .....................................84, 119 Erlenmeyer flasks...............................................238 Ethanol sensor, CPS ...............................110, 117 Evaporating dish................................................251 Examination of organisms of the soil and bush region ......................12 Exchange cartridge............................................234 Exhaust gas catalytic converter, CPS ...............107 Exp. kit for Meissner-Ochsenfeld effect ......................44 Exp. kit for producing a superconductor ....................44 Exp. kit for transition temperature...............................44 Experiment tray..................................................219 Experimentation globe.......................................258 Experiments with gases.....................................103 Extension stick for 662 308 ...................................................13 Extraction after Soxhlet...........................................96, 120 Extraction setup after Soxhlet, CPS ......................................103 Extraction technology ..........................................78 Extraction thimbles ....................................103, 268 Extraction units ..................................................243
Filtration stand ..................................................222 Fine regulating valve .........................................281 Fire blanket .......................................................279 Fire extinguisher.................................................279 First aid cabinet ................................................279 First aid kit ........................................................279 Flame test glass.................................................269 Flask ..................................................................239 Flask with 2 GL 14...............................................75 Flat bed electrophoresis chamber .......................67 Flat bottom flasks ..............................................239 Flat ground beaker ............................................119 Flat ground cover...............................................119 Flat-bottom flasks..............................................239 Flip-flap glass.....................................................255 Flow meter for gas chromatographs ................................54 Flow monitor "Aquamobile"...............................................262 Flow-through-photometer for HPLC, CPS .....................................49, 110 Foil roll ..............................................................283 Folded filter ........................................................268 Foot switch .......................................................153 Force measurement ..........................................175 Force sensor......................................................156 Forked light barrier.............................................155 Formiate cell ........................................................37 Formiate electrode ..............................................37 Four-legged stand .............................................225 Fractional crude oil distillation ..............................90 Freezing point thermometer ..............................191 From crude oil to fuels and lubricants .....................90, 113 Fuel cells ......................................................29 - 39 Fuel cells and air cells ......................42, 95, 113 Fullerene C-60 ...................................................136 Fume exhaust, mobile .......................................274 Funnels..............................................249, 250, 253 Fused-salt electrolysis..........................................28
G
Gas bottle..........................................................280 Gas chromatography ...................................51 - 56 Gas chromatography ....................................54 Gas collector, CPS ...........................................104 Gas delivery tube...............................................260 Gas diffusion apparatus.....................................124 Gas generation ....................................................87 Gas generator, CPS .........................................103 Gas generators..................................................249 Gas hose...................................................224, 261 Gas lighter .........................................................225 Gas measurement jars ......................................251 Gas scrubber bottles .........................................256 Gas sensor ..........................................................52 Gas syringe for gas laws, CPS .......................................106 Gas syringe holder ............................................248 Gas syringe, CPS .............................................105 Gas syringes......................................................248 Gas tester ............................................................14 Gas washer, CPS .............................................104
F
Face shield ........................................................275 Falling ball viscometer after Hoeppler ................................................64 FANTEX multi-purpose projector with accessories ..........................................284 Felt tip pen.........................................................267 Fermentation .....................................................115 Fermentation saccharometer ............................257 Filter crucible......................................................253 Filter paper ..................................................45, 268
297
Gaskets .............................................................264 Geiger counter.....................................................19 Gel filtration..................................................96, 120 Gel filtration, CPS .......................................47, 109 General gas laws .................................................94 Geoscience sets................................................139 Glass aquarium .................................................251 Glass bell jar ......................................................251 Glass cell ...........................................................254 Glass connector, CPS ......................................112 Glass cutter .......................................................266 Glass nozzle ......................................................260 Glass plate.........................................................250 Glass shaft for blast furnace ...........................................126 Glass stirring rod................................................260 Glass stopper ....................................................263 Glass tank .........................................................251 Glass tube .........................................................260 Glass tube cutter ...............................................266 Glass tube insert................................................256 Glassware for apparatus after Hofman..................................................26 Glass-working ...................................................266 GM box (CASSY)...............................................157 Graduated cylinder ............................................246 Graduated pipette .............................................247 Graph chart paper ............................................187 Grooved mat .......................................................86 Ground joint apparatus kits ...............................244
Holder with bosshead, CPS ...........................110, 119 Holder, for pressurized gas cans, CPS ...................103 Holders ..............................................................111 Hose fastener, CPS ..........................................111 Hot plate............................................................227 HPLC (High Performance Liquid Chromatography) ................................48 HPLC basic kit.....................................................50 HPLC column ......................................................49 HPLC pump, CPS ..............................................49 HPLC reservoir, CPS ..........................................50 Humidity sensor.................................................150 Hydride storage ...................................................30 Hydrostatic precision balance ...........................169
IJK
Illustrative media..............................................129 ff Imhoff funnel with cock .......................................................13 Immersion heater ..............................................228 Incubator cabinet...............................................235 Instruments for length measurement...............................164 Instruments for time measurement..................................164 Insulated croc-clips............................................214 Insulated stand rod............................................220 Insulated twin wire .............................................214 Introduction to Electrochemistry ..............24, 42 In-use cover for Adventurer ..............................................173 Ion exchanger......................................................47 Ion migration........................................................23 IR sensor ..........................................................7, 9 IRA 93..................................................................47 IR-CO2 experiment kit ...........................................7 IR-CO2 sensor ..................................................7, 9 Iron electrodes.....................................................40 Iron weights .......................................................167 Isolating nucleic acids........................................121 Isotope chart ....................................................138 Joint clip ............................................................263 KTY box (CASSY)..............................................150
Lamp socket........................................................26 Lamps ................................................................35 Large clip plug...........................................215, 221 Large digital display ...............................................9 Lead test ...........................................................271 Lead-acetate test paper ....................................271 Leadshot in can .................................................167 Leclanche cell ......................................................27 Lens tissue ........................................................267 Leybold multiclamp ...........................................220 Lid .....................................................................252 Lid with heater ...................................................228 Liebig cooler ......................................................242 Literature .......................................20, 42, 112, 142 Litmus indicator paper.......................................270 Low voltage power supplies ............................................204 Lubricant ...........................................................273 Lux box (CASSY)...............................................152 Lux sensor.................................................7, 9, 152
M
Magazine box for slides ......................................................283 Magnesia rods...................................................269 Magnesia troughs..............................................269 Magnesium ribbon...............................................25 Magnetic stirrer .................................118, 231, 232 Mains distributor, CPS ......................................110 Manganese (IV)-dioxide .......................................27 Manometer tube................................................260 Maximum-minimum thermometer ................................................191 Measurement electrode with platinum pin......................................9, 197 Measurement of sound levels .................................................8 Measures...........................................................250 Measuring cylinder.............................................237 Measuring instrument ..........................................24 Measuring junction box .....................................216 Measuring the evaporation cooling, heat of solution and neutralization heat..........69 Measuring the heat of reaction of gases .......................................69 Melting ladle.......................................................269 Melting point determination device ......................65 Membrane filtration equipment set ......................19 Mercury adsorbent ............................................277 Mercury tongs ...........................................264, 277 Metal hydride reservoir.........................................34 Metal hydride reservoir (H2), CPS ..................................34, 36 Metal label plates, CPS .....................................111 Metal scale ........................................................164 Meteorology.........................................................16 Methanol reformer ...............................................33 Micro capillaries ...........................................46, 260 Microbiological desulfurization ...........................116 Microliter pipettes ..............................................122 Microliter syringe..................................................54 Micromotor, STE ...............................................35 Micro-spoon ......................................................266
H
H2O2 fuel cell .......................................................95 Hair-dryer .........................................................228 Halogen lamp ......................................................35 Hand cork borers ..............................................267 Hand-held conductivity meter ...................................5, 201 Hand-held measuring instruments ...............................4 - 9 Hand-held oxygen measuring instrument .....................................5 Hand-held pH meter ....................................5, 198 Hand-held photometer ....................................6, 61 Hand-held sound level meter (phonmeter) .............................8, 18 Hand-held UV-IR luxmeter.....................................7 Heat conductivity detector...................................52 Heat protective gloves.......................................276 Heater bath .......................................................232 Heater bath insert .............................................232 Heating bath......................................................229 Heating dish for round bottom flasks................................232 Heating mantle for gas syringe .............................................228 Heating mantles.................................................226 Heat-resistant holder ........................................276 High voltage cable .............................................211 High voltage power supply ...............................210 High-performance gas chromatograph ......................................55 Holder for gas cartridge, CPS ....................52, 103
L
Label set for basic chemicals ......................................278 Labels for chemical bottles .....................................278 Labels for disposal containers.................................278 Labjack..............................................................222 Laboratory balance............................................167 Laboratory knife.................................................265 Laboratory plugs................................................214 Laboratory refractometer.....................................63 Laboratory refrigerator .......................................232 Laboratory safety goggles .................................275 Laboratory stands ...........................................222 Lamp holder, STE ..............................................35
298
Mild iron dish .............................................227, 251 Minerals, collection ............................................139 Miniature clamps ...............................................221 Miniature plastic press .......................................125 Miniature separating tank ....................................46 MINICAN gas cans............................................281 Mini-thermometer ..............................................192 Mobile fume exhaust .........................................274 Model of a vernier ..............................................165 Mohs hardness scale ........................................140 Molecular building system .................................134 Molecular models ......................................134, 135 Mono cell holder, STE ......................................202 Mortars ..............................................................253 Motion sensing element ....................................156 Motion transducer box (CASSY)........................156 Motor tachogenerator, STE ..............................155 Motor with propeller .................................................35 Mountable stage with clamp ...................................................222 Mouth blowpipe.................................................269 Muffel furnace....................................................227 Multicore cable ..................................................213 Mulitmeter METRAport 32.............................................183 Multimeter MA 1 H ........................................................182 Multimeter METRAHit....................................................184 Multimeter METRAmax 12 ............................................183 Multimeter METRAmax 2 ..............................................181 Multimeter METRAmax3 ...............................................182 Multimeter METRAport 3E.............................................182 Multimeter, analog/digital ..........................185, 186 Multimeter, demonstration.................................176 Multimeters, digital/analog.................................177 Multi-purpose microphone ................................155
Overhead display for Sartorius balances ..................................171 Overhead projector ...........................................283 Oxygen box (CASSY) ........................................152 Oxygen electrode .....................................5, 9, 152
P
P/U Converter....................................................106 Paddle surface temperature sensor NiCr-Ni .............................................194 Pair of cables .....................................................212 Pair of recording pulleys on rider .......................156 Pair of stand feet................................................219 Panel for A.C. ....................................................217 Panel frame .................................................85, 119 Paraffin oil ....................................................65, 273 Partitions ...........................................................282 Pasteur pipettes ................................122, 247, 273 PC Printer cable ........................................178, 198 Pear-shaped flasks............................................243 Pedestal, CPS ..................................................111 PEM electrolysis unit (CPS)............................34, 36 PEM fuel cell ........................................................32 PEM fuel cell stack...............................................32 PEM fuel cell stack, CPS ....................................32 PEM fuel cell, CPS ..............................................32 Perforated stand rod .........................................220 Periodic table.....................................................138 Peristaltic pump.........................................108, 118 Personal protection ...........................................275 Pestle.................................................................253 Petri dish............................................................251 pH and conductivity tester "Watercheck"...............................................201 pH box (CASSY)................................................151 pH indicators .....................................................270 pH papers .........................................................270 pH single rod electrode ......................5, 9, 25, 197 pH single rod measurement cell (glass electrode)...............................9, 151, 197 pH tester ...........................................................199 Photometric cell...................................................61 Photosynthesis, fundamentals and experiments ...............20 Pictograms ..........................................................84 Piezoelectric gas lighter .....................................225 Pig bladder .......................................................123 Pig-iron production, collection ...........................140 Pin ....................................................................220 Pipette stand .....................................................223 Pipettes .............................................................247 Pipetting aids .....................................................247 Pipetting kit .........................................................67 Piston pipette ....................................................247 Plancton net ........................................................13 Plastic beaker ....................................................237 Plastic cap with hole for thermometer .............................................71 Plastic labelling plates, CPS ..............................111 Plastic processing device ..................................125 Plastic samples..................................................125 Plastic tank ........................................................250 Plastic tube........................................................260
Plastic tubing .....................................................261 Plate glass cells .................................................254 Platinum mesh electrodes .............................25, 40 Platinum wire for flame test................................269 Plug clamp ........................................................221 Plug-in unit ........................................................202 Polarimeter P1000...............................................62 Polycontainer for balances ................................172 Polyethylene bottle...............................................25 Polyethylene stopper .........................................263 Porcelain plate ...................................................254 Portable school balance, Scout ..........................................................172 Potash solution for Ni-Cd accumulators ...............................202 Powder funnel ...................................................250 Power controller for ohmic and inductive loads ......................226 Power supply for balances ...............................172 Power supply, CPS ....................................52, 110 Power-CASSY...................................................147 Precision balances.............................................173 Precision dispenser unit.....................................248 Precision dynamometer.....................................175 Precision micrometer.........................................165 Precision thermometer ......................................191 Preparation scissors ..........................................265 Pressure reducing valves...................................281 Pressure sensor ................................................158 Projector ............................................................283 Protective sheet for labels..................................278 Protective tube ..................................................194 Pt 100 sensor........................................9, 194, 201 Pulse box (CASSY) ............................................153 Pulse counter ......................................................19 Pump trolley .....................................................217 Push-button ......................................................153 PVC tubing ........................................................261
Q
Qualitative analysis.............................................269 Quartz heating element .............................119, 228 Quick closure.....................................................119 Quick test, phosphate ..................................................272
N
Ni-Cd accumulator ............................................202 Nickel wire mesh electrodes...............................25, 40 NiCr-Ni temperature sensor...............................194 Nitrogen scrubbing of stack gas ...................................................15 Noise pollution .....................................................18
R
Racks ................................................................223 Radioactivity ........................................................19 Radio-controlled weather station.........................16 Radio-controlled weather station data processing ............................................17 Rain gauge after Hellmann................................................13 Reaction test box (CASSY)................................153 Reaction tube ..............................................28, 258 Reaction tube for fused-salt electrolysis .......................28, 258 Reaction tube V-shaped..............................28, 258 Reaction tube with globe...................................258 Ready-to-use foil for TLC.....................................45 Reagent and shipping bottle..............................255
O
Open jaw spanner .....................................265, 281 Open-bath circulator .........................................230 Optical activity .....................................................62 Orbital models ...................................................136 Ores, collection..................................................139 O-ring ................................................................119 Osmosis ............................................................123 Osmosis demonstration apparatus ...........................124
299
Reagent atomizer without CFC's.........................46 Reagents case with basic set of reagents .................................................6 Reagents expansion set .......................................6 Recorders..........................................................187 Redox probe .............................................5, 9, 197 Reel ...................................................................125 Refractive index ...................................................63 Refractometer......................................................63 Regulated power supply....................................207 Regulating valve for metal hydride reservoir .............................34 Replacement cannula .........................................54 Replacement cartridge .....................................234 Replacement cutting wheel ...............................266 Replacement flints .............................................225 Ribbed clamps ....................................................46 Ring with stem...................................................221 Rock collection, basic........................................139 Rod electrodes ..............................................28, 40 Rotatable clamp ................................................220 Round cuvette ....................................................61 Round filter ........................................................268 Round-bottom flasks.........................................239 Round-nose pliers .............................................265 Rubber balloons ................................................273 Rubber bulbs ......................46, 122, 247, 261, 273 Rubber collars ...................................................253 Rubber sleeve ...................................................253 Rubber stoppers ...............................................262 Rubber tubing ...........................................225, 261 Rubber wiper blade for glass rods ...............................................261
S
Saddle base ......................................................218 Safety adapter sockets......................................215 Safety burner, Teclu ..........................................224 Safety cage .......................................................276 Safety connecting box.......................................216 Safety connection leads ....................................211 Safety connectors .............................................215 Safety gas rubber tubing ..........................224, 261 Safety gas tubing with clamp ............................224 Safety gloves .....................................................276 Safety goggles ..................................................275 Safety grip .................................................266, 276 Safety insert.......................................................256 Safety screen.....................................................275 Safety tape for glass shaft for blast furnace ...................126 Safety tube (fermentation tube)..........................257 Salt bridge ...................................................41, 258 Salts for flame tests ...........................................269 Sampling beaker with rod ...................................13 Sampling case for aquatic organisms ....................................12 Sampling case for chemical analysis of water and soil ..........11 Sampling case for organisms in the ground and bush region.......................12 Scale .................................................................123 Scaled metal rail ................................................164
School and lab. balance ...................................168 Schuko socket strip...................................216, 267 Scissors.............................................................265 SCR-DENOX Catalytic converter...................15, 93 Screened cable BNC/4 mm ..............................213 Screw caps .......................................................264 Screw coupling..................................................264 Screw stirrer R 1002 .........................................233 Security device ..................................................173 Self-supporting cylinders ...................................250 Semipermeable membranes .............................123 Sensor box - 30 Amperes .................................159 Sensor boxes ....................................................150 Sensor-CASSY .............................36, 50, 101, 146 Sensors .............................................................150 Sensors, probes ....................................................8 Separating columns.......................................49, 54 Separating tank ...................................................46 Separation of chlorphylls ...................................120 Separator funnel ................................................248 Sephadex ...........................................................47 Set for ion migration, after Nernst ....................................................28 Set for micropreparations ....................................54 Set of 3 felt tips..........................................187, 188 Set of 3 spring balances for parallelogram of forces ...........................175 Set of 6 croc-clips .............................................214 Set of 7 weights.................................................167 Set of 700 bond sticks .....................................135 Set of chemicals Ecology I.................................286 Set of chemicals Ecology II................................286 Set of chemicals for chromatography of amino acids.......46, 286 Set of chemicals for electrochemistry ...............................25, 285 Set of chemicals for electrophoresis .................................67, 285 Set of chemicals for gas chromatography I ......................54, 285 Set of chemicals for gas chromatography II......................54, 285 Set of chemicals for superconductor ........................................44 Set of fuse in storage box..................................216 Set of hoses and septa for HPLC ..............................................49 Set of septa and Teflon seals .............................54 Set of weights....................................................167 Sets of chemicals ..............................................285 Setup for filling level control ......................................79 Sharpener for cork drill ......................................267 Shelf with grooved mat........................................86 Shunt for 531100 ..............................................181 Sieves ..................................................................13 Silica gel...............................................................47 Silicone gaskets ........................................112, 264 Silicone grease ..................................................273 Silicone hose .....................................................261 Silicone stopper.........................................228, 263 Silicone tubing ...................................................261 Silver electrodes ............................................25, 40 Silver plate electrodes..........................................40
Single-pan balance............................................169 Skin resistance box (CASSY).............................153 Slide projector compact 250 afs........................283 Small clip plug ...................................................215 Small trays .........................................................282 Software ............................................................149 Software manual for CASSY Lab ......................................145 Soil analysis case.................................................11 Soil drill ................................................................13 Soil thermometer .................................................13 Solar cells on base...............................................39 Spark-Gap supply unit ................................74, 210 Spatula ..............................................................266 Special frame ......................................................85 Spectral set for overhead projector....................................57 Spectrophotometer......................................58 - 61 Spectrum chart..................................................138 Spherometer......................................................164 Spinning nozzle .................................................125 Spirit level ..........................................................265 Spirometer box (CASSY) ...................................154 Spoked wheel....................................................155 Spotting tile........................................................269 Spring balance...................................................175 Spring clamp .....................................................221 Spring manometer.............................................106 Stab. power supply ..........................................207 Stack gas desulfurization .....................................93 Stand bases ..............................................218, 219 Stand for 4 pipetting aids ..................................247 Stand for large vessels ......................................226 Stand for stirrer "Lab egg" .................................233 Stand for UV lamp .........................................46, 67 Stand ring ..........................................................221 Stand rod ..........................................................220 Stand rod for Bunsen stand .........................................222 Stand tubes.......................................................221 Stands ...............................................................222 STE Lamp holder ................................................35 STE Micromotor .................................................35 STE Mono cell holder ........................................202 STE Motor tachogenerator ................................155 Steam delivery tube ...........................................260 Steam generator................................................228 Steel tape measure............................................164 Stirrer.........................................................118, 233 Stirrer motor ..............................................118, 233 Stirrer reactor cascade ........................................77 Stirrer RW 11 basic ..........................................233 Stirrer sleeve..............................................118, 233 Stirrer-replacement blades ...............................233 Stirring bar retriever ...........................................232 Stirring bars .......................................................232 Stirring magnet KOMET ............................118, 231 Stirring thermometer..........................................191 Stirring top .........................................................107 STM Chemistry..................................................127 STM stand rod with mounting holes..................220 Stochiometry .....................................................107 Stoichiometric reaction vessel .......................71, 88 Stoichiometry, CPS ..........................................107
300
Stopclocks ........................................................165 Stopcock attachment........................................250 Stopcock grease ...............................................273 Stopcocks .........................................................259 Storage................................................................86 Storage box ......................................................279 Storage box, CPS ..............................................86 Storage case for hand-held measuring instrument........9, 198 Storage trays .....................................................282 Straight BNC .....................................................213 Student set pH measurement ...........................199 Student's balance .............................................169 Submersible/insertable sensor ..........................192 Submersion temperature control unit ................229 Submersion tube manomete, CPS ..................106 Suction bottle ..............................................254 Sugar membranes.............................................121 Suitcase for environmental measurements ....................3 Superconductor ..................................................43 Supplementary label set ....................................278 "Supplementary set of chemicals I Organic chemistry"................285 "Supplementary set of chemicals I, Inorganic chemistry".............286 "Supplementary set of chemicals II Organic chemistry" ..............285 "Supplementary set of chemicals II Inorganic chemistry".............286 Supply units.......................................................203 Support clip .......................................................175 Support for paper chromatograms..............................46 Support insert for the pneumatic tanks ..............................250 Support ring for round-bottom flasks ...............................239 Support table.....................................................222 Surface protection paper...................................268 Surface temperature sensor ..........................9, 194 Surface tension....................................................65 Synthesis of sulfuric acid (contact process) ...........92, 126 Synthesis of water .........................................73, 88 Syringes ....................................................122, 270
T
Table, CPS ......................................................111 T-Adapter ..........................................................213 Tangential B-probe............................................159 Tanks.................................................................251 Teclu burner ......................................................224 Temperature measurement ...............................191 Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni ............................................9, 150, 194 Temperature sensor, NTC........................................9, 150, 194, 201 Temperature sensor, Pt1000.........................................................5, 9 Temperature sensors ........................................194 Temperature-box (NiCr-Ni/NTC) for CASSY ...................................................150
Test kits .............................................................272 Test papers .......................................................271 Test sticks ...................................................10, 271 Test sticks for ammonia ....................................271 Test sticks for peroxide......................................271 Test tube brush .................................................259 Test tube holder ................................................264 Test tube racks..................................................223 Test tubes ...................................................14, 257 Testing tubes.....................................................272 Testing tubes for CnHn .................................................14, 272 Testing tubes for ozone ...............................................14, 272 The plastics school, transparency files .........................................125 Thermal protection plate....................................225 Thermite experiment .........................................126 Thermometer model ..........................................192 Thermometers.............................................65, 191 Thermostats ..............................................229, 230 Thin-layer chromatography..................................46 3 phase extra low voltage transformer......................................206 3-way valve, CPS .............................................104 Time switch, electric ..........................................166 Timer .................................................................166 Timer box (CASSY)............................................155 Tips ..........................................................122, 269 Titration stand......................................................96 Tools..................................................................265 Topping-up reservoir ...........................................26 Transformer .......................................................204 Transport case .................................................172 Trays..................................................................282 Triple-necked flasks...........................................240 Tripod ................................................................225 Trolley........................................................217, 280 Tubes ................................................................260 Tubes for melting point detection .............................65 Tubing ...............................................................261 Tubing clamps...........................................225, 261 Turbidity in samples of water..........................................6 Tweezers.....................................................19, 266 Twin-arm tube ...................................................258 Two-way plug adapters.....................................214
UV-B sensor .....................................................7, 9 V-Box (CASSY)................................................159 UV-C sensor .....................................................7, 9 UV-IR-VIS experiment kit .......................................7 V24 connection cable, 9-pole ..................................................174, 194
V
Vacuum desiccator............................................254 Vacuum rectification ............................................76 Vacuum rubber tubing.................................19, 261 Vacuum sensor ................................................158 Variable extra low voltage transformer .............................205, 206 VARIOMAG electronic stirrer ...........................................231 Vernier callipers..................................................165 Vertical scale......................................................164 Viscosity...............................................................64 Voltage supply, CPS .........................................110 Volumetric flasks................................................246
W
Wall thermometer .............................................191 Warning labels ...................................................278 Wash bottle, CPS .............................................104 Washing bottle...................................................255 Waste gas purification .........................................14 Watch glass dish ...............................................251 Water distillation unit..........................................234 Water electrolysis unit ..........................................26 Water hardness test ..........................................271 Water separator ................................................248 Weather station (Meteorograph) ..............................................17 Weighing dish ....................................................251 Weight with hook...............................................167 Wide flame attachment......................................224 Windmill on base .................................................39 Wire gauze.........................................................225 Wire triangle with clay pipes .............................................225 Wooden ruler.....................................................164 Wooden turnings.......................................267, 269 Woulff flask ........................................................254 Woulff's bottle with manometer, CPS ................................104 Writing fields ........................................................84
U
Universal bosshead ...........................................220 Universal clamp .................................................221 Universal holder for glass containers..............................111, 119 Universal indicator ............................................270 Universal pencil..................................................267 Universal pliers...................................................265 Universal safety goggles ....................................275 U-tube, with filter.........................................................41 U-tubes................................................................41 UV analysis lamp ...........................................46, 67 UV-A sensor .....................................................7, 9
XYZ
XY-Yt-recorder ..................................................188 Yt-recorder ........................................................187 Zinc electrodes ..............................................25, 40
301
order form
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GMBH Leyboldstrasse 1 D-50354 Hrth Federal Republic of Germany

T +49 (0)
order/request for offer
22 33- 604 222
request for visit of LEYBOLD representative
schule date institute/university kunden - nr. fachbereich department
additional information on:
fachlehrer(in) street / p.o. box strae city plz & schulort country
special requests:
telefon phone telefax telefax
catalog no.
quantity
designation
fortsetzung auf der rckseite ja nein
GCH 2000
catalog no.
quantity
designation
GCH 2000

Katalog Lybold

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Katalog Lybold

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

General Catalogue Chemistry

Our quality is certified according to

DIN EN ISO 9001

Reg. No. 2998-01

Leybold Didactic GmbH

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

Getting in touch with us

Place orders Request an expert

Place orders Request an expert We respond to all eMail within 24 hours.

And much more!

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

Have a question? Feel free to call us at any time!

Europe: + 49 (0) 2233-604-130 Africa/Middle East: + 49 (0) 2233-604-149 and 120

South America: + 49 (0) 2233-604-128 Asia: + 49 (0) 2233-604-188 and 117

North America/Australia: + 49 (0) 2233-604-175

Telefax: +49 (0) 2233-604-200

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

2 21 45 57 62 76 81 114 123 127 129 142

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

666 260 666 252

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

ecology Microprocessor-controlled hand-held measuring instruments

Measurement quantity indicator Large-format display with tendency indicator

Hand-held conductivity meter

Hand-held sound level meter

Hand-held lux-UV-IR meter

Hand-held oxygen measuring instrument

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

666 242 666 241

Accessory set for the oxygen electrode

Contains 5 spare caps with membranes.

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

666 225 666 260

Scope of delivery 666 262

Supplementary set of reagents

Detailed information about the large digital display: see page 9

Measurement example as demonstration experiment with large digital display

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

ecology Measuring visible light, UV and IR radiations

Sensors for UV-IR-VIS experiment set

UV-A-sensor UV-B-sensor UV-C-sensor Lux-sensor IR-sensor IR-CO2 sensor

320...400 nm 280...320 nm 220...280 nm 400...750 nm 750...1700 nm 4100...4300 nm

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

1 Sound level meter 1 Microphone 1 9 V battery

Data-Logger with hand-held instruments connected

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

ecology Environmental testing

The following tests can be conducted using the analysis case

0,23,0 mg/l NH+ 4 2100 mg/l NO3 0,020,5 mg/l NO+ 2

50 120 150 100 ca. 100 ca. 100 400

Comparator Comparator Comparator Comparator Titration Titration Titration

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

666 328 Scope of delivery

additionally recommended: 1 Extension stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 309

additionally recommended: 1 Extension stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 309

LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY

ecology Composting and accessories

Observing the composting process

Demonstration compost trunk with digital thermometer

Various tools for ecology